Fitness Gear | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/fitness-gear/ Awe-inspiring science reporting, technology news, and DIY projects. Skunks to space robots, primates to climates. That's Popular Science, 145 years strong. Fri, 24 Nov 2023 23:54:03 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.2.2 https://www.popsci.com/uploads/2021/04/28/cropped-PSC3.png?auto=webp&width=32&height=32 Fitness Gear | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/fitness-gear/ 32 32 Shop percussion massagers at Amazon for Black Friday and get up to 40% off https://www.popsci.com/gear/percussion-massager-deal-amazon-black-friday-2023/ Fri, 24 Nov 2023 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591445
A pattern of Theraguns on a plain background
TheraBody

Therabody and Hyperice make some of the best massage guns on the market and they're all deeply discounted for Black Friday at Amazon.

The post Shop percussion massagers at Amazon for Black Friday and get up to 40% off appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A pattern of Theraguns on a plain background
TheraBody

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Few things help you work out a sore muscle quite like a percussion massager. These little machines beat your body up in the best way possible to increase blood flow and accelerate recovery. They’re great for before bed, after the gym, or when the muscle next to your shoulder blade won’t stop twitching because you’ve been sitting at your desk writing about Black Friday deals for 20 hours straight and your body is slowly atrophying into a hunched mass of sinew. That last one might just be us. Still, these are great deals from two of the biggest companies in the space.

TheraGun Prime $189 (was $299)

TheraBody

SEE IT

This mid-level massage gun from Therabody comes with four high-quality attachments and a deep app integration that helps guide you through a variety of massage treatments. I’ve been using the upgraded TheraGun Elite version for a few weeks now, and the bedtime routine is pretty much essential for me (our editor’s family swears by the flagship PRO Plus after running and/or soccer matches). It has customizable programs and speeds depending on how intense you want your percussion to get. This is a somewhat advanced model, but the app provides excellent instruction for beginners so you can grow into it.

More Therabody massager deals

Hyperice percussion massager deals

The post Shop percussion massagers at Amazon for Black Friday and get up to 40% off appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Shop the best fitness gear during Amazon Black Friday with up 64% of savings https://www.popsci.com/gear/sports-fitness-echelon-peloton-amazon-deal-black-friday-2023/ Tue, 21 Nov 2023 23:52:39 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591054
A person on a workout bike in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

You can get major savings from Peloton, NordicTrack, and Hydrow Rowing at Amazon for Black Friday.

The post Shop the best fitness gear during Amazon Black Friday with up 64% of savings appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person on a workout bike in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

We know that going to the gym is going to be on your New Year’s resolutions list. Working out is great for endorphins and getting your heart rate up, but leaving your house in the dark, cold early morning or equally dark, cold evening is a bummer, to say the least. Bring the gym to your place with this massive Black Friday deal on Echelon, Peloton, NordicTrack, Hydrow Rowing, and other exercise equipment at Amazon.

Echelon EX5 Smart Connect Fitness Bike $359.99 (Was $999.99)

Echelon

SEE IT

You get a free 30-day trial of Echelon Premiere with this bike, giving you access to 3,000 live and on-demand classes on the Echelon Fit app (for iOS and Android). This bike was built with performance and comfort in mind, with ergonomic handlebars and six seat position levels. The tablet mount flips 180 degrees so you can get a gym membership worth of workouts in one piece of equipment.

Peloton deals

Hydrow deals

NordicTrack deals

XTERRA deals

The post Shop the best fitness gear during Amazon Black Friday with up 64% of savings appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best neck massagers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-neck-massagers/ Mon, 20 Nov 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=588879
Details of neck massagers from Homedics, Hyperice, Theragun, and Comfier

Release muscle tension, warmup and promote recovery, and get some relaxation with the help of these devices.

The post The best neck massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Details of neck massagers from Homedics, Hyperice, Theragun, and Comfier

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A black Viktor Jurgen Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager with red heated panels for deep tissue massage. VIKTOR JURGEN Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager
SEE IT

This option features eight massage heads and uses infrared heat to provide relief to sore muscles.

Best for athletes Black Hyperice Hypervolt 2 percussion massager with five attachments against a blue and gray gradient Hyperice Hypervolt 2 Pro
SEE IT

This powerful percussion massager operates at five different speeds and comes with five head attachments to customize the sensation.

Best budget A black and gray neck massager by Homedics with red panels that provide heat and massage. Homedics Neck Massager with Heat
SEE IT

This affordable model provides Shiatsu and vibrational massage and lets users control the intensity.

Working from home may be more comfortable in many ways, but it can also do a number on your muscles—the kind of number that calls for a neck massager. Typing with your laptop in your lap on the couch or looking down at your phone throughout the day can cause tightness and strain in your neck. According to John Hopkins Medicine, at least 25 percent of Americans experience neck or back pain at some point in their lives.

Investing in a neck massager is one way to get some relief at home. These devices “significantly improve blood circulation in the neck region,” says Kevin Huffman, D.O., specializing in bariatric surgery and treating whiplash and other car accident injuries. “Improved blood circulation delivers not only instantaneous relief, it also hastens the recovery process and delivery of vital nutrients to impacted areas.”

He adds that neck massagers also provide rhythmic pulses on pressure points that help alleviate muscle tension, which lessens pain and promotes relaxation. So, if you’ve got some knots in your neck, we’ve rounded up the best neck massagers to provide some relief.

What causes neck pain?

Neck pain is the fourth leading cause of disability around the globe. While most acute cases resolve themselves within about a month, nearly 50 percent of people go on to experience more pain or frequent occurrences. This pain can result from both our environment and underlying conditions.

“Our lifestyle choices contribute to neck pain. These include enduring constant stress—whether professional or personal—which often precipitates physical manifestations of the tension we feel; one such manifestation is chronic neck discomfort,” Huffman says. “Moreover, a lack of attention towards ergonomic health in our work and living environments can permit conditions that exert undue pressure upon our necks, resulting in persistent strain and subsequent pain.”

As we increasingly adopt sedentary lifestyles and become more dependent on technology, the prevalence of neck pain could get worse. Poor posture is, arguably, the most pervasive cause. “And in our digital age, a modern epidemic known as tech neck has emerged due to continual strain on the neck muscles from looking down at handheld devices,” Huffman says. “And as we age, the degeneration caused by wear and tear on our neck joints can lead to painful sensations.” Chronic conditions like migraine and osteoporosis can also result in neck pain. And muscle soreness can also result from strenuous exercise and injury.

That said, neck massagers can only do so much. If your neck pain is a result of an injury or underlying condition, you should always consult your healthcare provider if your aches increase or persist over time.

How we chose the best neck massagers

In searching for the best neck massagers to help alleviate some of that pain, we considered options from leading brands, including Homedics and Victor Jurgen. We also prioritized the new technologies developed by Hyperice and Theragun. We looked for various form factors in these devices, from massage guns to U-shaped models people hang around their necks. In addition, we considered the types of massage provided by these devices, whether they provided heat, and how customizable and portable they were. We also consulted user reviews when making our picks.

The best neck massagers: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you’re looking to relieve tech neck, are searching for some targeted relief after a tough workout, or are looking for some respite from a chronic condition, these neck massagers can help relieve muscle tension and help you feel more relaxed.

Best overall: VIKTOR JURGEN Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager

Viktor Jurgen

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Shiatsu
  • Weight: 3.7 pounds
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Heat: Yes
  • Settings: High, medium, and low

Pros

  • Allows you to customize intensity of massage
  • Heated
  • Can be used on different parts of the body
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Controls are small
  • Extension cord isn’t long

When your neck is aching after a long day working on a computer, VIKTOR JURGEN’s Neck and Shoulder Massager can rescue you. This massager is designed with eight massage heads and infrared heat for deep tissue Shiatsu massage. Just plug this massager in, pull it around your neck and shoulders, and choose between high, medium, and low-intensity settings for targeted relief. It will knead tired muscles in your neck, back, and shoulders and provides about 113 degrees Fahrenheit of heat to encourage blood flow. The controls on the front of the device also allow you to customize the Shiatsu massage in three modes: Auto-Reversing, Single Direction, and Timed Interval, which goes for 15 minutes before it automatically shuts off.

Best for neck, shoulders, and back: Homedics Shiatsu Neck and Body Massager

Homedics

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Shiatsu
  • Weight: 3.7 pounds
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Heat: Yes
  • Settings: High, medium, low

Pros

  • Works on different types of body
  • Can turn heat on or off
  • Compact

Cons

  • Attached to cord

The Homedics Shiatsu Neck and Body Massager has lots in common with our best overall pick. This massager is similarly designed for users to hang around their neck and control the deep kneading settings with the control panel on the handles. Users choose between three intensities: high, medium, and low. Heat is an option you can turn on and off. This neck massager is particularly attractive because of its easy portability and the option to use it all over the body: shoulders, lower back, calves, and more. Looking for more targeted relief? Check out the best back massagers.

Best intelligent: COMFIER Portable Heated Neck Massager

Comfier

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Six modes, including Shiatsu
  • Weight: .72 pounds
  • Power: Battery
  • Heat: Ranges from 100.4 to 118.4 degrees F
  • Settings: Cupping, tapping, scraping, Shiatsu, acupuncture, and relaxation, plus 15 levels of electric muscle stimulation (EMS)

Pros

  • Provides six different types of massager
  • Offer 15 levels of EMS
  • Features two electrodes for extra coverage
  • Portable

Cons

  • Some users had a hard time getting it to work

If you’re looking for a greater range of therapy from a neck massager, the COMFIER Portable Heated Neck Massager might be the right option. This battery-powered U-shaped device features six modes of massage: Cupping, tapping, scraping, Shiatsu, acupuncture, and relaxation. This massager also incorporates 15 levels of electric muscle stimulation, which uses electricity to stimulate muscle contractions. You can also incorporate heat into the experience, which ranges from 100.4 to 118.4 degrees F, and change the settings through a remote control. And the battery life is impressive as well. The company says a three-hour charge should last up to 10 days.

Best handheld: TruMedic Massage Gun

Trumedic

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Percussion
  • Weight: 3.61 pounds
  • Power: Battery
  • Heat: No
  • Settings: Six levels, plus

Pros

  • Versatile
  • Powerful
  • Portable

Cons

  • Should only use low settings on neck

People who need more powerful relief may want to consider a massage gun like this option from TruMedic. This percussion massager features six frequency settings, from 2,000 to 7,000 vibrations per minute. The TruMedic also comes with six interchangeable heads that users can use to customize the intensity of their massage. Powered by a lithium-ion battery, this massage gun has a quiet motor and can last up to four hours on a single charge. And it’s also ultra-portable and can be used all over the body.

Best for athletes: Hyperice Hypervolt 2 Pro

Hyperice

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Percussion
  • Weight: 2.6 pounds
  • Power: Battery
  • Heat: No
  • Settings: Five percussion speeds

Pros

  • Modern design
  • Powerful
  • Comes with five head attachments for customizations

Cons

  • Expensive
  • No heat

Muscle soreness is common for athletes, so investing in a high-quality massager for your whole body makes sense. The powerful HyperVolt 2 features five different head attachments to customize your experience: fork, ball, cushion, flat, and bullet. This gun also operates at five speeds, but given the sensitivity of the neck area, Hypervolt recommends that you use the slow and easy setting around that area. This massage gun may be overkill if you’re only concerned about your neck. But if your whole body needs relief, this massage gun is up to the task.

Best pillow: Homedics Back and Neck Massager, Portable Shiatsu All Body Massage Pillow

Homedics

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Shiatsu, vibration
  • Weight: 4.18 pounds
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Heat: Yes
  • Settings: Shiatsu, heat, vibration

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Versatile
  • Easy to use

Cons

  • Doesn’t provide range of vibration or heat levels

When you just want to lie your head down at the end of a long day and relieve your aching neck, consider Homedics’ Body Massage Pillow. This cushion has massage nodes that let you switch between Shiatsu, vibration, and heated settings. The pillow adjusts to the contours of your body and can be used for your back, shoulders, and calves, as well. The heat also has an automatic shut-off after 15 minutes should you be lulled into slumber. If you’re looking for full-body relaxation, check out the best massage chairs.

Best mini: Theragun Mini Gen 4

Theragun

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Percussion 
  • Weight: 1 pound
  • Power: Battery
  • Heat: No 
  • Settings: Three speeds

Pros

  • Small
  • Powerful
  • Ergonomically designed
  • Works on range of body parts

Cons

  • Expensive
  • No heat

The Theragun Mini Gen 4 provides impressive power in an extremely portable package. This pocket-sized, battery-powered percussion massager weighs in at just one pound. Yet it can provide up to 20 pounds of pressure. It’s ergonomically designed to be easy to hold, and you’ll want to use the lowest speed for your neck. But this deceptively small device can provide relief for your whole body.

Best budget: Homedics Neck Massager with Heat

Homedics

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Shiatsu and vibration
  • Weight: 1.14 pounds
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Heat: Yes
  • Settings: Shiatsu, vibration, heat

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Provides Shiatsu massage, vibration, and heat
  • Lets you combine settings
  • Portable

Cons

  • Some users say it doesn’t fit ergonomically on the neck

If you’re looking for a neck massager that covers the basics but doesn’t cost a lot, Homedics’ Neck Massager with Heat checks all the boxes. This device lets users switch between Shiatsu massage, vibration, and heat modes or use them together for maximum relief. This foam massager is also comfortable, and the handles let you manually control the intensity of the experience. You can also complement this device with one of the best foot massagers.

What to consider when choosing the best neck massager

There are lots of options on the market for massagers. Before making a purchase, consider these elements to find the best option for you.

Types of massage

Neck massagers feature several types of massage, and some combine different methods. The most common are:

Shiatsu: Originating in Japan, Shiatsu, which translates as “finger pressure,” is a type of massage in which practitioners use their hands and fingers to knead muscles to release tension. Neck massagers that feature Shiatsu massage mimic that kneading motion. 

Vibrating: Vibrating massagers vibrate at a frequency, typically between 20 and 60 hertz, that causes muscles to contract and relax in quick succession, increasing blood flow to the muscles.

Percussion: Percussion massage combines vibrating massage with quick, forceful, and repetitive motions that encourage circulation and oxygen and nutrient flow to the muscles. Massage guns typically are percussion massagers, and they often feature a variety of attachments, such as balls, forks, bullets, and more, that allow users to customize the experience of the massage.

Percussion massagers often operate at a range of speeds, which are typically measured in vibrations per minute. And users can also choose the intensity of the massage. For the neck, it’s always best to use the lowest setting.

Heated: Many massagers also include heated elements. Some allow you to adjust the temperature to your liking, while others operate at a fixed temperature once they heat up. Often, heated massagers are designed with automatic shutoffs for safety. It’s worth noting that massage guns typically don’t provide heat therapy if that’s a feature you’re looking for.

Electric muscle stimulation: With this type of therapy, a massager uses electrodes to send electrical impulses to the muscles, which causes them to contract. 

Other modalities: Some massagers offer settings for cupping, tapping, acupressure, and other types of massage.

Form

Neck massagers come in a variety of forms, from U-shaped devices users hang around their necks to foam pillows to massage guns. Before making a purchase, consider whether you prefer to have the massage be more of a passive or active experience. Would you like just to turn the massager on, adjust the settings, and let it get to work? Or are you (or a partner or friend) interested in more of an active experience using a massage gun to target neck pain? Take into consideration that reaching the neck area with a massage gun may be hard for one person, depending on your mobility.

Versatility

Some neck massagers specifically target the neck, while others also simultaneously provide relief to the shoulders and upper back. Many devices, such as Homedics’ Shiatsu Neck and Body Massager, are designed to target several body parts at once. Others work specifically on the neck. Massage guns are typically more expensive than other neck massagers, and buying one makes more sense if you also plan to use it on different locations on the body.

Portability

Many neck massagers are corded electric, so you’ll need access to an outlet or another power source to use them. Other options are designed with rechargeable batteries and are lightweight, making it much easier to take them with you in the car or when you travel.

FAQs

Q: How much do neck massagers cost?

The price of neck massagers depends on what features they provide. The latest model of massage gun, like the Hyperice Hypervolt 2 Pro, which can be used on the whole body, costs about $329. Our budget pick, the Homedics Neck Massager with Heat, is a lo-fi option that specifically targets the neck and costs about one-tenth as much as the Hypervolt 2 Pro.

Q: Do neck massagers really work?

Neck massagers increase blood flow to the area, which encourages the release of muscle tension, helping to alleviate pain and promote relaxation. Using one may be safer and provide more relief than taking an over-the-counter pain reliever. That said, you should consult your healthcare provider about acute neck pain or injury that persists.

Q: How long should you use a neck massager?

The best practice is to follow the manufacturer’s instructions for how long to use a neck massager. It’s worth noting that devices incorporating heat are also often designed with an automatic shutoff after 15 minutes for safety reasons.

Q: How do you massage the back of your neck?

You can massage the back of your neck by opting for one of the neck massagers on this list. You can also massage your neck yourself several times a day with these steps provided by the Arthritis Foundation.

Final thoughts on the best neck massagers

Fortunately, relieving the neck pain you get from sitting hunched at your desk or looking down at your phone all day can often be remedied with some electronic massage and heat. The best neck massagers are a relatively affordable way to release that tension without medication and promote overall relaxation and well-being.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best neck massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best water bottles for the gym in 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-water-bottles-for-the-gym/ Fri, 17 Nov 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=589682
A lineup of the best water bottles for the gym
Amanda Reed

Stay hydrated while working on your gains with these fun, colorful water bottles.

The post The best water bottles for the gym in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best water bottles for the gym
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A person holding a green and pink Owala FreeSip water bottle in front of a brick wall. Owala FreeSip Insulated Stainless Steel Water Bottle
SEE IT

Sip two ways with this stylish, colorful bottle.

Best tumbler A person standing against a brick wall holding a green Pelican Porter Pelican Hydration Pelican Porter
SEE IT

Water stays cold all day in this trendy cup.

Best budget A person holding three Nalgene water bottles and standing against a brick wall. Nalgene Sustain Tritan BPA-Free Water Bottle
SEE IT

A cheap classic that gets the job done.

A water bottle is a gym must-have. Cacti can survive on small amounts of water, sure, but you’re no succulent; you are a meaty flesh bag whose body is 60% H2O. If flowers wilt when they’re not watered, you surely will, too. Staying hydrated is incredibly important for all levels of activity, from a leisurely stroll on the treadmill to an intense leg day. Plus, you don’t need to hit up the water fountain for small, unsatisfactory sips (and potentially communal germs) when you have an entire receptacle filled with water from your house. Depending on your gym, the water fountain might have a low flow rate and a thin layer of lime build-up on the spout—both unideal and a little grody. Your best bet is to BYOGWB (Bring Your Own Gym Water Bottle) and hope the gym has a WFwaBF (Water Fountain with a Bottle Filler). The best water bottles for the gym crush thirst, just like how you crush your PRs, you *strong* meaty flesh bag.

How we chose the best water bottles for the gym

It is a joke in my household that Wednesdays are off-limits for social activities, as it’s Barre Wednesday: the one day I week that I travel to my Pure Barre location of choice and take an evening Classic class with my favorite instructor, Amanda. Instructor Amanda kicks my ass in a way that keeps Writer Amanda from biting her handlers in a fit of rage. (They would need a rabies shot series if she gets chomp in.)

I’ve Burpee’d my way through the occasional HIIT class, mastered the Stairmaster, and even tried Bikram yoga. And although the hot yoga was a one-time deal, an insulated water bottle was a constant companion in my journey to sweaty, definitely not-culty enlightenment.

I made a few criteria based on my own gym/workout class experience. Each bottle is at least 32 ounces because 16-24 ounces is simply insufficient water for a 45-minute cardio or strength workout. Each bottle needed to have a handle or carry loop for convenience. A built-in straw and a wide mouth were minor considerations since both are nice to have but not necessities. Many bottles made the brave journey to barre class for on-the-ground testing, but only a few made the final cut.

The best water bottles for the gym: Reviews & Recommendations

If you’re headed to the gym for your hot girl walk, or you lost your last trusty gym water bottle and need to bring in a new recruit, one of our con-sip-erations should make you feel like you’ve found gold at the bottom of the well.

Best overall: Owala FreeSip Insulated Stainless Steel Water Bottle

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Dishwasher safe: Hand-wash cup; dishwasher safe-lif
  • BPA-free: Yes
  • Temperature retention: 24 hours cold

Pros

  • Lightweight when filled
  • Spout doesn’t touch sweaty hands
  • Really fun to use

Cons

  • Not dishwasher safe

Like most products, I first heard of the Owala FreeSip water bottle on TikTok. Account after account raved about the bottle’s FreeSip spout, which lets you sip upright through a built-in straw or tilt it back for a classic swig. After testing it myself, I concluded it’s worth the hype.

The temperature retention is fabulous. Water stays cold all day, and ice cubes aren’t melted away after a few hours. The wide mouth easily accommodates a handful of ice cubes and makes cleaning seem like less of a chore. A push-to-open lid protects the spout from your own germy, sweaty hands, and the carrying loop doubles as a lock, so you don’t have accidental spills if you throw it into your gym bag like I do.

The FreeSip cap is the crown jewel of this canteen. The outer rim doesn’t hit your nose when swigging, and the cap doesn’t get in your face if you decide to take a long chug. I was also expecting a face full of water from the spout design, but the sip portion does not seem to affect the spout. The sip portion is seamless to drink out of—there’s no weird tugging like other sports bottles with straws. Using the bottle is just plain fun. The “click” of the lid opening and the design of the FreeSip spout tickle my brain in a way that makes me drink more water.

Although it’s not completely dishwasher safe—it’s recommended you hand-wash the bottle portion to maintain the finish—its inherent fun and ease of use easily outshines this minor downside.

Best for running: Nathan Quick Squeeze Insulated Water Bottle

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Double-wall insulated plastic
  • Dishwasher safe: No
  • BPA-free: Yes
  • Temperature retention: Unknown

Pros

  • Ergonomic grip
  • Extra storage
  • No slip grip

Cons

  • Not dishwasher safe

If you prefer running on the indoor track instead of on a treadmill, a handheld running water bottle helps keep hydration at arm’s length—literally. This one from Nathan is made to fit ergonomically in your hand, and it’s easy to squeeze to get that sweet, sweet water out of the nozzle and into your thirsty gullet. Double-wall insulation keeps your water/electrolyte drink cool, and a zippered front pocket holds your smartphone, cards, keys, and a good-luck trinket. It’s not dishwasher-safe, which is a bummer considering all of the nooks and crannies in the lid.

Best tumbler: Pelican Hydration Pelican Porter

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: 18/8 Stainless steel; copper lining
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA-free: Yes
  • Temperature retention: 16 hours cold

Pros

  • Great temperature retention
  • Fits in car cup holders
  • Easy-to-hold handle

Cons

  • Not spill proof

Testing the Pelican Porter made me understand the Stanley Quencher hype. Although the Quencher is a great tumbler, the Pelican Porter edges it out. It will keep drinks cold for 16 hours, compared to the Quencher’s 11-hour chill rate. This longevity is thanks to a copper lining that works with double-wall vacuum insulation to prevent thermal loss. It’s not completely spill-proof—one accidental kick from a passerby will lead to a certain disaster—but a splash-resistant lid prevents any waterworks on the drive to the gym. You can sip from the strong Tritan plastic drinking straw or rotate the lid for some chug action, although I prefer the straw. Something primal and childlike awoke deep in me as soon as I grabbed the Pelican Porter’s handle. I hope it also makes you feel like a big hydrated adult baby.

Best insulated: Hydro Flask Wide Mouth Bottle

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: 18/8 stainless steel
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA-free: Yes
  • Temperature retention: 24 hours cold

Pros

  • Lightweight when filled up
  • Moveable handle
  • Lid comes apart for easy cleaning

Cons

  • Dents easily

It’s a close race between the Hydro Flask Wide Mouth Bottle with Flex Straw Lid and the Yeti Rambler with Straw Lid for the title of best insulated water bottle for the gym. The Hydro Flask ranks superior thanks to its lid, which comes apart completely—no more moldy, nasty caps—and is dishwasher-safe. It’s also lightweight when filled up, and the moveable handle on the lid makes it better to carry from leg press to rowing machine to exercise bike, etc. It has a wide mouth to make it easy to clean and fill with ice, and the cap is leakproof when closed. A plastic ledge-like protrusion helps you flip the straw up without having to touch the mouthpiece, earning brownie points in the sanitary category. It is the water bottle I personally reach most for when I’m doing barre, since I can flip the straw up and carry it around while going from barre to floor to mat.

Best gallon water bottle: Yeti Gallon Jug

YETI

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: 18/8 stainless steel
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA free: Yes
  • Temperature retention: 24+ hours cold

Pros

  • Study handle
  • Clever lid to store spout cap
  • Double-wall vacuum insulation

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy when filled

If you’re a person who drinks a gallon of water a day, the Yeti Gallon Jug is one of the nicest gallon water bottles you can find. It will keep your water cold all day, even if the bottle has sat in your hot car. It’s made of durable stainless steel and features vacuum insulation so that it will keep liquids hot or cold for several hours. It also keeps your bottle from sweating, so gym floors are safe from condensation.

The Gallon Jug’s lid features a sturdy metal handle with soft grip padding. The lid also contains a neat magnetic design, so users can store the cap when the spout is open. You can also screw the entire lid off for easy cleaning and refills, although some reviews note it’s hard to remove because of the lid’s large diameter.

Like all Yeti’s other stainless steel bottles, the Gallon Jug is BPA-free and dishwasher safe. It weighs 4.5 pounds before putting water in it, or over 12 pounds full. This is not the weight you intend to lift while at the gym. Still, it is far and away the nicest water bottle of this size.

Best self-cleaning: LARQ Movement PureVis

LARQ

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Dishwasher safe: Bottle is dishwasher safe; cap it not
  • BPA free: Yes
  • Temperature retention: N/A

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Self-cleaning
  • Lightweight compared to other water bottles

Cons

  • Non-insulated
  • No wide mouth
  • Expensive

I tested and reviewed the insulated LARQ PureVis bottle and was impressed at its ability to keep water cold and make a noticeable difference in how it tasted after hitting it with the PureVis UV-C light. If the LARQ insulated PureVis bottle is the nerdy, well-read smartypants of the family, then the uninsulated PureVis Movement bottle is the sporty one who will get a scholarship playing D1 field hockey and eventually join the U.S. Olympic team. It’s called the Movement bottle since it’s uninsulated, making it even lighter than the insulated version. Both bottles use the same technology in the cap. Simply press a button to activate the PureVis tech, which eliminates 99% of bio-contaminants like E.coli. If you’re bad at remembering to drink water, the LARQ, unfortunately, doesn’t have a built-in water tracker or sip reminder. However, it automatically cleans itself every two hours, and one charge powers the bottle for a month, giving you at least two fewer things to think about.

Best budget: Nalgene Sustain Tritan BPA-Free Water Bottle

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Tritan plastic
  • Dishwasher safe: Top rack safe
  • BPA-free: Yes
  • Temperature retention: N/A

Pros

  • Completely leakproof
  • No frills
  • Incredibly lightweight

Cons

  • Non-insulated
  • Wide mouth leads to a faceful of water

The Nalgene water bottle is a classic for a reason. Nalgene bottles have carried me from field hockey games to marching band practice when I was in high school, and they still have a place in my cupboard despite the objectively fancier options I have. They’re impact-resistant, leakproof, and are top-rack safe. Plus, Tritan plastic is BPA/BPS free if you’re cutting back on microplastics.

If you choose a wide-mouth Nalgene, I highly recommend getting an Easy Sipper. It’s a circular disk with a small hole that sits right inside the bottle to prevent getting a faceful of water when taking a sip. Although buying an accessory when you could buy a narrow-mouth bottle from the jump seems silly, wide-mouth bottles are easier to fill at bottle-filling stations. Being able to add ice is also a major perk. I’ve even filled mine and frozen them overnight so I’d have icy water after school. If you do that, just make sure to leave some room at the top since ice expands.

What to consider when buying the best water bottles for the gym

You may not need to drink 8 cups of water a day, but staying hydrated is a must while working out. Here is what you should keep in mind before adding to your water bottle collection:

Durability

Water bottles get dropped by sweaty hands, kicked by walkers deep in their favorite podcast and not paying attention, or fall over due to the mysterious forces of gravity.

Stainless steel can get dented and scratched, but it’s pretty resilient. Stainless steel can also handle sudden temperature changes. However, you should not freeze them since low freezer temperatures can damage the surface of the water bottle.

Tritan plastic water bottles are generally more scratch-resistant and won’t ding, but are by no means indestructible. Both materials are generally resistant to the wear and tear of everyday life.

Material

Speaking of material, you’ll want bottles made of stainless steel or Tritan plastic. You’ll want to skip glass entirely since broken shards and people lifting in their socks don’t mix.

Stainless steel water bottles are popular because they’re light and durable. They’re usually made from 18/8 stainless steel, which refers to its 18% chromium and 8% nickel elemental composition. Many stainless steel bottles are vacuum-insulated to create a sealed buffer between the liquid in the container and the environment outside the bottle, which reduces conduction and keeps liquids cold for several hours. If you’re looking for even more thermal retention, consider a bottle with copper lining.

Reusable plastic water bottles give you a balance of durability and affordability. High-quality plastic bottles can be more resistant to superficial wear and tear and generally lack insulation.

When buying plastic, make sure to get a plastic water bottle that’s made from BPA-free Tritan plastic, which is light and ultra-durable. Some studies suggest that containers made from plastics with bisphenol A, or BPA, can seep into what’s stored in the container and cause adverse health effects.

FAQs

Q: How much water is healthy to consume per day?

You’ve probably heard “eight cups a day” as the default water consumption recommendation. However, it varies from person to person. Optimal water intake depends on environmental and personal factors like height, weight, activity level, and current temperature. Keep a bottle at your desk or side table and take a sip when you’re thirsty.

Q: What material keeps water cold the longest?

Vacuum-insulated stainless steel keeps water cold the longest. You can keep your cold drinks cold all day, and iced drinks can even stay cool for days.

Q: How often should I clean a water bottle for the gym?

You should clean them often. The frequency ranges from once a day to a few times a week. If your bottle is filled with an electrolyte drink, stick to washing it every day. Bottles filled with plain ole water don’t need as much maintenance. However, since gyms are prone to germs, we recommend more frequent cleaning (at least five times a week).

Final thoughts on the best water bottles for the gym

You can bring any water bottle into the gym, but why not bring one that inspires you and #sparksjoy? Find one in your favorite color with handy features like a carry loop, vacuum insulation, and a touch-free cap for more sanitary sipping. The most important thing is making sure to stay hydrated while pumping iron, putting in rounds with the heavy bag, etc. You should sip some water from your new bottle and get some reps in.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best water bottles for the gym in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best gifts for cyclists from Garmin, Wahoo, Peloton, and more https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-gifts-for-cyclists/ Mon, 13 Nov 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=588094
Three rows of the best gifts for cyclists, with the Wahoo indoor trainer on top, followed by a Garmin bike light, and a Kryptonite bike lock.

Switching gears to holiday shopping and not sure what to get the cyclist in your life? Cruise through our spin on the best bike-centric gifts.

The post The best gifts for cyclists from Garmin, Wahoo, Peloton, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Three rows of the best gifts for cyclists, with the Wahoo indoor trainer on top, followed by a Garmin bike light, and a Kryptonite bike lock.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best bike computer A black Garmin Edge 1040 Solar GPS Bike Computer displaying the distance, time, route, and more of a bike ride. Garmin Edge 1040 Solar
SEE IT

This computer provides nutrition and hydration alerts, ride-specific maps, turn-by-turn directions,  group ride features, and more.

Best headphones A pair of Shokz OpenRun Pro bone-conduction headphones rest on their case on an end table. Shokz OpenRun Pro
SEE IT

These comfortable, lightweight headphones allow cyclists to stay aware of their surroundings while listening to their favorite tunes.

Best multi-tool A gray metal Multitool 19 device for cyclists. Crankbrothers M19 Multi-Tool
SEE IT

Lightweight and encased in durable aluminum, this gadget features 19 tools that should help cyclists fix all kinds of bike emergencies.

Whether the cyclist in your life commutes to work on a bike or trains for triathlons, having the right gear is important. But it can get expensive. In the United States, households collectively spent about $8 billion a month on bicycles and accessories, according to the U.S. Bureau of Transportation Statistics. In the interest of cutting down on waste and gear that never gets pulled out of the closet, we’ve rounded up the best devices and accessories available to help cyclists ride safely, track performance and health metrics, and still have fun. Here’s some of what your favorite cyclist might be hoping they get to unwrap before their next century.

Best bike computer: Garmin Edge 1040 Solar

Garmin

SEE IT

Even if the cyclist in your life isn’t focused on collecting data from their rides, a bike computer is still an important and worthwhile tool. The Edge 1040 provides nutrition and hydration alerts, a range of ride type-specific maps, turn-by-turn directions, incident detection, bike alarm functionality, and group ride features. It will help keep your rider safe, fueled up, and on course. The Garmin Edge 1040 also accurately tracks distance, provides training tools and recommendations, syncs training plans, and measures cycling dynamics. The large display is easy to see at a glance, and the solar display adds to the already impressive battery life that can last up to 45 hours in demanding use cases. If you like the idea of picking up a bike computer but want a more budget-friendly option, the Edge 530 is also a fantastic device.

Best power meter pedal: Garmin Rally RS100 or Rally RS200

Garmin

SEE IT

Power meters are a must if the cyclist in your life is data-obsessed or serious about their performance. These devices measure the force on the bike pedals using strain gauges and convert that to power, measured in watts. The Garmin Rally series provides extremely accurate data, and lots of it. It can provide insight into power, cadence, left and right balance, pedal smoothness, and time spent standing or sitting. The Rally is very easy to swap between pedal bodies using a conversion kit, making it the best choice for those who may have a bike for mountain biking and one for road rides. It pairs seamlessly with Garmin’s bike computers as well.

You can purchase a single pedal (RS100) to save some money or a dual-sensing version (RS200) for even more precise data. Also, Garmin makes different versions of the Rally that are compatible with different types of cleats. The RK line works with Look Keo cleats, the RS line is for Shimano SPD-SL cleats, and the XC line is made for Shimano SPD cleats. Functionally, they are all the same, but the cleat compatibility differs.

Best heart rate monitor: Polar H10 Heart Rate Monitor

Polar

SEE IT

The Polar H10 Heart Rate Monitor works with many different sports watches and fitness apps, including Garmin, Apple, Strava, and Nike. It can support iOS mobile devices with iOS 13 or later, BS Android mobile devices with Bluetooth 4.0 capability, and Android 7 or later. That versatility makes this chest strap one of the best heart rate monitors for cycling. But it excels as one of the best monitors for Peloton and cycling in general, as its accurate reader and comfortable fit don’t falter at high speeds thanks to silicone dots that help it stay firmly in place. — Andrew Waite

Best indoor trainer: Wahoo KICKR Smart Trainer V6

Wahoo

SEE IT

For most of us, there are, unfortunately, days when getting outside on the bike isn’t feasible. Whether it’s because of a gnarly ice storm or nonstop rain, riding inside can unlock new training opportunities. The Wahoo KICKR Smart Trainer V6 is among the best trainers, thanks to its accurate speed, distance, cadence, and power data. It’s easy to set up and provides a smooth, realistic, yet silent ride, so your cyclist can easily watch a movie during their ride without turning the volume way up. The built-in WiFi also makes this direct drive trainer stand out from the competition, as it allows for faster data transfer and easier firmware updates.

Best indoor bike with classes: Peloton Bike Plus Indoor Stationary Bike

Peloton

SEE IT

If the cyclist in your life is motivated by live instruction and competition, the Peloton Bike provides an unrivaled experience. Purchase of the bike and a $44 monthly membership provides access to thousands of classes, including live sessions, bike boot camps, boxing, and yoga. The 21.5-inch HD touchscreen lets you feel like you’re right in the studio, and the two stereo speakers help complete the immersive experience. With a 4-foot by 2-foot footprint, this bike can fit in a range of spaces. Peloton also tracks your heart rate, output, and cadence in real-time and you can measure your progress against other members.

Best electric bike: Ride1Up Rift

Ride1UP

SEE IT

Think your favorite cyclist would appreciate a new electric bike? Consider the Ride1UP Rift for those leisurely days when they want to stretch their legs, but their calves and quads need a little rest and recovery. Almost ready to go out of the box, it provides a stupendously smooth ride whether they’re upgrading from a different electric bicycle or have always ridden an analog bike. It strikes the right balance between easy assembly, ease of use, comfort, and overall design. Learn more about our picks for the best electric bikes. — Brandt Ranj

Best phone mount: Peak Design Out Front Bike Mount

Peak Design

SEE IT

The Out Front Bike Mount easily installs onto bike handlebars, putting the phone front and center at an optimal viewing angle. Your cyclist will be able to quickly see their maps or keep an eye on the time. The mount also flips up so that they can film their ride. They will need either the Mobile Universal Mount Adapter or a Peak Design phone case, as the bike mount utilizes the company’s magnetic locking system, called SlimLink. This magnetic system is ultra secure, so they won’t need to worry about their phone falling off when they hit some bumps on the road. And it makes their phone compatible with all sorts of other Peak Design accessories like the phone tripod, wallet, and more.

Best bike bag: Rapha Bar Bag

Rapha

SEE IT

Having a space to stow essentials like your phone, keys, and maybe a snack is important on a commute or long ride. Rapha’s sleek bike bag is made of waterproof polyester, so essentials will stay dry during an unexpected downpour. It provides a roomy 2 liters of space and comes with two durable straps cyclists can attach either to their handlebars or the frame. The buckles are quick-release, and once the rider arrives at their destination, this versatile bag easily converts into an over-the-shoulder bag.

Best multi-tool: Crankbrothers M19 Multi-Tool

Crankbrothers

SEE IT

A bike multi-tool is a must for every cyclist, both on rides and in a home tool kit. This Crankbrothers tool includes a range of hex wrenches, spoke wrenches, multiple screwdriver types, a t-25 drive, and a universal chain tool. All in all, there are 19 different tools in this one device. Whether you’re fixing your bike or adjusting your cleats, this multi-tool likely has the right option. Everything is encased in lightweight aluminum and only weighs 6.2 ounces. And the 3.5-inch length means that it will easily fit in a small saddle pack for rides.

Best headphones: Shokz OpenRun Pro

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Bone conduction headphones are great for cyclists because they allow you to hear your music and podcasts while still staying alert to the world around you. The Shokz OpenRun Pro headphones offer a secure, lightweight fit under your helmet that’s comfortable even for long rides. They produce clear, high-quality sound with plenty of volume, even when you’re near traffic. They also feature a mic so that you can call your cyclist when they are out. And the 10 hours of battery life will keep them from needing to charge their headphones constantly.

Best tail light: Garmin Varia RTL515

Garmin

SEE IT

A quality tail light is a crucial safety item for road cyclists, whether riding day or night. It alerts drivers to your presence long before they would otherwise see your bike. The Garmin Vari RTL515 is a bit of a splurge, but it is the best out there, thanks to the built-in radar. This light pairs with your phone, Garmin Edge bike computer, or other Garmin wearables and alerts you with both visual and audio queues that cars are approaching from up to 153 yards away. It’s super bright, providing daylight visibility up to one mile away. There are multiple modes, including a low-intensity light for group rides. And it offers up to 16 hours of battery life in day flash mode to last for your longest rides.

If you want the utmost safety for your rider, you can bundle the front light below with the Varia RTL515. Or, if the Garmin is too much of a splurge, the Bontrager Flare RT is also a great rear light with a budget-friendly price, albeit without the radar.

Best bike light: Garmin Varia UT 800 Smart Headlight

Garmin

SEE IT

When the days are shorter, your favorite cyclist is likely getting some miles in when it’s dark. A reliable bike light is essential for safety. Garmin’s Varia UT 800 Smart Headlight is visible up to a mile away. It provides 800 lumens of light for up to 1.5 hours—about the same amount as a traditional 60-watt incandescent bulb. Cyclists can switch between five light modes: high, medium, low, night flash, and day flash. This bike light can also sync with compatible Garmin Edge computers, which can detect the ambient light to control brightness. And it’s available in versions that attach either to the handlebars or to a helmet.

Best bike lock: Kryptonite Combo Bike U-Lock 

Kryptonite

SEE IT

As much fun as biking can be, theft is unfortunately common. More than 200,000 bikes are stolen in the United States each year, according to the FBI. That’s why a reliable bike lock is important. Kryptonite’s Combo Bike U-Lock is designed with a 12mm steel shackle that protects against wire cutters. The U shape makes it easy to attach the lock to a variety of locations, from bike racks to fences. It features a combination lock that you register with the company website, so you don’t have to worry about lost keys. And weighing in at just a pound, it’s lighter and more affordable than many of the other bike locks on the market.

Best bib shorts: Pearl Izumi Pro Bib Shorts

Pearl Izumi

SEE IT

A quality pair of bibs can make a surprising difference in the comfort of your bike ride. After trying numerous brands, Pearl Izumi’s bibs, including the Pro version, have firmly landed the spot as my favorite thanks to the material the company uses. It is incredibly soft, smooth, and stretchy, unlike anything from other brands. It breathes well and easily wicks away sweat, keeping me comfortable even on the hottest, most humid days. The seamless design means that there’s less chance of chafing even on long rides. And the chamois offers just enough padding in all the right places without being overly thick. They come in both men’s and women’s and are available in a handful of colors and designs.

Best water bottle: Camelbak Podium Chill

Camelbak

SEE IT

Most of us can’t have too many water bottles. They have a tendency to get scuffed and dented, start leaking, get lost, or stay filled up for far too long and start molding, needing replacement. However, weight has to be considered when it comes to a ride. The Camelbak Podium Chill is an insulated bottle that keeps drinks cool even on hot rides. It is designed to fit securely in most bottle cages and is easy to squeeze to get water out efficiently. The cap is self-sealing, so it won’t leak when it inevitably gets thrown in the backseat of the car. And it’s available in a range of colors, so you can pick something up that matches the color scheme of your cyclist’s bike.

The post The best gifts for cyclists from Garmin, Wahoo, Peloton, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best gifts for runners who put in the miles all year round https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-gifts-for-runners/ Fri, 21 Oct 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=477976
Fitness & Exercise photo

Brave the elements with some help from gear that will keep you warm and dry.

The post The best gifts for runners who put in the miles all year round appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Fitness & Exercise photo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best sneakers The Nike Air Pegasus 37 sneakers are some of the best gifts for runners in cold weather. Nike Air Pegasus Shield 37 Running Shoes
SEE IT

These sneakers are designed specifically for cold weather, with water-repellent features and grooves to keep you from slipping.

Best smartwatch A woman wearing a Garmin Forerunner 965 with a green face on her wrist against the background of a hiking trail. Garmin Forerunner 965
SEE IT

Designed for serious athletes, the Garmin Forerunner 965 tracks advanced performance metrics and provides up to 23 days of battery life in smartwatch mode.

Best hydration vest A red Saloman Adv Skin 12 Running Vest against a plain background. Salomon Adv Skin 12
SEE IT

This well-fitting vest features two soft flasks, and extra bladder for water, and plenty of pockets for snacks and other essentials.

Running seems simple enough: Put one foot in front of the other in a semi-speedy fashion. It’s free, it’s safe, and dare we say, it’s fun. The equipment, too, seems appealingly uncomplicated. All you need are clothes and running shoes, right? While that’s technically true, some specialized running gear can make jogging a whole lot more pleasant. Plus, when you feel good, you run good. It’s simple science. Here’s our list of some of the best gifts for runners:

Best all-weather running gear

Best smartwatch: Garmin Forerunner 965

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

While you don’t need a watch for running, it certainly helps if you are aiming to track your progress and work toward goals. Garmin’s smartwatches are some of the best around for all types of physical activity, but that’s especially true for running. Its Forerunner lineup is the company’s dedicated running line, with the Forerunner 965 sitting at the top. 

The Forerunner 965 features a vibrant AMOLED touchscreen display with up to 31 hours of battery life in GPS mode and up to 23 days in smartwatch mode. As with any Garmin watch, it offers advanced training metrics and tools, including VO2 max, performance condition, training effect, wrist-based running power, load ratio, and more. You can plan your race strategies and receive daily suggested workouts right on your wrist. It also offers built-in mapping, music storage, Garmin Pay, and safety features. It’s a watch built for serious athletes and adventurers, so if you know a newer or more casual runner, the 265 would be a cheaper, smaller, more approachable option.

Best heart rate monitor: Garmin HRM-Pro

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Most running watches provide wrist-based heart rate measurements, but the accuracy of those tools still doesn’t match what you can get with a chest-based monitor. The Garmin HRM-Pro is a premium heart rate monitor with dual ANT and Bluetooth Low Energy technology. It easily pairs with Garmin devices, online training apps like Zwift, or compatible gym equipment. Beyond heart rate, this monitor also gathers running dynamics, including vertical oscillation, ground contact time, stride length, vertical ratio, and more. It can even store data when your watch is out of range, such as during a swim. And it’s comfortable to wear; I barely notice it, even on long runs or bike rides.

Best headphones: Shokz OpenRun Pro

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Most people prefer to run with music or podcasts, but traditional in-ear headphones can pose some safety concerns. Bone conduction headphones are a fantastic option for runners because they allow you to hear your music while still staying alert to the world around you. The Shokz OpenRun Pro headphones offer a secure, lightweight fit that is comfortable even for long runs. They produce clear, high-quality sound with plenty of volume, even when running near traffic. It also features a mic so that you can call your runner when they are out. And the 10 hours of battery life will keep them from needing to charge their headphones constantly.

Best treadmill: NordicTrack T Series

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Whether it’s a blizzard or extreme heat, there are times when it’s not safe to run outside. That’s why it can be helpful to invest in a treadmill. We recommend NordicTrack’s T series. There’s a reason why NordicTrack treadmills are considered some of the best treadmills on the market: they’re reliable, durable, long-lasting, and come with several luxe features to mirror gym-quality workouts. 

This model comes with incline controls up to 15 percent, a 10-inch interactive HD coaching touchscreen, and 30 days free iFit membership, which comes with several on-demand and live workouts with automatic trainer control. also easily folds up and can be stored away for more space-saving. While it’s more expensive than other models, we believe it’s the best if you’re serious about running, want to invest in a higher-end product for the long haul, and are looking for a piece of equipment that mimics what you’d find in a high-end gym.

Best massage gun: Turonic GM5 Massage Gun

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Recovery is key for runners. A massage gun can help relieve those tired leg muscles to promote recovery after runs, preventing injuries and keeping your runner active even during busy training schedules. The Turonic GM5 is a relatively affordable massage gun that still packs a punch. It comes with a range of attachments for different parts of the body and a handy case to keep it all organized even during travel. It offers variable intensity between 1200 and 3200 rpm, so they can fine-tune how intense their massage is. And it’s quiet, so they can even massage their muscles while you watch a movie.

Best cold-weather running gear

Best cold-weather sneakers: Nike Air Pegasus Shield 37 Running Shoes

Nike

SEE IT

Let’s get started with the basics: sneakers. There’s nothing worse than missing a carefully calculated step and landing right into a puddle on a cold and rainy day. To avoid this mishap, Nike took one of its most popular running shoes, the Pegasus, and winterized it with a water-repellent upper material and an outsole with wet weather traction to keep you from slipping on the slick pavement. The outsole’s micro grooves feature multidirectional shapes that displace the water when the shoe makes contact with the pavement, so your feet can leave and arrive home dry and warm.

Best outerwear: Arc’teryx Squamish Hoody

Arc’teryx

SEE IT

Layers are essential when it comes to cold-weather running. Arc’teryx’s sleek Squamish hoodie provides plenty of assistance, keeping you warm without slowing you down. The lightweight shell is windproof yet protects you against rain and snow. It’s also made from nylon that is moisture-wicking and allows sweat to escape, helping to keep your body temperature steady during frigid runs. Plus, this minimalist option is a cinch to roll up into a backpack or carry-on. It’s available in men’s and women’s styles.

Best underlayer: Ibex Men’s Woolies Tech Long-Sleeve Shirt

Ibex

SEE IT

Speaking of layering, a merino wool base is the way to go for those frigid days. This long-sleeve base layer has a nylon lining that will help keep you warm and dry all day. The company’s Pro Tech fabric is comfy and lightweight, but still wicks moisture away and keeps odor under control. They’re available in four matte colors (Deepest Red, Deep Ocean, Black, and Ginger Bisquite), you can pair the zippered top with the Woolies Tech Bottoms for full-body coverage.

Best safety gear: Brooks’ Run Visible Collection

Brooks

SEE IT

Some of the best gifts for runners aren’t only about keeping warm—they’re about keeping people safe. When North America is experiencing the shortest days of the year—with the sun rising around 7 a.m. and setting by 5 p.m.— that means if they’re trying to squeeze in a run before or after work, they’re probably going to be doing at least some of those miles in the dark. Brooks Running’s Run Visible collection features clothing—from hats to windbreakers and leggings—that all come equipped with 3M Scotchlite Carbon Black Stretch Reflective material with neon colors. The material and coloring (which covers the most visible part of the light spectrum in low-light conditions) are strategically placed in so-called motion zones. That includes the joints that move the most while you’re jogging, like elbows, wrists, and ankles, so they can run safely no matter when they’re able to get that jog in.

Best running vest: Nike Aeroloft Women’s Running Vest

Nike

SEE IT

In addition to keeping hands and feet from freezing, maintaining a warm core will keep the rest of your body toasty without adding too much bulk that could make you overheat mid-run. When looking for the best gifts for runners (or yourself), Nike’s Aeroloft running vest provides necessary warmth where you need it most. It also has pockets to store your keys, cell phone, or anything else you might need mid-run.

Best running tights: Reebok Women’s Puremove Leggings

Reebok

SEE IT

Many runners have a love-and-hate relationship with running tights. You need a pair that fits in just the right places for them to work well and feel comfortable. To make that happen, Reebok used its Motion Sense Technology (that the company originally designed for sports bras) to fill its tights with a material that stays liquid-like when in stasis and becomes more solid upon impact. This gives you a full range of movement on a run, while adding support precisely

Best gloves: Arc’teryx Venta Gloves

Arc’teryx

SEE IT

Running in the cold sometimes feels like a tease. When you first step outside, the frigid temperatures can be startling, making you want to bundle up with extra pant and shirt layers. But as you ease into the miles, you can quickly overheat with all those clothes. Instead, wear lighter layers (unless the conditions are truly frigid) and focus on making sure your core and extremities are well-protected. Arc’teryx’s Venta glove uses Gore-tex’s Infinium material, which protects from water and wind and is extremely thin and light. Plus the mitten design allows your body heat to keep all your fingers tight and warm.

Best socks: Smartwool Run Cold Weather Crew Socks

Smartwool

SEE IT

In addition to keeping their hands warm, snuggly and comfy feet also make for a happy run. Smartwool’s Run Cold Weather Socks are made of sweat-wicking wool that also provides comfort and durability. The mid-crew length hits that perfect sweet spot of not too short to let wind in but not too long to cause overheating. Lastly, the socks have the company’s Light Elite cushioning that provides targeted support in the ball and heel of the foot. Otherwise, too much layering between your feet and shoes can restrict blood flow.

Best hat: TrailHeads Fleece Ponytail Hat

TrailHeads

SEE IT

When cold weather hits, a good hat is essential. But for those with longer hair, stuffing your long locks into a hat can be annoying at a minimum and cause a headache at the worst. Trailheads’ ponytail hat features an opening in the back to fit your hair through so it doesn’t get trapped, tangled, or bungled in your hat as you run. The piece is also made of quick-drying polyester fleece and flaps so your head and ears can stay warm for the duration of your run.

Best face covering: Nike Therma Sphere Hood 3.0

Nike

SEE IT

When the wind is howling and moisture from your eyes is starting to freeze on your face, it’s time to call in the reinforcements. Nike’s Therma Sphere Hood is a balaclava-style head covering that’s made with Therma-Sphere fabric that helps wick moisture away. It’s designed to be comfortable and customizable, with a foldover design you can adjust to cover more or less of your face and neck as the day warms up.

Best compression sleeves: Hyperice Normatec Go

Hyperice

SEE IT

Colder weather can cause arteries to tighten and restrict blood flow. Runners can recover better from workouts with Hyperice’s Normatec Go. These wearables are designed to be strapped to the runner’s calves and provide a symmetrical massage to increase circulation and reduce pain in the lower body. The Bluetooth-enabled controls and associated app allow the runner to choose between seven levels of compression for a better recovery and the battery lasts up to three hours.

Best warm-weather running gear

Best hydration vest: Salomon Adv Skin 12

Salomon

SEE IT

For those who enjoy long runs or running in all sorts of weather, a hydration vest is a critical tool. The Salomon Adv Skin 12 comes with two soft flasks that fit snuggly on the chest straps, providing quick and easy access to hydration without stopping. It can also hold a hydration bladder for hot days that call for extra water. Additionally, the pack offers plenty of pockets to hold a jacket, snacks for fueling your run, and attachment points for stashing poles. It fits snugly and comfortably without jiggling around on runs, and the pockets are easily accessible so as not to slow you down. It will keep the runner in your life prepared when hitting the trails.

Best T-shirt for trail running: Arc’teryx Cormac Crew SS Shirt

Arc’teryx

SEE IT

When the warm weather comes and a runner is out everyday in the sun, it’s great to have a trusted T-shirt to rely upon. Arc’teryx’s Cormac Crew SS Shirt is designed for trail running and hiking. Made with recycled fabric, this T-shirt is designed to wick moisture away and is odor-resistant. Should the gift recipient get caught in a shower, this shirt also repels water. When the sun is out, this T-shirt provides 50+ UPF protection. And it’s available in five colors.

Best running shorts for women: Kari Traa Nora 2.0

Kari Traa

SEE IT

Good running shorts can be hard to find, but the Nora 2.0 shorts from Kari Traa are a fantastic choice and have been my favorite pair since discovering them. They feature a loose fit with no liner to keep airflow going. The material is very lightweight and effectively wicks away sweat. They feel dry even when running in the Florida heat and humidity, which is very impressive. The elastic waistband offers a drawstring, and there’s a small zippered pocket at the back to store keys or a gel. They are definitely the most comfortable running shorts I’ve used in a long time.

Best running skort: Outdoor Voices The Exercise 3″ Skort

Outdoor Voices

SEE IT

Running skorts are a great alternative to shorts in part because they feature built-in compression shorts to help prevent chafing. The skirt design also means that you won’t be constantly adjusting the legs of your shorts while running. Outdoor Voices’ The Exercise is one of the best skorts for running that I’ve tried for many reasons. The compression shorts are made with sticky grippers at the bottom hem to keep them in place, and they are long enough to prevent chafing successfully. The liner also offers pockets to hold a phone, and there’s a zippered side pocket on the skirt for keys or snacks. The material of the skirt is very flexible and sweat-wicking to keep you moving freely and dry on runs.

Best sunglasses: Tifosi Sunglasses

Tifosi

SEE IT

If you haven’t heard, Tifosi Sunglasses makes some of the most brilliantly colored UVA-/UVB-protected sunglasses on the market. With frames that come in enough colorways to match nearly any aesthetic, the Swank and Swick lines (and more), offer bright polarized lenses that will keep your eyes safe even on the snow or sand. These sunglasses are one of the best gifts for runners, as well as people who like extreme sports, desert hikers, and skiers alike.

The post The best gifts for runners who put in the miles all year round appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best running headphones for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-running-headphones/ Wed, 13 Mar 2019 15:09:11 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-running-headphones/
A lineup of the best running headphones on a white background
Amanda Reed

These wireless, sweat-resistant accountability buddies stay in your ears while you go all out, encouraging you whether you’re hitting the trails or the treadmill.

The post The best running headphones for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best running headphones on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A pair of black Beats Fit Pro headphones on a blue and white background Beats Fit Pro
SEE IT

These earbuds use wingtips that fit to your ear to stay secure.

Best over-ear A pair of Trelab Z2 over-ear workout headphones on a blue and white background TRELAB Z2
SEE IT

This more traditional design has a tough IPX4 waterproof rating that’s tough against rain and sweat.

Best budget A pair of Otium Bluetooth Earbuds Wireless Headphones on a blue and white background Otium U18 Earbuds
SEE IT

Battery life, secure fit, and an IPX7 waterproof rating make these budget headphones a solid choice for hitting the treadmill.

Choosing the right pair of running headphones is essential for getting through your workout comfortably and safely. Listening to your favorite music and podcasts while running, jogging, and participating in other endurance exercises is a great way to bear up and push yourself that extra mile. Unlike traditional headphones and earbuds that come in all shapes and sizes, often more concerned with aesthetics than activity, the best running headphones are super lightweight and snug-fitting. They typically feature waterproof designs with long battery life. We’ve selected some of the best running headphones on the market to help you make an informed decision no matter where your workout takes you.

How we chose the best running headphones

The best running headphones are wireless, and Bluetooth requires power. Running out of battery life during a workout is inconvenient at best, so we built our list with options that feature battery capacities between 10 hours and 50 hours to ensure they’ll endure through at least two average workout days before recharging. Running headphones should fit comfortably and allow the user to exercise unencumbered, so our picks are relatively lightweight and feature secure, customizable fit options. Most of the headphones on our list are earbuds, but we added an over-ear and a bone conduction option to cover every possible use scenario and style preference.

Breaking a sweat is a normal part of running, so we selected headphones with Ingress Protection ratings ranging from a splashproof IPX3 to a completely dustproof and waterproof IP68. Most of the headphones on our list offer environmental transparency/situational awareness tech, from the ambient mic modes of the JBL Endurance Peak 3 and Apple Beats Fit Pro to the actually open designs of the Sony LinkBuds and SHOKZ OpenRun Pro.

The best running headphones: Reviews & Recommendations

Running can boost the production of your brain’s endorphins and help you de-stress. With this in mind, finding the best running headphones shouldn’t be a stressful endeavor. One of our picks should help get you on a runner’s high.

Best overall: Apple Beats Fit Pro

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Apple Beats Fit Pro earbuds combine user-friendly design and great sound in a snug-fitting form factor.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.2 ounces/earbud; 2.3 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IPX4 (splash-resistant)
  • Battery life: 7 hours single-charge; 30 hours with case

Pros

  • Features Apple H1 chip for quick pairing and spatial tracking
  • Compact form factor and tight fit perfect for running
  • Great sound quality with ANC and transparency modes

Cons

  • Requires iOS device to use all features
  • Case incompatible with wireless charging
  • No multipoint pairing

We recently featured the Apple Beats Fit Pro in our roundup of the best headphones for working out, and they’re also our top pick for running. They feature a relatively neutral and well-rounded sound profile with crisp highs that make them great for a wide range of listening duties, and their inclusion of active noise cancellation (ANC) and transparency modes make them equally useful on the road and at the gym. The Beats Fit Pro are super lightweight and compact in and out of its charging case, making them easy to keep in your pocket and comfortable to wear while active. They’re also some of the most secure earbuds we’ve tested thanks to their unique flexible wingtip design that sits firmly against the outside of your ear, aided further by three sets of interchangeable silicone ear tips.

As we mention in our full review, the Beats Fit Pro offer a user experience very similar to that of the Apple AirPods Pro thanks to their built-in H1 chip, which allows for quick and effortless pairing to your iOS device, as well as access to Apple’s immersive head tracking and spatial audio technologies. These buds do work with Android devices—you connect to them as you would any other Bluetooth earbuds—but non-iOS users will, unfortunately, miss out on those H1-provided benefits. We also wish the Beats Fit Pro featured better waterproofing than the same IPX4 rating shared by Apple’s regular line of AirPods. They also lack wireless charging and multipoint pairing, which are features that would ease switching gears before and after a run. Still, we can’t shake how we can’t shake ’em loose.

Best bone-conduction: SHOKZ OpenRun Pro

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The OpenRun Pro’s open-ear bone-conduction design allows you to work out and listen to your favorite music while maintaining full situational awareness.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.95 ounces
  • IP rating: IP55 (dust- and water-resistant at low pressures)
  • Battery life: 10 hours single-charge

Pros

  • Open-ear design for maximum situational awareness
  • Highly resistant to dust and water
  • Headband design stays put during the ups and downs of running

Cons

  • Sound quality is limited due to design
  • Audible to others
  • Proprietary charging cable is inconvenient to replace

If you frequently work out in parks or along roads where you share space with bikes and cars, a pair of bone-conduction headphones like the SHOKZ OpenRun Pro will be the safest and most convenient choice for your runs. Like all of the best bone-conduction headphones, the OpenRun Pro uses vibration to send audio through your cheek and directly to your earbones, bypassing your ear canal entirely and leaving it open so you can stay aware of approaching traffic while listening to your favorite music. The OpenRun Pro weighs just under one ounce and features a snug-fitting headband design that sits comfortably around your ears and stays put through even the most strenuous sprints, and its high dust- and water-resistant design make it a great choice for exercising on any terrain in any weather.

While the design of the OpenRun Pro is perfect for maintaining situational awareness while running, it lacks bass response. That’s not entirely necessary if you’re running to podcasts or ambient/classical music, but it leaves something to be desired in dance, rock, and other bass-heavy music. Others will also be able to hear what you’re hearing, so they’re not a great choice for use on public transit or in quiet places. Plan on taking the OpenRun Pro out for multiple workouts between charges? The headphones’ 10-hour battery should be more than flexible enough, but remember that they use a proprietary magnetic charger rather than something universal like USB-C.

Most comfortable: Ultimate Ears FITS

Abigail Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These ultralight running headphones from Ultimate Ears are custom-fit to your ears to deliver one of the most comfortable workout listening experiences available.

Specs 

  • Weight: 0.26 ounces/earbud; 2.04 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IPX3 (splash-resistant at up to 60-degree angle)
  • Battery life: 8 hours single-charge; 20 hours with case

Pros

  • Moldable eartips are custom-fit to your ears
  • Neutral midrange frequency response with custom EQ available in-app
  • Sweat-resistant design

Cons

  • Design protrudes far from ear
  • Sub-bass response is lacking initially
  • No active noise cancellation

The Ultimate Ears FITS—or UE FITS if you’re nasty—are an incredibly comfortable and lightweight pair of custom-fit running headphones with a design and setup process that seem straight out of a sci-fi movie. After removing the FITS from their package for the first time, users simply place the earbuds in their ears and initiate the molding process via a smartphone app, during which the photosensitive polymer ear tips are literally molded to the shape of your ears with the help of some built-in flashing LEDs. Apart from downloading the app, the entire setup process takes roughly 60 seconds, after which you’re free to use the earbuds however you see fit. The process feels alien but not uncomfortable. Despite being very light and comfy, the FITS tend to protrude further from the ear than other earbuds, which may bother users who prefer a streamlined look. Those with sensitive, small ears, however, will appreciate the ability to wear them comfortably for hours.

The sound of the Ultimate Ears FITS is relatively neutral yet lacking in low frequencies out of the box; luckily, it’s easy to sculpt using the in-app EQ, so you can get lows to reach a runner’s high. They, unfortunately, don’t feature active noise cancellation, but their snug fit allows them a good measure of passive noise cancellation that can be useful in gyms and other crowded environments. The FITS’ sweat-resistant IPX3 rating is also a bit lower than the minimum IPX4 we’re used to seeing in this class of earbuds, but they’ll still make it through many a sweaty session unscathed.

Less athletically inclined but still like the idea of custom-fit earbud comfort for running errands (or the occasional power walk)? UE offers the DROPS, which have a more involved, more handcrafted process resulting in bespoke acrylic housings tailored to your personal specifications and aesthetic.

Best over-ear: Treblab Z2

TRELAB

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Treblab Z2 headphones are a uniquely light, comfy over-ear option with a long battery life that makes them great for taking on a run.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.53 pounds
  • IP rating: IPX4 (splash-resistant)
  • Battery life: 35 hours

Pros

  • Super light and comfy design for running unencumbered
  • Very long single-charge battery life
  • Built-in control buttons are intuitive and easy to use

Cons

  • No charging case
  • ANC mode changes the sound profile, performs unreliably
  • Prone to leaking audio

While over-ear headphones aren’t an ideal choice for running due to being much heavier and bulkier than earbuds, the Treblab Z2’s combination of lightweight comfort and long 35-hour battery life will have you covered if you have your heart set on a more traditional design. The Z2 features an IPX4 waterproof rating that’s tough enough to stand up to sweat and rain, and it has easy-to-use audio controls placed conveniently on each earcup, plus a simple switch to toggle ANC mode. They come in a custom-fit zip-up carrying case that makes them easy to stow in a gym bag, and they charge using an included micro USB cable.

The Treblab Z2’s sound profile is fairly neutral and balanced out of the box, but its ANC mode tends to roll off a lot of the headphones’ bass frequencies, giving the audio a somewhat unappealing mid-forward sound. With ANC engaged, the headphones almost give the impression of changing their EQ to mask environmental noise rather than performing active cancellation. The Treblab Z2s also feature light and airy earpads that make them very comfortable to wear while running. They do tend to leak some sound if you push the volume (not that you should, even if you push the tempo), so you’ll likely want to avoid using them in quiet or shared environments.

Best for city runs: Sony LinkBuds

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Sony LinkBuds use a unique open-ring design to let in environmental noise while delivering the fit and sound of traditional earbuds.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.14 ounces/earbud; 1.45 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IPX4 (splash-resistant)
  • Battery life: 5.5 hours single-charge; 17.5 hours with case

Pros

  • Unique ring design lets in ambient noise
  • Very comfortable and lightweight fit perfect for running
  • Midrange-forward sound is great for spoken word
  • EQ adjustable via the Sony Headphones Connect app

Cons

  • No noise cancellation
  • Very little sub-bass response
  • Others can hear what you’re listening to

If you’re looking to maintain a level of situational awareness similar to that given by bone-conduction headphones but prefer the look and feel of earbuds, Sony’s innovative LinkBuds are worth considering. This unique pair of lightweight earbuds—small enough to hang from succulents, as shown above—use a ring-shaped speaker and flexible anchor to stay secure within your ear while letting in ambient noise. This makes them a great choice for running in loud environments and areas with heavy traffic. The size of each fin can be custom-fitted to your ears using an included selection of five sizes, resulting in an incredibly comfortable and snug fit that won’t budge during your run. The LinkBuds aren’t quite as easy to hear through as bone conduction headphones due to their placement in the ear canal, but they do feature a similar midrange-heavy sound with slightly more low-end. If the buds leave you wanting a little more bass, you can also fine-tune their sound further using the Sony Headphones Connect app.

Controlling the Sony LinkBuds involves either tapping directly on the earbuds or on your own facial cartilage in front of the ear, a gesture that works well but takes some getting used to. Some users reported false triggers when engaging in activity, but this effect can be mitigated by selecting the right fin size to ensure the fit is as tight as possible. Because of their open design, the LinkBuds also tend to leak sound and provide no form of noise cancellation at all, so while they might not be the best choice for critical listening unless you’re in the quietest environment (one that wouldn’t mind hearing a bit of what you’re enjoying), there’s really nothing else quite like them if you prefer the fit and feel of earbuds.

Best battery life: JBL Endurance Peak 3

Abigail Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These rugged IP68 earbuds pack up to 50 hours of battery life thanks to their charging case, making them ideal for travel and frequent use.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.9 ounces/earbud; 4.5 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IP68 (dustproof and waterproof for 30 minutes)
  • Battery life: 10 hours single-charge; 50 hours with case

Pros

  • Highly waterproof and dustproof
  • Very secure-fitting ear hook design
  • Super long battery life

Cons

  • Lack active noise canceling
  • No multipoint pairing or wireless charging
  • Muddy and low-heavy sound, but can be EQ’d

JBL’s new Peak Endurance 3 running headphones are a fantastic option if you run daily but don’t always have the opportunity (or memory) to charge your devices. They feature a generous 10-hour single-charge battery life plus another 50 hours thanks to their compact charging case, making them a great choice for stowing in a gym bag or for traveling. The fit of the Endurance Peak 3s uses a wireless ear hook design (JBL refers to the hooks as “TwistLock ear hook enhancers”) similar to that of the Powerbeats Pro, which goes around the back of your ear and works in tandem with three silicone ear tip options, resulting in a comfortable wearing experience that remains stable while running despite not going too far into the ear canal. They even stay stable while doing side plank rotations. The Endurance Peak 3s are also waterproof and dustproof at a very high IP68 level, which makes them impervious to salt water and easy to clean with a simple rinse.

The sound of the Endurance Peak 3s is a bit muddy out of the box, but JBL’s companion app provides an easy-to-use EQ that helps sculpt their sound to your liking. They also don’t have active noise-cancelling abilities, but the tips combined with their shape do a good job of blocking out your surroundings. Still, they do feature JBL’s Ambient Aware mode, which is effective for engaging in conversation at the gym or on the street without having to pause and remove them from your ears. However, we wish they featured conveniences like multipoint device pairing and wireless charging. And, the ear hooks get in the way of sunglasses, which is a pain while running outdoors in the bright sun. If these aren’t major cons for you, their secure fit, battery life, and ease of use make these headphones perfect for running in nearly every way. 

Best budget: Otium U18 Earbuds

Otium

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Otium’s U18 earbuds feature a secure ear hook design similar to that found in running headphones three times their price.

Specs

  • Weight: 3.52 ounces
  • IP rating: IPX7 (waterproof for 30 minutes; not dustproof)
  • Battery life: 15 hours

Pros

  • Great battery life and secure fit on a budget
  • IPX7 waterproof for sweaty workouts
  • Set of easy-to-use controls

Cons

  • Slightly muddy sound profile
  • No active noise cancelation
  • Charging design is cumbersome

If you love listening to music while running but don’t want to spend a lot, the Otium U18s are a great value thanks to their battery life, secure fit, and IPX7 waterproof rating. They feature an ear hook-based design similar to that of the JBL Endurance Peak 3 and the Powerbeats Pro, with the inclusion of a connective neckband that makes them easy to hang around your neck when not in use and keeps them from getting separated. The U18’s sound profile is a bit muddy and leaves something to be desired, and because they don’t come with any EQ-enabled companion apps you’ll need to explore other options to sculpt their sound. But if you just need a beat to beat your personal best, these are a budget way to get that.

As a set of budget headphones, the Otium U18s are fairly stripped down and lack conveniences like active noise cancelation, wireless charging, and ambient modes. They do have a set of onboard controls, including an on-ear button and a rocker switch, both of which are intuitive and easy to use, but charging the headphones is a little more difficult and involves opening a small, tight-fitting door for access to a micro USB port. Still, if you’re not picky about sound quality or noise canceling, the runner-friendly fit of the U18s makes them worth a look.

What to consider when buying the best running headphones

Most of the best headphones should avoid even a hint of moisture. Heck, even some of the best Bluetooth earbuds might not be suited for more than a brisk stroll. That’s why we’ve put together these things to look at before adding something to your cart:

Do you run in a city environment?

Running in a city environment near bikes, cars, and other forms of traffic requires a high level of situational awareness to ensure you stay out of harm’s way. The best-running headphones for urban environments and crowded places include the Sony LinkBuds, which feature a snug earbud design, and the SHOKZ OpenEars Pro, a bone-conduction design that leaves your ears completely open. 

How important is sound quality to you?

If you fancy yourself an audiophile, go for running headphones with a well-rounded sound profile like the Apple Beats Fit Pro, which have extended low-end response and present highs. Some running headphones also allow you to customize their EQ via smartphone apps, including the JBL Endurance Peak 3 and Ultimate Ears FITS.

Do you need waterproof running headphones?

If you frequently run in moist environments or sweat a lot, picking a pair of running headphones with some measure of waterproofing is essential. All the best running headphones are in some way splash/sweat-resistant, but if you need maximum protection, models such as the JBL Endurance Peak 3 and Jabra Elite 7 Active are some of the best waterproof options we’ve tested.

FAQs

Q: How much do running headphones cost?

Running headphones can run you between $20-$200, depending on features.

Q: Are noise-canceling headphones safe for running?

Noise-canceling headphones aren’t the safest choice for running due to their ability to block out noise from bikes, cars, and other traffic. If you’re running on a treadmill at the gym, ANC might be desirable for staying in the zone. Runners who listen to music outside, however, should almost always consider open-ear headphones like the Sony LinkBuds earbuds or the SHOKZ OpenRun Pro.

Q: Do running headphones need to be waterproof or sweatproof?

In general, running headphones need to be waterproof to weather the conditions of a workout. Headphones contain small and sensitive electronics that can be damaged by moisture from rain or sweat, so any pair of running headphones worth considering will have an IP rating of at least IPX3, like our most comfortable pick, the Ultimate Ears FITS. If you work out in particularly muddy or salty environments, the super-rugged IP68-rated JBL Endurance Peak 3 are probably the best option.

Q: Are headphones or earbuds better for running?

Earbuds are almost always better for running than headphones due to their inherently lighter weight, smaller form factor, and secure fit. The Sony LinkBuds are the most lightweight running earbuds we’ve tested, weighing 0.14 ounces per bud. If you have your heart set on using traditional headphones for your workout, we love the relatively light design and snug fit of the Treblab Z2.

Final thoughts on the best running headphones

For most runners, the easy-to-use Apple Beats Fit Pro are the best headphones, thanks to their well-rounded sound profile, ANC capabilities, and secure fit. Runners in city areas who want to maximize their situational awareness should consider the in-ear Sony LinkBuds or the SHOKZ OpenEars Pro. In contrast, runners interested in the most comfortable fit should look at the in-ear Ultimate Ears FITS or the over-ear Treblab Z2. For more intense workouts, the long battery life, secure fit, and high resistance to water and dust of the JBL Endurance Peak 3 make them a worthy contender. If you’re shopping for running headphones on a budget, it’s hard to beat the sub-$30 Otium U18 Earbuds, which feature a secure ear hook design and 15 hours of single-charge battery life. Now get those feet pounding on the pavement and run off into the sunset, your favorite running tunes pumping in your ears.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best running headphones for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best bone-conduction headphones in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-bone-conduction-headphones/ Mon, 23 Aug 2021 13:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=389546
Four of the best bone-conduction headphones are sliced together against a white background.
Abby Ferguson

Bone-conduction headphones let you approach audio and activity with open ears and an open mind.

The post The best bone-conduction headphones in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four of the best bone-conduction headphones are sliced together against a white background.
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Shokz OpenRun Pro bone-conduction headphones are placed against a white background with a gray gradient. Shokz OpenRun Pro
SEE IT

Impressive battery life, water resistance, and reliable connectivity make these the best pair of bone-conduction headphones around.

Best for kids A pair of pink bone conduction headphones with a unicorn pattern on a blue and white background N/0 Kids Bone Conduction Headphones
SEE IT

Give your kids a pair of headphones that will provide safe entertainment while they stay active.

Best waterproof A pair of blue bone conduction headphones on a blue and white background Shokz OpenSwim
SEE IT

A pair of open-ear headphones that’s waterproof, the OpenSwim suit doing laps in the pool swimmingly.

If you’ve got a bone to pick with the way traditional audio devices disconnect you from the world, there is another option: bone-conduction headphones. Headphones, in general, can play many valuable roles. No (or some) bones about it: they let you jam out to music, dive into podcasts, or dial into phone calls while blocking out environmental noise. This can help you concentrate on tasks, but there are some circumstances when being cut off from what’s around you isn’t optimal. The best bone-conduction headphones let you enjoy all your favorite listening experiences with your ear canal exposed so that you can drive, walk, run, bike, swim, etc.—all while remaining completely aware of your surroundings.

How we chose the best bone-conduction headphones

Bone-conduction headphones are still a relatively new product. But—after consulting academic articles, peer recommendations, real-world user impressions, and our own first-hand tests—we have identified certain models that stand out. Following extensive research, we selected pairs that address the specific needs of athletics, work environments, and age. We chose units that were easy to use, incorporated the features we love about traditional headphones, and prioritized sound quality.

The best bone-conduction headphones: Reviews & Recommendations

Sitting right outside the ear on the jaw, bone-conduction headphones are a different physical and acoustic experience than most people are used to. But different can be good. Here are our picks for the best bone-conduction headphones to help keep you in the hear and now.

Best overall: Shokz OpenRun Pro

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Shokz is dedicated to producing top-tier bone-conducting headphones, and the OpenRun Pro is the company’s most advanced model, employing ninth-generation technology to boost sound quality.

Specs

  • Frequency response: 20Hz-20KHz
  • Battery life: 10 hours
  • Charge time: 1 hour
  • Water resistance: IP55
  • Microphone: Dual noise-canceling

Pros

  • Good sound quality
  • Impressive battery life and quick charging
  • Sweat-resistant for intense exercise

Cons

  • Hard to replace charging cable
  • Audio quality can’t hold up against traditional headphones

Without a doubt, Shokz has cornered the bone-conduction headphone market. The company produces thoughtfully engineered, top-quality products, creating an audio experience to complement the activities you enjoy. The OpenRun Pro is an excellent pair of bone-conduction headphones. They are ideal for just about any situation but are great headphones for running. Available in four colors and two band sizes, the OpenRun Pro fits gently, yet securely, around the back of the head, looping around the ears and resting against the temples.

The headphones employ patented ninth-generation bone-conduction technology. They are equipped with Bluetooth 5.1 (using the SBC codec) and feature PremiumPitch 2.0 signal processing, which prevents bleed, minimizes distortion, and produces a more dynamic bass with minimal vibrations. The battery lasts 10 hours, and you can get a full charge in an hour. Or, with a quick five-minute charge, you’ll get up to 1.5 hours of battery life. Each pair comes with a proprietary magnetic USB charging cable, which easily snaps onto the charging contacts on the headphones.

A dual noise-canceling mic will let you make clear calls. An IP55 rating means this pair can withstand dirt, dust, and sweat. A built-in moisture detector will let you know when it’s getting wet. Keep in mind that while the OpenRun Pro is water-resistant, it’s not designed to be fully submerged in the pool, and you won’t want to run in too heavy of rain with it either. If you would prefer more water resistance, the OpenRun offers many of the same features with an IP67 rating.

Best waterproof: Shokz OpenSwim

SHOKZ

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The OpenSwim have an IP68 rating, which means they can be fully submerged in water for up to two hours; you can swim with them without making terrible sacrifices regarding audio quality.

Specs:

  • Frequency response: 20Hz-20KHz 
  • Battery life: 8 hours
  • Charge time: 2 hours
  • Water resistance: IP68
  • Microphone: None

Pros

  • Waterproof
  • Ample storage for songs and audiobooks
  • Comfortably fits under swim cap

Cons

  • Single-purpose headphones
  • No Bluetooth connection
  • Limited color options

Shokz designed the OpenSwim specifically to deliver your favorite music, audiobooks, and podcasts while swimming. These headphones feature an IP68 rating, fit comfortably under a swim cap, and you can swim as deep as 2 meters for up to two hours at a time. Unfortunately, they are not Bluetooth compatible. But they can store up to 1,200 songs (4 GB) of various file types, including MP3, WAV, AAC, and FLAC. The OpenSwim headphones feature the same command controls and PremiumPitch 2.0 technology as other Shokz open-ear headphones. So, while you won’t be able to stream, you can listen to your favorites with solid, satisfying sound quality. They even come with a noseclip and earplugs.

Best for calls: Shokz OpenComm2 UC

Shokz

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A DSP noise-canceling microphone means the OpenComm2 headphones are able to isolate your voice while talking, drowning out any surrounding din but keeping you in tune with your environment.

Specs

  • Frequency response: 20Hz-20KHz
  • Battery life: 16 hours of talk time // 8 hours of listening time
  • Charge time: 1 hour
  • Water resistance: IP55
  • Microphone: DSP noise-canceling boom microphone

Pros

  • Comfortable for long wear
  • Extended battery life for long phone calls
  • Boom microphone enhances call quality

Cons

  • Shape is hard to store
  • Some sound bleed might limit private conversations

The OpenComm2 UC headphones prioritize clear communication using an adjustable DSP boom microphone. The boom mic suppresses background noise and highlights your voice when positioned near your mouth. Though the person on the other end of the line won’t pick up on your environment’s sounds, the open-ear headphones will ensure you can hear the person talking on the phone and the one right in front of you. The OpenComm2 are Zoom Certified, offering seamless software integration and Zoom controls on the dedicated headset buttons. They are a great pair of headphones for work, as a result.

The OpenComm2 system lets you bypass your car’s choppy stereo if you have to make a call on the road without cutting yourself off from the sound of traffic. You can also stay on the call when you’re at a job site or keep connected during a busy commute, all without losing situational awareness. You can get up to 16 hours of talk time or eight hours of listening time, and with Quick Charge, you’ll get a replenished two hours of battery life in just five minutes.

Best for multitasking: HAYLOU PurFree Bone Conduction Headphones

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These waterproof, sweatproof headphones will hold up as you pump iron or just rearrange your living room.

Specs

  • Frequency response: Unknown
  • Battery life: 8 hours
  • Charge time: 10-minute quick charge
  • Water resistance: IP67
  • Microphone: Built-in wireless

Pros

  • IP67 rated
  • High sound quality
  • Long battery life

Cons

  • Proprietary charger

Using your sweaty hands to remove your headphones because someone is asking to use the treadmill is common in the gym. So is taking your earbuds out or headphones off repeatedly while roommates/family/friends try to talk to you as you get chores done. Keep your headphones on while keeping your ears open with these sport-friendly HAYLOU PurFree Bone Conduction Headphones. They are IP67 rated, meaning sweat and water won’t get in the way of completing your reps—whether lifting weights or emptying the washer.

An eight-hour battery life gives you all-day tunes power, and 10-minute quick charging gives you two hours of power. The sound quality is superb compared to other bone-conduction headphones, with deep bass and a solid range of highs and lows thanks to a strong Bluetooth 5.2 connection. A noise-canceling microphone means you can take calls without the background bleeding into your conversation. However, a proprietary charger means you’ll be tuneless if you lose power on the go, so prep before you step.

Best for kids: N/0 Kids Bone Conduction Headphones

N/0

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These headphones include a volume limit of 85 decibels, and the open-ear design means your child will always be able to hear the world around them and when you call for them.

Specs

  • Frequency response: Unknown
  • Battery life: 8 hours
  • Charge time: 1-hour quick charge
  • Water resistance: IP54
  • Microphone: Built-in wireless

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Volume limiter keeps kids’ hearing safe
  • Adjustable band can grow with your child

Cons

  • Soundbeaming technology is difficult to grasp
  • Susceptible to water damage
  • No noise cancellation means they’re not great for travel

These open-ear headphones aren’t exactly the same as bone-conduction headphones, but the form factor and effect are similar. With soundbeaming speakers resting outside the ear on the cheekbones, these headphones ensure your active child can stay alert to their surroundings even when listening to their favorite songs. The adjustable band is suitable for children ages 4 to 15. With a volume limit of 85 decibels, these headphones go above and beyond to address any concerns you might have for their awareness or hearing. N/0 equipped these headphones with Bluetooth 5.0, eight hours of battery, and an automatic sensor to control playback. An IP54 rating means you won’t have to worry about a few spills or drops in the dirt. Whether skateboarding, biking, or just running around the backyard, your kids can enjoy music and mobility safely.

Best budget: Guudsoud Lite Bone Conduction Headphones

Guudsoud

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If bone conduction is new to you, you might not be ready to shell out $100 or more. The Guudsoud headphones produce satisfying sound quality and suitable specs in a great intro pair.

Specs

  • Frequency response: Unknown
  • Battery life: 6-10 hours
  • Charge time: 2 hours
  • Water resistance: IP54
  • Microphone: Built-in wireless

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Useful, responsive multifunction button
  • Sound quality is good for the price point

Cons

  • Flimsy build
  • Sound quality could be improved
  • Battery life is just okay

If you want to try out bone conduction but are not ready to invest in a high-end pair, this cheap model from Guudsoud might be right for you. Available for less than $40, they are equipped with Bluetooth 5.0, a built-in microphone, multifunction buttons, and an adjustable band for comfort. The battery can last up to 10 hours, and a 15-minute quick charge provides one hour of playback. Each pair comes with a USB charging cable and a pair of earplugs so you can create custom noise cancellation.

What to consider when buying the best bone-conduction headphones

If your mom always warns you not to listen to your headphones while walking home at night, or you need to hear the traffic behind you as you pedal to work, try out the best bone-conduction headphones. To determine which pair will work best for your needs, you’ll want to consider where and when you’ll be using them the most. You’ll also want to ensure you understand how they work, especially if this is your first pair of bone-conduction headphones.

First of all, what is bone conduction, and how does it work?

Bone-conduction headphones allow you to experience audio sans any direct interaction with your ear canal or eardrum. While this may sound like some new-fangled, tech-heavy sorcery, there is evidence that bone conduction has been around for centuries. It is rumored that Beethoven relied on bone conduction to compose music after losing his hearing by attaching a metal rod to his piano and biting down on it as he played. But how does it work? 

Typically, sound waves travel through the air and are funneled through the ear canal to the eardrums. They are then decoded into vibrations and sent to the inner ear (or cochlea), which is connected to the auditory nerve. When the vibrations hit the inner ear fluid, tiny hair cells start to convulse, creating electrical pulses that travel up the auditory nerve to the brain. This process is called air conduction. Bone conduction completely avoids the eardrum, which is what’s targeted by the miniature speaker in traditional earbuds, and relies on a transducer of another sort to convert sound waves into vibrations and send those through the facial bones to be received by the inner ear. Essentially, the vibrations the cochlea receives are the same no matter how you receive them. They are simply sent via a different pathway. 

This concept has even been used in reverse. The Sony WF-1000XM4 earphones include a bone-conduction sensor that picks up the vibrations from your voice during calls to help enable clearer speech without picking up ambient sound.

Who should use bone-conduction headphones?

Medically, bone-conduction headphones benefit those experiencing conductive hearing loss, a condition that directly affects the transmission of sound through the eardrums. Conductive hearing loss is just one way the auditory system can be disrupted, so bone-conduction headphones won’t work for everyone with hearing difficulties. 

Bone-conduction headphones are also helpful for those who need to maintain situational awareness while they enjoy their music. These headphones provide an additional layer of safety for bikers, hikers, drivers, or anyone who needs to be aware of their surroundings. Active in dense urban environments? Bone conduction makes for great running headphones. Bone-conduction headphones are also particularly great for swimmers. Air conduction is heavily suppressed when we are underwater, but the vibrations created by bone conduction can still be transmitted. That means a pair of bone-conduction headphones with an Ingress Protection rating of IP68 (aka waterproof) can keep you connected to your workout playlist lap after lap. 

Now, bone conduction won’t make your entire face shake, rattle, and roll, so you don’t need to worry about experiencing discomfort while you listen. In fact, many report that these headphones are secure, comfortable, and easy to wear. However, if you are sensitive to pressure, there is a chance that you may experience dizziness or headaches after a long stretch of listening.

How’s the sound quality?

If you’re an audiophile searching for your next pair of headphones, chances are bone conduction isn’t going to be what you’re looking for. That being said, the overall audio quality of these headsets can certainly get you through a tough training session or walk to work. At high volumes, audio can start to distort or get crunchy and an expansive mix isn’t really possible. However, with a quality model, you will still get to experience impactful bass. You’ll feel the vibrations instead of highly pressurized waves from over-ear cans. 

Just remember that even the best bone-conduction headphones aren’t meant to fit or even necessarily sound like traditional headphones or earbuds. If you haven’t used bone-conduction headphones before, you might feel inclined to turn up the volume as loud as it can go in an attempt to recreate that natural, passive noise cancellation that every other type of headphone relies on. Remember that nothing is blocking your ear canal, which means that you will purposefully be able to hear your surroundings clearly. Maxing out the volume won’t affect that, but it could lead to hearing loss down the road.

Can bone-conduction headphones use Bluetooth?

There are wireless bone-conduction headphones that use Bluetooth 4.2 and higher to connect to devices such as cellphones and computers. Set up and pairing is no different with Bluetooth bone-conduction headphones than connecting any other type of Bluetooth headphones. Some may even have onboard controls like play, pause, and skip for your streaming services. Other models are more like a portable MP3 player, with the ability to store hours of songs internally. Remember the iPod shuffle? That’s what you’ll be getting. It’s an excellent option for folks who want to jam out to a curated playlist without their phone.

Can you take phone calls with bone-conduction headphones?

Many companies equip their bone-conduction headphones with a microphone so you can answer calls on the go. While the headphones themselves can’t employ any passive or active noise cancellation to enhance your listening experience, some models can use technology to make calls crisp and clear. The headphones with mic use various means to minimize outside sound—like wind, traffic, etc.—ensuring that the person you’re talking to can hear you without interruption. Just remember that bone-conduction headphones are subject to more sound bleed than traditional units, so you’ll want to be conscientious about volume when it comes to private calls.

FAQs

Q: How much do bone-conduction headphones cost?

Generally, the best bone-conduction headphones cost between $80 and $150. It’s important to go with a quality pair to ensure you’re investing in a safe and well-designed model. Though the history of bone-conduction technology is long, its application to commercial headphones is relatively new, which means you’ll have the most success with an established brand, like Shokz.

Q: Can bone-conduction headphones cause hearing loss?

Any long-term exposure to loud noise can cause damage, potentially leading to hearing loss; this includes listening to music at loud volumes with any headphones. At this time, there is no evidence to support the claim that bone-conduction headphones put you at significantly more risk for hearing loss than any other headphone type, including earbuds and over-the-ear models. It’s important to remember that bone-conduction headphones will not block out surrounding noise, so you should not try to block out additional sound by turning the volume up too loud.

Q: Can you wear glasses with Shokz?

Yes, you can wear your glasses while using Shokz headphones. The company recommends putting the headphones on first and then sliding your glasses into place for a more secure fit. You can also wear them underneath a helmet, and you can wear the waterproof model with a swim cap covering the tips of your ears.

Q: Do bone-conduction headphones sound good?

They say beauty is in the eye of the beholder, and the same goes for bone-conduction headphones. Imagine you’re holding a phone speaker up to your ear—that’s what it’s like to wear a pair of bone-conduction headphones. Will they perform the same as headphones with active noise cancellation? No. If hearing street sounds and skipping fully immersive earbuds is music to your ears, however, you’ll be happy going with bone conduction.

Final thoughts on the best bone-conduction headphones

Chances are you’re either an experienced bone-conduction headphones user or a novice looking to see if these air-conduction alternatives are right for you. Regardless of your familiarity, finding the right pair means homing in on when and where you’ll use them most. Think about your surroundings and consider your priorities regarding sound quality, microphone use, and waterproof rating, then shop accordingly. If you’re accustomed to traditional earphones or over-ear models, get ready to be surprised by the best bone-conduction headphones.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best bone-conduction headphones in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best yoga mats of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-yoga-mats/ Thu, 19 May 2022 13:00:42 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=363778
Best Yoga Mats
Stan Horaczek

Whether you’re perfecting your plank or dabbling in pilates, you’re going to need a great mat.

The post The best yoga mats of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Yoga Mats
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Best Yoga Mats Manduka Pro
SEE IT

The Manduka Pro checks all the boxes for what serious yogis want.

Best thick mat Best Yoga Mats Gaiam Essentials Thick Yoga Mat
SEE IT

The Gaiam Essentials Thick Yoga Mat provides lots of cushioning to spare your knees and elbows.

Best for beginners Best Yoga Mats Liforme Yoga Mat
SEE IT

The Liforme Yoga Mat has alignment markers to help guide you to perfect form.

Your yoga mat should help make you more comfortable and relaxed. It can take a lot of self-motivation to sign up for a yoga class at your gym or commit to a weekly at-home class, so you want the best yoga mat that makes you feel comfortable and confident.

Most standard yoga mats are 2-feet wide by 5 1/2- to 6-feet long, made from rubber or polyvinyl chloride (PVC). While it may seem like a simple product, there are lots of distinctions among various mats—you may be surprised by how many options there are. Some are better suited to certain types of yoga and having the wrong one can make your practice more challenging. Across the board, though, the best yoga mats tend to be grippy and slip-proof, though that doesn’t necessarily mean it needs to be super-squishy. We’re here to help you learn how to pick the yoga mat for you, and have a few thoughts on the best ones you can buy right now.

How we picked the best yoga mats

I’ve been doing yoga off and on for the last two decades, alternating between years where I’d do yoga in a studio two or three times a week, and other times when I’d think to myself, “Hmm, I haven’t unrolled my mat in a month.” There have been times when I was limber and balanced enough to do advanced binds and acro-poses, though I’ve sometimes sat on my mat before class and worried I was too stiff to even get into some basic poses.

I’ve written outdoor and gear reviews for more than five years for sites like INSIDER, TripSavvy, Popular Mechanics, TechRadar, and more. Before that, I wrote product descriptions for workout and athletic clothing for an online retailer.

To make our selections, I looked at the mat’s thickness and materials, the brand’s reputation, and impressions from other users of various levels and disciplines. I also reached out to other yogis I know, including certified instructors, beginners, men, and retirees, to get their feedback on specific brands and products. 

Best yoga mats: Reviews & Recommendations

The best yoga mats are the highest-rated and most useful mats on the market, ranging from thin travel mats to durable studio mats. We believe there’s something for every type of Yogi here, but keep in mind that these recommendations are best practices for a wide range of people. Only you can pick the right yoga mat for you. If you find that a thick mat works with your balance poses or don’t mind carrying a 4mm mat when you travel, go for it. The important thing is practicing yoga and stretching your body, not having the “perfect” mat. 

Best overall: Manduka Pro

Manduka

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Manduka Pro is somehow both stable and supportive, easy to clean, and has a lifetime warranty. 

Specs

  • Thickness: 6mm
  • Dimensions: 71 x 26 inches
  • Material: Reduced-emission PVC

Pros

  • Lifetime warranty
  • Firm material
  • Comes in multiple sizes
  • Good for all yoga styles

Cons 

  • Heavy
  • Has a break-in period

The Manduka Pro may look familiar if you’ve ever taken a yoga class at your gym. I’ve practiced in studios from Vermont to California, Costa Rica to Bali, and I’ve found that, after a while, you start to notice when lots of people use the same mat, even with a plain black one like this.

Its universal appeal likely stems from its versatility. The Manduka Pro is thick enough to provide cushioning for relaxed classes. It’s made from a unique PVC material that doesn’t compromise balance. It’s also heavy—7 pounds—which ensures it doesn’t slide or bunch up. It’s a bit heavy if you bike to class or plan to carry it all day until class, but it doesn’t seem much thicker when rolled and should fit in any standard-size yoga mat bag. 

While it is made from non-recyclable PVC, it is durable enough that you should be able to use it every day for years, maybe even decades. It also requires a little bit of maintenance: You’ll need to break it in at first, but that should be a problem for frequent yogis.

Just remember to wipe it down with a cleaning spray every so often. The material doesn’t absorb sweat or oil, it can get a little slippery if you don’t keep it clean.

Best thick mat: Gaiam Essentials Thick Yoga Mat 

Gaiam

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: Yogis with joint issues will appreciate how much support you get from this extremely thick mat.

Specs

  • Thickness: 10 mm
  • Dimensions: 72 x 24 inches
  • Material: Synthetic rubber/foam

Pros: 

  • Extra cushioning for joints
  • Included carrying strap
  • Works as a general exercise mat 
  • Comes in multiple colors

Cons

  • Not good for balance poses
  • Hard to store

Thick yoga mats can make balance exercises a little tricky, but they’re fabulous for Yin and Restorative yoga, or classes where you hold positions on your knees or elbows for an extended period of time. It’s also great for other floor exercises during home workouts like situps and crunches. The Gaiam Essentials Thick Yoga Mat is particularly padded, which makes it great if you’ve experienced pain in your knees or hip bones from other mats. 

That thickness comes with a couple of drawbacks: First, the cushioning makes it hard to stay stable in balance poses like Eagle or Warrior III. Second, it is significantly wider than a standard mat when rolled, even with the straps. The tightest you can roll this mat is around 7.5 or 8 inches.

Be sure to keep it clean to maintain the loft; oils and sweat can cause the foam to compress faster than average. 

Best Bikram (hot) yoga mat: Yoga Design Lab The Combo

Yoga Design Lab

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: Sustainable materials make us feel good about buying this mat while the absorbent top layer ensures against slips and slides from heavy perspiration. 

Specs

  • Thickness: 3.5 mm
  • Dimensions: 70 x 24 inches
  • Material: Natural rubber and recycled microfiber 

Pros: 

  • Anti-slip top layer absorbs sweat
  • Includes carrying strap
  • Sustainable and recycled materials
  • Multiple patterns

Cons

  • A little heavy 

It’s really important to use a very grippy yoga mat during Bikram yoga. Your mat can get pretty slippery as you sweat, and you’re more likely to get fatigued in a Bikram class than in a Restorative class. You want to feel secure at your contact points, so it pays to get a specialized mat.

Yoga Design Labs’ The Combo has a microfiber top layer that absorbs moisture, making it a great fit for Bikram and other high-impact exercises. The microfiber layer feels smooth and comfortable, similar to a cleaning cloth. Underneath the absorbent layer, the mat is made from natural rubber, which can absorb some moisture too. It’s also more sustainable than your average PVC yoga mat.

Cleaning and caring for your mat is always important, but it is essential here since it’s absorbing your sweat. If you regularly start sweating after your first sun salutation, this will be the best yoga mat for your practice. 

Best for beginners: Liforme Yoga Mat

Liforme

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: A guidance system makes it easy to find your center—literally—while the grippy texture helps secure your hands when you’re reaching for new poses. 

Specs

  • Thickness: 4.3 inches
  • Dimensions: 72 x 24 inches
  • Material: Synthetic rubber/foam

Pros

  • Printed guidance helps you learn poses correctly
  • Comes with carrying bag
  • Very grippy material 

Cons 

  • Expensive, especially for new yoga fans

When I started doing yoga in college, the hardest part of classes was figuring out where my hands and feet were supposed to go, especially with my head down or if I was in the back row. I didn’t always know what the instructors meant when they referred to “centering,” and it was hard to tell if my feet were actually aligned correctly in poses like Extended Side Angle.

Fortunately, Liforme makes a practice mat designed to help people find their footing. It has alignment guidance markings, which show you how to find important places on your mat. There are lines for even hand and foot placement, a lotus to mark the center of the mat, and marks to show you where your feet should be in 45-degree angle positions like Reverse Warrior. It’s ideal for beginners learning new poses, but it may also be useful for intermediate yogis looking to perfect poses they already know. 

Best budget: Beautyovo Yoga Mat with Strap

Beautyovo

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: Beautyovo’s budget-friendly yoga mat is comfortable, grippy, and comes with a carrying strap for easy carrying. 

Specs

  • Thickness: 8.4 mm
  • Dimensions: 72 x 24 inches
  • Material: TPE (mix of natural and synthetic rubber)

Pros: 

  • Budget-friendly
  • Comes with carrying strap
  • No PVC
  • Double-sided/double textured 

Cons

  • Won’t last that long
  • Too thick for balance poses 

If you’re new to yoga and still on the fence about whether you’ll make it part of your regular workout routine, there’s no reason to drop $100 or more on an expensive mat. Beautyovo’s mat isn’t going to win any awards for durability or style, but it’s a solid choice if you only plan to use it every so often. It’s thick and cushioned, which is great for beginners and infrequent yogis who may want a little extra padding, and probably aren’t working on complicated balance positions. It also comes with a strap, making it easy to carry to the gym and easy to store in the corner of a closet or under the couch. 

This mat has a different texture on each side, supposedly for gripping floors and providing sweat-proof traction, but I don’t notice much difference between the front and the back. If yoga is a regular part of your weekly routine, you’ll likely want to upgrade to a thinner, more durable mat. If you’re just starting out or simply don’t want to spend a lot of money, though, it’s a solid choice.

What to consider when picking the best yoga mats

Picking a good yoga mat can have a huge effect on your workout. The best of the best can get rather pricey, though, so you should have an idea of what characteristics will be better or worse for you and your routine.

Thickness

It’s tempting to think you should buy the thickest yoga mat possible to make your practice more comfortable, especially if you spend a lot of time on your knees or elbows. But that may not actually be the best mat for you. Thick mats offer less stability for your hands and feet, making balancing and inversion poses more challenging. The most common yoga mat thickness is usually around 4mm, but there are both thinner and thicker options out there for different situations.

If you do yoga on a hard floor, choose the thickness based on your style of yoga. We recommend using a thicker 5mm to 6mm mat for Yin or Restorative yoga classes since they involve lots of deep stretches and seated positions. The extra padding will provide more cushioning on your joints, and won’t ball up as often when you’re reaching your fingertips to add an extra inch to your stretch.

If your yoga routine features lots of balancing positions, like vinyasa or power yoga, you’ll probably want a thinner mat—3mm or less. The firm surface will help you stabilize your balance positions and make it easier to find your center when making quick transitions between left and right or front to back.  You should always go with a thinner mat if you usually lay your yoga mat on the carpet since your carpet will already add an extra level of cushioning. 

Materials

The material your yoga mat is made from can have a material effect on how it performs during your regular routine. Some materials provide better grip than others: PVC, most commonly used in less expensive yoga mats, tends to be a little slippery. Mats made with moldable materials like synthetic rubber or recycled plastics often have slightly raised textures and patterns that create a grippy surface.

Meanwhile, Materials like cork and cotton are more absorbent and better for classes like Bikram, Vinyasa, and Power yoga where you’re almost certain to sweat. You don’t want your dripping perspiration to cause you to slip on your mat.  

Since there are a wide variety of options out there, it is very possible to pick a great yoga mat with sustainability in mind as well. PVC isn’t biodegradable and releases many chemicals in the production process. It’s generally considered one of the least eco-friendly plastics but is frequently used to keep costs down. Luckily, there are plenty of companies making mats from less harmful materials, including natural rubber, sustainable cork, or recycled plastics. Each one has its own feel, but we’ve found that materials like raised rubber or cotton tend to be a little less slippery.

FAQs

Q: Which brand of yoga mat is best?

You don’t need to stress over which yoga mat brand is best. There isn’t a right or wrong answer. True yogis know that one of the goals of yoga is to become more mindful and connected to your body and surroundings, so if you notice what brand anyone’s mat is, you may not be focusing enough on yourself. That said, well-known brands like Manduka, Lululemon, and Alo Yoga usually stand by their products. They tend to be more durable and offer longer guarantees than generic brands.

Q: What is the best thickness for a yoga mat?

Getting a thicker or thinner yoga mat largely comes down to personal preference but we think there are certain situations where one is better than the other. Very thin mats will have relatively no padding, but they roll (or fold) into very small sizes, making them ideal for travel. They can also be used as an extra layer on a thin yoga mat if you want to add a bit more cushioning or provide extra grip for stretching on a gym floor. Thick mats provide extra cushioning for joints and bones, but that same cushioning can make balance poses trickier. If you haven’t dialed in one style of yoga you prefer, opt for an average thickness yoga mat, which should suffice for most poses and styles. 

Q: How much does a yoga mat cost?

Yoga mat prices vary a lot. You can find budget-conscious options for around $20, but the best of the best can cost between $100-$200. Many of the yoga mats I love fall somewhere in the middle—between $40 and $80. If you’re a professional, or just do yoga every day, there are plenty of luxurious options made from unique features like moisture-absorbing layers or specific prints and alignment guides.

Q: Does yoga mat quality matter?

Yes! A well-constructed yoga mat made with quality materials will last longer, so you won’t need to replace your mat as often. Depending on what your mat is made of, it’s also less likely to absorb dirt and oils, making your mat feel greasy and slippery.

Final thoughts on the best yoga mats

You shouldn’t worry too hard about picking the right yoga mat. Yes, some are good and some are bad. In theory, it could make a difference in helping you eventually nail a tricky inverted pose. The most important thing, though, is to find one you like and feel comfortable using. Make sure you choose a mat that makes you feel happy and motivated when you unroll it at the start of every class. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best yoga mats of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best resistance bands in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-resistance-bands/ Tue, 05 Oct 2021 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=390522
Fitness Gear photo

Work your arms, chest, back, legs, and glutes with these stretchy bands.

The post The best resistance bands in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Fitness Gear photo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Veick Resistance Bands Set is the best overall. VEICK Resistance Bands Set
SEE IT

Adjustable resistance bands can combine for a maximum equivalent of 150 pounds.

Best for building muscle Iron Infidel Resistance Bands are best for building muscle. Iron Infidel Resistance Bands
SEE IT

Five levels of resistance that are perfect for every type of strength and fitness goal.

Best fabric Arena Strength Fabric Resistance Bands are the best fabric resistance bands. Arena Strength Fabric Resistance Bands
SEE IT

Easy-to-use bands will help you activate and strengthen your lower body and glutes.

Resistance bands first came into favor in the early 1900s as equipment for muscle rehabilitation exercises. And while the bands are still used widely in physical therapy today, resistance bands have also become widely popular in fitness and strength training, particularly in home gyms, due to their inherent flexibility and versatility. While exercise bikes are great, resistance bands pack a lot of punch without a large price tag or storage space requirements. The bands are great for anyone looking to build muscle, burn calories, perform full-body conditioning, or even perform basic stretching while fully protecting the joints. 

While those early resistance bands were constructed from standard surgical tubing, there are many more options on the market today. Many of the best resistance bands for working out are made from latex rubber or fabric, and some even come with handles that can be clipped on for further adaptability. In addition, most bands come in sets that are typically color-coded to indicate various resistance levels, making them perfect for users with a wide range of fitness skills from beginner to intermediate and advanced. 

In addition to being a great addition to any home gym, resistance bands are also ideal for traveling since they’re lightweight and easy to transport. For anyone who thinks resistance bands might be an ideal addition to their home fitness equipment, we’ve rounded up some of the best resistance bands on the market, so you’ll be stretching and flexing in no time.

How we picked the best resistance bands

In evaluating products for this guide, we researched more than 50 different types and brands of resistance bands with a range of price points. Ultimately, we based our decisions on user ratings, and we chose the products with the most overall satisfactory customer reviews. All too often, products have deceptively high star ratings, only to have the same complaints surface time and time again. Of course, even the most high-quality bands will wear out over time, but there is a difference between a handful of isolated negative reviews and genuine product design flaws.

Another crucial factor we took into consideration was the range of user fitness objectives. All of the products listed in this guide are practical for beginners through advanced athletes, but not all the best resistance bands are created equal. For example, those looking to strengthen their lower body may prefer fabric “booty” bands, while heavy-duty latex bands with handles might be a better fit for someone looking for an upper- or full-body workout. We selected a variety of products sure to meet a wide selection of unique and individual goals. Here are our picks for best resistance bands:

The best resistance bands: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: VEICK Resistance Bands Set

Specs:

  • Material: Natural latex rubber
  • Resistance levels: 5
  • Number of pieces: 11

Pros:

  • Portable and easy to store
  • Bands may crack or break over time
  • Natural latex that stretches further

Cons:

  • Weights may not be completely accurate

Get a full-body workout with minimal equipment using the VEICK Resistance Bands Set. Included are five 48-inch long colored exercise bands in increments of 10 through 50 pounds, along with convenient handles, ankle straps, and a door anchor that can be easily attached to doors and furniture for multiple workout scenarios. Or combine all five bands for the maximum resistance of 150 pounds with the reinforced metal carabiners.

The bands are also versatile enough to be compatible with various workouts, from Pilates and yoga to strength training, power weight programs, and stretching. In addition, they store easily and conveniently in a cloth pouch when not in use, making them the perfect alternative to dumbbells—especially for small homes and apartments where extra space may be at a premium.

Some users have found that the bands have a tendency to crack or break over time—particularly when it comes to the lower weights. However, users also reported that customer service is excellent and the company has been quick to send out replacement bands. A small handful of reviewers questioned whether the various weights are accurate, so we recommend starting out light and working your way up.

Best for building muscle: Iron Infidel Resistance Bands

Specs:

  • Material: 100% natural latex
  • Resistance levels: 5
  • Number of pieces: 5

Pros:

  • No nonsense tactical colored bands
  • Perfect for all strength levels
  • Made from odorless 100% natural latex

Cons:

  • Bands can be slippery to hold

Those serious about seeing results will love these Iron Infidel Resistance Bands, which are great for both men and women of all strength and fitness levels. Unlike many inferior competitor brands of latex rubber resistance bands, not only do these sharp-looking tactical bands not look like “a box of crayons,” but they are also natural and odor-free.

With five different resistance levels, the highest ranging from 60 to 150 pounds, you can change resistance levels as your strength increases or as you meet your personal goals. These bands are also highly versatile. Simply pair with weights for added resistance, or attach at different heights for a variety of exercises at home or in the gym. They’re great for assisting with deadlifts, bench presses, shoulder presses, and squats, as well as for stretching and flexibility. The bands take up only a fraction of the storage space of dumbbells and other strength training equipment.

Though these bands don’t come with handles, those can be purchased separately, as some customers have noted the bands themselves can be slippery to hold. Alternatively, a decent pair of workout gloves can also help resolve this issue.

Best for glutes: Vergali Fabric Booty Bands

Specs:

  • Material: Poly-cotton and latex fabric
  • Resistance levels: 4
  • Number of pieces: 4

Pros:

  • High-quality fabric for comfortable workouts
  • Non-slip rubber grips keep bands in place
  • Training guide and workout videos included

Cons:

  • Not ideal for some plus-sized users

For the ultimate lower body workout, these Vergali Fabric Booty Bands will strengthen your hip, thighs, and butt like nothing else on the market. Four resistance levels with a maximum of 60 pounds will help take your squats, lunges, clamshells, fire hydrants, and more to the next level. They’re also great for beginners and even come with a training guide and online workout videos. Simply start with the light and medium bands and work your way up to the more advanced bands to slowly build strength as you burn.

Unlike many latex rubber bands that pinch your skin, these bands are constructed of high-quality fabric to make your workouts more comfortable. Non-slip elastic grips also ensure that the bands stay in place for the duration of your training, whether used with bare skin or tights, to eliminate the hassle of having to readjust in the middle of a set.

The only downside to these bands is that they only come in one size, and some curvy or plus-sized users feel that they’re too small to be used for a range of different workouts. Before purchasing, you may want to make sure that the bands will be large enough to accommodate the types of workouts you want to do. A few others have lamented that they wish the bands had higher weight resistance, but they’re still a solid option for a basic leg and butt band set.

Best fabric: Arena Strength Fabric Resistance Bands

Specs:

  • Material: Cotton
  • Resistance levels: 3
  • Number of pieces: 3

Pros:

  • Ideal for both men and women
  • Sized to fit perfectly above the knees
  • Comfortable fabric design

Cons:

  • Fraying and unraveling after use

Everyone from beginners to CrossFit enthusiasts will get an excellent lower body workout with Arena Strength Fabric Resistance Bands. The bands come in three standard sizes—light, medium, and hard—ideal for warm-up muscle activation, rehabilitation, and all-over total body strengthening. There are also sets specially geared to both men and women, though it’s worth pointing out that the bands themselves are the same, and the only difference lies with the colors and packaging.

Unlike some other brands, these resistance bands are also consistently sized so that the “hard” bands are no smaller than the “light” bands, and all are designed to fit perfectly above your knees. They won’t stretch or lose their durability over time and are triple-stitched to ensure against breaks.

Though some users noticed that the bands started fraying or unraveling after consistent use, the manufacturer stated that a “very small batch of defective bands” had been eliminated from their stock and that all affected customers had been contacted about replacements. One issue that has not been resolved, though,  is that a few customers said that their bands came with an odd smell, and it’s unclear whether that smell will dissipate over time. It’s something those who are sensitive to odors may want to consider before purchasing.

Best set: Taimasi 23-Piece Resistance Bands Set

Specs:

  • Material: 100% natural latex bands
  • Resistance levels: 5
  • Number of pieces: 23

Pros:

  • Five levels of sturdy resistance
  • Anti-snap sturdy metal carabiner clips
  • Instant cooling towel for quick relief

Cons:

  • Hand grips are small

For a complete home gym setup in one convenient package, the Taimasi 23-Piece Resistance Bands Set has got you covered. In addition to five resistance bands that can be used alone or stacked in any combination of intensity from 10 to 150 pounds, the set also comes with a range of accessories. These include a braided steel wire jump rope, figure-eight exercise band, handgrip strengthener ring, door anchor, cushioned soft-grip handles, and more.

The anti-snap tube bands are made from 100% natural latex, with sturdy metal carabiner clips to hold attachments in place or double up multiple bands. Along with all the great workout gear included in the set, there’s also an instant cooling towel to prevent you from overheating during even the most intense workouts.

Customers love the set’s versatility so much that the only minor complaint is that the hand grips are on the smaller side and can chafe the skin, which can be avoided with a pair of workout gloves.

Things to consider before buying resistance bands

There aren’t too many serious considerations to weigh when deciding whether resistance bands are the right home workout product for you. Due to their affordability, compact size, easy storage, and range of activities for different fitness levels, even the best resistance bands on the market are a fairly low-stakes investment. But here are a couple of things to keep in mind.

Your fitness goals: Are you looking to start a new workout regimen, or are you a seasoned fitness buff looking to take your home workouts to the next level? Most sets come with a range of resistance levels to meet a wide variety of fitness goals, from beginner to advanced. Also, there are many different resistance bands on the market geared to different types of workouts. In other words, the best resistance bands for glutes and lower body strengthening may not be the best resistance bands for pull-ups or for building muscle, and so on.

Band material: Decide whether you prefer resistance bands made of fabric or latex. Though latex has traditionally been the more popular material for fitness bands, the best fabric resistance bands tend to be more comfortable, particularly on bare skin, and they stay in place better. However, fabric bands are often designed for lower body workouts, so your choice of material may depend on which muscles and areas you plan to target.

FAQs

Q: Do resistance bands help build muscle?

In addition to helping rehabilitate muscles after an injury, resistance bands are great for building muscle. By providing constant resistance, they create tension to help your muscles tear to build both comprehensive strength and muscle mass.

Q: Are resistance bands better than traditional weights?

Resistance bands are better than traditional weights in that they maintain tension on the muscles throughout the entire movement of an exercise to promote overall, superior muscle growth. And unlike dumbbells, resistance bands are also more affordable, portable, and versatile, and can be easily stored even in small spaces.

Q: What weight resistance band should I use?

What weight resistance band you should use depends on your general fitness level and goals. The best resistance band sets come with various weights so you can customize your fitness needs as you grow stronger, from beginner to intermediate and advanced. It’s important to listen to your body so as not to overdo your workouts and potentially injure yourself.

Final on the best resistance bands

For all-around versatility and adaptability of use, our pick for the best resistance bands is the Taimasi 23-Piece Resistance Bands Set. Even those with the tightest amount of living space should have ample room to use the various accessories right at home, and the door anchor transforms virtually any doorway into a home gym. However, those with more advanced fitness goals may better appreciate the Iron Infidel Resistance Bands due to their overall ruggedness and durability. In addition to being a great way to exercise at home, they’re also an excellent accessory to pack up and bring along to your local gym or CrossFit studio to enhance traditional workouts.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best resistance bands in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Fitbits for kids in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-fitbits-for-kids/ Mon, 06 Jun 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=447741
Fitbits for kids sliced header
Stan Horaczek

These full-featured fitness trackers can endure the rigors of childhood.

The post The best Fitbits for kids in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Fitbits for kids sliced header
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Ace 3 is the best overall Fitbit for kids. Ace 3
SEE IT

It’s made specifically for children. 

Best for style Fitbit Luxe is the best Fitbit for kids for style. Fitbit Luxe
SEE IT

Its good looks make it appealing to a wide audience.

Best for teens The Inspire 3 is the best Fitbit for teens. Inspire 3
SEE IT

Get slightly older kids some more advanced features.

Fitbits for kids can be a great way to encourage children to develop healthy habits and active lifestyles from an early age. Beyond serving as motivational tools to get moving, they also help you monitor how much exercise your child is getting. Some even offer kid-specific features to gamify movement, making it fun to get active. Fitbits don’t just monitor exercise, though. They can help keep track of stress levels, monitor heart rate, store music, receive phone notifications, and even track sleep. No matter your child’s age, there’s something for them on our list of the best Fitbits for kids. 

How we chose the best Fitbits for kids

When selecting the best Fitbits for kids, we started by comparing the entire Fitbit lineup, many of which we have actually reviewed. We focused on models offering kid-friendly features, reasonable pricing, and designs that appeal to a younger crowd. While one model is specifically made for kids, other models can appeal to slightly older children and teens with different needs. We also included a Fiitbit alternative if you want a budget-friendly fitness tracker outside the Fitbit brand.

The best Fitbits for kids: Reviews & Recommendations

A Fitbit, one of the leading brands of activity trackers, can motivate your child to get the recommended daily amount of exercise. According to the Centers for Disease Control, kids from ages 6 to 17 need about 60 minutes of physical movement per day to stay healthy. Fitbits can easily help track those minutes to ensure adequate movement. Below are the best Fitbits for kids, no matter what their current level of activity may be.

Best overall: Ace 3

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a touchscreen display, eight days of battery life, impressive memory, and Parent and Kid View, this is the obvious choice for most young ones.

Specs

  • Ages: 6+
  • Water resistance: Up to 164 feet
  • Battery life: Up to 8 days
  • Charge time: 2 hours

Pros

  • 8 days of battery life
  • Bedtime and alarms
  • Parent and Kid View
  • Water-resistant 
  • Interchangeable bands 

Cons

  • Pricey for young kids
  • No heart rate monitoring

The only Fitbit specifically made for children, the Ace 3 has many great features relevant to young ones. With eight days of battery life, a touchscreen display, bedtime alerts, reminders to move, a step counter, and gentle alarms to wake your kids up, this Fitbit comes fully stocked.

One of the most kid-friendly aspects of the Ace 3 is the fun virtual badges, animated clock faces, and personalized avatars that add a healthy sense of competition and play to their activity. Your kids can also personalize their Fitbit with interchangeable accessories, like Minions bands, for an added fee. 

There’s both parent and kid view, and it’s also water-resistant up to 164 feet, so they can even wear it while swimming. It’s by no means cheap, but with all the bells and whistles, we think it’s worth the investment. 

Best for teens: Inspire 3

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Easy to use and accessible for teens with a one-year premium trial included, this is a great starter tracker for young adults looking to track calories, heart rate, steps, and more at home and at school.

Specs

  • Ages: 13+
  • Water resistance: Up to 164 feet
  • Battery life: Up to 10 days
  • Charge time: 2 hours

Pros

  • Easy to use and accessible
  • Affordable 
  • Up to 10 days of battery
  • Six-month Fitbit Premium membership included
  • Competitive games

Cons

  • Screen may be hard to read in the sunlight
  • Band wears after some time

The Inspire 3 is Fitbit’s most accessible and easy-to-use fitness tracker, which makes it a solid option for teens. It’s also a New Fitbit users get a six-month free trial of Fitbit Premium so they can have access to guided meditations, exercises, and accountability to make their fitness and health journey even easier. 

The Inspire 3 connects to a smartphone, providing call, text, and app notifications right on your teen’s wrist. That means they won’t have as much of an excuse for ignoring your calls or texts. Come nighttime, it offers a sleep mode to pause notifications and turns the screen off so that their sleep isn’t interrupted.

With its sleek design and simple interface, Inspire 3 is a great starter Fitbit for tracking steps, heart rate, distance, calories, food logging, menstrual health, sleep, and more. This waterproof smartwatch can go as deep as 164 feet, so your teen can wear it during swim team practice to keep track of their workouts. The battery lasts up to 10 days, and there are even fun games in the app like Get Fit Bingo, for more competitive-minded teens.

Best for style: Fitbit Luxe

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Fashion-forward and stylish, the Fitbit Luxe features a menstrual health tracker, several stress management tools, and sleep aids useful for teens.

Specs

  • Ages: 13+
  • Water resistance: Up to 164 feet
  • Battery life: Up to 5 days
  • Charge time: 2 hours

Pros

  • Call/text notifications 
  • Connects to phone GPS to track pace and distance
  • Menstrual health tracker
  • Stylish design
  • Stress management features

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Website says the battery lasts five days, but depletes quicker depending on use

Swimproof, slim, and fashion-forward, the Fitbit Luxe is the perfect tracker for teens who want to be more hands-on (or is that wrists-on?) with their health. It not only takes care of all-day tracking but also connects to a phone’s GPS to track pace and distance and allows wearers to stay connected with friends via call and text notifications. 

If your teenager has periods, they can track ovulation, record period symptoms, and log flow with the built-in menstrual health tracker, which can help them feel informed about their menstrual health. It also has several stress-management features, such as guided breathing, to help with mood and stress levels. We want to note that teenage girls have enough societal pressure, and we love that Fitbit’s team is committed to helping teenage girls stay healthy and happy without focusing on striving for perfection.

It’s not the cheapest option, but the Special Edition gorjana Soft Gold Stainless Steel Parker Link Bracelet doubles as a bracelet that goes with every outfit, making the perfect birthday or holiday gift!

Best with GPS: Fitbit Charge 6

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This Fitbit with GPS can track over 40 workouts, including swimming, and has a built-in GPS system for more accurate location and distance information during workouts. 

Specs

  • Ages: 13+
  • Water resistance: Up to 164 feet
  • Battery life: Up to 7 days
  • Charge time: 2 hours

Pros

  • Comfortable to wear 24/7
  • Built-in GPS with access to Google Maps
  • Bigger touchscreen display 
  • Heart rate tracker
  • Built-in YouTube Music controls

Cons

  • Music controls require a subscription
  • Expensive compared to other options

Fitbit’s most advanced fitness and health tracker yet, this Fitbit with GPS comes with tons of elite features in a slim and lightweight design. It features an on-wrist ECG app, step tracker, calorie tracker, automatic exercise recognition, swim-tracking, and sleep monitoring. It also allows your kids to set goals and it buzzes when they hit certain heart rate zones. Plus, the main draw: built-in GPS for tracking routes and workouts.

The built-in GPS allows for much more accurate data related to distance and pace during workouts. The Charge 6 also comes with Google Maps, which provides turn-by-turn directions right on their wrist, giving you peace of mind that your child won’t get lost on a run or bike ride.

Fitbit also included YouTube Music controls on the Charge 6, though you will need a subscription to access that feature.

Best Fitbit alternative: Amazfit Band 7

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This budget-friendly Fitbit alternative offers accurate heart rate data, movement goals, and a vibrant display without the subscription fee.

Specs

  • Ages: 13+
  • Water resistance: Up to 164 feet
  • Battery life: Up to 18 days
  • Charge time: 2 hours

Pros

  • Long battery life
  • Accurate heart rate data
  • No subscription required to access all features
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Touchscreen is finicky
  • Lack of buttons takes time to get used to

While Fitbit makes some excellent fitness trackers, you’ll need a subscription to access all features and data. For many, that makes Fitbits for kids a less-than-ideal choice. The Amazfit Band 7 is a great alternative in part thanks to the lack of a subscription but also due to the initial budget-friendly price. You’ll spend less upfront and overtime with this cheap fitness tracker.

Despite the low price, the Band 7 has a lot to offer. Amazfit promises up to 18 days of battery life, and during my testing, I got 16 days or so with a daily workout. Of course, actual battery life heavily depends on how you use the watch and if you have the always-on display on, but it is still impressive for the price. It also charges quickly, so you can get back to tracking movement in no time.

The built-in BioTracker 3.0 PPG biometric sensor tracks heart rate and blood oxygen levels. I found the heart rate data to be very accurate during runs and weightlifting sessions, even when compared to more expensive hiking and Garmin watches. The watch uses that information to calculate VO2 Max, stress levels, and to track sleep. It also provides a PAI, or Personal Activity Intelligence, score, which gives you a picture of how active you are and what your activity level should be for you as an individual.

The Amazfit Band 7 can track 120 different workout types. That includes basics like running, cycling, and yoga but also more obscure things like kite-flying, jumping rope, and badminton. No matter what your child is into, there’s a good chance this fitness tracker can track it. It also pairs with a phone so that your kid can receive phone notifications on their wrist.

Check out our full review to learn more about the Amazfit Band 7.

What to consider when shopping for the best Fitbits for kids

The best Fitbits for kids will fall into the fitness tracker category due to the inherent lower price and slim design. While many of these options share features, there are still some key things to consider before purchasing a device for your child.

A quick note on the term “Fitbit”

For some people, the term “Fitbit” has taken on a more general meaning—it’s a catch-all that references any fitness tracker. It’s like how we often call plastic storage bags Ziploc bags. In reality, Fitbit is a specific brand that’s owned by Alphabet, Google’s parent company. We’re keeping this list almost entirely specific to that brand because the company makes a lot of excellent devices, but have included an alternative as well.

Battery life

Battery life is a key component of any device for kids. If their fitness tracker needs to be charged daily, there’s a good chance it won’t actually be worn very much. Most Fitbits promise a battery life of up to five days, but actual battery life is dependent on how your child is using the watch and what types of settings and features are turned on. You’ll want to consider how responsible your kid is—or how much you want to be hands-on with charging—and choose a watch with a battery life that matches.

Features

While Fitbit products have commonalities, some trackers come with unique features. It’s important to identify what you want to get out of your Fitbit. Do you want a hybrid tracker and smartwatch that can sync with a smartphone and offer more complex functionality? Or do you want simple fitness tracking? Do you need GPS built in? How important are stress management tools?

Sleep tracking may also be an important feature for your child. The Sleep Foundation says that sleep not only helps your child’s energy levels but also impacts a slew of other important developmental areas such as memory, focus, mood, learning, motor skill development, and overall happiness. Keeping track of their sleep can help you get your kids on a healthy sleep schedule, which will only have benefits down the road.

Luckily, Fitbit has a tool to help you narrow in on the best option for your particular needs. Take the company’s Fitbit quiz to help you make your decision. 

Budget

How much are you looking to spend? While some budget Fitbits are around $80, they can go all the way up to several hundred, depending on features and frills like GPS tracking and smartwatch capabilities. The kid-specific Ace is one of Fitbit’s cheaper models, which makes sense since kids are prone to breaking and losing gadgets on the regular. Buying a kid a $250 smartwatch can be a real gamble. 

Style

Your Fitbit’s style should reflect your child’s age and development. Some Fitbits, like the Ace 3, are meant for small children around six years, and others are meant for older teens, like the Inspire 3 or Luxe. A kid won’t wear something if they hate the way it looks.

FAQs

Q: How long do Fitbits last?

How long a Fitbit lasts depends on how you use and care for your device. With proper care, most Fitbits should last somewhere around two years.

Q: Can an 11-year-old have a Fitbit account?

Whether or not your 11-year-old (or any minor) can have their own Fitbit account depends on your country’s privacy laws. Mostly, parents and legal guardians can create a family account to monitor their kids’ accounts. 

Q: Is it OK to wear Fitbit all the time?

Yes, it is safe to wear a Fitbit all the time. That said, some may experience skin irritation if they don’t give their skin time to breathe on occasion, especially if water gets trapped under the tracker or if they wear it too tight. If you or your child shower or swim with a Fitbit, it may be important to fully dry underneath the activity tracker and let the skin dry a little before putting it back on.

Q: Are Fitbits safe?

Yes, Fitbits are safe. However, as it is an electronic device, there are certain things to consider in order to keep it that way. You shouldn’t charge your Fitbit when it is wet, nor should you try to open or disassemble your device. As with any wearable, if you have any skin irritation, numbness, or discomfort of any kind, stop wearing your Fitbit. You can find more safety information on the Fitbit website.

Final thoughts on the best Fitbits for kids

More focused on fitness than the average smartwatches for kids, Fitbits for kids are a great tool to make healthy living a convenient part of your child’s daily life. From fun incentives, cool features, and built-in tracking, teaching your child how to have agency over their health has never been easier. Hopefully, this article helps you narrow down the best Fitbits for kids so you can find the one that is right for your child.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Fitbits for kids in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best under-desk bikes of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-under-desk-bike/ Sat, 13 Mar 2021 14:00:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-under-desk-bike/
Get some exercise while you work with one of the best under-desk bikes.

Forget whistling while you work—try cycling while you conference. Here’s what to consider when shopping for the under-desk bike for you.

The post The best under-desk bikes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Get some exercise while you work with one of the best under-desk bikes.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Portable DeskCycle Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser DeskCycle Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser
SEE IT

A compact model that offers eight resistance modes.

Best Elliptical Cubii JR2 Under Desk Elliptical over white background Cubii JR2 Seated Under Desk Elliptical Machine
SEE IT

Comes with a built-in monitor and an app to track your progress.

Best Budget Wakeman Portable Fitness Stationary Under Desk Bike Wakeman Portable Fitness Stationary Under Desk Bike
SEE IT

A no-frills option that allows you to adjust resistance.

If you’re looking to get some exercise in while you work, consider an under-desk bike. They enable you to go about your day while stretching your muscles, getting your heartbeat up, and improving your circulation. They’re especially good if you spend so much time at your desk that you can’t get to the gym after work or hit the road for an actual bike ride. Those are the obvious benefits. There are other less obvious under-desk bike benefits: Do you have trouble sitting still? Think of a pedal exerciser as a fidget spinner for your legs. Are you in a thermostat war at work and constantly freezing? Warm yourself right up with a few turns of the wheel. Some fans of the cycling desk even report increased focus and concentration. That’s why we’ve compiled what to know to buy one of the best under-desk bikes for your lifestyle.

How we chose the best under-desk bikes

In compiling our list of the best under-desk bikes, we considered the functionality of the bikes, resistance levels, whether they tracked metrics, if they featured an associated app, and if they had extra features like resistance bands. We also considered under-desk bike reviews, mobility and portability, and price.

The best under-desk bikes: Reviews & Recommendations

Maybe you’ve never considered incorporating home exercise equipment into your workday, but it could be time to! Just because an under-desk bike is lower profile than its home-gym counterparts, like treadmills and ellipticals and full-sized exercise bikes, doesn’t mean it still can’t be a serious piece of equipment. Read on for our picks for a range of needs.

Best overall: Davcreator Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser

Davcreator

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Aluminum alloy, plastic
  • Dimensions: 19.9 inches D x 12.8 inches W x 9.6 inches H
  • Weight: 22 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 8

Pros

  • Well-made
  • Ability to track metrics on LCD screen
  • Large pedals

Cons

  • No smart functionality

If you want to improve your strength and endurance and measure your progress, the Davcreator Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser is a good choice. This under-desk bike is designed with a magnetic resistance flywheel that’s quiet enough for you to take phone calls or watch TV as you pedal. This device also has a knob that allows you to dial up eight resistance levels, including a warm-up and cool-down. The LCD screen shows basic metrics like speed, time, and calories burned. The pedals are also large and have treads to prevent slippage.

Best with app: Stamina Inmotion E1000 Compact Lower Body Workout Strider Machine

Stamina

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Steel, plastic
  • Dimensions: 17 inches D x 24.5 inches W x 12 inches H
  • Weight: 24 pounds
  • Resistance levels: Adjusts with knob, no specific levels

Pros

  • Provides personalized fitness coaching
  • Tracks performance over time
  • Large pedals

Cons

  • No specific resistance levels

Even with a low-impact exercise device you use sitting down, you may want some coaching and accountability. The Stamina Inmotion E1000 Compact Lower Body Workout Strider Machine provides access to an app called müüv. In addition to tracking all your sessions, the app offers personalized coaching and 500 minutes of training per month, plus ad-free access to iHeart Radio. The LCD monitor lets you keep tabs on your strides per minute and calories burned. That said, it’s worth noting that this bike doesn’t have specific resistance levels, just a knob to increase and decrease intensity. And if you’re looking for more equipment to round out your home office, check out our guide to the best office chairs.

Best portable: DeskCycle Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser

DeskCycle

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Steel, plastic
  • Dimensions: 24 inches L x 20 inches W x 10 inches H
  • Weight: 23 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 8

Pros

  • Provides eight levels of resistance
  • Portable
  • LCD screen displays metrics

Cons

  • No tracking over time

At 23 pounds, the DeskCycle Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser isn’t the most lightweight option around, but it’s certainly portable enough to toss in the trunk of your car. This bike still provides the features that serious exercisers are looking for, with eight resistance levels and an LCD screen that displays key metrics like time, speed, and distance. For other low-impact options on the days you can get out of the house, check out our guide to the best electric bikes.

Best elliptical: Cubii JR2 Seated Under Desk Elliptical Machine

Cubii

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Plastic
  • Dimensions: 23.15 inches D x 17.56 inches W x 10 inches H
  • Weight: Under 20 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 8

Pros

  • Elliptical motion
  • Lightweight
  • Connected to an app

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Stats have to be entered manually in fitness device

Another compact option, this quiet under-desk elliptical bike has eight exercise levels and an LCD monitor. Use it with upper-body tools (like resistance bands) for an all-over workout. This has a handle that makes it easy to bring around your house or office. While there is a smartphone app, you must manually enter your workout from the LCD screen. This makes the fitness tracking process less automatic than other options.

Best with desk: Exerpeutic 2500 Bluetooth 3-Way Adjustable Desk

Exerpeutic

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Steel, foam, plastic
  • Dimensions: 54 inches D x 25 inches W x 40 inches H
  • Weight: 16.24 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 14

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • 14 levels of resistance
  • Syncs with My Cloud Fitness app

Cons

  • Shipped in two boxes that may be delivered days apart

If you’re looking for a workstation with an under-desk bike, consider the Exerpeutic 2500 Bluetooth 3-Way Adjustable Desk. This model features an extra-large cushioned seat, adjustable backrest, swiveling desk, and soft hand grips for a comfortable work/exercise experience. This Bluetooth-compatible model syncs with the My Cloud Fitness app, which works with iOS and Android systems so that you can track your progress over time. Plus, buying an all-in-one product removes the hassle of measuring to make sure your desk is compatible, size-wise, with your bike. (Remember: A desk must accommodate your knees when raised to maximum pedal height.)

Best folding: Vaunn Medical Folding Pedal Exerciser

Vaunn

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Alloy steel, plastic
  • Dimensions: 18.25 inches L x 15.2 inches W x 11.25 inches H
  • Weight: 5.4 pounds
  • Resistance levels: Adjustable knob

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Easy to store
  • Can also be used for an upper-body workout

Cons

  • Doesn’t provide specific levels of resistance

If foldability and storage are more important to you than a range of features, the Vaunn Medical Folding Pedal Exerciser is a solid option. This fully assembled pedal exerciser also doubles as an arm exerciser. It runs on two AAA batteries and features an LCD display, an adjustable tension knob, and skid-resistant rubber feet for traction and stability no matter where you place it.

Best two-in-one: Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Mini Exercise Bike

Sunny

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Alloy steel, plastic 
  • Dimensions: 16.5 inches D x 20.5 inches W x 10.5 inches H
  • Weight: 19.1 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 8

Pros

  • Allows you to work out lower and upper body
  • Provides eight levels of resistance
  • Designed with a quiet magnetic flywheel

Cons

  • The bike may move while pedaling
  • Some users report poor quality materials

Consider the Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Mini Exercise Bike if you want your fitness device to multitask. This under-desk bike provides eight levels of resistance, and its flywheel ensures a quiet, smooth ride. When you’re done pedaling, you can place the device on your desk and give your arms a workout as well.

Best with resistance bands: LifePro Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser with Resistance Bands

LifePro

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Metal, plastic
  • Dimensions: 17.5 inches L x 20.9 inches W x 13.2 inches H
  • Weight: 18.1 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 8

Pros

  • Lets you work lower and upper body at once
  • Provides training videos
  • Allows you to track progress over time with app

Cons

  • Some users say pedals came off during use

Looking to work your lower and upper body at the same time? The Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser with Resistance Bands is a good option. This mini exercise bike under-desk provides eight levels of resistance for pedaling and bands that allow you to work on your upper body and grip strength simultaneously. LifePro also provides training videos, and you can track your stats on the LCD monitor and through the associated app.

Best budget: Wakeman Portable Fitness Stationary Under Desk Bike

Wakeman

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Metal, plastic
  • Dimensions: 14 inches D x 19.5 inches W x 9.5 inches H
  • Weight: 4.89 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 1

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Inexpensive
  • Battery-powered

Cons

  • Doesn’t track metrics
  • No specific resistance levels

You don’t get an LCD screen or Bluetooth capability with this no-frills stationary under-desk bike from Wakeman. But if your main goal is to get a low-impact workout in and you’re not looking to track your progress, this basic model is a budget-friendly option that’s light enough to take with you.

Things to consider when looking for the best under-desk bikes

The one thing you already know is that you’re interested in cycling while you work. Beyond that, choosing the best exercise bike for your desk comes down to your particular wants and needs. Whether you desire something lightweight and portable, compact and stowable, or frill-free and cheap, there’s a desk bike for you (and some even come with the desk!).

Portability

The key to a portable pedal exerciser is finding something that’s not terribly heavy, is easy to set up, and isn’t too bulky. (So not, for example, a bike with the desk attached.) A travel-friendly under-desk exercise bike has all the features you need without the bulk.

Portable options range from bare-bones hydraulic models to battery-powered cycles with LCD screens and fitness-tracker capabilities. There’s a wide spectrum depending on how much you want to spend.

Elliptical vs. classic models

An elliptical bike differs from a classic style in that the pedal strokes are oval (so you glide more than pump). Elliptical bikes are easier on your joints and bones because, unlike standard-styled bicycles, they have no impact (i.e., your feet never leave the pedals). But as far as the benefits go—cardiovascular health, muscle building, distraction—there’s no difference. Some people just prefer an elliptical ride.

The biggest key to keeping up a consistent workout schedule is finding something you enjoy, so if you prefer an elliptical bike in the gym, you’ll prefer one under your desk, too.

Bike-desk combos

If you’re starting your exercise-friendly home office from scratch, pick up a bike-desk combo and call it a day. You don’t even necessarily have to sacrifice style or function—just take note of the weight limit of the particular model you’re considering to ensure it’s inclusive of all who will be using it.

Storage

When you get right down to it, all an under-desk bike really requires are two pedals. If you don’t need many bells and whistles and easy storage is your main concern, a folding pedal exerciser is the way to go. Especially If you’re getting a pedaler for physical therapy use, a simple, scaled-down design may be all you need.

Full-body workouts

Look at you, multi-multi-tasker! An arm bike gives you the same cardio benefits as a foot bike, but it also works your upper body, including your shoulders, neck, and core (major points of tension for those of us with desk jobs). Unlike with an under-desk bike, you can’t really type or answer the phone while you’re pedaling with your arms, but investing in a bike desk that doubles as an arm exerciser is a terrific way to get twice as much bang for your buck.

Price

If all you want to do is boost your circulation, get your heart rate up, and give yourself something to do while working on a boring project, there’s no reason to shell out a ton of money on a desk exercise bike. Will the bike you’re looking at fit under your desk? Does it pedal? Will your feet fit? If the answers are all yes, that’s all you need. Here’s the best under-desk bike we’ve found for less.

FAQs

Q: Are under-desk bikes any good?

It depends on what you’re hoping to get out of it, but if you want to boost your heart rate, build muscle, find a productive way to fidget, squeeze in a workout when you have no time, or just give yourself a distraction during the day, then yes, desk bikes are great.

Q: How do I choose an under-desk bike?

Think about how much money you want to spend, whether you need extras (like Bluetooth capability or an LED screen), and how important it is that the bike is lightweight and portable. Also, consider whether you’d like it to double as an arm pedaler.

Q: What features should I look for in an under-desk bike?

If tracking your stats and progress is important to you, look for an under-desk bike with app compatibility. Consider an elliptical bike if you prefer the elliptical trainer to the stationary bike, treadmill, or stair climber at the gym. And if you’re going to be taking your cycle on the road, make sure to pick something that’s not too heavy and transports easily.

Q: How much does an under-desk bike cost?

The cost of an under-desk bike depends on its features. The Exerpeutic 2500 Bluetooth 3-Way Adjustable Desk, for example, is a complete workstation that costs about $300. But if you’re looking for a simple pedal, the budget-friendly Wakeman Portable Fitness Stationary Under Desk Bike costs about $20.

Final thoughts on the best under-desk bikes

Once you’ve decided to invest in desk exercise equipment, all you really need to do is consider the features that are important to you—like magnetic resistance, Bluetooth capability, an LED screen, portability, and affordability—to find the best under-desk pedal bike for you. The good news is it’s hard to go wrong when investing in your health.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best under-desk bikes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Fitbits for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-fitbits/ Mon, 18 Apr 2022 17:00:04 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=436415
four of the best Fitbits sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

Fitbit makes a wide range of great fitness trackers for just about every kind of healthy living.

The post The best Fitbits for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
four of the best Fitbits sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Fitbit Versa 4 is the best Fitbit overall. Fitbit Versa 4
SEE IT

The Versa 4 is the company’s most well-rounded smartwatch.

Best fitness tracker The Fitbit Charge 6 against a white background Fitbit Charge 6
SEE IT

The Charge 6 offers advanced data-driven insights to help you optimize your workouts.

Best budget The Fitbit Inspire 3 is the best Fitbit at the most affordable price. Fitbit Inspire 3
SEE IT

The Inspire 3 is a low-cost fitness tracker for people who just want the basics.

For many tech and health enthusiasts, Fitbits are the first devices that come to mind when you say “fitness tracker.” In some circles, the company had briefly achieved that level of cultural ubiquity where people referred to all fitness trackers as “Fitbits.” The market is now saturated—with options from Garmin, Apple, Polar, and Amazfit, just to name a few—but there are still plenty of reasons to choose devices made by Fitbit. These fitness trackers and watches deliver outstanding levels of functionality, each with its own particular benefits. With so many types of Fitbits—not to mention multiple generations of each version—it might not be readily apparent which one makes the most sense for you. To that end, we’re looking at the top options for a range of intentions so you can work out (or even sleep) with confidence, knowing that these are truly the best Fitbits.

How we chose the best Fitbits

I selected these Fitbits like I do ebikes and gear for van-lifers (such as solar generators): through first-hand testing and input from real buyers. I tested these alongside fitness trackers from Fitbit and other leading brands, such as the Polar Ignite 2 Plus and the Garmin Venu 2 Plus. While testing, I looked to determine core functionality like tracker accuracy and battery, as well as the relative ease of use

The Fitbit versions that didn’t make the cut were not always significantly different from those included above, but our picks stood out for a reason. You can choose yours from these Fitbit reviews, knowing that these truly are the best options available right now.

The best Fitbits: Reviews & Recommendations

While the features offered by the various models tend to overlap—most build up from a base of 20 health and fitness metrics—each individual package tailors itself to a specific set of needs or parameters. Plenty of people want access to this data but don’t need the battery life for the backcountry and don’t necessarily want the bulk of a sensor-packed hiking/multisport watch. To that end, here are the best Fitbits for most people.

Best overall: Fitbit Versa 4

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With its broad range of fitness tracking capabilities, smartwatch functions, and lower price, the Versa 4 is a balanced fitness watch that plays to Fitbit’s strengths.

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Built-in GPS: Yes
  • Battery life: 6 days
  • Premium membership: Free for 6 months

Pros

  • Plenty of fitness tracking functions
  • Detailed sleep-tracking information
  • Wide range of smart features

Cons

  • Higher price than most Fitbits
  • Relatively short battery life

For all practical purposes, the Fitbit Versa 4 can do everything that most users want from their fitness tracker. It provides info about steps, heart rate, blood oxygen levels, calories burned, and sleep tracking. It’s also water-resistant down to 50 meters, in case you’re a swimmer. It even buzzes to let you know when you’ve entered your personalized target heart rate for exercise, which it refers to as your “active zone.”

At the same time, the Versa 4 includes plenty of smart functions. You can use it to take calls and receive notifications from your phone or ask Alexa about the weather. Fitbit also features an app ecosystem that’s smaller than iOS or Android but includes apps for music, payments, and more. The Versa 4 and more powerful Sense watch bring a lot of value to the table, but the Versa does so at a lower price, making it a slightly more accessible pick. If you’re looking for a less expensive version, read our review of the Fitbit Versa 3.

Best fitness tracker: Fitbit Charge 6

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With its expansive suite of fitness trackers and detailed workout insights, the Charge 6 is a gym rat’s best friend.

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Built-in GPS: Yes
  • Battery life: 7 days
  • Premium membership: Free for 6 months

Pros

  • Provides access to Google Maps, Wallet, and YouTube Music
  • Stress management tools
  • Provides recommendations for workouts, mindfulness, and challenges

Cons

  • Subscription required for advanced insights
  • Reply to calls and texts function for Android only

If you’re looking for the utmost in fitness-tracking power, the Fitbit Charge 6 delivers. With a full range of fitness and health tracking options, it records all the stats you need. What makes it stand out, however, is its workout intensity map, which leverages GPS and various physical data points to highlight when you’re getting the most and least out of your workout. Between workouts, it sends guidance to maintain mindfulness and workout optimization.

Though it’s primarily fitness-focused, it also features a smattering of basic smart functions that allow you to manage payments plus receive calls, texts, and calendar notifications. It also offers access to Google features such as YouTube Music controls, Google Wallet, and Google Maps. Some of these functions only work with Android phones, however.

The one drawback to the Charge 6—like all Fitbit devices—is its reliance on a subscription. Like the Whoop 4.0 and other recent high-end fitness trackers, Fitbit gates off many of its most detailed workout insights unless you pay for its Premium membership. You get six months of free access to see if it’s worth the $9.99 a month, but you should probably decide whether or not you’re even open to such an arrangement in the first place.

Best watch: Fitbit Sense 2

Why it made the cut: The Sense 2 is a sleek, powerful smartwatch with advanced fitness-tracking capabilities.

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Built-in GPS: Yes
  • Battery life: 6 days
  • Premium membership: Free for 6 months

Pros

  • Fitbit’s largest suite of smart apps
  • Includes ECG monitoring and EDA Scan for tracking heart health and stress
  • Works with Alexa

Cons

  • The most expensive Fitbit
  • Relatively short battery life
  • Large

If you want a fitness tracker that really leans into smart features, the sleek Fitbit Sense 2 delivers. With the largest suite of smart apps on any Fitbit device, as well as most of the key fitness and health tracking functions, it is the most powerful Fitbit we recommend. Most notably, the Sense includes an ECG for detecting heart health, as well as an EDA Scan app that monitors electrodermal activity and then provides a graph of how your body responds to stress. It is also the only Fitbit to come with a 6-month free trial of the guided meditation app Calm to support any stress management goals you might have.

Given all that, it’s worth noting that the Sense is the second most expensive device you can get from Fitbit right now. If you want all the features, the Sense may be the best choice, but it is bigger and more expensive than most of the pack.

Best for women: Fitbit Luxe

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Fitbit Luxe is a great option if you want a fitness tracker that can double as a piece of jewelry. 

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Built-in GPS: No
  • Battery life: 5 days
  • Premium membership: Free for 6 months

Pros

  • Stylish design
  • Heart tracking
  • Stress management tools included

Cons

  • Need to connect to phone for GPS
  • Doesn’t let you play music

If you’re looking for a fitness tracker that looks more like a bracelet than a military-grade smartwatch, the Fitbit Luxe is a good option. The slim design, polished stainless steel case, and bands available in a range of hues make this an option that works for both work and working out, and one of the best Fitbit watches for women. The Luxe also tracks heart rate, sleep, and breathing rate, plus provides some stress management tools. You can also text and receive call notifications, but you can’t access music or make calls. 

This tracker is water-resistant up to 50 meters, and has a battery life of up to five days. Unfortunately, you’ll need to connect to the GPS in your phone to see your pace in real-time, as it doesn’t offer built-in GPS. It won’t be the best option for those serious about accurate pace and mileage information as a result, but it does help keep the cost and size down.

Best for men: Google Pixel Watch 2

Google

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This sleek watch can double as a sophisticated timepiece and a high-end fitness tracker. 

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Built-in GPS: No
  • Battery life: 24 hours
  • Premium membership: Free for 6 months

Pros

  • Tracks heart rhythms 
  • Comes with emergency SOS system
  • Sophisticated design
  • Available with 4G LTE service as well

Cons

  • Only works for Android users

Google bought Fitbit in November 2019, and some of Fitbit’s fitness trackers feature the integration of the parent company’s features. Conversely, Google’s Pixel Watch 2 uses Fitbit’s tracking technology to monitor activity, calories burned, and sleep patterns. It also provides in-depth tracking of the heart rhythm with the ECG feature and can track skin temperature. Additionally, it has an SOS feature that allows users to contact 911 in case of an emergency. And the Android-compatible device pairs with Google’s Wear OS system, Pixel phones, and Pixel buds for running.

This Fitbit for men also allows users to get turn-by-turn guidance from Google Maps, make contactless payments, and receive calendar alerts. You can opt for a Bluetooth version if you want to keep your phone on you for notifications or spend $50 more for the 4G LTE version. But beyond the device’s functionality, it’s also a timepiece that looks great on the wrist with its domed design and AMOLED touchscreen display. Plus, it comes in a variety of color options, so you can choose one that fits your style best.

Best budget: Fitbit Inspire 3

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With all the essential fitness tracking capabilities, the Inspire 3 gives you the features you need at a more affordable price.

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Built-in GPS: No
  • Battery life: Up to 10 days
  • Premium membership: Free for 6 months

Pros

  • 20 fitness functions
  • Long battery life
  • Long premium trial

Cons

  • Limited smartphone notifications
  • Small, hard-to-read screen

If you just need a basic fitness tracker, try the Fitbit Inspire 3. It tracks all the basics—steps, calories, heart rate, etc. It also has more advanced features than other trackers, including active zone alert, cardio fitness scores, and a “daily readiness score” to make sure you let your body recover between workouts.

That said, this cheap Fitbit is very much an essentialist fitness tracker. It has some smartwatch functionality, including notifications for calls, text, and social media. It also offers stress management features and menstrual health tracking. These features require looking at the Inspire 3’s tiny screen, which isn’t ideal for anything beyond the quickest of glances. This is definitely a tracker for people who actively want to avoid the “smart features” and stay focused on working out. Looking to save a few dollars with an older version? Read our review of the Fitbit Inspire 2.

Best for kids: Fitbit Ace 3

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Arguably the most feature-rich fitness tracker designed specifically for kids, the Ace 3 helps keep your little one moving.

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor: No
  • Built-in GPS: No
  • Battery life: Up to 8 days
  • Premium membership: Not included

Pros

  • Parent View safety feature
  • Incentivizes fitness in kids
  • Bedtime reminders and sleep tracking

Cons

  • Single wristband size doesn’t fit all wrists
  • Some users have reported durability issues with the buckle

There aren’t too many quality fitness trackers designed specifically for kids, so the Fitbit Ace 3 is incredibly useful and the best Fitbit for kids. It primarily tracks steps and sleep but can also set challenges to keep kids motivated and active. You can also set reminders to prompt children to get up, move, stretch, or sleep at specific times. Its features are comparatively very limited beyond the basics, but it is water-resistant for up to 50 meters, so it is durable and can stay on in the pool.

The Ace 3 supports the Fitbit app, which features separate viewing modes for parents and kids when you activate the Family Account mode. In Parent View mode, parents can monitor their kid’s activity and approve any connections in the Fitbit social community. Meanwhile, Kid View presents a child-friendly version of the fitness tracker experience, with access to stats, badges, personalized avatars, and challenges. Like many of the best smartwatches for kids, it’s cute but quite feature-packed.

What to consider before buying a Fitbit

Each Fitbit variety offers its unique features and benefits, so it’s important to keep a few things in mind when choosing which is the best one for you and whether that’s the latest Fitbit or old Fitbit models. These are, for the most part, the same considerations to keep in mind when picking any fitness tracker or fitness watch

Health goals

To judge any fitness tracker, you must know how you plan to use it. Are you looking to track your high-impact workouts or simply ensure you get your steps in? Monitor heart health or blood oxygen levels? Or maybe sleep tracking and monitoring mindfulness? Different Fitbits come with varying feature sets that will accommodate different goals. Often, more complex trackers will be larger, more complicated, and more expensive. Finding the right balance among those three factors will set you up to use your Fitbit to the fullest.

Cost

Fitbits come in many shapes and sizes, meaning some are more expensive than others. Some models cost as little as $60. Others get as high as $400. Again, you want to find a balance between feature-set and price that works for you, but it’s also generally important to keep your budget in mind as you shop.

Smart functions

While some Fitbits act as fairly basic fitness trackers, others are much more elaborate smartwatches. Which is right for you depends on whether or not you need all those smarts.

FAQs

Q: How much does a Fitbit cost?

Prices range from under $60 for the Ace 3 to as much as $400 for the Google Pixel Watch 2, depending on the most current sale prices.

Q: Are Fitbits waterproof?

All the latest-generation Fitbit models boast strong water resistance in up to 50 meters. They’re all great for swimming laps or playing in a pool. If you’re diving, you may want to consider something a bit more durable.

Q: How do I get my Fitbit to sync?

Once you pair your Fitbit with your phone, it will sync periodically when the Fitbit smartphone app is open. You can manually sync on the app homepage by swiping down.

Q: How accurate are Fitbit devices?

No fitness tracker is 100% accurate. They approximate your activity by sensing movement, heart rate, and other factors. You can improve your tracker’s accuracy by feeding it more data. Enabling GPS and entering accurate height, weight, and stride length in the app settings will improve results.

That said, Fitbit trackers do fare comparatively well in general testing. A 2017 study found that Fitbits tend to have a 27% median error when tracking calories burned. While that might seem like a lot, they outperformed almost all major competitors. There hasn’t been much hard research done since then on the accuracy of Fitbit’s latest releases, but having compared them against other trackers that are well-regarded for their accuracy—as well as good old-fashioned paper-and-pencil calorie tracking—I can say that they seem to perform well.

Final thoughts on the best Fitbits

The best Fitbit for you comes down to one of two factors: whether you want a smartwatch or a fitness tracker and your budget. The core fitness tracking features are largely consistent among most models. Hence, you need to consider whether you care about smartphone-related lifestyle features and the advanced fitness analytics that come with Fitbit’s premium subscription. Ultimately, most Fitbits are great so long as their features and your expectations are in sync.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Fitbits for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best back massagers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-back-massager/ Sun, 12 Dec 2021 21:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=388172
The best back massagers composited
Stan Horaczek

Aches, pains, and knots don’t stand a chance against these motorized muscle relaxers.

The post The best back massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best back massagers composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Comfier Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager is the best for deep-tissue massage. Comfier Shiatsu Neck & Back Massager
SEE IT

This massager sits atop an office chair, sofa, or dining room chair to reach pain points in the back, neck, and legs.

Best handheld The RENPHO Rechargeable Handheld Deep-Tissue Massager is the best handheld deep-tissue massager. RENPHO Rechargeable Hand Held Deep Tissue Massager
SEE IT

The RENPHO massager’s five percussion modes and five interchangeable nodes let you target problem areas on your own.

Best percussion massager Hypervolt Pro Hypervolt 2 Pro
SEE IT

Multiple attachments and a serious motor target specific areas and take no prisoners, bullying sore, tight muscles into a relaxed mass of goo.

A back massager can’t replace a full-on visit with a massage therapist, but it can provide some much-needed relief for just about any back pain. These handy devices let you target sore spots, loosen tight muscles, and relieve pain. However, you’ve got some decisions because they come in many designs. From massage pads that cover your chair to models that mimic a deep shiatsu massage, these handy tools pamper and maintain mobility at the same time. You can soothe your muscles with vibration or beat out stiffness with a massage gun. Then, you can apply heat to keep everything loose. Back massagers can make you ‘ooh’ and ‘ahh’ or weep a tear as they knead tight muscles into submission. Here are some of the best back massagers for a variety of bodies.

How we chose the best back massagers

Splitting our time bent over laptops and lugging new gear to test around, we’re no strangers to back pain here at PopSci. We surveyed dozens of products and scoured reviews by media outlets and users to choose the best back massagers. We have chosen a variety of types of back massagers, including percussion massagers and more deep tissue options. Ultimately, we relied on a mixture of hands-on experience, user reviews, editorial reviews, and expert opinions to land our picks.

The best back massagers: Reviews & Recommendations

All back pain isn’t the same, and neither are back massagers. There’s a wide variety of designs and features. Some models mimic shiatsu massage, a deep-tissue massage with roots in Japanese therapy. Others offer percussive massage, working out deep muscle knots, as tight muscles may just need heat and vibration to stimulate blood flow. Some massagers provide a range of massage movements, including different nodes to target various areas of the back and body. We’ve selected multiple types of back massagers so you can find one to heal, relax, and soothe your muscles whether you’re a fitness enthusiast or staring at spreadsheets for hours.

Best overall: Comfier Shiatsu Neck & Back Massager

COMFIER

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Four nodes dig into your tense muscles in the best possible way.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 3
  • Power source: AC adapter
  • Price at time of publication: $196.99

Pros

  • Also gets hips and neck in the mix
  • Easy to use in most chairs
  • Optional heat function

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Not very portable

The Comfier Shiatsu Neck & Back Massager uses slow, targeted movements to knead the back, shoulders, neck, and thighs. You can also relax the body into the massager to add a pressure massage to the lower back, waist, and thighs. The shiatsu massage balls in each location (neck and lower back) can be turned on or off independently, so you get a massage only where you want it. Users of different sizes can adjust the position of the neck massagers to fit a taller or shorter torso better. This model folds down for compact storage.

Best for lower back: MagicMaker Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager

MagicMakers

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This simple method for self-massage can also apply heat alongside pressure.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 3
  • Power source: AC adapter
  • Price at time of publication: $39.99

Pros

  • Targets common trouble areas
  • Doesn’t require a second person
  • Heat function

Cons

  • Requires arm strength some people may not have
  • Six-foot power cord can be limiting

The MagicMaker Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager features eight rollers that knead into the muscles. The rollers heat, but you can turn the heat on or off as needed. This model’s design works beautifully for the lower back, and its ergonomic design can rotate to fit the neck and shoulders, too. It includes two massage motions to adjust the massage experience to your needs. 

Best handheld: RENPHO Rechargeable Handheld Deep-Tissue Massager

RENPHO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The extra-long reach makes it simple to get into tricky areas.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 5
  • Power source: Built-in battery
  • Price at time of publication: $39.99

Pros

  • Long reach to accommodate less flexible users
  • Affordable
  • Five attachments provide ample options
  • Battery-powered for portability

Cons

  • Not all the attachments are particularly useful
  • Shuts off after 20 minutes to prevent overheating

The RENPHO Rechargeable Handheld Deep-Tissue Massager features a rechargeable battery-powered design that lets you reach behind your back or legs without getting tangled. This cordless model also comes with five interchangeable nodes to target problem areas. A full charge lasts 140 minutes, though it may be lower depending on the level of the massage. The RENPHO also includes a safety feature to prevent overheating that turns the massager off after 20 minutes.

Best percussion massager: Hypervolt 2 Pro

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This pro-grade percussion massager has exceptional pressure and extremely robust battery life.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 5
  • Power source: Built-in battery
  • Price at time of publication: $329

Pros

  • Strong pressure options
  • Built for heavy use
  • All the attachments feel useful

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Heavy

Portable, high-powered massagers have become essential equipment for athletes and even casual gym-goers looking to bully their sore muscles into a quick recovery. This high-end option isn’t cheap, but it offers five levels of intensity and guided routines developed by athletes and trainers provided in the companion app (making it one of our top percussion massager picks). The package includes an assortment of five attachments designed to target specific areas. Attachments with larger surface area make the experience a little less intense. Advanced users will want more pointed attachments to really dig into trouble areas.

While this model isn’t cheap, it does offer a serious brushless motor designed to endure frequent and everyday use. A fully charged battery will also provide up to three hours of run-time, which is great if you want to bring it to the gym without having to worry about plugging it in.

It’s not all upside, though. It is rather heavy, and some high-end models offer a slightly more ergonomic design. But, when it comes to performance and durability, the Hypervolt has the advantage.

Best mini massager: TheraGun Mini Massage Gun

TheraGun

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This pocket-sized device provides powerful percussion massages on the go.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 3
  • Power source: Lithium-ion battery (included)
  • Price at time of publication: $149

Pros

  • Powerful
  • Provides deep penetration
  • Ergonomically designed
  • Easy to use

Cons

  • Somewhat expensive

Theragun’s Mini Massage Gun fits in the palm of your hand yet can do serious work on sore muscles. This second-generation model is 30 percent lighter than the last model. It features three percussion speeds (1750, 2100, 2400 PPM), penetrating to 12 mm amplitude for deep relief. Each 2.5-hour charge provides 2 hours of running time. Plus, it comes with three attachments that let you customize your massage. This mini massager is also Bluetooth-enabled, and you’ll get access to the Therabody app, which features a library of wellness regimens. At only a pound, Theragun’s Mini Massage Gun can fit inside your gym bag or suitcase to give you sweet relief when you’re away.

Things to consider before buying a back massager

Back massagers may be electric, battery-powered, or manual. Battery-powered models provide portability, making it easier to use the massager throughout your house or take it while you travel. However, electric massagers maintain consistent power. 

With so many affordable electric and battery-powered massagers available, manual massagers have largely fallen out of favor. That doesn’t mean you can’t find one, but you can easily secure an electrical or battery-powered model for a few more dollars. 

Designs range from massagers covering a chair’s seat and back to a low back-only massager. Choose a design that targets your type of pain. For example, pain may strike only during certain positions like sitting or standing. A chair massager can help those stuck on the sofa, while a handheld model can work for those held hostage in the standing position.

Different muscle issues and pain points may respond better to certain types of back massagers. If you want a massager for general muscle soreness (not just in the back), handheld massagers and massage guns can be used almost anywhere on the body. However, if you suffer from severe back pain, a model that targets and is specifically designed for the back may work better.

Dig into knots and pain deep within the muscle

Deep-tissue massage requires a massager reaching the deepest muscle layers and fascia, the muscles’ connective tissues. The massager then uses slow, firm pressure to relieve aches and pains. 

Shiatsu massagers also fall into this category. If you are at a day spa, a shiatsu massage would involve the masseuse using their fingers, thumb, and palms to target the body’s pressure points. Electric and battery-powered shiatsu back massagers mimic this movement, using slow, intense motions.

Lower back pain (LBP) can make it hard to work, stand, or sit

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention reports that 28% of men and 31% of women over the age of 18 experience lower-back pain (LBP). Anything from an injury to weight gain can cause LBP, and it can limit activity, work, and sleep. 

Lower-back massagers target this sensitive area with designs that fit the spine’s natural curve. These massagers also feature nodes and balls that dig into the musculature of the lower back without touching the vertebrae. Lower-back massagers may offer vibration, deep tissue massage, and/or heat. Take your pick of the movement that works best for you.

How handheld massagers work

A massager that lets you target pain points yourself can be invaluable. Handheld massagers do just that. These portable models feature a long handle with a massage head that contains one to four massage nodes. Most include different node attachments, from multi-pronged to thin, pointed ones that dig deep into the muscle. 

Most massagers use vibration to stimulate blood flow and relax the muscles. However, some use percussion to press into hard knots to relax the muscle tissue. Many include a heated option, too. Models with cases or storage bags let you keep all the attachments together, so you’re ready for a massage anywhere.

The difference between deep-tissue and percussive massage

Percussive massage differs from deep-tissue massage, even though both target muscles deep within the body’s muscle structure. Percussive massage, also known as deep-muscle stimulation, targets muscle soreness and soft tissue pain. With this method, short, rapid pulses press deep into the body’s soft tissues, stimulating blood flow and elongating muscle tissue. 

These massage guns go hard and fast. They’re not for the faint of heart, but they can work wonders on the sore muscles for which they are designed. Models with varying speeds and intensities provide adjustability based on your comfort level. These guns can be loud, so look for a model with a motor designed to keep noise down. 

Mini massagers save space and let you target problem areas

Mini massagers are smaller versions of full-size massagers. They come in manual, battery-powered, and electric designs. These handheld models may also include different nodes for a greater variety of massage options. They typically have fewer speeds and intensities than larger models, but a mini massager can also be much quieter.

If you’re on a budget, look into a manual massager. The only problem with these is you usually need someone else to do the actual back massaging. But a mini handheld with a long handle can do the trick if you’re usually massaging on your own. 

FAQs

Q: Are back massagers worth it?

Yes, back massagers are worth it. With the right massage motion, the best back massager can relieve and prevent back pain, soothe sore muscles, and loosen stubborn knots.

Q: What does a vibrating massager do to muscles?

A vibrating massager stimulates the muscle, increasing blood flow. More blood also brings more oxygen, which aids in recovery. There’s also evidence that vibrating massagers can temporarily improve flexibility.

Q: How often should you use a massage gun?

How often you use a massage gun depends on a few factors, including the type of massage, the reason behind the massage, and the level of muscle trauma. For mild soreness, you can use a massage gun every day for several times a day if you keep your sessions short, about 15-30 seconds per muscle group. That said, be careful not to use the massage gun daily in the same place for a prolonged period, as you can introduce trauma to the muscle. 

Final thoughts on the best back massagers

A back massager can work wonders on a chronically sore back. A massager that fits your lifestyle and includes movements that target your pain points will offer the most relief. The best back massager will soothe your hard-to-reach areas with little effort on your part. You can lean into them, close your eyes, and let the massager do its work.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best back massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best trekking poles of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-trekking-poles/ Tue, 13 Sep 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=469199
best trekking poles sliced header
Tony Ware

The best tools for keeping you upright on all manner of hikes, treks, and scrambles.

The post The best trekking poles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best trekking poles sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Black Diamond Alpine FLZ is a dynamic, highly packable trekking pole. Black Diamond Alpine FLZ
SEE IT

The Black Diamond Alpine FLZ is a dynamic, highly packable trekking pole.

Best carbon fiber These MSR poles feature a “Dynalock” mechanism that shores up their durability.
MSR Dynalock Ascent Carbon
SEE IT

The MSR Dynalock Ascent Carbon is a versatile, sturdy, and comfortable pair of poles.

Best aluminum Leki Makalu Lite Leki Makalu Lite
SEE IT

The Leki Makalu Lite will hold up through months-long treks over all sorts of terrain.

Many dedicated backpackers consider a quality pair of trekking poles essential gear for hiking. They help you hike and keep your balance over steep hills, rocky paths, and slippery snow-covered trails. Like their predecessor, the humble walking stick, a quality pair of hiking poles are sturdy enough to put your entire weight on them, yet light enough that they do not feel like a burden after a long day on the trail. They ease the strain on your knees and back, especially if you’re carrying a heavy pack. There are a dizzying number of poles to choose from. They’re made from different materials, feature different designs, and, of course, some are more expensive than others. We’ve tried a whole bunch of popular options, taking them on runs, hikes, climbs, and scrambles to find the best trekking poles for all your outdoor adventures.

How we picked the best trekking poles 

I’ve been writing about outdoor gear and my often dubious adventure travel for decades at publications like Hearst, HuffPost, BBC Travel, Fodor’s, Adventure Cycling, Input, and many others. My criteria for experiencing new places usually include how many people visit (the fewer the better), and if it has a reputation as a “challenging” journey. Over the years, I’ve traveled across all kinds of terrain and environments, many of which required a good set of trekking poles to navigate.

I’ve spent a good deal of time testing trekking poles—walking, running, climbing, scrambling, and sometimes falling—all over the world. Over the years, I’ve found a few favorites. I’ve also compared notes and talked for hours with trekkers, hikers, and adventurers about gear around countless campfires and well-worn tables in questionable bars.

The best trekking poles: Reviews & Recommendations

Like most outdoor gear, trekking pole preference can vary from person to person. Given that, our recommendations span a variety of options made from different materials and covering a wide range of prices. All of them, however, have a clear edge over similar poles in important qualities like durability and weight.

Best overall: Black Diamond Alpine FLZ

Black Diamond

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Black Diamond Alpine FLZ is a highly versatile pole that packs down small, making it a prime choice for all kinds of activities.

Specs

  • Weight: 18 ounces
  • Maximum length: 43, 49, or 55 inches
  • Collapsed length: 14, 15, or 16 inches
  • Shaft material: Aluminum
  • Grip material: Cork
  • Pole design: Foldable
  • Tips: Carbide tips, trail baskets, snow baskets, rubber tips (sold separately)

Pros

  • Versatile
  • Comfortable handles
  • Packable

Cons

  • Heavy

The Black Diamond Alpine FLZ is an incredibly versatile trekking pole. The small packable size and durable aluminum construction make it an optimal pole for most everything including rugged trekking, multi-day backpacking, steep hiking, and even backcountry skiing. The cork handles become increasingly more comfortable over time as well as a secondary foam grip.

While a telescoping pole is inherently stronger than a foldable one, I’ve found the Alpine FLZ holds up extremely well in a variety of precarious situations including nefarious water crossings and muddy sheer drop-offs. They feature Black Diamond’s patented Flicklock pro locking mechanism, which uses a lever to secure the pole length with an inner adjustable tension dial that requires a small Allen key to adjust.

The Black Diamond Alpine FLZ is far from the fanciest pair of trekking poles out there but has proven that it can get the job done in difficult situations, and feels comfortable on easy trail hikes.

Best carbon fiber: MSR Dynalock Ascent Carbon

MSR

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The MSR Dynalock Ascent Carbon is a versatile, sturdy, and comfortable pair of poles that work for a wide variety of adventures.

Specs

  • Weight: 17 ounces
  • Maximum length: 47 inches or 55 inches
  • Collapsed length: 14.25 inches or 17.5 inches
  • Shaft material: Carbon fiber
  • Grip material: EVA foam
  • Pole design: Collapsible
  • Tips: Winter and summer baskets

Pros

  • Comfortable grip
  • Versatile
  • Small pack size

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy for a carbon pole

My friend Ben has been almost everywhere on the globe and he always travels with his MSR Dynalock Ascent carbon poles, which he considers an extension of himself and one of the best gear spurges he’s ever made (it may also be the only one).

The Dynalock Ascent poles have comfortable, contoured foam grip handles and padded straps. Each one folds down to a very packable 14.25-17 inches, depending on which size you get. Unlike most other poles where most of the tips are sold separately, these come with both winter and summer basket tips. 

They also feature MSR’s signature Dynalock mechanism, which consists of a thick aluminum lever and an inner metal dial that allows you to tighten or loosen with ease as well as providing exceptional sturdiness. It also locks each section into place with metal buttons on the sides. As someone who often has “Final Destination”-type scenarios running through my brain, I appreciate both of these components. 

REI

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Leki Makalu Lite is one of the most durable poles I’ve tried.

Specs

  • Weight: 17.3 ounces
  • Maximum length: 54 inches
  • Collapsed length: 26 inches
  • Shaft material: Aluminum
  • Grip material: Cork
  • Pole design: Collapsible
  • Tips: Carbide tips, summer basket

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Extremely durable
  • Moderate price

Cons

  • Large packed size

If you’re planning to use your trekking poles on a weeks-long adventure, Leki’s Makalu Lite poles are among the most durable we’ve found. Despite the name, they’re slightly thicker than most other poles, making them tremendously strong, as well as fairly heavy.

The Makalu Lite features Leki’s very comfortable “Aergon Air” grip—a cork design with a hollow core and wide support at a lightly tilted ergonomic angle. Like all Leki poles, these use the company’s durable “Speed Lock” system, which combines a lever lock with a small dial to tighten spring tension by hand.

A pair of Makalu Lites is overkill for your average day hike, but their durability is worth the extra weight on a long trip where you’ll traverse mountains or glacial ice for weeks or months.

Best for hiking: Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork

Black Diamond

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork is an incredibly sturdy carbon pole with a very comfortable grip.

Specs

  • Weight: 17 ounces
  • Maximum length: 51 inches
  • Collapsed length: 24 inches
  • Shaft material: Carbon fiber
  • Grip material: Cork
  • Pole design: Collapsible
  • Tips: Carbide tips and trail baskets included; snow baskets sold separately

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Excellent locking mechanism
  • Durable

Cons

  • Not as packable as other options
  • Expensive

I prefer cork handles over rubber and foam because they mold to your hands over time so, eventually, feel like a seamless extension of your body. The cork handles on Black Diamond’s Alpine carbon poles are quite comfortable right out of the box and improve exponentially over time. Like most trekking poles, they have a secondary foam grip beneath the handles, which gives you a comfortable place to grab when you need to lower your grip, as well as wide wrist straps.

They are amazingly durable and sturdy for a carbon pole, thanks to their thicker shafts and Black Diamond’s patented “Flicklock” mechanism, which flips into place with a robust snap. The “Flicklock” system has its disadvantages: The locking mechanism requires a tiny Allen key to adjust, which isn’t ideal since it’s easily misplaced. Not being the most graceful person, (especially when hiking) I routinely get my poles stuck between boulders requiring intense back-and-forth movement to dislodge. Despite this, I have yet to break them.

The collapsed length of these poles means they’re not well-suited to be stowed in a backpack during a technical climb but for most activities, including trekking over rock and snow in remote regions of the world, these poles are a solid choice that will last for years.

Best for backpacking: Black Diamond Trail Ergo Cork

Black Diamond

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Black Diamond Trail Ergo Cork is a solid, affordable option that’s durable enough to handle most backpacking trips.

Specs

  • Weight: 18 ounces
  • Maximum length: 55 inches
  • Collapsed length: 27 inches
  • Shaft material: Aluminum
  • Grip material: Cork
  • Pole design: Collapsible
  • Tips: Carbide tips, trekking baskets, and snow baskets

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Versatile
  • Reasonable mid-range price

Cons

  • Doesn’t pack down as small as other options

Black Diamond’s Trail Ergo Cork trekking poles are a great pick for new hikers. They’re sturdy, comfortable, and reliable—a great fit for most backpacking and thru-hiking. Plus, at less than $150, they don’t cost a fortune.

 The cork handles are tilted forward slightly for a more natural, ergonomic wrist alignment. They also have padded straps and a foam secondary grip, making them easy to hold. Like the other Black Diamond hiking poles on our list, these feature the company’s patented “Flicklock” system, ensuring they don’t come loose while you’re walking.

Collapsing to a fairly large 27 inches, they are longer than the majority of other poles when packed away. Unless you’re taking them on a plane, though, that probably shouldn’t be too much of an issue.

Best ultralight: Gossamer Gear LT5 Three Piece Carbon

gossamer gear

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Gossamer Gear LT5 is one of the lightest trekking poles available.

Specs

  • Weight: 10.6 ounces
  • Maximum length: 51 inches
  • Collapsed length: 23.5 inches
  • Shaft material: Carbon fiber
  • Grip material: EVA foam
  • Pole design: Collapsible
  • Tips: Carbide tips

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Ultralight
  • Extremely durable for their weight

Cons

  • Expensive

For situations where every ounce (or even gram) counts, the ultralight Gossamer Gear LT5 carbon trekking poles streamline your experience better than any other poles. Despite weighing less than 11 ounces, they’re incredibly durable. I used them on a multi-week thru-hike over mixed terrain through a good portion of northern Spain one summer where I was intent on carrying as little weight as possible, both emotionally and physically, and they didn’t let me down.

The twist-lock mechanism is easy to set; you simply rotate the sections for a secure lock. The wrist straps sport comfortable padding and the EVA foam handles have proven to be comfortable enough (though I am partial to cork handles).

The LT5s also serve as great support for ultralight tents that use trekking poles as part of the structure, thus providing a super lightweight sleep system.

Best budget: Trekology Trek-Z

TREKOLOGY

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Trekology Trek-Z is an incredibly inexpensive pole that doesn’t sacrifice comfort or durability.

Specs

  • Weight: 26 ounces
  • Maximum length: 51 inches
  • Collapsed length: 15 inches
  • Shaft material: Aluminum
  • Grip material: Cork
  • Pole design: Foldable
  • Tips: Carbide, rubber, snow baskets, mud stops, rubber feet

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Durable
  • Folds down small

Cons

  • Heavy

Made from aerospace-grade 7075 aluminum alloy, the Trekology Trek-Z is an inexpensive pair of poles that come complete with carbide tips, rubber tips, snow baskets, mud stops, and rubber feet, making them highly adaptable and a huge bargain. They feature a metal flip-lock mechanism that’s easy to operate, though you may not use it often since they offer a very limited 7-inch range. They do collapse into a very compact 15-inch package, though.

For less than $50, the Trek-Z is one of the most affordable poles we’ve seen. Unsurprisingly, they’re also among the heaviest. We wouldn’t recommend them for alpine climbing, mountain running, or speed hiking, where you want to be quick and nimble. For those sticking to the trail and not too concerned about their performance, they’re an excellent option for not a lot of money.

One thing to keep in mind: Trekology makes a new “Trek-Z 2.0” with EVA foam grips instead of cork. In general, I prefer cork grips because of the material’s moldable properties, so we’re sticking with the original. Just keep in mind that it may become harder to find in the coming months.

What to consider when buying trekking poles

Finding the perfect trekking pole can be a daunting task. As with all outdoor gear, there are a variety of options to consider. More often than not, finding the “best” choice requires you to balance different strengths and weaknesses based on your personal needs and taste. The lightest trekking poles will rarely be the absolute sturdiest. The strongest poles will likely not be the most packable. To help you figure out what you need, let’s talk about the most important elements of any trekking pole set.

Sizing up your poles

Trekking poles come in different lengths so that any person can find a pair that feels right. At standing position, the grip of the pole should line up with your elbow or, more precisely, with your hands when your elbows are bent at a 90-degree angle. If you’re shopping at home, look for poles that are adjustable to within 20-24 inches shorter than you. For example, I’m 5 feet 6 inches, or 66 inches, so I want poles that you can set to a height between 42-46 inches.

Most modern trekking poles are adjustable to some degree, so there’s a lot of wiggle room if you aren’t sure about what will feel right. Some companies also make fixed-height poles, as they are technically stronger. All of our recommendations are adjustable, though, as we find them to be much more versatile than fixed-length poles. In general, I usually shorten my poles when ascending a steep incline and lengthen them when descending. Collapsible and foldable trekking poles allow the user to change the overall length of the pole as the terrain and situation merit.

Collapsible poles feature a telescoping design, where increasingly narrow sections slide and fit inside each other. Foldable poles have a reinforced cord running through them that holds the sections together when pulled apart while allowing them to fold—like the pole technology used in most lightweight tents. 

Telescoping poles will be stronger than their foldable counterparts because, in most cases, the pole overlaps and slides into itself at a greater distance than foldable ones. A fixed-length pole will be the most durable option, though, as there are no weak points or breaks in the shaft. Many poles now feature one telescoping section coupled with two folding sections to offer more precise adjustment options.

Pole material

Most trekking poles are made from either high-grade aluminum or carbon fiber. Carbon fiber produces a lighter pole, while sacrificing a bit of durability. Under intense stress, a carbon fiber pole will likely snap. Aluminum poles, by contrast, will usually bend before they break, giving you a bit of a warning that you should navigate out of that particular situation right away if at all possible. 

If you’re looking for speed and/or the ability to go long distances, a carbon pole is probably your best choice. If you’re okay with a slightly heavier pole (and we’re usually talking ounces here, not pounds), an aluminum pole may be a better fit for difficult terrain and will last a bit longer.

Check the grip

You’re going to spend a long time holding your trekking poles’ grips, so you want to make sure that they’re comfortable. You should take a look at the grip and, ideally, give it a squeeze to see how it feels in your hand.

Most pole grips are made from cork, foam, or rubber. I prefer cork because the material molds to the shape of your hand over time. Grips made with EVA foam are also often quite comfortable and weigh a bit less than cork. Rubber grips absorb shock exceptionally well, but can get sticky and cause blisters when it’s hot and humid out.

Tips

Trekking poles come with different kinds of tips on the end, which can help you move across different kinds of terrain. Many poles, including our recommendations, either come with multiple sets of pole tips or give you the opportunity to buy alternate tips or replacements when you need them. (You should replace your tips every 1,500-2,000 miles.) Most pole tips have a screw-on mechanism, so it’s easy to change them on the fly, so it’s nice to have multiple options on your trip. Here are some of the most common choices:

Rubber tips provide extra grip on wet surfaces, as well as shock absorption on paved surfaces. Since they’re softer and less pointy, rubber tips don’t tear up trails as much as carbide tips, but also don’t provide as much traction.

Carbide tips are extremely durable. They don’t wear down as quickly as rubber versions. With a sharper point, they grip well on rock, dirt, and ice, allowing you to really dig into surfaces. They’ll also rip up soft dirt, so they may damage hiking trails.

Rubber feet have a shape that resembles a small foot. With a wider footprint, they allow you to move faster without losing your balance.

Mud baskets attach a few inches above the tip of your poles and prevent your poles from sinking down too far into soft, muddy earth. They can also prevent some of the mud from splattering onto your calves. Like carbide tips, though, they can damage plant life on trails, so you should reserve them for appropriate terrain.

Snow baskets are a wider version of mud baskets made for snow. They function like snowshoes, keeping your poles near the surface of deep snow.

Locking mechanism

If you follow my lead and go with adjustable poles, you should take a closer look at how it opens and closes. Most adjustable trekking poles feature a locking mechanism with a lever that opens or closes to slide the pole length up or down, coupled with a push button lock or spring-loaded twist lock. Many also include an inner dial in the lever to increase or decrease tension. When considering a pole, check to make sure it’s easy to adjust the poles and operate the lock with or without gloves. If you buy poles that require special tools to change spring tension, make sure those are included. You want a pole that you can easily adjust when out on the trail but also locks securely.

FAQs

Q: How much do the best trekking poles cost?

Most trekking poles cost $50-$250, depending on what they’re made from, versatility, comfort, durability, and weight. Generally speaking, the lighter the pole, the higher the price tag. When choosing hiking poles, remember that they need to be light enough to lift and carry all day without tiring you out on a hike, but strong enough to support your body weight.

Q: Where do I recycle my trekking poles?

If they are in good working condition without structural damage, you can often recycle a pair of trekking poles through a gear trade-in program like the one offered by REI. If they aren’t reusable, you can put aluminum poles out with your household metal recycling.

Carbon fiber trekking poles aren’t recyclable. There are companies who are developing ways to recycle it, but it’s not a process that is easy or currently available to the general public.

Q: Are trekking poles bad for trails?

Trekking poles can be bad for trails as they have the potential to tear up soft soil and damage plants growing along the trailside. Pay close attention to where you place your poles, and stick to hiking best practices, including the following:

Don’t use your poles when you don’t need them. Use rubber tips as much as possible. In an area with tense vegetation, avoid using baskets that will rip up plant life. And finally, make sure to leave no trace.

Q: Do carbon fiber trekking poles break?

Carbon trekking poles can break, though it’s usually a result of extreme pressure. It doesn’t happen often enough for them to be considered unsafe. 

Originally developed for the aerospace industry, carbon fiber is lightweight, strong, and stiff made from woven fibers held together with resin. It is stronger than even steel of the same thickness while also being much lighter which is why it’s used to make things like trekking poles and bicycles.

Final thoughts on the best trekking poles

Outdoor gear companies are always finding ways to build sturdier, lighter trekking poles, but I find that you don’t need to get too worried about the particulars. As long as you get a pair that’s sturdy, comfortable to hold, and light enough to use all day, you shouldn’t worry too much about optimizing for the “best” experience. More than anything, you want something reliable. All of the poles included here are durable and comfortable with the potential to be that favorite piece of gear you don’t leave for an adventure without.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best trekking poles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best boxing gloves in 2023, according to experts https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-boxing-gloves/ Fri, 13 Oct 2023 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=579245
The best boxing gloves header
Stan Horaczek

A professional martial arts instructor and personal trainer breaks down the best ways to protect your hands during workouts and sparring.

The post The best boxing gloves in 2023, according to experts appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best boxing gloves header
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for beginners Hayabusa boxing gloves are great for beginners. Hayabusa T3
SEE IT

These synthetic gloves come in tons of colors and weights.

Best for sparring Fairtex boxing gloves are great for sparring because of their shape Fairtex BGV1
SEE IT

The classic hook shape makes them useful for working in a clinch.

Best budget RDX makes some of the best boxing gloves on a budget RDX
SEE IT

These solid, reliable gloves retail for roughly $30.

Selecting the right pair of boxing gloves can be a difficult task. Whether you’re a seasoned pugilist or a total newcomer to fight sports, the importance of high-quality equipment can’t be overstated. A good set of gloves is important for protecting your wrists and hands, but they also play an important role in the safety of your training partners. You must consider details like their overall weight, padding, material, and wrist support. With the explosion in popularity of casual boxing classes, a variety of options have flooded the market. Today, there are countless brands, styles, and materials to choose from, so I’ve assembled a list detailing some of my favorites to help you navigate. Plenty of quality brands exist beyond those discussed here, so shop around, try out different pairs, and find the best boxing gloves for you.

How we chose the best boxing gloves

I’ve been practicing martial arts on and off since I was eight years old. I picked up kickboxing in my teens, MMA in my 20s, and Muay Thai in my 30s. I now train students at a handful of fight and fitness gyms around NYC, where students of every age and level come to sharpen their skills. After a few decades of training and teaching, I’ve gotten a handle on what to look for when finding just the right pair. You’re going to prioritize the details that are most important to you. Still, I looked at overall construction, design, durability, price, and basically how each glove feels when I use it on the bag or when hitting pads. So, mix up some protein powder, strap on a pair, and get to punching.

The best boxing gloves: Reviews & Recommendations

You won’t truly know how much you love a pair of boxing gloves until you hear them slap against a pad or a bag, but we fully recommend these pairs based on years of experience.

Best overall: Twins Special

Twins Special

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Leather
  • Weights: 10oz, 12 oz, 14oz, or 16oz

Pros

  • Extremely durable
  • Stay firmly in place
  • Ample protection
  • Impeccable reputation

Cons

  • Some may prefer a longer cuff
  • Hard to buy online

Twins Specials is known for being a classic, high-quality, widely respected maker of boxing gloves. They’re made in Thailand, with a long history of producing premium equipment. They top my list because of their fit, weight distribution, construction, and durability. Their standard models are generally round around the fist with more-than-sufficient padding over the knuckles and a short cuff over the wrist (I personally dislike a long wrist cuff that goes way up my forearm, and these do not have one, but that’s a personal choice). They’re really well balanced, too, with just the right amount of weight on the hand versus the wrist. They also last forever. You can beat the heck out of them on the bag or on the mitts (even with an old-school trainer with heavy hands), and these gloves will somehow still keep their shape and padding. They are a little more expensive, with authentic pairs rarely less than $100, but totally worth the price tag. I’m looking forward to seeing more faux leather options from them in the future. Bottom line, Twins Special has well-earned its excellent reputation. The only trouble is buying them online. You can find limited models from online retailers, but a local shop is your best bet.

Best for beginners: Hayabusa T3

Hayabusa

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Vylar
  • Weights: 10oz, 12oz, 14oz, 16oz, or 18oz

Pros

  • Tough synthetic outer
  • Ample knuckle protection
  • Lots of wrist support
  • Tons of color and size options
  • Five layers of foam for impact absorption

Cons

  • Breaking-in process can take a while

The Hayabusa T3 is a really high-quality glove with great wrist support, making it my top pick for beginners. Many new boxers can struggle with hand and wrist pain because of the misalignment of their joints when striking. To help solve this, the T3 runs a semi-rigid “splint” across the wrist (from the cuff to the knuckles) that helps keep the arm straight and knuckles in place when throwing a punch. Additionally, the dual straps help support the wrist and fortify it on impact. Multiple layers of dense padding help, too, and the gloves just plain look cool in pretty much every color variation. They take a few more rounds on the bag to “break in” than other brands, but that’s a good thing for newbies. 

Best for heavy bag: Ringside Apex Flash

Ringside

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Leather
  • Weights: 14oz or 16oz

Pros

  • Round shape provides extra padding at the knuckles
  • Good bounce off the bag
  • Good for high-volume training
  • Flashy colors
  • Protect joints

Cons

  • Limited weight options

Ringside makes great equipment all around, and the Apex Flash line of boxing gloves is no exception. I find Ringside gloves to be well “rounded” around the knuckles, giving a bit more of a padded feel when landing heavy strikes. This is beneficial when you’re going deep in rounds on a densely packed heavy bag that doesn’t have much give. You want the slight “bounce” off the glove the Apex Flash will give you every time you throw a jab or a cross so that a high-volume training session doesn’t have a high-volume impact on your knuckles, elbows, or other joints. 

Best for sparring: Fairtex BGV1

Fairtex

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Synthetic leather
  • Weights: 14oz, 16oz, 18oz, or 20oz

Pros

  • Another brand with an impeccable reputation from a long tradition
  • Plush cushioning for protection
  • Durable despite softness
  • Hook shape is ideal for kickboxing
  • Available up to 20 ounces in some colors

Cons

  • Graphics may not match everyone’s style

Fairtex is one of the most well-respected names in boxing, kickboxing, and especially Muay Thai training equipment. Their gloves are superbly made, and they offer a wide variety of styles and colorways. I’ve probably owned more pairs of Fairtex gloves, shinpads, and shorts than any other brand. The BGV1 is a great standard-issue glove evenly weighted around the fist with a short cuff around the wrist. I chose them for sparring because the padding is strong enough to protect your knuckles but cushy enough not to thud too heavily on your training partner and because the material doesn’t easily degrade (which could scratch your training partner’s face). Additionally, if you’re working on the inside or doing clinch work, they have a classic “hook” shape to the palm side of the glove that helps maintain a grip on your opponent. Fairtex also makes it easy to find heavier pairs, like 18 oz and 20 oz gloves, for bigger fighters.

Best for sparring (runner up): Yokkao

Yokkao

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Leather
  • Weights: 8oz, 10oz, 12oz, 14oz, 16oz, or 18oz

Pros

  • Extra-long cuff for wrist support
  • Soft-but-durable leather outer
  • Hook shape for clinching
  • Tons of color and size options

Cons

  • Some users don’t love the smell of the leather (which eventually goes away)

Best budget: RDX

RDX

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Synthetic leather
  • Weights: 8oz, 10oz, 12oz, 14oz, or 16oz

Pros

  • Very affordable
  • Simple, sturdy closure
  • Solid ventilation
  • Durable
  • Very attached thumb to encourage beginners to make the correct fist shape

Cons

  • Not as plush as expensive models

These days, you can get a pretty good pair of boxing gloves without burning through your wallet. RDX makes great high-level gear but also some of the sturdiest affordable gloves on the market. At about $30, this pair hits all the marks—solid construction, balanced weighting, dense padding through the knuckles, and they just look cool. I’m also a fan of the faux-leather material, which is just as durable as its more expensive real-leather cousin. It used to be that you couldn’t find a solid pair of boxing gloves for less than $75, and then it dropped to $50, but these RDX really do the trick for anyone just getting into striking who doesn’t want to make a big investment yet. 

What to consider when shopping for the best boxing gloves

Here are some essential terms to know and variables to consider when you set out to find the perfect pair of boxing gloves:

Style

Most boxing gloves are constructed relatively similarly in terms of shape and “style.” Some Muay Thai gloves will have a bit of a “hook” design to them that aids in clinching, but overall, the differences are pretty subtle for most users. When considering how they fasten, you typically can choose between velcro and laces. Most gloves on the market open and close using velcro straps because it’s quick and easy. You can usually get a pretty tight grip, too, unless it begins to wear out (less common with the more expensive pairs). Laced-up gloves are great for getting a more snug fit around the hand, but they’re not really necessary below a certain level of training. In most scenarios, velcro gloves are completely appropriate, especially if you don’t have a trainer to help you get in and out of them. 

Material

Boxing gloves are typically made out of leather, but faux-leather options are on the rise and totally viable. As recently as 10 years ago, you didn’t want to purchase the non-leather options because the material would quickly break down after a handful of workouts. Today, it seems most companies have mastered the manufacturing process, and you can get inexpensive versions of both leather and faux-leather boxing gloves that will last you a while. On the inner part of the glove, you’ll typically find some kind of nylon lining, whereas some gloves will feature foam. I tend to favor lining because it’s easier to slide your hand in and out and because it helps stop sweat from absorbing into the deeper parts of the glove. 

FAQs

Q: How do I clean boxing gloves?

Cleaning boxing gloves is as simple as wiping them down with a wet rag or disinfectant wipes after use. But that won’t get rid of the notoriously sour sweat smell. That is best accomplished by keeping them dry, which I learned to do with a small fan and some newspaper. This basic trick has served me and many other fighters very well for a long, long time. Bacteria are the major culprit in stinky boxing gear and thrive in the moist environment inside the glove. Desiccating bacteria (i.e., drying it out) keeps it from proliferating and producing that foul smell we’ve all come in contact with.

I usually open the gloves as much as possible, folding the velcro in the opposite direction, and then sit them on top of a small, adjustable desktop fan (you can get them at CVS or on Amazon for $15–$25 usually). Leave them there for 15 minutes on the highest setting, which usually does the trick. After they’ve dried, you can shove some old newspaper in towards the fingertips (usually the stinkiest part) to absorb any remaining moisture. You can also do this with paper towels or other materials, but what’s nice about newspaper (besides recycling it) is that the carbon-based ink is great for drying out the bacteria and neutralizing odors. This has been more effective for me than fancy sprays, inserts, or any other expensive product my Instagram feed tried to push on me. Do not put them in the washing machine.

Q: What weight glove should I get?

Your boxing gloves’ weight (in ounces) depends on your weight and what you’re doing with them. There are some standards (like 16 oz. gloves for sparring in most boxing, kickboxing, and Muay Thai gyms), but it also comes down to personal preference. A very loose stratification of glove weights according to body weight might look something like this:

– If you’re around 110 lbs, consider 10 oz. gloves
– If you’re around 120 lbs, consider 12 oz. gloves
– If you’re around 140 lbs, consider 14 oz. gloves
– If you’re around 160 lbs+, consider 16 oz. gloves

Other factors might include how big your hands are and how well they fit in each size glove after your hands are wrapped. Or you might want a heavier glove with more padding because you’re hitting a stiff heavy bag frequently in your training regimen (heavier gloves will also provide a bit more of an upper-body workout). Try different weights and see what works best for you. 

Q: How much do boxing gloves cost?

The cost of boxing gloves and other fight gear has decreased considerably in the last decade. You can now find a pretty decent introductory pair for anywhere from $25–$50. For most practitioners, you can get by pretty well on a pair in the $40-$75 range. I regularly buy gloves for around $60, which suits me just fine. If you’re training hard and often, though, gloves around or over $100 will often last longer, but price and exclusivity are not always proxies for professionalism. I’ve watched gear-snobs on Instagram talk about this or that being the only gloves and protective gear they’ll use and proclaim that suggesting anything within X or Y brand shows that you’re clueless in the sport. It’s hard to take that seriously when plenty of pro fighters can be seen wearing the same generic, low-cost gear these wannabe influencers deem unworthy. In 2023, we’ve got lots of options.   

Final thoughts on the best boxing gloves

At the end of the day, buying the right pair of boxing gloves is a personal decision. A strong case can be made for any of the gloves above, as well as a host of other great brands out there, but you have to find the glove that fits your needs and physiology best. Figure out your training routine and goals, then pick a pair and go! For the vast majority of us, any glove is better than no glove or no training at all. Take into consideration some of the specifics we mentioned above—weight, material, training methods, etc.—and then talk to your coach and training partners and see what they say. Try a few pairs out, and don’t be afraid to switch them up if you feel they aren’t what you’re looking for. “Protect your tools” is one of the most important things I remember from my first MMA coach, and a good pair of boxing gloves is part of that. Luckily, there are plenty on this list to choose from. Good luck and happy hitting!

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best boxing gloves in 2023, according to experts appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best insulated water bottles of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-insulated-water-bottles/ Tue, 26 Jul 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=458191
Best insulated water bottles sliced header
Stan Horaczek

Hydrate in style—and save some plastic—with these durable steel bottles that will keep water cold for hours.

The post The best insulated water bottles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best insulated water bottles sliced header
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall YETI Rambler 26-ounce Bottle is the best insulated water bottle overall. YETI Rambler 26-ounce Bottle
SEE IT

A variety of sizes and mouthpieces mean you can build your best bottle.

Best with straw Takeya Pickleball Insulated Water Bottle with Straw Lid is the best insulated water bottle with straw. Takeya Pickleball Insulated Water Bottle with Straw Lid
SEE IT

An included silicon bumper protects from dings and dents.

Best 64 oz. Stanley Ice Flow Flip Straw Jug is the best 64 ounce insulated water bottle. Stanley Ice Flow Flip Straw Jug
SEE IT

No refills are necessary with this easy-to-carry bottle.

The hottest accessory of the season (or maybe it’s the coolest, depending on the contents) is an insulated water bottle. Although that sounds a little zany to say in a world of Amazon and Etsy, the #emotionalsupportwaterbottle tag on TikTok has 45.1 million views, with hundreds of videos of people showing off their rotation of reusable water bottles—plural—in a variety of colors, sizes, and brands. Those looking for this level of attachment—something trustworthy and always at your side, much like an emotional support animal—often turn to insulated varieties, which can keep drinks frosty for hours sans condensation, making them perfect travel companions. The best insulated water bottles go the distance when it comes to keeping drinks icy in style, and here are our picks.

How we chose the best insulated water bottles

As a former field hockey player and marching band kid, I know the importance of a water bottle that can go from class to sports practice to band rehearsal without breaking a sweat—literally. Although I was both an average athlete and slightly better musician, I can say with confidence that I’m a water bottle expert (hydration is very important to me, a water sign). Although my current hydration MVP is a pink 32-ounce Nalgene plastic water bottle I was excited to rescue from my college bookstore’s lost & found, I’ve had insulated water bottles from Yeti, Hydro Flask, Stanley, and Kleen Kanteen in my rotation. I also looked at critical reviews and user recommendations and conducted first-hand testing to separate the bad bottles from the rest of the bunch. The only thing we don’t like to keep bottled up at PopSci is our feelings on the best buys. 

How do insulated water bottles work?

One of the biggest reasons to opt for one of the best insulated water bottles and not something like the BPA-free Tritan plastic in my Nalgene bottle is the vacuum insulation—a small gap of air between the bottle walls to reduce conduction, keeping liquids hot or cold for several hours. Additionally, this also prevents the outer layer from sweating and causing water marks on some surfaces. Plastic may be durable and is less likely to dent in a fall, but it will warm up if left in a hot car. Beyond temperature retention, there are certain things to keep in mind when picking an insulated water bottle.

The best insulated water bottles: Reviews & Recommendations

These insulated water bottles will leave you feeling refreshed—hydration-wise and “this water bottle is a nice step-up from the other things I’ve used”-wise.

Best overall: YETI Rambler 26-ounce Bottle

YETI

SEE IT

Also available on Amazon

Why it made the cut: Throw it in your backpack and then throw it in the dishwasher—this bottle is meant to keep up with busy lifestyles. 

Specs

  • Sizes: 12, 18, 26, 36, 46, 64 ounces
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • Temperature retention: 12-24 hours for iced drinks; 12 for hot
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth with removable Chug Cap

Pros

  • Tough
  • Dishwasher safe
  • Lots of mouthpiece accessories are available

Cons

  • 5-year warranty
  • A bit more expensive compared to other reusable water bottles

There was stiff competition to name the best overall water bottle. However, the Yeti Rambler takes home the top prize. It’s more durable than other contenders like Hydro Flask, and the powder coating has a great feel and grip to it. The bottle itself comes in a plethora of fun colors (with equally fun names like “Bimini Pink” and “King Crab”), and the number of accessories you can get for your bottle is astonishing. We think the included Chug Cap is a happy medium between wide-mouth ease and narrow-mouth accessibility; you can remove the Chug Cap for washing and ice insertion and put it back on for spillage-free sips. 

The handle on the bottle feels sturdy and is grabble—an important feature for slippy-fingered people like myself. Even the straw cap warrants major kudos—you don’t have to touch the straw part to flip it up, and the handle is offset, so you can sip without any logistical problems. Yeti advertises 12-24 hours for keeping iced drinks cold, but we think it can keep drinks cold for closer to 36 hours. Although the five-year warranty is great in theory, other comparable brands feature a lifetime warranty on their bottles. And, although the price is great in the long run, you can technically get an insulated water bottle that will last just as long (with more dings and dents) but is cheaper. However, we think Yeti is worth the investment.

Best sustainable: Klean Kanteen TKWide

Klean Kanteen

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Insulated water bottles are already sustainable, but Klean Kanteen’s 90% post-consumer 18/8 stainless steel composition goes the extra eco-friendly mile.

Specs

  • Sizes: 12, 16, 20, 32, 64
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • Temperature retention: 46-47 hours for iced drinks, depending on cap; 14 hours hot with cafe cap
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth

Pros

  • Steel straw in twist mouthpiece is more luxurious and eco-friendly than plastic
  • Twist cap straw design is stylish and prevents germs
  • Innovative internal thread design
  • Lots of accessory options

Cons

  • Straw cap not recommended for hot liquids due to stainless steel straw
  • Mouthpieces have more crevices than other bottles
  • Handle could be more robust

If you thought your reusable water bottle was saving the planet, wait until you meet the Klean Kanteen TKWide line. The company states that 95 percent of its products will be made from recycled steel by 2023; however, the TKWide line is explicitly made from recycled steel right now. 

We love the innovative twist cap straw design, which hides the straw mouthpiece completely until use, meaning it’s only exposed to the world when you want it to be. The internal thread design uses a series of rounded bumps rather than a line of threads to create a better seal, keeping your drinks cooler for longer. There are multiple cap options available to turn your TKWide into a tumbler for iced coffee or transform it into athletic mode with the sport cap. If you’re looking for a bottle with a sleek handle, the TKWide metal loop cap is for you. It’s easy to snag with two fingers, but it might not be for you if you’re looking for something truly grabbable.

Best with straw: Takeya Pickleball Insulated Water Bottle with Straw Lid

Takeya

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A large, flexible handle, included silicon bumper, and leakproof design are all game-winning features.

Specs

  • Sizes: 32, 40, 64 ounces
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • Temperature times: 24 hours cold; 12 hours hot
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth with straw lid

Pros

  • Large handle
  • Included silicone bumper
  • Leakproof 

Cons

  • Reviews note pink bottle looks different in the product photo than in real-life

When looking for an insulated water bottle with a straw cap, we like to see some specific features: a durable handle that isn’t in the way of the straw itself; a ridge to easily flip up the straw so it doesn’t come in contact with sweaty or dirty hands; and a leakproof design. The Takeya Pickleball Insulated Water Bottle with Straw Lid checks off all these boxes, with an included silicone bumper to prevent damage. A powder coating makes this bottle durable and easy to hold, and the large handle makes it easy to clip onto a backpack or carry around. 

These bottles are also cheaper than others on this list of a similar size—for example, a 32-ounce Hydroflask retails for $44.95, depending on where you purchase it. This bottle retails for $39.99, which is a steal considering it comes with a silicone bumper, which other companies sell separately. We think everyone is sleeping on this Japanese brand. If you’re looking for a serious step-up option, check out the Titanium Aurora Bottle from Snow Peak, a Japanese outdoors brand founded out of the snowy mountains that crafts elevated everyday items.

Best for kids: Hydro Flask 12-ounce Kids Wide Mouth Straw Lid

Hydro Flask

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This lightweight bottle has an included silicone boot for extra protection.

Specs

  • Sizes: 12 ounces
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes 
  • Temperature times: 24 hours for cold drinks
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth

Pros

  • Perforated silicone boot for extra protection
  • Kid-friendly features like a place to write a name
  • Straw doesn’t need to be open all the way to take a sip

Cons

  • Handle design not the most comfortable to hold
  • Not leakproof

It was tough to choose between this and the Yeti Rambler Jr. as best for kids. However, the included silicon boot—which other companies sell as a separate accessory—and kid-specific features like a place to write their name edged it out. It’s also lighter than the Yeti Rambler Jr., clocking in at 9.6 ounces compared to 1 pound.

The straw doesn’t need to be opened all the way to take a sip, which is a blessing and a curse: it’s easier to drink out of, but it’s not leakproof. Additionally, the handle is out of the way from taking a sip but is a little uncomfortable to hold since it requires you to hook your fingers rather than allow for a full grab. The company does sell water bottle slings separately, which can keep everyone hands-free. If this bottle doesn’t tickle your kid’s hydration fancy, check out our other picks for the best kid water bottles.

Best with a filter: LifeStraw Go Stainless Steel Water Filter Bottle

LifeStraw

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Clean water is all around you with this fabulous filtered bottle.

Specs

  • Sizes: 24 ounces
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes, only with filter and carbon capsule removed
  • Temperature times: 24 hours cold; not recommended for hot liquids
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth with straw mouthpiece

Pros

  • Included carabiner
  • Clean water anywhere
  • Dishwasher safe

Cons

  • One size only
  • Heavy
  • Doesn’t fit in standard cupholders

Finding clean water in the great outdoors is a struggle. Heck, even finding clean water in cities is difficult—looking at you, suss outdoor water fountain in the park. The LifeStraw Go Stainless Steel Water Filter Bottle gets rid of this drinkable debacle thanks to its included Titan Renew and membrane microfilters, which protect against parasites, microplastics, chlorine, organic chemical matter, dirt, sand, and cloudiness, while also improving taste. 

Specifically, LifeStraw’s membrane microfilter removes 99.999999% of bacteria, 99.999% of parasites, 99.999% of microplastics, silt, sand, and cloudiness. It meets NSF 42 standard for chlorine reduction and meets U.S. EPA & NSF P231 drinking water standards for the removal of bacteria and parasites. This means you can also have access to clean water internationally. The carbon filter costs around $10 to replace, and the replacement two-stage membrane filter costs around $25. However, these filters only need replacing every 1,000 gallons—that’s a lot of lake water. Although it’s heavier than other insulated water bottles, doesn’t fit in standard cup holders, and only comes in one size, we think the benefits of clean water outweigh these cons. If you’re looking for a bottle with UV light filtering, consider the LARQ PureVis Bottle, which is also self-cleaning.

Best 64 oz.: Stanley Ice Flow Flip Straw Jug

Stanley

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This jug is easy to carry and keeps drinks cold for hours, making it easy to drink more water.

Specs

  • Sizes: 64 ounces
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • Temperature times: cold for 20 hours; 4 days with ice
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth with straw lid

Pros

  • Extra large moveable handle 
  • Leakproof straw
  • Insulated lid doubles as a cup

Cons

  • Heavy when filled

Stanley Adventure Quencher travel tumblers are currently every TikTok drink girlie’s must-have item. A TikTok drink girlie is a person (girlie is gender neutral) who has at least three beverages on their person at once, one of them being some sort of chaotic Utah soda concoction or an iced coffee. Stanley makes a mean water bottle as well, and its 64-ounce Ice Flow Flip Straw Jug is our favorite. Unlike other jugs, which come with a narrower mouthpiece for chugging, this water bottle comes with a straw for easy sipping—no one wants to recreate the water-chair scene in Flashdance IRL, at least not unintentionally. 

Its temperature control is also unbeatable—four days with ice is a long time! The large, moveable handle allows you to carry the (objectively heavy) jug with ease. I have an older model of this jug with a fixed handle, and I’m debating swapping it out for this model. Although it won’t fit in your cupholder, you can throw it on the floor of your car without worrying about it tipping over—and if it does, you’re less likely to experience any spills.

Best budget: Igloo 36-ounce Vacuum-Insulated Bottle

Igloo

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: You don’t have to sacrifice quality for price with this bottle, which has the same cooling times and features as more expensive varieties. 

Specs

  • Sizes: 26, 36 ounces
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • Temperature times: 48 hours cold; 12 hours hot
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth

Pros

  • Ergonomic handle
  • Great price for how long it can keep drinks cold
  • Powder coating for durability

Cons

  • Reviewers note the bottle leaking despite closing it tightly

If you’re looking for quality on a budget, look no further than cooler-aficionado Igloo. Although the company doesn’t sell any accessory mouthpieces—you’re kinda stuck with the wide mouth bottle with twist cap—you might be able to get away with finding an accessory cap from another company (which we are obligated to say, do this at your own risk). This bottle features similar specs as our best overall, the Yeti Rambler, at a fraction of the price. The products even have almost identical dimensions and handle shapes. Which is to say we love this bottle for the same reasons we love the Rambler: a powder coat finish for durability, an ergonomic handle, and lasting cooling power.

What to consider when buying the best insulated water bottles

Size: Insulated water bottles bring plenty of bounce to the ounce; the water bottles on this list range from 18 ounces all the way up to 64 ounces. Shop for a size based on your water intake. If you’re a frequent hydrator or athlete, you might want to consider a bottle that is 32 ounces and up. For on-the-go use, I personally enjoy a water bottle in the 24- to 32-ounce range—it’s not too small that I need to refill it constantly, but not a complete lug to haul around. However, I have a 64-ounce water bottle for the sole purpose of getting in my daily water intake without having to refill. Those looking for super-extra hydration should consider a gallon water bottle. Tiny tykes who don’t need that much water should aim for a 12-ounce bottle.

Dishwasher friendliness: You should wash your stainless steel water bottle after every use, regardless of what was in the bottle. Not all stainless steel bottles are dishwasher safe, however. Warm, soapy water and a sponge does the trick for bottles that require handwashing. If you have a bottle with a narrower opening or one that has hard-to-reach crevices—which equals a stinky, smelly, stainless steel bottle—look for a bottle brush or bottle-cleaning tabs to take care of the job. All of the bottles on our list are dishwasher safe.

Sip preferences: Wide-mouth water bottles are great if you want a cup-like sipping experience or want to throw in some ice hassle-free. However, you might get some spillage on your shirt and face in public, which is humbling, to say the least. A narrow mouth prevents that but is harder to load up with ice. A flip-up straw lets you sip your water as you please, but can be harder to chug based on the model. Companies often sell separate cap accessories to customize a sipping experience to your liking. 

Weight & durability: Stainless steel vacuum-insulated water bottles tend to be light and durable, thanks to 18/8 stainless steel, which refers to its elemental composition: 18% chromium and 8% nickel. However, there is still a possibility for dings during use since some bottles have a thinner outer layer of stainless steel compared to others. This makes them lighter in weight but more prone to dents. And, like phone screens, you never know if your bottle will survive a short fall on concrete or a 3-foot tumble down a mountain. 

Additionally, the bottle’s paint coating affects its durability. Powder-coated bottles are less prone to scratches and peeling than liquid-coated bottles. The powder coating also gives the bottle more grip, which prevents it from slipping out of your hands. Handles, slings, and silicon sleeves can add personality and keep your bottle ding-and-dent-free. 

Thankfully, you can allegedly fix a dented bottle with some hot and cold water or a hairdryer and dry ice. This is all to say that a bottle with a thicker outer layer and a powder paint coating will typically experience fewer dents. 

FAQs

Q: Is drinking from stainless steel harmful?

No. Stainless steel (and titanium) water bottles are made from food-grade material resistant to corrosion and oxidation. Unlike aluminum bottles, they do not need a protective inner coating. And, unlike plastic bottles, they do not leach chemicals when exposed to warm beverages or heat. In fact, using a stainless steel water bottle is your safest bet when it comes to drinking receptacles.

Q: How do I clean my insulated water bottle?

If it’s dishwasher safe, just place it in the dishwasher on the left or right of the top rack, upside down. If it’s handwash-only, some warm, soapy water, a sponge, and some elbow grease are perfect. Bottlebrushes can help clean bottles with narrow openings or crevices. Bottle-cleaning tablets work in a pinch or on stubborn stains. 

Q: Can I bring an insulated water bottle on a plane?

Per TSA, insulated water bottles are allowed in carry-on bags as long as they’re empty before entering security. If you walk through security with an insulated water bottle that’s filled, you will risk confiscation or getting pulled aside. It’s best to make the TSA agent’s life easier by filling up your bottle after passing security. 

Q: How long do insulated water bottles last?

With proper use and care, you can get 10-12 years out of your insulated water bottle. Considering most high-quality insulated water bottles are in the $25-$60 range, that means you’re helping the environment while getting excellent cost-per-use. 

Q: How much should an insulated water bottle cost?

Most insulated water bottles cost around $30, although you’ll have to pay a little more if you want one in a larger size.

Final thoughts on the best insulated water bottles

Choosing the best insulated water bottle doesn’t have to dry out your spirit. You can find high-quality bottles to fit your liking and lifestyle across all price points. Handles, different mouthpieces, accessories, stickers, and fun colors can help you personalize your water bottle so it matches your personality. Hydration is essential, but who says it should be boring?

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best insulated water bottles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best sauna suits of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-sauna-suits/ Tue, 17 May 2022 21:20:05 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=443590
four of the best sauna suits sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

These duds take the term “sweat suit” very literally.

The post The best sauna suits of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
four of the best sauna suits sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall This durable suit comes in a variety of sizes. HOTSUIT Sauna Suit
SEE IT

It offers a solid mix of performance and price.

Best budget Sweat a lot without spending a ton. RAD Sauna Suit
SEE IT

It’s surprisingly tough considering the cost.

Best durability Neoprene construction combats damage for longer life. Kutting Weight – Neoprene Sauna Suit
SEE IT

This rugged suit will last longer than its competitors.

Wearing a sauna suit can be very unpleasant, but that’s the point. These waterproof tracksuits trap heat, resulting in a higher production of sweat. Studies have shown that sweating has some benefits, though that is far from conclusive at this point. Beyond the potential health benefits, these suits are frequently worn by athletes competing in weight-class sports—such as wrestling or MMA—in order to cut weight. While more studies need to be done on the effects of wearing sauna suits, keep in mind that staying hydrated and taking breaks are important when wearing one. Be sure to replenish with lots of water, and don’t over-exert yourself. Also, consult a doctor before using one because even the best sauna suits can do serious harm when used improperly.

How we chose the best sauna suits

The writers and editors at PopSci have years of experience covering fitness products—from CrossFit shoes to vegan protein powders and beyond. To find the best sauna suits, we started with a list of dozens of options before narrowing them down based on variables like fit, durability, and design. We relied on a mixture of first-hand experience, professional reviews, user feedback, and spec comparisons to determine the models that offer the best performance and value.

The best sauna suits: Reviews & Recommendations

Studies show that sauna suits do indeed help you sweat more without having to increase the intensity of your workouts, up your sauna times, or increase sauna heat. While the primary function of sweating is to cool the body down when it’s overheating, people also sweat to enjoy some general health benefits. Multiple studies show varying benefits of induced sweating, such as helping to prevent dementia and Alzheimer’s, reducing oxidative stress, and aiding in respiratory illnesses. However, the science is far from settled.

Athletes who participate in sports with weight classes also often employ sauna suits to help cut weight, though that process can cause serious health issues and should only happen under careful medical oversight. Keep in mind that if you’re new to wearing a sauna suit and are sweating much more than usual, you may feel dizzy or lightheaded. You’ll need to be extra careful about your hydration. It’s absolutely essential that you don’t try to use these for general weight loss. They can be very dangerous, and any weight loss effects will be temporary. 

Best overall: HOTSUIT Sauna Suit

HOTSUIT

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With sizes ranging from Small to 5XL, the patented wear-resistant Silver-HeatREG Neoprene fabric is waterproof, windproof, and built to last. 

Specs

  • Material: Neoprene, rubber
  • Sizing: Small – 5XL
  • Care: Hand wash only in cold water, hang to dry

Pros

  • Windproof/waterproof
  • Patented Silver-Heat REG V2.0 fabric
  • Odor resistant 
  • Large range of sizing options
  • Fair pricing

Cons

  • Sizing is off, requiring 1-2 sizes larger for proper fit

This lightweight and comfy sauna suit is the newest model for the HOTSUIT line. With patented wear- and odor-resistant Silver-Heat REG V2.0 fabric, you can sweat your butt off without stinking up the joint. 

It comes in various sizes, so both men and women can enjoy this sauna suit. It can be worn in your sauna, but it’s also windproof and waterproof so that you can wear it outside in all seasons. This suit features a close cuff design to trap in heat, a waterproof zipper, drawstring detailing, and a light feel that doesn’t weigh you down.

Reviewers love how quickly they begin sweating in this suit and the material’s durability. They also noted that the design felt fresh and cooler than other models. However, you should go up one to two sizes depending on how you prefer your fit. The brand recommends pairing it with a sweat-absorbent t-shirt underneath for the most comfortable wear because it’s unpleasant against bare skin.

Best for men:  BOXRAW Hagler Professional Sauna Suit

BOXRAW

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Designed with world champion boxers, this 100% nylon, anti-rip sauna suit is durable, high quality, and very effective to help you sweat your butt off.

Specs

  • Material: 100% Nylon
  • Sizing: Small to 3XL
  • Care: Machine wash cold, wash separately

Pros

  • Over 1,000 positive reviews
  • 100% Nylon, anti-rip fabric
  • Elastic cuffs for added heat-trapping
  • Lots of color and sizing options

Cons

  • Size up for the best fit

The BOXRAW Hagler Sauna Suit was designed in collaboration with multiple world-champion boxers. With features like an elastic neckline and waistline to trap in heat, four pockets to store your valuables, rubberized cuffs, convenient headphone holes, and anti-rip, waterproof 100 percent nylon fabric that’s machine washable, this sauna suit set has it all for under $100. 

The thicker material avoids the “garbage bag” feeling that affects other, cheaper suits. Reviewers also point out that the company’s attention to details like heavy velcro, chest logo embroidery, and thick stitching indicated this product was more durable than other options.

It comes in several colors, and sizes range from small to 3XL. Again, this model may run small, so you likely want to order a size or even two larger than you normally would if you want a comfortable fit.

Best for women: KEBILI Sauna Suit

KEBILI

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Windproof, waterproof, and made with silver PU coating, this elastic 4-way stretch fabric keeps wearers feeling comfortable and odor-free and protects your skin from irritation. 

Specs

  • Material: 82% Polyester, 18% Polyurethane
  • Sizing: Small to 3XL
  • Care: Machine wash cold, hang dry

Pros

  • 4-way stretch
  • Fair pricing 
  • No “plastic” rubbing noise when exercising 
  • Elastic hoodie
  • Very soft and comfortable

Cons

  • The Korean label is difficult for some to understand
  • Cannot purchase bottoms separately

Made with four-way stretch and double overlock stitching for added durability, this sauna suit for women comes with a hoodie to trap in even more heat. It’s windproof and waterproof for use in any season or weather, making it easier if you run back and forth between an outdoor sauna and a workout area.

Wearers love that there’s no plastic rubbing sound when working out, like many other models. They also noted it has a super soft hand feel and comfortable fit.

You have the option to select the top separately, as well as purchase the complete set to customize this for your preferences and needs. The downside here is that you don’t have the option of purchasing the bottoms separately, so if you are a different size on top and bottom, you’re in a bind. Customers recommend sizing up if you’re in between sizes.

Best budget: RAD Sauna Suit

RAD

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This high-quality unisex nylon sauna suit comes in sizes medium to 6XL and costs under $40, so you can get your sweat on without hurting your wallet. 

Specs

  • Material: Nylon
  • Sizing: Medium-6XL
  • Care: Machine wash cold and line dry

Pros

  • Super budget-friendly
  • Inclusive sizing up to 6XL
  • Night vision reflective logo
  • Adjustable velcro cuffs
  • Wind and waterproof

Cons

  • Some issues with ripping
  • Sizing is off; order a size or two up

The RAD Sauna Suit is made with high-quality EVA nylon material, which matches its more expensive counterparts. With an added hood for increased heat-trapping and a cool style, the sauna suit features elastic at the cuffs, waist, waistline, and ankles for a seriously sweaty session. 

It’s designed as a unisex suit with super-inclusive sizing from medium to 6XL. It’s windproof and waterproof. It promises you’ll start sweating within five minutes of use, though you may want to pair it with an infrared sauna if you are set on achieving that.

Reviewers are amazed at the quality for the inexpensive price point, noting that it’s durable, long-lasting, and “does the job.” Note that it can feel snug in the pants, so consider that when choosing your size. Plus, some noticed light ripping or snagging after a few months. We really recommend following the care instructions to ensure your suit will last. And do not tumble dry! 

Best durability: Kutting Weight – Neoprene Sauna Suit

Kutting Weight

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Made from the most durable Neoprene fabric, this long-lasting sauna suit is sure to offer maximum sweat sessions with minimum worries—no tears, rips, or snags.

Specs

  • Material: Neoprene
  • Sizing: XS-6XL
  • Care: Machine wash and line dry

Pros

  • Made from the highest quality Neoprene
  • Sleek and slim design
  • Soft hand-feel
  • Excellent value
  • Stylish

Cons

  • Some may not like how snug it fits
  • Not full body

Crafted from SweatTech elastic Neoprene, this sauna suit is built to last. The Neoprene is an updated version of the classic fabric, with a more flexible design and softer hand-feel. It’s finished with a smooth layer of lycra for even more comfort.

It features triple-reinforced stitching for added durability and mesh paneling along the sides for optimal comfort and breathability. Unlike other baggy models, the design is form-fitting and sleek to offer support through your workouts.

One big advantage comes from the look and style of this suit compared to other options. Plus, it’s even cheaper than less durable alternatives. In short, it’s an excellent value for what high quality you get. However, take note that this is not a full-body design—it stops at the forearm and knees.

Things to consider when looking to buy the best sauna suits

Material

The three main types of materials used to make sauna suits are PVC, nylon, and Neoprene. We recommend Neoprene or high-quality nylon. PVC is flimsy and cheap, making it susceptible to tears and rips.

Ventilation

Of course, you want to trap heat when wearing a sauna suit, but you also want to choose an option that breathes just enough to allow your body to cool itself. You don’t want to risk overheating or falling ill. You can literally die if used incorrectly.

Size

If your sauna suit is too tight, it might cut off circulation. If it’s too big, it might not work as effectively. Find a comfortable, true-to-size fit.

Cost

Sauna suit pricing varies depending on material and brand, but you should definitely be able to get quality suits under $100.

What else to know before buying the best sauna suits

  • More research is needed. The benefits of wearing a sauna suit are largely based on anecdotal evidence. While many people have experienced great benefits from using sauna suits, it’s important to note that more clinical trials must be done to make definitive claims. Always consult with your doctor.
  • They are not recommended for weight loss. Rapid weight loss due to sauna suits is only temporary (you’re losing excessive water weight that will be replenished when you rehydrate). Those with a higher BMI are at an even higher risk of dehydration, according to research.

Related: Best portable saunas

FAQs

Q: Isn’t all the weight you lose with a sauna suit just water weight?

The rapid weight loss you may experience when wearing a sauna suit is indeed attributed to water weight. This is why we don’t recommend wearing a suit for weight loss specifically. Weight loss may be a result of working out with a suit, but it should not be your primary goal. Talk to your doctor before wearing a sauna suit, and listen to their recommendations carefully to prevent serious harm.

Q: Do you wear clothes under a sauna suit?

You can definitely wear clothes under a sauna suit. We recommend wearing sweat-wicking, tight-fitting clothing underneath your suit so that you can feel most comfortable. 

Q: How do I clean my sauna suit?

Cleaning your sauna suit is simple and easy. Always check the care instructions on the label, but a good rule of thumb is to machine wash at a cooler temperature and line dry.

Q: How much do sauna suits cost?

The price of sauna suits varies depending on the materials used, if it is a pant and top set, and how well-made they are. That said, most sauna suits cost under $100, with some as cheap as $30.

Final thoughts on the best sauna suits

If you’re an athlete or simply exploring the possible benefits of Induced sweating, then wearing the best sauna suit can help you maximize those effects. Just be sure to hydrate as much as possible and take it at your own pace. Also, consult a doctor before and during use to ensure you’re not damaging your body.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best sauna suits of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Amazon Prime Day fitness: Save $500 on a Hydrow Rower and more Prime Day deals https://www.popsci.com/gear/fitness-amazon-prime-day-deals-october-2023/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 11:15:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=577989
Increase your fitness with the help of these Amazon Prime Day deals,

Think of these discounts as an added investment in your health.

The post The best Amazon Prime Day fitness: Save $500 on a Hydrow Rower and more Prime Day deals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Increase your fitness with the help of these Amazon Prime Day deals,

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Sure, you can get lots of amazing deals on laptops, vacuums, TVs, speakers, and other electronics on Amazon Prime Day. And, believe me, we enjoy sitting in front of a nice flatscreen and soundbar combo as much as the next gadget geek. But it’s also a great opportunity to save on fitness equipment. Whether you like to row virtually led by Olympic-caliber athletes or just pedal under your desk during the workday, we’ve rounded up lots of discounts on fitness equipment to help keep you healthy without emptying your wallet.

Note: You’ll have to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of most of these deals, so be sure you’re signed up before making a purchase.

Hydrow Connected Rowing Machine $1,995 (was $2,495)

If the promise of rowing virtually through some of the world’s most storiedwaterways appeals to you, consider the Hydrow Connected Rowing Machine. This premium rower features a 22-inch touchscreen and speakers that help bring the experience to you. With the required $44 monthly subscription, you’ll also gain access to more than 3,000 classes, from rowing technique for beginners led by world-class rowers to yoga and HIIT workouts to round out your fitness. You can also sign up for live sessions and through the Hydrow app, and track your progress compared to other Hydrow rowers. And this rowing machine is $500 off this Prime Day. If you’re looking for a comparable model for less, consider the Hydrow Rower, which is more compact and is also on sale for $1,495 (down from $1,895).

Prime Day deals on home gym equipment

Prime Day deals on Garmin health-monitoring multisport GPS smartwatches

Prime Day deals on bikes

Prime Day deals on kayaks and hiking equipment

Prime Day deals on earbuds, water bottles, and other fitness accessories

Accessorizing other activities? Take a look at our ongoing list of Big Deal Days discounts.

Want more deals delivered to your inbox weekly? Sign up for PopSci’s Deals newsletter and save money on stuff you’ll really use.

The post The best Amazon Prime Day fitness: Save $500 on a Hydrow Rower and more Prime Day deals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Apple Watch for most people is just $199 for Amazon Prime Day https://www.popsci.com/gear/apple-watch-amazon-prime-day-deals-october-2023/ Wed, 11 Oct 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=578759
Apple watch SE 2 in a pattern
Stan Horaczek

The Apple Watch SE 2 has everything most people need and it starts at just $199 during Amazon's Prime Big Deal event.

The post The best Apple Watch for most people is just $199 for Amazon Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Apple watch SE 2 in a pattern
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The Apple Watch SE (2nd gen) is Apple’s budget-friendly wearable, and Amazon has knocked $50 off the price across the board to make it even more attainable. The SE has most of the bells and whistles found on the more expensive Apple Watch models at a fraction of the price. It’s 50m water resistant and includes essential safety features like irregular/unusually high heartbeat notifications and crash detection. It works seamlessly with other Apple devices. Plus, it comes in two sizes and a wide variety of colors. You can buy an older model to save money, but then you won’t get software support for as long as you will with the SE. This is all the smartwatch most people need, and it’s a steal at this price.

Note: You’ll have to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of most of these deals, so be sure you’re signed up before making a purchase.

Apple Watch SE (2nd Gen) [GPS 40mm] Smartwatch with Midnight Aluminum Case with Midnight Sport Loop $199 (was $249)

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

This is the cheapest version you can get. It has a smaller 40mm face (you can move up to 44mm starting at $229). It’s great if you don’t have a huge wrist or you simply don’t want a giant watch. It monitors your heart rate, gives you your messages, runs all the Apple Watch apps, and does everything most people need.

Other Apple Watch SE options on sale for Prime Day:

Accessorizing other activities? Take a look at our ongoing list of Big Deal Days discounts.

Want more deals delivered to your inbox weekly? Sign up for PopSci’s Deals newsletter and save money on stuff you’ll really use.

The post The best Apple Watch for most people is just $199 for Amazon Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best CrossFit shoes for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-crossfit-shoes/ Fri, 29 Sep 2023 18:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=576005
The best crossfit shoes
Stan Horaczek

The right CrossFit shoes can make you a whole lot more comfortable (and safer) during your workout.

The post The best CrossFit shoes for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best crossfit shoes
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Nobull gum trainer+ crossfit shoes Nobull Gum Trainer+
SEE IT

The sturdy and seamless, which prevents annoying blisters from forming.

Best budget Nikon Metcon 8 crossfit shoes Nike Metcon 8
SEE IT

They’re one generation old, but they’re still great and frequently on sale.

Best for recovery Hoka recovery slides Hoka Ora Recovery Slides
SEE IT

They’re comfortable like flip flops, but much better for your feet.

If you’ve ever attended a WOD (short for Workout of the Day in CrossFit parlance), you know the right CrossFit shoes can make a huge difference in your performance. Of all the many, many CrossFit accessories you can purchase to improve your training, few have the same kind of impact as your shoe choice. But, CrossFit is a varied discipline with several distinct aspects. In this list, we’ll break down the best CrossFit shoes for cross-training, Olympic lifting, and even recovery.

How we chose the best CrossFit shoes

I have been a part of my local CrossFit community since 2009, during which time I’ve tried just about every shoe meant for the mats. You can even see a very embarrassing picture of me online from the Reebok CrossFit launch event way back in 2012. For this article, I relied on personal experience, editorial reviews, spec comparisons, and advice from several high-level CrossFit competitors who can’t be named here due to their sponsorship status. While CrossFit-oriented shoes are never cheap, I have focused on pairs that are durable enough to last for years while providing the comfort and performance required to keep you ringing up PRs. 

The best CrossFit shoes: Reviews & Recommendations

While we make specific recommendations about individual products, you’re always best off checking out all the options before purchasing. There’s lots of product overlap, so know your options before you pay.

Best overall: Nobull Gum Trainer+

Nobull

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Men’s 8-16 and Women’s 5-11
  • Best for: All-around shoe suitable for weightlifting and metabolic conditioning

Pros

  • No seams to rub and cause blisters
  • Very comfortable
  • Subtle heel rise
  • Rubber reinforcement makes them very durable
  • Wide toe box for stability

Cons

  • Toe box may actually feel too wide for some
  • Women’s sizes cap at 11

Nobull burst onto the CrossFit scene just a few years ago, and now the company is the title sponsor for the annual CrossFit Games. The Nobull shoes are easily recognizable thanks to their seamless design, which makes them cool to look at but also reduces the risk of blisters from bunched fabric. CrossFit requires a lot of unusual movements in every direction, and one bad seam inside of a shoe can cause havoc. 

Heavy-duty rubber reinforces areas that take a lot of abuse. The toe caps are burly, so repeated burpees won’t tear them apart. The bottom is thick and sturdy, so it won’t flex when you don’t want it to. Plus, the wide toe cage and reinforced sole provide a very stable platform for heavy lifts and intense dynamic movements. Despite their rugged build, they’re still relatively light and extremely breathable. 

These shoes were specifically built for the rigors of a CrossFit gym, and it shows. 

Best budget: Nike Metcon 8

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Women’s 5-12 and Men’s 6-15
  • Best for: All-around shoe for lifting and conditioning

Pros

  • Very wide size range in both men’s and women’s
  • Attractive design with lots of colors
  • Affordable because they’re usually on-sale
  • Sturdy sole provides a very solid platform
  • Breathable

Cons

  • Toe box isn’t as wide as some others

You’ll notice that the Metcon 9 is already on the market, which may make the 8 seem like a weird recommendation. But, if you don’t need the absolute latest model, you can save quite a bit of cash and still get a great shoe. 

The Nike Metcon 8 (“Meton” is CrossFit speak for “metabolic conditioning”) offers a flat, sturdy bottom with four degrees of heel rise. That makes them much more stable than running shoes when it comes to dynamic movements and heavy lifts. They’re naturally a bit more narrow than the Nobulls, but they break in very nicely. They’re reinforced with sturdy rubber at points that naturally take a lot of abuse. There’s even a large rubber area on the outside midsole of the shoe to prevent rope climbs from tearing up your kicks. 

While the Nobulls opt for a very no-nonsense design, the Nikes are much flashier, which I personally appreciate. There are lots of colorways to choose from. 

The toe box is wide but not massive, so you might have to spend a little time breaking these in before they feel just right. Once you’ve gotten a couple of workouts in, though, they’re excellent. 

Best for beginning lifters: Reebok Lifter PR II

Reebok

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Men’s 6-14 (men and women can wear the same style)
  • Best for: Weightlifting

Pros

  • Affordable compared to other dedicated lifters
  • Relatively light
  • Lots of size options
  • Easy to put on
  • Stable

Cons

  • Not as durable as more expensive models

Once you start lifting seriously, a solid pair of weight-lifting shoes can make a huge difference in your form and the overall feel of your lifts. You’ll notice that pro lifters typically wear wedge-shaped shoes with a raised heel that puts their legs (and by extension, their entire body) into a better position. These beginner-oriented lifters do just that with a wedge-shaped sole that slightly raises the heel. This is useful for backsquatting, Olympic lifting, and other activities with heavy weights. 

A sturdy velcro strap goes across the laces to add an extra layer for stability during the high-torque process that is weight-lifting. If you’re just starting out, these will likely provide all the stability you need. Plus, they’re durable enough to last for years of training before you move up to something more advanced.

Best for advanced lifters: Nike Romaleos 4 SE

Nike

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Men’s 3.5-15 (unisex)
  • Best for: Serious weight lifting

Pros

  • Heel rise provides a comfortable lifting position
  • Extremely sturdy
  • Very stable even under heavy load
  • Cool colorways
  • Easy to put on

Cons

  • Some reviewers complain about the durability of the Velcro strap

Once you’re ready to move on to a more advanced (and more expensive) lifter, this is a great option. The hard, flat bottom provides a very stable base and a satisfying slap against the gym floor during Olympic lifts. The raised heel puts your body in an ideal position for a deep squat without taxing your Achilles and other vulnerable tendons. The leather upper is very sturdy to handle the rotational forces involved with heavy lifts. Plus, a pair of Velcro straps go over the laces in order to keep everything cinched up tightly. These are pro-grade lifting shoes for moving serious weight. 

Best for recovery: Hoka Ora Recovery Slide

Hoka

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Men’s 4-14 (unisex)
  • Best for: Wearing after a workout

Pros

  • Specifically shaped to support the foot, unlike regular sandals
  • Air channels to keep cool
  • Two-stage material to refine squish under your foot
  • Lots of colorways

Cons

  • Most colorways are very bright, which may not be your style

Recovery is crucial for your entire body. But, feet take an especially hard beating. Just about any good trainer will tell you that the average sandal or flip-flop is like a foot torture device. Hoka designed these slides with recovery in mind. They have a two-stage design, which provides the right balance of squishy padding and stable support. The shape of the slide cradles your foot in an active position rather than flattening it out and stressing the delicate parts inside. They’re super-light, ventilated for airflow, and cool-looking as long as you can pull off the bright color vibes. You could get some to match your workout headphones.

Things to consider when shopping for the best CrossFit shoes

Here are some variables and terms to understand when shopping for the best CrossFit shoes.

Style

Most serious CrossFitters have a pair of shoes they use for metabolic conditioning workouts and then another pair of shoes meant specifically for weight lifting. If you’re just starting out, you probably don’t need a dedicated set of lifters. A simple pair of training shoes from this list can do everything you need. Once you start getting to heavier lifts, however, a good pair of lifting shoes will pay off in the long run. Plus, since you only wear them a few hours a week, they should last a long time. 

Heel drop

Running shoes are not good for CrossFit. They typically have too much padding, which makes them unstable during lateral movements and under heavy weights. Plus, they typically have more than 10mm of drop from the heel to the toe. That elevated heel puts your legs in the incorrect position and can limit your flexibility and mobility down the road. A shoe like the Nobull trainers on this list, for example, only has 4mm of heel drop. You’ll find that most CrossFit shoes hover around that. You want something that’s still relatively comfortable, but that puts your legs in the correct position during a workout. 

Fit

Most CrossFit shoes offer a wide toe box that may feel weird when you’re first getting used to it. You need a wide, stable base for dynamic movements (especially when you’re moving laterally), so CrossFit shoes skew much wider than running shoes or casual footwear. Even with that wide toe box, however, you want to ensure you tie them very tightly. You don’t want your foot wiggling around while you work out. That’s a surefire ticket to Blister City. 

FAQs

Q: Are CrossFit shoes worth it?

If you’re going to be working out regularly, you’ll want the right shoes. Typical running shoes offer too much padding and heel drop, which is bad for stability and flexibility. That might be fine when you’re just starting out, but once you start moving serious weight, things can get very dicey. Eventually, you’ll likely want a pair of trainers and a pair of lifters. 

Q: Are running shoes OK for CrossFit?

When you run, your heel typically strikes the ground with the whole weight of your body. As a result, running shoes really stack the padding around that area to cushion the blow. During CrossFit, however, that happens somewhat infrequently and that padding becomes a liability. A higher heel pushes your ankle up and shortens your tendons, limiting movement in the long run. Also, that squishy foam doesn’t provide a solid base under your foot once you start doing torque-based heavy lifts like backsquats. Imagine you’re trying to lift while standing on a big squishy blob instead of a rigid platform. It can go badly. 

Q: How long do shoes last for CrossFit?

There are a lot of variables here. You can burn through a pair in six months if you work out five times per week doing outdoor exercise and otherwise punishing your shoes. If you mostly work out in the gym and take care of them, they can last for years. Lifters tend to last longer because they’re made from tough material and don’t get as much use. 

Q: Can you do CrossFit without shoes?

First, you’ll need to get your gym to allow it. Most won’t for hygiene reasons. Some workouts may lend themselves to barefoot status. Kettlebells, for instance, are fun to do with no shoes on. You’ll want to wear shoes for things like back squats or Olympic weight-lifting because you need the grip. Done correctly, those will put a ton of rotational force on your feet, and you want as much grip as possible. Your best bet is to get a pair of shoes that fit nicely, and then you won’t be so eager to ditch them and let the dogs out. 

Final thoughts on the best CrossFit shoes

Whether you’re just starting out or have been around since the early days, the right CrossFit shoes can make a huge difference in how you train. You want stability, versatility, and durability. Plus, you want them to look cool, so when you post your daily Instagram story from the gym, you look the part. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best CrossFit shoes for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best vegan protein powder for 2023, tested and reviewed by experts https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-vegan-protein-powder/ Fri, 29 Sep 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=575915
The best vegan protein powders composited
Stan Horaczek

Vegan protein powder offers all the nutritional benefits with none of the animal byproducts.

The post The best vegan protein powder for 2023, tested and reviewed by experts appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best vegan protein powders composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Vega Sport vegan protein powder Vega Sport Chocolate
SEE IT

This high-performance protein tastes good and comes at a reasonable price-per-serving.

Best tasting Garden of Life Vegan Protein Powder Garden of Life: Creamy Oat Chocolate Brownie
SEE IT

If you have trouble choking down regular protein, this pleasant powder may be what you’re looking for.

Best for sensitive stomachs Promix vegan protein with a pile of powder Promix Vegan Raw Chocolate
SEE IT

If you want simple ingredients and immaculate macros, then this is a great choice.

The plant-based bandwagon has been picking up a lot of passengers these last few years, which has led to an abundance of vegan protein powders on the market. But, the workout supplement landscape can be tricky to navigate. It’s full of expensive scams and misinformation. Plus, the rise of well-meaning, but unqualified foodies and fitness influencers across the Internet has made it difficult to discern fact from fiction. We’re here to help you sort it out. Whether you’re throwing haymakers on the heavy bag or trying to PR on your deadlift, we found five vegan protein powders that will support your every workout. 

How we chose the best vegan protein powder

PopSci has multiple staff members who are vegetarian and explore animal protein alternatives, while I’ve been an active athlete since childhood and have been vegan most of my adult life. I filtered my search to performance supplements that are purely plant-based. I’m also a Columbia-educated registered dietician. I focused my search on products with ingredients that are accurately labeled, which can be tricky since the FDA doesn’t regulate protein powder in the same way it regulates regular food. Therefore, I relied on supplements certified by NSFSport, trusted by USADA (United States Anti-Doping Agency) and most major league sports associations, to verify product authenticity and suitability for athletes. You’ll notice I chose the chocolate flavors of each brand because that’s what I find best fits the most common peanut butter and banana “recipe” many of us use for protein smoothies (most brands only carry a chocolate and vanilla flavor in their vegan selection, anyway). Finally, as I reviewed the available options, I made sure to account for differences in things like packaging, allergens, and price.

Here’s that easy, delicious smoothie recipe:

  • 12 oz Britta water
  • 1 large banana
  • 2 ice cubes
  • Teaspoon of peanut butter
  • Dash of vanilla extract
  • Shake of cinnamon
  • Shake of cloves

The best vegan protein: Reviews & Recommendations

While we make specific recommendations, it’s important to consider your needs and tastes. Be sure to check out all the options on the list before ordering.

Best overall: Vega Sport Chocolate

Vega

SEE IT

Specs

  • Protein per serving: 30g
  • Carbs per serving: 6g
  • Fat per serving: 3g
  • Calories per serving: 160
  • Cost per serving: $1.92

Pros

  • High absolute and relative protein content (second highest of all reviewed)
  • Has 2.5 g of leucine, which is important for stimulating MPS (muscle protein synthesis)
  • Simple ingredients make it less likely to upset your stomach
  • Tart cherry, a powerful antioxidant, can help aid in recovery

Cons

  • Not personally a huge fan of the stevia taste, but it’s not bad

The Vega brand carries a lot of weight in the world of vegan athletics because of its co-founder, Brendan Brazier—a former ultra-endurance athlete who helped prove the competitive viability of a plant-based lifestyle. This protein powder looks like it’s formulated to help you maintain that competitive edge. It got top billing on this list because of its high protein content, GI-safe ingredients, and adequate leucine content—important traits for any protein supplement. It comes stacked with 30 grams of protein per 44 gram serving (a ratio of 0.682 per gram) and 2.5 grams of leucine, which is important for stimulating muscle protein synthesis. It’s also free of the pro- and prebiotics, often the cause of GI disturbances, found in the more expensive “Premium” version. It doesn’t skimp on vitamins with 7 milligrams of iron and 20% of your daily calcium needs. I remember the early Vega protein powders in the mid-2000s and, I’ll be honest, they weren’t great. This has come a long way in taste and texture with a subtle, chocolatey flavor not overly affected by that distinct stevia taste. It blended well with the rest of my smoothie ingredients without getting too frothy. I’m not a fan of “froth” because it just puts my air in your stomach, causing most people to feel bloated. Finally, at only $29.99 for the standard tub, Vega’s Sport Protein – Plant-Based Protein Powder Chocolate does all I need it to do as a vegan athlete.

Best tasting: Garden of Life: Creamy Oat Chocolate Brownie

Garden of Life

SEE IT

Specs

  • Protein per serving: 20g
  • Carbs per serving: 16g
  • Fat per serving: 4.5g
  • Calories per serving: 170
  • Cost per serving: $2

Pros

  • Oat milk does just what it says—gives it a creamy taste
  • Fully organic, non-GMO product
  • Trusted brand that has been around a long time

Cons

  • The protein-to-powder ratio is a little low compared to competitors
  • Pro- and prebiotic blend can upset the stomach of a person with a normal GI tract or IBS

Taste is a huge factor when considering a supplement because, let’s be honest, if it tastes bad, you’re probably not going to take it. The Garden of Life Creamy Organic Vegan Protein Powder + OatMilk is not that chalky protein powder of old. The coconut and oat milk powders give it a silky and creamy flavor that tastes pretty close to an actual milkshake. And, I’m not a chef, but there’s this nutty character of the chocolate that I’m guessing comes from the gluten-free grains they use for extra protein—brown rice, amaranth, quinoa, buckwheat, millet, and chia. Now, as someone who tries to get a pretty high amount of protein in his body every day, I do wish it had a bit more than 20 grams per serving (a ratio of 0.435 per gram), especially since vegan athletes have a slightly less access to bioavailable proteins. It also has a number of ingredients like erythritol (sugar alcohol), inulin, acacia gum, and a probiotic blend that can cause bloating or GI irritation for some people. Still, Garden of Life has been around a long time and makes a host of products that are independently verified to be as authentic, organic, and generally good for you as they try to be. If you get a good amount of protein in your diet and just want a bit extra through a delicious, organic shake, this is a good bet.

Best meal replacement: Gnarly Vegan Chocolate

Gnarly

SEE IT

Specs

  • Protein per serving: 20g
  • Carbs per serving: 16g
  • Fat per serving: 7g
  • Calories per serving: 200
  • Cost per serving: $3.69

Pros

  • Higher overall calories and a broad macronutrient profile 
  • Contains widest array of micronutrients, including biotin, vitamin D, and iron
  • Includes more than 30% of daily fiber needs (9 grams)

Cons

  • Larger serving size means you’ve got a lot of powder to chug
  • Higher fat content than the others on the list

Gnarly Vegan’s Chocolate Meal Replacement protein is great for exactly that—a meal replacement. It’s got the highest calorie count (200 kilocals) and the widest array of micronutrients (i.e., vitamins and minerals) of all the brands reviewed. At 20 grams of protein per serving (a ratio of 0.400 per gram), 7 grams of net carbohydrates, and an impressive 9 grams of dietary fiber (one of the most chronically insufficient nutrients in American diets) it has a macronutrient distribution atypical for a protein powder but worthy of a meal replacement if you add a few more sources of carbohydrates. On their website, Gnarly owns up to the fact that this supplement is just barely a meal replacement, claiming that the higher calorie count (as compared to most protein supplements) puts them in that category.

As a sports dietitian, I agree, and added a few more bananas, berries, and applesauce to my shake in order to make it meet a full meal’s worth of nutrients. I would have added more powder, but the large serving size (50 grams) might have made it a more chalky smoothie than I was looking to drink. Be that as it may, if you’re looking to pack on muscle, which nutritionally relies on caloric surplus and protein intake, Gnarly Vegan’s Chocolate Meal Replacement is a safe bet. 

Best for sensitive stomachs: Promix Vegan Raw Chocolate

Promix

SEE IT

Specs

  • Protein per serving: 25g
  • Carbs per serving: 3g
  • Fat per serving: 2g
  • Calories per serving: 130
  • Cost per serving: $1.32

Pros

  • Highest relative protein content of all reviewed (more than 3/4s of the product weight is protein at 0.781 per gram) 
  • Fewest ingredients make it pretty easy on the stomach
  • Made mostly in America (94%)

Cons

  • Packaging is inconvenient and easily punctured

Promix’s Vegan Raw Chocolate protein powder is my kind of straight-to-the-point, no-frills workout supplement. It doesn’t try to be everything to everyone and just packs a lot of protein in as few ingredients as possible. For that reason, it gets the nod as the easiest on your stomach, free of bubbly-guts culprits like prebiotics, probiotics, gums, sugar-alcohols, and all nine major food allergens. It actually has more protein per gram of product (0.781) than any of the others I reviewed, which means you get a lot of muscle-building macronutrients without too much powder. I found this to help with taste since I tasted more of the banana and cinnamon I added than the powder itself, which was more of a generic, neutral chocolate flavor than anything else. It’s not overly delightful, but it’s not at all offensive like some supplements can be. Finally, for those who like to shop with a bit of environmental responsibility, Promix’s manufacturing processes ensure 67% less carbon emissions compared to most competitors, and it sources 94% of its ingredients in North America.

Best after an interval workout: Ladder Chocolate

Ladder

SEE IT

Specs

  • Protein per serving: 21g
  • Carbs per serving: 7g
  • Fat per serving: 2g
  • Calories per serving: TK
  • Cost per serving: $1.80

Pros

  • High in electrolytes (sodium and potassium), making it a good option for someone who sweats a lot 
  • Tart cherry contents help with recovery after a tough workout
  • Chocolatiest of the chocolate protein powders

Cons

  • Pro- and prebiotic blend can upset the stomach of a person with a normal GI tract or IBS

Ladder’s Premium Chocolate Protein was close to getting the award for best tasting because of its rich chocolatey flavor while providing 21 grams of protein per serving. I actually tasted it by itself (mixing it with just water) and it legit tasted like a cooled-down hot chocolate. What makes it stand out, though, is its high concentration of electrolytes (650 mg of sodium, 620 mg of potassium), which are essential in rehydrating after an intense workout, and it’s inclusion of 480 mg of tart cherry extract—a powerful antioxidant which has been shown to reduce muscle soreness and inflammation. It isn’t specific about its leucine content, but it does boast 1000 mg of BCAAs (valine, leucine, isoleucine) and methionine. I could also do without the probiotic blends, but some people may find that useful. Overall, it tasted great and didn’t bother my stomach much, if at all. It’s definitely something I’ll consider taking after a bunch of rounds on the heavy bag. 

Things to consider when shopping for vegan protein powder

Here are some essential variables to consider when shopping for a vegan protein supplement.

Protein content

The first thing I consider when looking for a vegan protein supplement is how much protein it contains. As plant-based athletes, it can be challenging to get high-bioavailability protein into our systems without eating a massive amount of food. Vegan protein sources are usually found in foods containing a lot of fiber, so some of the protein gets passed through us. Therefore, I’m usually trying to get the biggest bang for my buck, with a minimum of 20 grams of protein per serving, but preferably 30.

Ingredients and your ability to digest them

I’m also looking out for unnecessary ingredients (like probiotics) because I don’t need my protein shake to solve any GI issues I have. I just need it to give me protein without making me feel bloated or giving me the runs (we’ve all been there). This includes being aware of the protein source—soy, pea, brown rice, etc.—though most these days come from peas. Pea protein tends to be easy on the gut and peas have a high protein content compared to other legumes. Also worth thinking about is a supplement’s overall macronutrient content. Most protein powders will have a good ratio that is high in protein and low in fat and carbohydrates, but most of us don’t need to be overly concerned with that. The truth is, muscle building mostly happens in energy surplus, meaning we need sufficient overall calories for the protein we ingest to be put to proper use. Having adequate calories from carbohydrates and fats is an important part of that equation.

Other beneficial ingredients

Finally, where possible, I try to find a supplement with about 3 grams of leucine, an essential amino acid that stimulates muscle protein synthesis. Some powders will advertise their BCAAs (branched chain amino acids) but aren’t specific about how much leucine is present, even though it’s the most important of the three (leucine, isoleucine, and valine). If you can’t get it in your protein powder, soy, legumes, and whole wheats are usually a good bet. You know your body and your goals, so make the choices that best suit you, but keep the above in mind. Whenever possible, talk to an accredited dietitian to better understand what dietary adjustments best suit you. 

FAQs

Q: How much protein do I need?

Everyone’s protein needs will differ depending on age, weight, goals, dietary patterns, and so on. The current RDA (recommended daily allowance) for protein at 0.8 grams per kilogram of body weight (or about 55 grams of protein for a 150 lbs person) is generally considered low by most dietitians, and should probably be closer to 1.0–1.2 grams per kilogram (68–82 grams for a 150 lbs person). That number may be as high as 1.6 grams per kilogram for an athlete or for someone who exercises intensely, especially with resistance training, multiple times a week. Highly-trained athletes with a very high volume of movement may need up to 2.0 grams per kilogram to meet their needs, but that is a very small percentage of people.

Q: Is vegan protein better than animal protein?

When it comes to protein powders and how they are formulated, there is no strong case for plant-based protein powder being superior or inferior to animal-based protein powder. The only way vegan protein is better than animal protein is because it isn’t supposed to require any animals to die in order to be made. Otherwise, there is good science suggesting that whey protein has an edge over other protein sources when it comes to stimulating muscle growth. Still, that effect is only meaningful to the very few people who do all the other stuff right first, such as eating enough total protein, spreading it out between 4–6 meals a day, eating enough total calories to spare protein for tissue development, and letting their bodies recover sufficiently between workouts (i.e., rest days and sleep) to rebuild tissue. 

Q: Do I need to take a protein supplement?

Protein supplements should be exactly that—a supplement to your regular diet rather than a replacement for regular food. There is no specific need to take protein powders or supplements if you can meet your nutritional needs through food, which is still considered the best fueling method. What protein shakes do is help you get extra protein more easily than eating grilled tofu (or grilled chicken for the omnivores) at every meal, but that doesn’t mean you should forgo your whole grains, legumes, and other whole foods. If you’re someone who has tried it all and can’t meet your estimated protein needs through your regular dietary habits, adding a plant-based protein shake (or two) to your daily routine can be helpful. 

Final thoughts on the best vegan protein powder

At the end of the day, our goals are individual, and our tastes are subjective. You’ve got to figure out what your body needs and how best to get there. Find a protein powder that you’re going to use consistently, maybe because of its taste, because it helps you recover after a workout, or because it doesn’t bother your stomach. You find what works for you. When in doubt, find a registered dietitian to help you sort through the details.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best vegan protein powder for 2023, tested and reviewed by experts appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best water filters of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-water-filters/ Fri, 29 Sep 2023 09:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=575759
four of the best water filters sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

We filtered through the best options for clean drinking water on the go and at home.

The post The best water filters of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
four of the best water filters sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Brita Large Water Filter Pitcher against a white background Brita Large Water Filter Pitcher
SEE IT

This tried and tested pitcher offers long lasting filters and a BPA-free design.

Best faucet A green PUR PLUS Faucet Mount Water Filtration System PUR PLUS Faucet Mount Water Filtration System
SEE IT

The PUR faucet filter will give you clean water on-demand.

Best water bottle LifeStraw Go 1L filtered water bottle LifeStraw Go Series
SEE IT

The two-stage filter in the LifeStraw Go water bottle will provide safe drinking water no matter where you are.

Water filters may seem like devices that mostly come up when people talk about travels to the backcountry or other countries, but they can be important tools everywhere. Tap water goes through a fantastic journey from rivers and reservoirs through pipes of many sizes to flow through your faucet. Drinking water in the U.S. from public water systems is among the safest in the world, but many households opt for additional filtration. Filtering often focuses on removing funky tastes, smells, and sediment, though many filtration systems also reduce other potentially harmful chemicals. We dove into specifications and certifications of small portable systems up to countertop water dispensers to surface the best water filters for a glass of fresh-tasting H2O.

How we chose the best water filters

Water filters come in as many sizes and shapes as you can imagine. However, we winnowed our list of portable and affordable options for households looking to improve their water taste. We kept our renting readers in mind, so homeowners may want to explore permanently installed options like under-sink water filters or whole-house water filters. We’re not a lab, so we opted for products that meet or are certified to standards set by NSF International/American National Standards Institute and the Water Quality Association.

The best water filters: Reviews & Recommendations

The type of water filter that’s best for you depends on how much you want to treat at a time, how long that takes, what you’re treating it for, and how often you’re replacing filters. Are you looking to remove basics like chlorine and sediment? Is a lead a concern? Different filters target a range of contaminants, such as chlorine, particulates, lead, heavy metals, microbes, bacteria, viruses, or PFAS, more commonly known as “forever chemicals.” Some even filter out microplastics, which is a growing concern for many. 

Best overall: Brita Large Water Filter Pitcher

Brita

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 10.7  x 5.4 x 10.1 inches 
  • Weight: 1.3 pounds
  • Capacity: 10 cups
  • Filter: Brita Elite filters (proprietary active filtering agents)
  • Filter lifespan: Replace after 120 gallons or about 6 months

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Flip top for easy refilling
  • Long-lasting filter
  • Electronic filter indicator
  • BPA-free container
  • Certified NSF/ANSI Standards 42, 53, and 401

Cons

  • Slow filtering
  • Frequent refills for thirsty/large households

Our pick for the best overall water filter is an update on a classic. The Brita Large Water Filter Pitcher is the best for most people because of its low cost (about $35), ease of use, and improved filter. Most of us have likely used a Brita pitcher at one point. This model makes some notable design improvements. Instead of removing the whole lid to refill, simply pop open the flip-top. 

The spout features a color-coded system to indicate when to replace a filter. Green is good, yellow indicates replacement is coming up, and red shows it’s time to change. The rest of the form is familiar: The tap water goes into an upper tank, and clean water slowly filters into the bottom reservoir. This model boasts a 10-cup capacity, but households that fill many water bottles daily may find themselves refilling—and waiting—a lot.

The essential improvement in this model is the Brita Elite filter, which catches more contaminants than the standard model and lasts three times longer. You only need to replace the filter once every six months instead of every two, minimizing cost and trash. The filter still results in the crisp, chlorine-free taste Britas are known for and is certified to reduce lead (99 percent), Cadmium, Mercury, Benzene, Asbestos, and more. Many reviewers note that the Elite does have clogging issues, so you may find yourself changing more frequently than the six-month replacement window. Still, the extra protection over Brita’s standard filters seems worth the extra few bucks.

All pitchers have downsides. They don’t purify water, so always start with potable water—and make sure it’s cold or room-temperature, never hot. They’ll need thorough hand washing regularly to keep clean, but most are made of a brittle plastic that chips, clouds, or cracks with age. But they are abundant, readily available, and affordable. Remember to factor in buying and replacing filters as part of the overall expense.

Best pitcher: Brita Large Stream Filter as You Pour

Brita

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 10.75 x 5.6 x 10 inches 
  • Weight: 1.4 pounds
  • Capacity: 10 cups
  • Filter: Brita Stream filters (activated carbon in a BPA-free housing)
  • Filter lifespan: Replace after 40 gallons or about two months

Pros

  • Low upfront costs
  • Filters as you pour
  • Flip top for easy refilling
  • Electronic filter indicator
  • BPA-free container
  • Certified NSF/ANSI Standards 42 and 53

Cons

  • Taste/odor-focused filtering
  • Frequent filter replacement

Usually, a water filter pitcher has an inner reservoir that you fill, and it slowly drips clean water into the bottom half. You have to wait until gravity does its job before taking a sip. The Brita Large Stream Filter as You Pour bucks that trend. The 10-cup pitcher forces water through an activated carbon filter before pouring out of the spout. Admittedly, waiting a few minutes for filtered water to drip from the reservoir to the rest of the pitcher isn’t the most significant inconvenience—but it is annoying if you’re the person who always seems to grab the pitcher when there’s only half a glass left. (And obviously, we’re often that person.)

This Brita water filter pitcher removes chlorine taste and smell but retains fluoride, minerals, and electrolytes. The filter clicks into a cage that then twists into place on the lid. The lid also houses an electronic indicator to remind you to change filters, which is about every 40 gallons or every two months. Brita Stream replacement filters run about $9 to $10 each, a few bucks more per filter than Brita Standard filters but on par with the longer-lasting Brita Elite filter.

Best faucet: PUR PLUS Faucet Mount Water Filtration System

PUR

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 6.8 x 2.9 x 5.2 inches 
  • Weight: 1.3 pounds
  • Capacity: N/A
  • Filters: PUR PLUS faucet filters (activated charcoal)
  • Filter lifespan: Replace after 100 gallons or 3 months

Pros

  • Small form factor
  • Installs and removes without tools
  • Filter change light
  • Can switch between filtered/unfiltered water
  • Certified NSF/ANSI Standards 42, 53, and 401

Cons

  • May not fit all faucets, especially pull-out or handheld faucets
  • Frequent filter replacement
  • Doesn’t filter microbes

Installing a PUR PLUS Faucet Mount Water Filtration System is a low-cost, low-effort filtration system that quickly filters drinking and cooking water. No tools are required: Remove the faucet’s original aerator and washer and replace them with the PUR PLUS Faucet Mount system with the PUR PLUS filter inside. For around $30 to $40, the filtration system helps reduce chlorine taste, odors, and 70 other contaminants, including lead, mercury, and some pesticides. However, the filter does not remove microbes. 

The PUR PLUS filter includes activated carbon from coconut shells and a mineral core to replace some natural minerals—like calcium and magnesium—for a fresh taste. The benefit of a faucet filter is that you can pour directly into a pot or a giant gallon water bottle without repeatedly refilling a filtering pitcher or dispenser. And it filters instantly, so you don’t need to wait around. The PUR PLUS Faucet Mount filters last longer than most pitchers, stretching to 100 gallons or every three months. The faucet system comes in several colors, and the horizontal filter positioning looks sleek.

Best water bottle: LifeStraw Go Series

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: ‎‎3.54 x 3.54 x 10.79 inches
  • Weight: 9.9 ounces
  • Capacity: 1 liter
  • Filter: 2-stage filter system (membrane microfilter and activated carbon)
  • Filter lifespan: Membrane microfilter: 1,000 gallons (roughly 5 years), carbon filter: 26 gallons (roughly 2 months)

Pros:

  • Easy to carry
  • Available in many colors and 22-ounce capacity
  • Cap covers mouthpiece
  • Meets NSF/ANSI Standards 42 and P231

Cons:

  • Large size doesn’t fit in cupholders or some backpack pockets
  • Two filters will have different replacement schedules

Here at PopSci, we are very much into on-the-go hydration. And carrying a water bottle with a built-in filter can bring peace of mind whether refilling for everyday adventures or traveling to exotic locales. We’ve loved the LifeStraw Go Series for a number of reasons, but largely because of how effective the two-stage filter system is. 

The activated charcoal filter helps keep water tasting fresh and smelling, well, not smelling. The membrane microfilter catches little nasties like bacteria, parasites, sand, dirt, and microplastics—all things that could seriously ruin a vacation. It’s important to note that the charcoal filter lasts about two months (26 gallons), while the membrane lasts for five years (or more than 1,000 gallons). There’s no clear way to track both, so you’ll just have to remember.

The plastic version of this water bottle is BPA-free, made of 50 percent recycled plastic, and comes in 1-liter or 22-ounce sizes. The lightweight materials are ideal for hiking or travel. However, if you want to minimize your plastic use or want insulation, the Go Series also comes in a stainless steel version in 24-ounce or 1-liter capacities. The double-walled bottle keeps water cool—a huge part of hitting your daily water goals—but it’s not for hot beverages. All versions include a cover that keeps the mouthpiece clean, which we definitely appreciate when traveling. 

Best backpacking: Sawyer Products SP129 Squeeze Water Filtration System

Sawyer

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 5.5 x 1.9 x 1.9 inches 
  • Weight: 2.5 ounces
  • Capacity: N/A, but filters up to 32 ounces at a time
  • Filter: Hollow fiber filter
  • Filter lifespan: Indefinite

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Includes attachments for different uses
  • Lifetime warranty
  • Filters down to 0.1-micron absolute filtration
  • Reduces bacteria, protozoa, and microplastics
  • Can be cleaned and used nearly indefinitely

Cons:

  • Not for chemical contaminants or viruses
  • Reviewers warn not to let pouches freeze
  • Squeezing and rolling can wear out the pouches
  • Occasional backwashing is needed to restore flow rate

PopSci previously identified the Sawyer Products SP129 Squeeze Water Filtration System as a reliable, portable water filter system for backpackers, hikers, and other adventurers. The tiny size makes it easy to throw in your pack without adding excessive weight, which is a must when backpacking. 

It’s also very simple to use. To clean water, fill a pouch, attach it to the palm-sized filter, and squeeze the water into your mouth. But that’s just one way the kit works. It also includes a straw and a hydration pack adapter to filter inline. Plus, the filter can attach to most standard water bottles, so you don’t need to fuss with the pouches on trips. Reviewers often suggest avoiding the “squeeze” and letting gravity pull dirty water through the filter to prevent wear and tear. 

The system removes most bacteria, protozoa, cysts, and microplastics. In fact, the Sawyer squeeze filter is the only filter on the market that can claim 0.1 absolute microns (every fiber is 0.1 microns in size). For perspective, no harmful bacteria are smaller than that; therefore, none can slip through the filter. As long as you keep the filter clean, this device should last forever. In fact, there are no filters to replace. However, Sawyer recommends periodically backwashing if the flow rate slows, which should restore 98 percent of the flow rate. 

And remember, there are right and wrong ways to handle camping water filter storage.

Best countertop: Brita Hub

Brita

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12 x 9.5 x 15 inches 
  • Weight: 8 pounds
  • Capacity: 96 ounces
  • Filter: Brita Hub filter (carbon block)
  • Filter lifespan: 120 gallons or 6 months

Pros

  • Water reservoir position can change
  • No tools for installation
  • Frees up fridge space
  • Pours 12 or 20 ounces at a time, with one free-flow option
  • Filter lasts up to 6 months
  • Certified for NSF/ANSI Standards 42, 53, and 401

Cons

  • Dispenses room-temperature water only
  • Requires counter space
  • Higher upfront costs

For fast-filtered water and less frequent filter changes, check out the Brita Hub. No installation or plumbing is required for this countertop filter system. Simply plug in the sleek, white Hub, fill the 12-cup water reservoir, and instantly get filtered water free of chlorine tastes or odor. The tradeoff for a filter on the counter is that it will only serve up room-temperature water. But it’s a solid option for people who don’t have the fridge space for clunky pitchers or large dispensers.

The carbon block filters (about $30 each) last up to six months, and an indicator light will give a heads-up when it’s time for a change. The Brita Hub is certified to reduce 70 contaminants, such as lead, some forever chemicals, and select pesticides. The main downside is that a unit will run about $180 (at the time of writing), which is more upfront cost than other options on this list. But if you want a large-capacity option for your counter, the Hub is a great choice. 

Best budget: PUR PLUS 30-Cup Dispenser

PUR

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 11.2 x 6 x 16.1 inches 
  • Weight: 4.2 pounds
  • Capacity: 30 cups
  • Filter: PUR PLUS faucet filters (activated charcoal)
  • Filter lifespan: Replace after 40 gallons or 2 months

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Filter change indicator
  • Slim design
  • Large capacity
  • Certified NSF/ANSI Standards 42, 53, and 401

Cons

  • Heavy when full
  • Frequent filter replacement

One of the better bargains for water filters is getting a high-capacity dispenser in your fridge. You can snag a PUR PLUS 30-Cup Water Filter Dispenser for the same price as some water filter pitchers. The slim, deep design doesn’t take as much space in a fridge as it feels like it should, though it can be heavy and awkward to put on a shelf when it’s full. 

A spigot allows easy access, even if the system is still filtering. The dispenser uses the same activated carbon filters as the PUR PLUS faucet mount system, reducing 70 contaminants, such as lead and microplastics. It’s good for chronically parched or large households, though the filter must be swapped out every two months. Like most water-filtering pitchers, this dispenser isn’t a purifier. It refines already drinkable water and doesn’t remove microbes.

What to consider when buying the best water filters

Choosing water filters depends on where and how much water you plan to drink or use for cooking. That said, you could surround yourself with many options, like a pitcher for home use and a water bottle for running around during the day. While all these options will result in crisp, clean-tasting water, consider if you want your filter to offer additional protection.

Cost

We stuck to products with relatively low-cost products, but the ongoing cost of each replacement must be factored into the long-term cost of ownership. There’s no hacking a filter: They must be replaced regularly to remain effective. Most use proprietary filters, so you’ll need to stick with the specific filter made for your product. 

Water consumption vs. filter capacity

Compare how much water you drink with how long the filter is supposed to last. Many options above require changes as frequently as two months or 40 gallons. If you’re attempting to drink a gallon per day, that shortens the filter’s lifespan to just over one month. Finding a water filter system that handles a higher volume of water with a longer-lasting filter may be time-saving and cheaper.

Filter type

Most of the filters in this round-up rely on activated carbon, which can absorb chlorine and reduce asbestos, lead, mercury, and volatile organic compounds. Other products use other filtration processes like reverse osmosis, ion exchange, and distillation, which you should consider if installing an under-the-sink or whole-home filter or if you have serious concerns about water quality.

Filtration efficiency

Filter effectiveness varies, so we looked at NSF/ANSI standards. We prefer certified products, which means that NSF International or the Water Quality Association tested and verified the company’s claims. Certification is time-consuming and costly for a company, so we also indicated where outside labs found products that “meet the standards” but aren’t certified.

Here’s what some of the standards mean, but review the manufacturer’s performance data to see the specific contaminants a filter is effective against:

  • NSF/ANSI Standard 42: This is a common standard, which indicates a filter can remove chlorine taste and odor or chloramines.
  • NSF/ANSI Standard 53: Another common standard that indicates the reduction of some heavy metals like lead, arsenic, and mercury, as well as some pesticides and herbicides.
  • NSF/ANSI Standard 401: This indicates the filter removes or reduces up to 15 kinds of “emerging impurities,” such as bisphenol A (BPA), ibuprofen, DEET, microplastics, and some pesticides and herbicides.
  • NSF/ANSI Standard P231: This is where purification comes in. This standard means microbiological contaminants like bacteria, viruses, and cysts are reduced or removed. 

FAQs

Q: Do I need a water filter?

Whether you need a water filter should be a straightforward yes or no answer, but it’s not. The U.S. drinking water supply is considered safe, and the Environmental Protection Agency regulates public water systems (this excludes wells). You can check annual water quality reports on EPA’s website, but systems can also experience contamination after leaving a treatment plant or have an acute issue due to recent natural disasters or climate change. Plus, some pollutants aren’t regulated yet, like forever chemicals, which the EPA issued proposed rules for in March. Not sure what may be in your water? You can also look up your zip code on The Environmental Working Group’s database of what’s been measured in tap water or get an at-home water quality test.

Q: What contaminants do water filters remove?

What contaminants water filters remove depends on the individual water filter. Most of the filters in this guide are activated carbon, which can absorb chlorine and reduce asbestos, lead, mercury, and volatile organic compounds. You’ll need to review performance data to see what specific pollutants a filter reduces or removes.

Q: How often should I replace my water filter?

How often you should replace your water filter depends on the filter. Always check the manufacturer’s recommendations, but other factors may reduce the filter’s life. For example, a particularly active or large household may filter 40 gallons of water through a pitcher well before two months. 

Final thoughts on the best water filters

Anyone looking for the best water filters has plenty of affordable options to cover a variety of needs, whether lugging around a reliable system in the woods or covering a household’s drinking and cooking needs. It’s hard to go wrong with the filters we recommend from well-known, longtime brands like PUR and Brita. Both brands’ filters are readily available and carry multiple certifications. And don’t rule out getting multiple items—you never know when you’ll be thirsty next.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best water filters of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best heart rate monitors of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-heart-rate-monitors/ Wed, 27 Oct 2021 20:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=400160
Best heart rate monitors composite feature image
Tony Ware

We’ve got out finger on the pulse of the best heart rate monitors to help you exercise more efficiently.

The post The best heart rate monitors of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best heart rate monitors composite feature image
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for cycling Polar H10 is the best heart rate monitor. Polar H10 Heart Rate Monitor
SEE IT

An accurate heart monitor that pairs with Peloton.

Best for triathletes Myzone MZ-Switch is the best heart rate monitor. Myzone MZ-Switch
SEE IT

You customize your workout and now you can customize how you use your heart rate monitor with the MZ-Switch, which can be worn on your wrist, arm, or chest.

Best for running Garmin HRM-Pro is the best heart rate monitor. Garmin HRM-Pro Premium Heart Rate Strap
SEE IT

A heart rate monitor that’s easy to use and runs well in more than one way.

If you aren’t wearing a heart rate monitor, you aren’t getting the most from exercising. According to the Cleveland Clinic, heart rate is a primary indicator of how intensely you’re exerting yourself and what energy source you’re using. When you work out, you burn calories, but if your heart rate is too high, you’ll actually be burning more carbohydrates, since your body can’t burn fat fast enough to keep up. Therefore, knowing your heart rate lets you keep your workout in the fat-burning zone. (This is the underlying theory behind Orangetheory workouts, for example.) The best heart rate monitors give you reliable, real-time readings and can beam data to a synced device for further analysis so you can work out your best workout. 

And, sure, you could use your fingers to check your pulse, but how realistic—or reliable—is that when you’re on a bike or in the pool? Heart rate monitors offer ease of use and accuracy suited for high-intensity activity and environments. So if you’re trying to figure out a monitor for cycling, swimming, or running, whether an armband or a chest strap is better for you, read on. We’ve got our finger on the pulse of the best heart rate monitors. 

How we selected the best heart rate monitors

The core function of the best heart rate monitors is to provide an accurate, real-time look at your heart rate. So we only considered the ones made by top manufacturers whose sensor technology cannot be beat and whose products we’ve tested and trust. From there, we read what users and critics had to say about how they felt and functioned in the real world, and we considered critical features like Bluetooth and ANT+ connectivity and compatibility with popular fitness apps. That heartfelt work led us to a list we love. 

Best heart rate monitors: Reviews & Recommendations

Best for cycling: Polar H10 Heart Rate Monitor

Polar

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Polar’s ECG heart rate measurement provides pinpoint accuracy whether road biking or open-water swimming.

Specs:

  • Weight: Connector 21 g (0.74 oz), strap 39 g (1.38 oz)
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, ANT+
  • Battery life: Up to 400 hours

Pros:

  • Accurate
  • Connects to multiple devices at once
  • Waterproof up to 30 meteres
  • Over-the-air software updates

Cons:

  • Replacement batteries may not last as long as the original

Garmin, Apple, Strava, Nike—these are just some of the brands that this Polar monitor works with. It can support iOS mobile devices with iOS 13 or later; Android mobile devices with Bluetooth 4.0 capability and Android 7 or later; Huawei mobile devices with Huawei App Gallery and Huawei Mobile Services installed. That makes this chest strap one of the best heart rate monitors for cycling. But it excels as one of the best monitors for Peloton and cycling in general, as its accurate reader and comfortable fit don’t falter at high speeds thanks to silicone dots that help it stay firmly in place.

Best for running: Garmin HRM-Pro Premium Heart Rate Strap

Garmin

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: By tracking metrics such as vertical oscillation, ground contact time, stride length, and vertical ratio, this Garmin heart rate monitor can improve your running form.

Specs:

  • Weight: 2.1 ounces
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, ANT+
  • Battery life: 1 year (training once a day)

Pros:

  • 5 ATM water resistance (can withstand depths of 50 meters)
  • Lightweight
  • Seamless connectivity

Cons:

  • Must connect via ANT+ for running dynamics
  • Optimized for Garmin products

This Garmin strap is the best heart rate monitor for running because it’ll monitor how effectively your feet are pounding the pavement in addition to how forcefully your heart is pounding in your chest. While it’s made to share data with Garmin watches and other devices, it can also connect to third-party apps, including Zwift. Plus, the chest monitor offers an unlimited number of connections via ANT+ (Bluetooth is limited to two), allowing you to share data between multiple devices. The strap is waterproof up to 50 meters and it’ll store heart rate data when your smartwatch, or another device, is out of range (which is 3 meters).

Best for swimming: Apple Watch Series 7

Apple

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It’s Apple’s most durable, most advanced fitness tracker to date.

Specs:

  • Weight: 32-51.5 grams, depending on model/case materials
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth
  • Battery life: 18 hours

Pros:

  • ECG app
  • 50 meters of water resistance
  • Detailed fitness tracking

Cons:

  • Expensive
  • Requires iOS 15 or later

If you want the best heart rate monitor for swimming that’ll also track your health in great detail, the recently announced Apple Watch Series 7 (which is replacing the Series 6) is the right fit. It carries over the electrical heart sensor and ECG app, which can create a detailed electrocardiogram that’s doctor-office-worthy. The SE and Series 3 (which will remain available) can monitor your heart rate, but they don’t have the ECG app—nor can they monitor your blood oxygen levels. Like the 6, the 7 is capable of withstanding 50 meters of water pressure, and it includes a fitness tracking app that’s tailored to swimming, recording laps and yards in addition to elapsed time and calories burned. The latest Apple Watch also charges 33-times faster than the Series 6, capable of going from 0 to 80 percent in 45 minutes, so it should have energy as you build yours up.

Best for rowing: Scosche Rhythm24 Heart Rate Monitor

Scorsche

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This armband lets you find your personal heart rate zone. It also has a battery life that can go the distance and a waterproofing rating that makes it ready to row.  

Specs:

  • Connectivity: Bluetooth Low Energy / ANT+ Connection
  • Battery life: 24 hours
  • Sensor type: Green and Yellow Optical Sensors

Pros:

  • 24 hours of battery life
  • Personalized monitoring
  • Wide compatability
  • IP68 Waterproofing (can survive submersion up to 10 feet)

Cons:

  • Can be difficult to use

If you spend the day on the water, you need a heart rate monitor that will, too. This Scosche monitor offers 24 hours of battery life, as well as up to 13 hours of onboard memory training time (ANT+ FIT file transfer). Plus, the IP68 means splashing won’t bother it and you can even keep it on when you swim laps. This is one of the best monitors for rowing, with LED lights displaying battery life and five heart rate zone indications that are designed to work with different sports. For instance, the running mode focuses on cadence plus distance, while the swimming mode tracks heart rate variability. It’s versatile in its compatibility, too, pairing with many devices, including iPhone models up to 12 and the Galaxy S10.

Best for exercises of all sorts: Myzone MZ-Switch

Myzone

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Versatility, durability, reliability. Three is a magic number.

Specs:

  • Weight: Roughly 5.5 grams (sensor)
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, ANT+
  • Battery life: Up to 6 months
  • Sensor type: ECG and PPG

Pros:

  • Two kinds of sensors
  • Three ways to wear
  • Wide compatibility

Cons:

  • Somewhat pricey
  • Only tracks heart rate

Whether you’re a triathlete or just into multiple sports, this versatile device is the perfect training companion. The best heart rate monitor for exercises of all sorts, the MZ-Switch can be worn three ways, meaning it’s “customized” for whatever your pursuits: swimming laps in the pool, skinning up a steep slope, ultramarathoning through grueling terrain, hang-gliding from a plateau, etc. I wore it as a chest strap on bike rides and as a wrist strap on runs, easily switching out the sensor (roughly the size and weight of a quarter) and optimally situating it by using the plastic clip (wrist and arm bands) and metal snaps (chest monitor). 

Using Bluetooth or ANT+, this Myzone heart rate monitor can also sync with an array of devices and programs, from Peloton bikes to the Strava app to Apple watches to MyFitness Pal. I used the Myzone app to log workouts and track stats like calories burned and to easily see what fat burning zone I’d entered based on the color-coded charts—the gray-to-blue-to-green-to-yellow-to-red-system matches the LED flashes of the heart rate monitor’s face. Two sensors, ECG and PPG, help ensure accurate, real-time heart rate readings, no matter where you’re wearing the MZ-Switch. Without comparison to a doctor’s reading, it’s hard to say just how accurate this Myzone monitor was, but I found it consistently delivered a higher heart rate than my Amazfit GTR3 when I was really churning my legs, making it feel more aligned with how I felt my system was pumping.   

Best budget: Wahoo Tickr Heart Rate Monitor

Wahoo

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This Wahoo heart rate monitor is relatively versatile but most of all inexpensive.

Specs:

  • Weight: 1.07 ounces
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, ANT+
  • Battery life: Coin cell that lasts for 500 hours of workouts

Pros:

  • Affordable
  • Lightweight
  • Compatible with many devices

Cons:

  • Users have reported inaccurate readings
  • Only waterproof up to 5-feet deep

This chest strap has top-mounted LED lights, letting you easily check your heart rate level and connectivity, plus a front clip lets you put it on quickly. The Wahoo monitor works with more than 50 fitness apps such as Zwift, Peloton, and MapMyRun. But if you’re looking to track underwater, you’ll need a deeper dive—this monitor only offers IPX7 protection. And, be warned, some users say this model is “hit and miss,” so this very well could be an example of “you get what you pay for.” At the same time, reviewers also said it “worked fine” and was “easy to use.” Making this our choice for the best heart rate monitor chest strap on a budget.

What to consider when shopping for the best heart rate monitors

From connectivity to comfort, here are some things to consider when shopping for tools to improve your workouts. 

Do you want a wrist band or a chest strap?

Monitors are typically worn one of three ways: either on your wrist, on your arm, or around your chest. Generally, the wrist and armbands are easier to use, while the chest straps boast better accuracy. But, actually, the technology has advanced so much in the past few years that each type of monitor can provide both benefits. Chest straps place electrodes against your skin to measure your heart’s electrical activity. Fitness trackers on the wrist and arm use optical sensors to measure the blood flow in your veins. Both types of sensors provide accurate readings, but that reading is compromised if the sensor is knocked out of position, so it’s important to find a heart rate monitor that provides a secure fit on your body. 

Is the heart rate monitor compatible?

Heart rate monitors connect to phones, smartwatches, and other devices to share data. While Bluetooth heart rate monitors can meet the needs of most people—pairing the monitor with a smartwatch, say—ANT+ allows you to connect the heart monitor to multiple devices at once. So if you’ve got Strava running on your phone and also want to map your run on your wrist, ANT+ can make it a go.

It’s also important to check that the heart rate monitor you purchase supports the operating system on the device you’re planning to pair it with. (Some heart monitors can’t yet communicate with the Apple 13 iPhone, for instance.) Pay attention to app compatibility, as well. Most of the best ones will work with common fitness apps, but it’s a good idea to make sure.

Will you wear it all day? 

The best monitors have batteries that can last for hours and even days. That means the limiting factor in how long you wear a monitor while working out—aside from your own energy level—is often how comfortable it feels on your body. The weight of the device matters some, but materials and fit tend to matter more. Silicone works for wrist bands, and it also adds grip to the softer chest straps. Ultimately, fit and comfort are something you have to decide for yourself.  

How low can it go?

Especially if you’re a swimmer, you need a watertight monitor. Devices with ATM 5 ratings and WR50 can withstand going 50 meters below the surface, while IP68-rated monitors can withstand at least a meter of water for half an hour. Any ratings lower than these can’t reliably go underwater.

What else does it track?

Some monitors track your heartbeat and not much else. Others can monitor your running stride, record steps, and count calories. In addition, some devices can monitor different data points depending on the type of exercise you’re doing—for instance they monitor rhythm and distance while you’re running and heart rate variability while you’re swimming—while other heart monitors track what zone of fat burning you’re in, meaning you don’t have to do any math.  

FAQs

Q: Is it safe to wear a heart rate monitor all day?

It is safe to wear a heart rate monitor all day, but the strap may cause skin irritation.

Q: Are heart monitors with chest straps more accurate?

Heart rate monitors with chest straps are slightly more accurate than wrist monitors and armbands that use optical sensors, only because the optical sensors are more likely to get knocked out of position. Otherwise, the optical sensors can provide as accurate a reading as the electrodes in the best heart rate monitor chest straps.

Q: Is it worth getting a heart rate monitor?

It is worth getting a heart rate monitor if you care about maximizing the benefits of your exercise. Heart rate monitors read your heart rate, letting you know whether you’re burning fat instead of carbohydrates. They can also motivate you to push the pace just a step quicker to rev up your calorie burn.

The final word on finding the best heart rate monitors

The best heart rate monitors instantly tell you how fast your heart is beating, helping you exercise at the right intensity. So whether you’re a novice runner, a beginning bicyclist, or a seasoned swimmer—or one of those superhumans who does all three in a day—the right monitor will help you exercise as efficiently as possible.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best heart rate monitors of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best fitness watches in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-fitness-watch/ Thu, 30 Dec 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=368530
Four of the best fitness watches sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

These impressive fitness watches will allow you to better track your workout metrics, heart rate, sleep cycles and more.

The post The best fitness watches in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four of the best fitness watches sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Shokz OpenRun Pro bone-conduction headphones are placed against a white background with a gray gradient. Shokz OpenRun Pro
SEE IT

Impressive battery life, water resistance, and reliable connectivity make these the best pair of bone-conduction headphones around.

Best for kids A pair of pink bone conduction headphones with a unicorn pattern on a blue and white background N/0 Kids Bone Conduction Headphones
SEE IT

Give your kids a pair of headphones that will provide safe entertainment while they stay active.

Best waterproof A pair of blue bone conduction headphones on a blue and white background Shokz OpenSwim
SEE IT

A pair of open-ear headphones that’s waterproof, the OpenSwim suit doing laps in the pool swimmingly.

If you lead an active lifestyle, are training for competition, or simply want to keep better track of your health, a fitness watch is a necessary addition to your everyday wear. These devices help you focus on what you’ve set out to do, whether running, cycling, swimming, or hiking. Some even allow you to download your favorite songs to onboard storage or take control of smartphone apps like Spotify. You can gain insight into where to maximize your efforts with detailed monitoring of your distance, steps, calories burned, heart rate, and more. Most wearables even provide data you can use to improve your sleep and offer specific training suggestions. No matter your goals, the best fitness watches will help you keep progressing.  

How we chose the best fitness watches

As fitness enthusiasts and long-time athletes, we have used our fair share of fitness trackers. We used our personal experience, editorial reviews, and user feedback to select this guide. When considering the wide array of options available, we looked at what sensors and tech each watch used and what each watch did with all that data in terms of insights and suggestions. Accurate on-wrist heart rate monitoring, SpO2 measurements, and GPS were essential. Usability was a key consideration, as was durability. We prioritized watches that provide free access to your information instead of paid subscription models. 

The best fitness watches: Reviews & Recommendations

With so many brands and products available, there is bound to be a watch that aligns perfectly with your wants and needs. The good news is that you might not have to choose only one must-have feature since most smartwatches run the gamut of fitness-tracking features—though some handle particular needs, like running or sleep tracking, better than others. 

Best overall: Apple Watch Ultra 2

Apple

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: 36 hours (70 with low power mode)
  • Display type: Always-on OLED Retina 
  • Water resistance: 328 feet
  • Materials: Titanium case
  • Size: 49mm case
  • Weight: 2.16 ounces

Pros

  • Available in three different band styles with multiple colors
  • 3000 nit display more easily viewable in bright sun
  • Made of recycled materials
  • Support for third-party training apps
  • Improved cycling features

Cons

  • Battery life still lags behind other watches
  • Recovery metrics are limited

While the Apple Watch Ultra 2 may be a splurge purchase compared to other fitness watches on this list, its top-shelf feature set makes it worth the cash. Thanks to its (optional) cellular connection, it is the best connected smartwatch for most, meaning you can leave the phone behind. You can listen to music without your phone (just use headphones or earbuds with situational awareness features, please). And you can send and receive messages or calls even if you are trail running (as long as you have service). That’s a great safety feature for fitness watches since you never know when you may twist that ankle and need a ride home. 

The Ultra 2 is highly capable when it comes to insights. The wearable measures your blood oxygen levels and takes electrocardiograms right from your wrist to keep extremely close tabs on your cardiovascular health. Of course, it’ll do the basics, like track your daily activity and measure your workouts, even if they include swimming.

The second iteration of the Apple Watch Ultra brings new cycling features to the table, including the ability to connect Bluetooth power meters, speed, and cadence sensors. It also estimates cycling power and power zones (when using a power meter). Another benefit of the Ultra 2 is that you can connect third-party training apps, such as TrainingPeaks. 

Unfortunately, the battery life of the Ultra 2, while better than the standard Series 9, is still pretty lackluster compared to the competition. And, of course, you’ll only be able to take advantage of all the features we’ve listed with an iPhone. But, the well-rounded features make this the best option for most people looking for a fitness watch. 

Best for the backcountry: Garmin epix Pro (Gen. 2) Sapphire Edition 

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: Up to 10 days in smartwatch mode (42mm case), 
  • Display type: AMOLED 
  • Water resistance: 10 ATM
  • Materials: Sapphire glass lens with steel bezel
  • Size: 42mm, 47mm, or 51mm case
  • Weight: 2.2 ounces (42mm 

Pros

  • Flashlight is powerful and extremely useful
  • Available in three sizes to fit your wrist best
  • Advanced training metrics and suggestions
  • Features topographic maps and weather overlays

Cons

  • Expensive

If you like to hit the trail less traveled, the Garmin epix Pro (Gen. 2) is the best fitness watch you can get. The watch comes in two configurations (Pro Standard or Pro Sapphire) and three sizes, so you can dial in what you want and need. We particularly like the Pro Sapphire for backcountry use since the Sapphire lens is incredibly durable and scratch-resistant. In fact, it’s the only screen I’ve not managed to scratch, even after using and abusing it. Plus, Garmin tested the watch to U.S. military standards for thermal, shock, and water resistance, so you can trust it will hold up on even the most rugged adventures.

Beyond durability, the epix Pro (Gen. 2) has a built-in LED flashlight on the front side of the watch case. It is surprisingly handy, and I find myself utilizing it almost every day, but it would be especially nice if you are trying to navigate off a trail after dark. You’ll also have access to multi-band GPS ​​for accurate location information, which enables navigation via the topographical maps. I especially like that the map tells you the distance to the next fork to prevent missing a turn—one of several reasons it tops our best hiking watches. Garmin also added weather overlays so you can keep an eye on any storms that may be headed your way, which I have found extremely useful even when just grabbing a beer on the patio of a local brewery.

As with just about any Garmin smartwatch, you’ll have access to a robust list of sensors, activity recording, and insights. The epix Pro (Gen. 2) tracks your heart rate and blood oxygen levels all day and your HRV status while you sleep. It provides a Morning Report so you can get a picture of your sleep, training outlook, and even the weather. The watch will provide daily suggested workouts and even offers animated workouts for you to follow along. It can predict your race times, help you plan race-day strategies, and more. It’s essentially a helpful coach right on your wrist at all times.

The 42mm epix Pro (Gen. 2) offers 10 days of battery life in smartwatch mode or up to 20 hours in GPS mode. The 42mm case size is ideal for my small wrists, but you can also opt for the 47mm or 51mm sizes and will see a boost to battery life in the larger versions. For example, the 51mm Pro Sapphire provides up to 31 days in smartwatch mode or 62 hours in GPS mode, which is a substantial difference. 

The weather map overlay displayed on the Garmin epix Pro on a wrist resting on a table
The weather map overlays are very useful on the epix Pro (Gen. 2), even when just hanging out on the patio of a brewery. Abby Ferguson

Best fitness tracker: Fitbit Sense 2

Fitbit

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: 6 days
  • Display type: AMOLED
  • Water resistance: 164 feet
  • Materials: Aluminum case
  • Size: 1.5 x 1.5 x 0.45 inches
  • Weight: 0.8 ounces

Pros

  • Slim, minimal design and size
  • Plenty of sensors for health tracking
  • Bright and responsive touchscreen
  • Long battery life

Cons

  • No third-party app support
  • Subscription required to access all features and insights

The watches we’ve included here can be overkill for many people, which is where a fitness tracker comes in. The Fitbit Sense 2 is essentially a paired-down fitness watch. Though don’t let that fool you, it is still highly capable of helping you track your fitness and health. It is packed full of sensors, including a multi-path optical heart rate sensor, cEDA sensor, SpO2 sensor, skin temperature sensor, built-in GPS and GLONASS, ambient light sensor, and more. 

All of those sensors combine to give you useful health stats. It keeps an eye on your heart rate and alerts you if there is anything abnormal. You can track your sleep and stress levels. It automatically tracks exercises and can guide you on when it’s time to rest or workout. And as a smartwatch, you’ll get notifications right on your wrist. 

The lower price of the Sense 2 does mean there are some compromises. For example, if you want to take advantage of some features, such as the Daily Readiness Score or in-depth sleep information, you’ll need to pay for a Premium Fitbit subscription. And even then, it doesn’t provide as thorough performance and health insights as Garmin or Apple options. It also doesn’t support any third-party apps, so you’re stuck with Fitbit Pay, Google Wallet, and Google Maps. And there are no music controls or storage. But if you just want a basic device to help you stay active, the Fitbit Sense 2 is a great option.

Best for running: Garmin Forerunner 965

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: Up to 23 days in smartwatch mode, 31 hours in GPS mode
  • Display type: AMOLED
  • Water resistance: 5 ATM
  • Materials: Corning Gorilla Glass 3 DX, titanium
  • Size: 1.8 x 1.8 x 0.5 inches
  • Weight: 1.9 ounces

Pros

  • Bright and colorful AMOLED display
  • Lots of customization options
  • Highly accurate GPS and heart rate
  • Lots of training metrics

Cons

  • Pricey
  • A bit large on small wrists

For runners and triathletes, it’s hard to beat the Forerunner 965 (or any Forerunner, in my opinion). Though all of the fitness watches here offer plenty of running features, this Garmin watch is clearly purpose-built to help you truly improve your running performance. Considering the bright and colorful AMOLED display, it offers impressive battery life. Even with daily runs and the always-on display enabled, you should be able to get nearly a week of life out of your watch. And it charges quickly if you need to top it off before going out for a run. 

Garmin hits its training features out of the park, which is no different on the Forerunner 965. The Training Readiness feature looks at your sleep, recovery, training load, and more to better guide your workouts. And the daily suggested workouts can help you when you’re stuck. Garmin will even build training plans based on your races for truly fine-tuned suggestions. And the Training Status feature helps you understand your overall fitness at a glance. 

The Forerunner 965 can track a wide range of workouts, including multisport profiles for triathlons, duathlons, brick workouts, and swimruns. It’s an ideal tool for those focused on multiple disciplines. You can easily customize what you see on your watch for each activity, putting the information that you rely on front and center. The heart rate data is accurate, though wrist-based heart rate monitors don’t work well during swimming activities, so you will want to invest in that accessory if you’re a triathlete.

Beyond workouts, you can get turn-by-turn directions on courses you find or create in the Garmin Connect app or third-party platforms. Or, you can enter your desired distance for suggested routes, which is helpful when running in new areas. I also love the safety features of the Forerunner 965, which allow you to send a message with your live location right from the watch. It can even sense when an incident occurs and send a message automatically. You have to have your phone on you to use those, but it gives me some peace of mind when I’m out running.

Best budget: COROS Pace 2

COROS

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: 20 days of regular use, 30 hours of activity tracking
  • Display type: LCD
  • Water resistance: 5 ATM
  • Materials: 
  • Size: 1.2 inch
  • Weight: 1.05 ounces

Pros

  • Excellent battery life
  • Available with silicone or nylon straps
  • Very lightweight and low-profile
  • Accurate GPS and heart rate

Cons

  • No music controls or contactless payment options

The COROS Pace 2 is a generation behind the current model, but it’s still an impressive watch, especially for the price. One of the best features of this fitness watch is the battery life. COROS promises up to 20 days of regular use, which includes tracking daily activity and sleep. It also offers up to 30 hours of full GPS battery life, which can last for serious ultramarathon runs. 

Another big advantage of the Pace 2 is how small it is. The watch weighs only 1.05 ounces (with the band) and is very low profile on the wrist. Despite the slim form factor, it is packed with plenty of sensors, including GPS, heart rate monitor, barometric altimeter, accelerometer, compass, gyroscope, and thermometer. You’ll be able to gather plenty of data to guide your training and monitor your health. The display isn’t as bright or beautiful as more expensive watches, and you won’t have access to music controls or contactless payments, but those are minor details for many.

From a training standpoint, the Pace 2 is highly capable. It offers activity tracking for a wide range of spots, including jump rope, swimming, rowing, weight training, and more. The navigation tools make it easy to find your way on runs or hikes. Like Garmin watches, it gives insight into your training status, training load, and recovery time to manage fatigue and prevent injuries. You’ll even have access to pre-designed workouts and plans or one-on-one support from a team of qualified coaches.

What to consider when shopping for the best fitness watch 

Whether you prefer running outside, spinning, or playing group sports like baseball, purchasing a fitness watch can be a great addition to your accessory collection. With sleek and customizable styles, you can wear your watch daily, no matter your activity. But before you buy a wearable designed to help you prioritize your health, you’ll need to prioritize the features that are your must-haves. 

Activity tracking and preferences

While many fitness watches are fitness omnivores—monitoring workouts of all stripes—some watches will specialize in certain activities. For example, Garmin tailored its Forerunner series of watches to runners with running-specific activity tracking, performance metrics, and more. If you focus on cycling or strength training, such metrics may be irrelevant to you. Also, if you opt for a specialized device that differs from your preferred workout type, you may not be able to track what you need due to limited sports profiles. As a result, it’s important to put some thought into what you most frequently participate in and look at what each fitness watch offers in terms of tracking and insights for that activity.

Battery life

A fitness watch doesn’t do much good if you need to constantly take it off in order to charge the battery. You’ll want to keep an eye on the promised battery life from the manufacturer, but remember to take that with a grain of salt. Individual usage and conditions can impact battery life significantly. For example, if you enable an always-on display and use the most precise level of GPS for long activities on a daily basis, you will burn through the battery much faster than someone who performs short workouts without the display on at all times.

Battery life is especially important for those who participate in long-lasting activities, such as hours-long trail runs or bike rides. For serious athletes, look for a model that offers 20 to 30 hours (or more) of battery life in GPS mode. If you are a more casual user but still hate needing to charge your device frequently, focus on fitness watches with days or even weeks-long battery life in smartwatch mode.

Performance metrics & training features

Some of us need a nudge to push workouts to the next level. Many devices offer lots of training tools to help you understand your current performance level and what you need to do to improve it. Some may feature built-in workout suggestions to specifically guide you. Others include access to fitness communities that put you in touch with both peers and professional coaches, both of which can offer inspiration or exercise routines to keep you motivated or mix up your routine if you get bored. 

Phone connectivity

The line between smartwatch and fitness watch has become incredibly blurry, with the two essentially being synonymous at this point. That said, there are varying levels of phone connectivity options in fitness watches that may impact what is best for you. 

Cheaper fitness trackers typically won’t offer built-in GPS, instead relying on your phone for connected GPS. That means you must have your phone on you for mapping, distance, and pace information. Pricier fitness watches all feature built-in GPS so that you can track your workouts without your phone. Some models will also provide on-board storage to save music or podcasts, meaning you can keep yourself entertained without having your phone on hand. Others may allow you to control your music, but you will need your phone on you to actually listen. 

Lastly, most fitness watches do not have a cellular connection, so you won’t be able to send or make calls on the watch itself. And you won’t be able to receive notifications if you don’t have your phone nearby. Look at the Apple Watch or Samsung Watch LTE versions if you want a device that can do it all. 

Sleep tracking

There are some days when you wake up ready to greet the day and others where you just want to pull the covers back over your head. It can be hard to know the difference between a good night’s sleep and a rough one, but fitness watches with sleep-tracking capabilities can help you get to the bottom of it. Most fitness watches monitor your heart rate and movement, which is closely related to sleep cycles. Once the device’s algorithmic smarts crunch all that information, it’ll help you understand why and when you are waking up. Then, you can take action to resolve the issue. Some watches even come with built-in meditation apps like Breath or Calm to help you wind down before bed. 

Advanced health metrics 

More health-conscious individuals may want a watch that tracks their fitness activity and offers a deeper understanding of their health beyond heart rates and calorie burns. Most Garmin watches, as well as the Apple Watch, include sensors to track your cardiovascular health by measuring your blood oxygen levels and taking electrocardiograms. This provides a better picture of your overall health, which can be very useful. 

FAQs

Q: Should I get a fitness tracker or a smartwatch?

Whether you should get a fitness tracker or smartwatch depends on your goals, preferences, and budget. The two device styles overlap more these days, making the line between them quite blurry. Most fitness trackers will connect with your phone and provide notifications like smartwatches. But there are still some important differences.

The main differences between fitness trackers and smartwatches are their size, cost, and features. Fitness trackers are typically smaller and more minimal in design. That means fewer health sensors and generally a lack of built-in GPS. They are also more affordable. Smartwatches generally pack more tech inside and, as a result, are larger and more expensive. But they are also more capable for serious fitness tracking. 

If you want a basic, affordable device to keep track of your activity level, a fitness tracker is the way to go. If you want more robust fitness and health monitoring options, a smartwatch with fitness features will be worth the money.

Q:

Is it worth getting a fitness watch? 

A fitness watch brings together the best of a fitness tracker with the connectivity of a smartwatch. It can track important information in real-time—such as calories burned, steps taken, distance covered, and sleep cycles—and motivate you to maximize your workouts. With the numbers and details provided, you can track your progress and make the necessary changes to improve your health and ensure you get the best workout. If you are serious about your training, a fitness watch is a key tool in helping you progress and is absolutely worth it. 

Q:

What is the best budget fitness tracker? 

The best budget fitness tracker is the Amazfit Band 7. However, it is very basic and won’t be the best option for those serious about their fitness. If you want a step up without spending a fortune, the COROS Pace 2 is the best budget fitness watch.

Final thoughts on the best fitness watch

The best fitness watch will track your activity metrics and provide insight as to where improvements can be made. These devices are full of advanced technology to help you progress and monitor your fitness and health while preventing you from overtraining. They can also be used as smartwatches, so you are always connected, even when hitting the gym. The best option for you depends on your goals, priorities, and budget, but with so many options available, you’re sure to find the right fit. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best fitness watches in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best cheap fitness trackers in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-cheap-fitness-trackers/ Tue, 26 Sep 2023 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=573719
Four of the best cheap fitness trackers sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

These affordable fitness trackers will help you track moving move for less.

The post The best cheap fitness trackers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four of the best cheap fitness trackers sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Garmin vívosmart 5 cheap fitness tracker with black band against a white background Garmin vívosmart 5
SEE IT

This Garmin fitness tracker offers the ideal balance of price and features.

Best GPS The Fitbit Charge 5 cheap fitness tracker with a black band against a white background Fitbit Charge 5
SEE IT

The Fitbit Charge 5 offers built-in GPS that is fast to connect.

Best budget Amazfit Band 7 budget fitness tracker on a wrist with a green background Amazfit Band 7
SEE IT

You’ll get plenty of features with a comfortable design in this budget fitness tracker.

Gone are the days of basic pedometers being the only option for cheap fitness trackers. These days, even budget-friendly trackers offer advanced training and data-gathering functionality to help you monitor and push toward your fitness and health goals. Most even offer a plethora of smartwatch features to keep you connected when you’re on the move. While these budget options won’t give you the same level of performance as expensive fitness watches, you don’t need to drop a fortune to get a capable device. The best cheap fitness trackers will provide plenty of insight to keep you motivated and moving. 

How we chose the best cheap fitness trackers

As a fitness enthusiast and frequent watch reviewer, I have used countless fitness trackers and smartwatches. When selecting the fitness trackers included in this guide, price was, of course, one of the most important factors. Beyond that, we considered sensors and tracking abilities, battery life, fit, and durability. Although cheap fitness trackers are inherently more basic than expensive fitness watches, we also looked at advanced features, such as sleep tracking, performance metrics, and more. We made our selections on a mix of hands-on experience, editorial reviews, and user feedback. 

The best cheap fitness trackers: Reviews & Recommendations

The best cheap fitness tracker for each person will vary, as your individual needs and goals will dictate which features are necessary. Despite their budget-friendly prices, the options below are highly capable and offer a range of capabilities and designs so that you can find the best device for your lifestyle.

Best overall: Garmin vívosmart 5

Garmin

SEE IT

Specs

  • Built-in GPS: No
  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Water resistance: 164 feet 
  • Battery life: 7 days
  • Display size: 0.41 x 0.73 inches
  • Weight: 0.86 ounces (small/medium), 0.93 ounces (large)

Pros

  • Free access to all your data
  • Available in two sizes
  • Lightweight, minimal design
  • Accurate heart rate and sleep tracking
  • Activity tracking for a range of activities

Cons

  • No built-in GPS

Garmin’s smartwatches are some of the best fitness watches available, though most come with steep price tags. The vívosmart 5 comes at a much lower price point with more beginner-friendly features. Plus, Garmin doesn’t charge extra to access all of your data and training assistance features, which is why it earns our top spot. 

Despite being a cheap fitness tracker, the vívosmart 5 still gets plenty of Garmin’s advanced technology and accurate data collection so that you can maximize your training without spending too much. The built-in heart rate monitor constantly monitors and can alert you if your rhythm is too high or low while at rest. And it helps you understand how hard you are working during an activity. It also features a pulse ox sensor to check your blood oxygen saturation, though you’ll have to do that during the day manually.

As is typical of cheap fitness trackers, this device doesn’t offer built-in GPS. Instead, it relies on connected GPS with your phone. It also offers limited sports apps for activity tracking compared to Garmin’s more expensive models. But it tracks your sleep, stress, and respiration, and you can log your fluid intake, providing a well-rounded picture of your health. And you can get notifications from your smartphone, which adds a lot of convenience. 

Best for sleep: Fitbit Inspire 3

Fitbit

SEE IT

Specs

  • Built-in GPS: No
  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Water resistance: 164 feet
  • Battery life: 10 days
  • Display size: 1.5 x 0.7 x 0.5 inches
  • Weight: 3.5 ounces

Pros

  • Lightweight and slim
  • Long battery life
  • Bright AMOLED display
  • Provides helpful sleep insight

Cons

  • Requires a subscription for advanced insights and workout suggestions

While tracking your sleep may seem unnecessary, it can provide lots of insight and benefits to help you improve your health and fitness. The Fitbit Inspire 3 automatically tracks your sleep at night, providing information on how long you spent in light, deep, and REM sleep stages. It provides a Sleep Score at the night’s end so you can get the big picture. Plus, you can set a vibrating alarm to wake you up during the optimal sleep stage so that you actually feel refreshed when you wake up.

To keep things fun, the Inspire 3 pairs you with a sleep animal and shares a monthly personalized analysis of your sleep. However, you’ll need to pay for a Fitbit Premium subscription to get this feature. In fact, you need to pay for the Premium subscription for quite a few insights—including detailed sleep data, wellness reports, and a Daily Readiness Score—which keeps the Inspire 3 from earning the top spot. 

Beyond sleep, the Inspire 3 can track your steps and activities. The built-in heart rate sensor and SpO2 sensors provide useful information for tracking your fitness, such as your VO2 Max and heart rate zone information. It relies on connected GPS, so you’ll need your phone for accurate distance and pace information. But you can get all your phone notifications on the watch, which is always an added convenience layer. 

Best for minimalists: Whoop 4.0

Nick Hilden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Built-in GPS: No
  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Water resistance: 32 feet for 2 hours (IP68)
  • Battery life: 4 to 5 days
  • Display size: N/A
  • Weight: 1 ounce

Pros

  • Comfortable to wear for extended periods
  • Lots of recovery insights
  • Minimal, screen-free design
  • Can be worn in many ways with Whoop accessories

Cons

  • Requires a pricey monthly subscription

The Whoop 4.0 comes across as basic thanks to its minimalist design that bucks the trend of fitness trackers turned smartwatches. This unique device doesn’t feature a screen of any sort. You won’t be distracted by notifications popping up on your wrist or be preoccupied with keeping an eye on all those numbers during your workout. However, although the Whoop is basic in looks, it is not basic in capabilities.

The Whoop 4.0 features blood oxygen, skin temperature, and heart rate sensors to provide plenty of data. It can automatically detect a workout, or you can start one manually in the app. If you are strength training, the Whoop can track weights, reps, and sets. Then, the app takes all that data and provides lots of useful recovery information to help you get the most out of your workouts. 

Another benefit of the Whoop is that you can purchase a range of clothing items, including swimsuits, underwear, shirts, and more, that Whoop designed to hold the fitness tracker, allowing you to go wristband-free. That’s an ideal option for a lot of different sports and activities. Despite the lack of a screen, the Whoop 4.0 is the most expensive option on our list. Unfortunately, it also requires a pricey monthly subscription. But this is a unique device that many people prefer over traditional smartwatch-style trackers. 

Best GPS: Fitbit Charge 5

Fitbit

SEE IT

Specs

  • Built-in GPS: Yes
  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Water resistance: 164 feet
  • Battery life: 7 days
  • Display size: 0.86 X 0.58 inches
  • Weight: 1.02 ounces

Pros

  • GPS is fast to connect
  • Includes an ECG app for monitoring irregular heart rhythms
  • Sleek, slim design
  • Bright touchscreen

Cons

  • Lack of buttons can be frustrating

Most cheap fitness trackers only offer connected GPS, which isn’t very accurate and requires you to always keep your phone on you. But the Fitbit Charge 5 features built-in GPS, so you can get accurate pace and distance data even if you leave your phone behind. And it’s quick to connect, so you won’t be stuck waiting for it when you want to start your run.

Another bonus with the Charge 5 is the ECG app for detecting heart rhythm issues. You can even share this information directly with your doctor to assist in diagnosing problems. It also tracks your heart rate all day, including during exercise and at night, in order to provide fitness and sleep insights. The automatic exercise tracking is ideal for those who tend to forget to start their watch when beginning activities. And it offers a range of exercise modes with live stats right on your wrist during your workout. 

The Charge 5 features the classic fitness tracker design profile with a slim, minimal look. Fitbit opted for a button-free design on it, though, which means you’ll need to rely on the touchscreen for everything. That can get a bit annoying at times, but the touchscreen is nice and bright, so you’ll easily be able to see it even in bright sunlight. 

Best value: Xiaomi Band 7 Pro

Xiaomi

SEE IT

Specs

  • Built-in GPS: Yes
  • Heart rate monitor: Yes 
  • Water resistance: 164 feet
  • Battery life: 12 days
  • Display size: 1.64 inches
  • Weight: 0.7 ounces

Pros

  • Large, high-quality display
  • Built-in GPS
  • Affordable price
  • Lots of workout and health-tracking features

Cons

  • Sleep tracking isn’t accurate
  • Mi Fitness app isn’t very user-friendly

Typically, if you want more advanced fitness tracking features, such as built-in GPS, sleep tracking, and a large display, you’ll need to spend well over $100. The Xiaomi Band 7 Pro offers a much more affordable alternative while ticking those boxes. 

The most surprising feature for a sub-$100 watch is the built-in GPS. It even supports BeiDou, GPS, GLONASS, Galileo, and QZSS satellite systems for more accurate location information. Plus, you can load your running course and track your progress right on your wrist. The Band 7 Pro offers 110 plus fitness modes for all levels of athletes and offers all-day heart rate tracking with a blood oxygen sensor. 

Another feature that makes this cheap fitness tracker stand out is the large display. It offers a 1.64-inch AMOLED touchscreen display. It features an ambient light sensor to automatically adjust brightness, which is not typically found in such budget-friendly devices. The battery should last you 12 days, depending on how you use it, and you’ll even have access to Amazon Alexa voice assistant. Overall, the Band 7 packs a lot of features into an attractive and affordable watch. 

Best advanced: Garmin Forerunner 55

Brian Stillman

SEE IT

Specs

  • Built-in GPS: Yes
  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Water resistance: 164 feet
  • Battery life: Up to 2 weeks (smartwatch mode), or 20 hours (GPS mode)
  • Display size: 1.04 inches
  • Weight: 1.3 ounces

Pros

  • Provides workout and recovery time suggestions
  • Highly accurate GPS and heart rate
  • Easy to use
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Lacks a touchscreen

If you are starting to get more serious with your training, a step above a fitness tracker may be the way to go. The Garmin Forerunner 55 is a beginner-friendly running watch that still comes at a relatively affordable price, especially for what you are getting. For starters, it is lightweight and small, making it ideal even for those with small wrists. 

Garmin packed the watch with highly accurate GPS (as well as GLONASS and Galileo) so you can get detailed pace, distance, and interval data. It also features Garmin’s built-in rate monitor for all-day heart rate monitoring at rest and during activities. And it offers plenty of built-in sports apps for tracking your favorite activities. 

This watch is an ideal choice for runners for a few reasons. It offers cadence alerts to help you keep your cadence consistent. The PacePro technology helps you plan a race strategy for a selected course or distance, and you’ll also get daily suggested workouts based on your training history, fitness level, and recovery time. 

You’ll miss out on some of the more advanced features (sleep tracking, multi-band GPS tracking, and more) of Garmin’s more expensive watches, such as the Forerunner 955. But if you are just getting started on your running journey, you can’t go wrong with the Forerunner 55. To read more about this highly capable cheap fitness tracker, check out our full review

Best budget: Amazfit Band 7

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Built-in GPS: No
  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Water resistance: 164 feet
  • Battery life: 18 days
  • Display size: 1.47 inches
  • Weight: 0.96 ounces

Pros

  • Very lightweight
  • Affordable
  • Accurate heart rate monitor
  • Good battery life

Cons

  • Touchscreen is a little finicky

If you’re searching for one of the cheapest fitness trackers available to get you started on the road to better fitness and health, the Amazfit Band 7 is your best bet. The Band 7 features a classic fitness tracker design with a narrow rectangular shape. It’s also very lightweight, which makes it more comfortable to wear, even for days on end. The AMOLED display is colorful and bright, though there is no ambient light sensor, so you’ll have to adjust brightness on your own. But it’s easy to see at full brightness even in full sun. 

The Amazfit Band 7 features a heart rate monitor and blood oxygen sensor wrapped up into one (BioTracker 3.0 PPG biometric sensor), providing accurate data. It can calculate your VO2 Max, stress levels, and sleep. I found those numbers to be on par with the more expensive Garmin watches I’ve used, which is impressive. And Amazfit provides lots of help text to explain what all those numbers actually mean. It can be a great tool for starting a fitness journey. 

As with most cheap fitness trackers, the Band 7 relies on connected GPS, so you’ll need to keep your phone on you for any activities where location, pace, or distance are important. And keep in mind that even with your phone’s GPS, those numbers won’t be very accurate. I found it to vary pretty significantly from my watch with built-in, multi-band GPS. 

Despite the budget-friendly price, the Band 7 promises up to 18 hours of battery life. I got roughly 16 days at a time in my testing, which is impressive for such a cheap fitness tracker. The watch’s touchscreen is almost too sensitive, and there are no physical buttons, so you’ll be stuck relying on that. But despite its shortcomings, I was very impressed with the Band 7. To learn more, check out our full review

Things to consider before buying a cheap fitness tracker

Just like any fitness tracker or watch, cheap fitness trackers come in a range of styles with various features. Which is best for you depends on your goals and how you plan to use the watch. But the following categories will help guide your decision in selecting the best cheap fitness tracker for you. 

Steps & heart rate

If you’re looking for a fitness tracker, you likely want to capture data from your workouts and daily life. Fitness trackers come with a wide range of data-collecting sensors. However, this is the one area where companies make sacrifices in order to offer lower-priced models. The result is that you will see fewer options on cheap fitness trackers when compared to more expensive devices. Nevertheless, there are two key sensors to look for if you want to use your tracker for fitness goals. 

The most basic thing to look for is an accelerometer. The accelerometer constantly senses the movements of the body in order to count your steps. All fitness trackers will at least be able to count your steps (just like the good old days). It will give you basic insight into your activity on a particular day.  

Most will also feature a built-in heart rate monitor. Some will offer additional sensors within the heart rate monitor array, including a pulse ox. This combination allows the device to capture additional data, such as blood oxygen levels, heart rate variability, sleep insight, training status, and more. That’s why a heart rate monitor is such a vital component of a well-rounded fitness tracker, as it gives you a much better idea of your fitness and progression to goals. 

GPS

Beyond step counting and heart rate monitoring, you’ll be limited in what the cheap fitness tracker provides. That includes GPS functionality. GPS connectivity helps provide accurate distance and pace information and can also map your activities to show where you ran or biked. 

Most cheap fitness trackers will rely on your phone for GPS, also called tethered or connected GPS. This method isn’t as accurate as built-in GPS, and it means that you have to keep your phone on you. That’s not a problem for some since you would have it on you anyway. And you may not be concerned about super precise pace and distance information either.

Others may get annoyed by the prospect of always carrying around a phone. Or perhaps you want accurate insights. If that is likely to be you, be sure to opt for a fitness tracker that features a built-in GPS unit.

Activity tracking

These days, most fitness trackers will also be able to track specific types of workouts. The types of workouts that a watch can record vary across brands and models, with some only supporting a small handful and others providing a robust list of activities. 

If all you take part in is the most common workouts—such as running, biking, or walking—then a basic fitness tracker with limited tracking abilities will get the job done. However, if you like to participate in racquet sports, swimming, weight lifting, or any other of the less common movements, you’ll want to opt for a fitness tracker with a longer list of options. 

Battery life

Like with any technology, you’ll be at the whim of your cheap fitness tracker’s battery life. The range of battery life across these devices is significant, though. Look carefully at promised battery life numbers, especially if you don’t want to be stuck charging your watch daily. 

Smartwatch abilities

As technology has progressed, the line between fitness tracker and smartwatch has become blurred to the point of nearly being indistinguishable. The result is that even cheap fitness trackers act as connected smartwatches. They won’t offer cell service like the Apple Watch, but they will tell the time and allow you to receive notifications from your phone when you have it nearby. 

Beyond those basic functions, some will even allow you to select from quick responses to respond to text messages. Certain watches may provide weather information or other basic insights that they pull from your phone. If you want a fully connected wearable, look for a device with a long list of smartwatch functions. And you’ll also want to verify that it will work with your phone.  

FAQs

Q: How much should I spend on a fitness watch?

How much you should spend on a fitness watch comes down to what you want to use the watch for and what your budget is. You can easily spend over $1,000 on a fitness watch, but that doesn’t mean you need to. In general, a fitness watch around $200 or $300 will provide an excellent list of features and tools to help you with your fitness. But you can also spend as little as $50 on a very capable fitness tracker. 

Q: Can I use my phone as a fitness tracker?

Yes, you can use your phone as a basic fitness tracker with the help of various apps. Your phone will allow you to count steps and utilize GPS for distance and pace information on runs or hikes. Some apps even allow you to pair a heart rate monitor to collect heart rate information during workouts. 

However, the steps and GPS data collected by your phone will not be as accurate as a dedicated fitness tracker or watch. And it means that you need to always have your phone on you, which isn’t ideal in some situations. While it will work in a pinch or as a basic introduction to fitness tracking, if you want accurate data for a better idea of your performance and progression, a fitness tracker is the way to go. 

Q: Is it OK to sleep with a fitness tracker on?

It is absolutely okay to sleep with a fitness tracker on. In fact, many offer sleep-tracking functionality to give you a better picture of your overall health and training readiness. That said, whether you want to wear a fitness tracker while you sleep or not is a matter of personal preference, as not everyone enjoys having something on their wrist while they sleep.  

Q: Is GPS necessary for a fitness tracker?

GPS is not necessary for a fitness tracker. Many cheap fitness trackers will not offer built-in GPS in order to keep the price and size of the watch down. Instead, they rely on your phone’s GPS (tethered GPS) for location data. 

The downside to a fitness tracker without GPS is that you won’t get as accurate information for distance, pace, or location. In my testing, those numbers can be wildly inaccurate compared to a watch with GPS. If you just want a basic device to help you keep track of your workouts, it may not matter. But if you are training for something specific or want accurate data, you will want to look for a fitness tracker with built-in GPS.

Final thoughts on the best cheap fitness trackers

Though the fancy, expensive fitness watches are certainly cool, they are, quite frankly, overkill for most people. If you are simply focused on getting or staying active, a cheap fitness tracker will be more than enough. The best option for you will depend on what type of activities you like to participate in, what information you want from your watch, and your style preferences. No matter what you’re looking for, one of the watches included here should meet your needs.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best cheap fitness trackers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best smart scales of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-smart-scales/ Tue, 08 Feb 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=424019
A lineup of the best smart scales
Amanda Reed

Track weight, body fat, and other health metrics with a tech-packed scale.

The post The best smart scales of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best smart scales
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Wyze Smart Scale X is the best smart scale for measuring body composition WYZE Smart Scale X
SEE IT

Measure all metrics without counting the cost.

Best apps The Withings By Cardio Smart Scale provides an abundance of information, including the weather forecast. Withings Body Cardio Smart Scale
SEE IT

Track your progress and sync with a variety of fitness apps and watches.

Best budget The Renpho Body Fat Smart Scale works well with digital devices. Renpho Body Fat Scale
SEE IT

Keep track of 13 essential body metrics with the help of an easy-to-use app.

Any scale can measure your weight, but the best smart scales do much more. Most measure various other metrics, including muscle mass, body fat, and heart rate. Although the number on the scale is just a number, keeping these metrics in mind can help you make healthy changes—if your heart rate is a little low, you can get it pumping by taking the steps when coming back from your coffee run, for example. They can also help you and others in your home monitor changes and track your progress over time. The best smart scales are a step up from what you find in your grandma’s bathroom with valuable info to live a more active life.

How we chose the best smart scales

As a freelance journalist for over 10 years, I’ve reviewed technology for publications including CNN Underscored, Popular Mechanics, Tom’s Guide, The Daily Beast, Architectural Digest, Apartment Therapy, The Spruce, and Bob Vila. I tested every scale save one on this list, and the rest of the selections are based on extensive research, recommendations from fellow tech colleagues, and reviews from other users.

The best smart scales: Reviews & Recommendations

Some of these smart scales are Bluetooth-compatible and sync with an app. Some are packed with profiles and metrics for ultra-customizability for everyone in the family. Some connect to your WiFi and integrate into a connected smart-home system, communicating wirelessly with other devices. One of our choices should be a welcome addition to your bathroom.

Best overall: WYZE Smart Scale X

WYZE

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Weigh in on weight, BMI, muscle percentage, body fat percentage, and so much more, with a scale that easily syncs with the WYZE app on your smartphone; we think that’s pretty powerful stuff.

Specs

  • Connectivity: Bluetooth
  • Individual profiles: 8
  • Weight capacity: 400 pounds
  • Metrics: 13

Pros

  • Measures lots of different health metrics
  • Attractive tempered glass design
  • Easily syncs with some smartphone apps

Cons

  • Somewhat invasive software wants to track your location
  • Doesn’t actually pair with all 3rd party apps

What if your scale and smartphone actually talked to each other? Well, with the WYZE Smart Scale X, they do. This attractive bathroom scale uses ITO electrode coatings with tempered glass to read all sorts of health metrics and then pairs with your health app on your smartphone app to ensure you keep abreast of the updates. 

The Smart Scale X is no simple scale; it tracks weight, muscle mass, body-fat percentage, BMI, heart rate, body water percentage, and so much more. This info is then updated in the Wyze app or other health apps like Apple Health, Google Fit, and Fitbit. This ensures you can keep accurate tabs on your health as you run marathons and measure the progress on your Scale X when you get home. 

This device capitalizes on connectivity; however, this connectivity is also its only real downside. After connecting to your phone, WYZE asks for constant access to your location data, which we think is a slight overreach. You can opt out, but it will keep asking. This may or may not be an issue for you and likely doesn’t go far beyond the health data your phone is already tracking.

Otherwise, we think the WYZE Smart Scale X is indeed a smart purchase, giving most users a ton of useful info to help them track their health.

Best for fitness: Withings Body Smart

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Connectivity: Bluetooth or WiFi
  • Individual profiles: 8 users
  • Weight capacity: 440 pounds
  • Metrics: 10

Pros

  • Eyes Closed mode hides your weight to prevent obsessing while still tracking progress
  • Accurate to 0.1 pounds
  • Tracks key metrics
  • Advanced app features
  • App goes beyond data tracking and makes recommendations
  • Attractive

Cons

  • A bit pricey
  • Glass surface attracts grime

Daily weigh-ins can provide a looming sense of dread when trying to improve your overall health. Withings equipped this smart scale with an Eyes Closed mode, which tracks your weight but replaces the number on the screen with a motivational message. You can, of course, still access that information thorough the Withings app, which will track your progress as you go. But, you’re not confronted with that number every day, which can be a big bonus for some people. I was skeptical myself before I tried it, but I actually appreciate the option. It helps encourage through tracking without having to face the music for spending a night out enjoying yourself.

Whether you keep your eyes open or closed, this scale is a full-featured model that justifies its somewhat high price. It’s accurate to 0.1 pounds, provides a ton of useful metrics, and is attractive to look at (as long as you wipe the grime off of the shiny surface fairly regularly).

You can track body fat, water percentage, muscle mass, bone mass and lean mass, as well as more complicated compound numbers like Visceral Fat Index, and BMR (Basal Metabolic Rate). I like Withing’s ability to tweak your specific tracking preferences so you can be as granular or laid back as you want. Overall, this is a solid option that will let you dive into your health metrics without stressing you out.

Best with app: Withings Body Cardio Smart Scale

Withings

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Withings Body Cardio Smart Scale is compatible with over 100 apps.

Specs

  • Connectivity: Bluetooth or WiFi
  • Individual profiles: 8 users
  • Weight capacity: 396 pounds
  • Metrics: 10

Pros

  • USB charging cable
  • Can be used with babies
  • Shows vascular age
  • Includes weather forecast
  • Can be used on hard floors and carpet

Cons

  • Really expensive
  • Can’t turn off BIA

The Withings Body Cardio is by far the most expensive smart scale on the list, which is the only reason it isn’t our overall best pick. However, it’s jam-packed with features. The scale shows stats on your phone, but you can also see them on the scale’s display. Most scales only show a few stats on the actual screen and send you to the app on your phone to see the others. The scale shows your weight, BMI, heart rate, vascular age, muscle mass, percentage of body fat, percentage of body water, bone mass … even your baby’s weight, and the current and daily high temperature in case you plan on going outside. The vascular age measurement can help you see how your cardiovascular health compares to the norm for your age bracket.

Withings invented the first smart scale and has a lot of experience in this category. The Withing Body Cardio is also compatible with over 100 health apps, including Fitbit, Apple Health, and Google Fit. Since it uses a USB charging cable, you won’t have to worry about swapping in fresh batteries. If price is a barrier, check out the company’s Withings Body+ scale, which is less than $100.

If standing heart rate and vascular age aren’t metrics you’re looking for in a smart scale, the Body+ scale is for you. It includes all other metrics—including BMI, fat mass, and water percentage—along with the same modes and number of user profiles as the Body Cardio scale.

Smart Home photo
The Withings Body+ scale has the majority of the same features as the Body Cardio scale, minus the price. Brandt Ranj

Best high-capacity/pregnancy mode: Etekcity Apex Smart Scale

Etekcity

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Etekcity Smart Scale has a high weight capacity and also includes separate modes for both pregnant mothers and newborn babies.

Specs

  • Connectivity: WiFi
  • Individual Profiles: Unlimited
  • Weight capacity: 400 pounds
  • Metrics: 14

Pros

  • Pregnancy mode
  • Baby mode
  • 400-pound weight limit
  • USB charging cable

Cons

  • Expensive

The Etekcity Apex Smart Wi-Fi Body Fat Scale is the best smart scale for pregnant women since it has a Zero-Current Mode. In addition, the scale has a Baby mode for measuring babies. Its 400-pound capacity is also as high as you’ll find on the list.

There are no batteries needed—the scale uses a USB charging cable. It tracks 14 measurements, including weight, BMI, body fat, protein, muscle mass, visceral fat, BMR, heart rate, subcutaneous fat, bone mass, body water, metabolic age, skeletal muscle, and fat-free body weight. The smart scale uses the VeSync app, and can also use Apple Health, Google Fit, Fitbit, MyFitness Pal, and Samsung Health.

Best for multiple users: Eufy by Anker Smart Scale P1

eufy

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Eufy by Anker Smart Scale P1 is easy to use, making it ideal for everyone to use.

Specs

  • Connectivity: Bluetooth
  • Individual profiles: 16
  • Weight capacity: 396 pounds
  • Metrics: 14

Pros

  • Excellent value for price
  • Auto-calibrating sensors
  • 14 measurements
  • Easy to connect

Cons

  • Can’t use if pregnant or wearing a pacemaker

The Eufy by Anker Smart Scale P1 can be used to create up to 16 individual profiles. Although there are smart scales that allow for an unlimited number of users, we think this is best for multiple users for other reasons. For example, the scale uses G-shaped auto-calibrating sensors, which can help to increase accuracy. The only thing worse than your measurements being off is the entire group’s measurements being off—and it’s hard to motivate a group to continue making progress when it’s not even clear that they are making progress.

The scale draws power from 3 AAA batteries, and it’s easy to connect the scale to the Eufy app. Also, 14 different measurements are provided: weight, body fat percentage, BMI, body fat mass, lean body mass, protein, BMR, visceral fat, muscle, muscle mass, bone, body age, bone mass, and water. The scale can be integrated with various third-party apps, including Google Fit, Fitbit, and Apple Health.

Best budget: Renpho Body Fat Smart Scale

RENPHO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Renpho Body Fat Smart Scale measures a variety of body fat indicators and can be seamlessly integrated with other apps—all for less than $30.

Specs

  • Connectivity: Bluetooth
  • Individual profiles: Unlimited
  • Weight capacity: 396 pounds
  • Metrics: 13

Pros

  • Excellent price
  • Accurate measurements
  • Plenty of metrics
  • Works with numerous apps

Cons

  • Should not be used on carpet

The Renpho Body Fat Smart Scale can detect 13 body composition stats: weight, BMI, body fat, subcutaneous fat, visceral fat, body water, skeletal muscle, muscle mass, bone mass, protein, metabolic age, BMR, and fat-free body weight. It’s easy to use and track the various metrics, and there’s also an athlete mode. The scale can be used with various fitness apps, including Samsung Health, Fitbit, Apple Health, and Google Fit.

This is one of the most popular smart scales due to its combination of price and features. It accommodates unlimited users, so everyone in your family or group can use the same Renpho App to track and share progress. The scale is quite accurate and uses batteries instead of a USB charging cable.

What to consider when buying the best smart scales

It’s important to weigh your options when deciding between the smart scales on the market. There are several factors to consider:

Metrics measured

Smart scales measure various metrics, including bone mass and body fat percentage, but some measure more indicators than others. For example, one smart scale on our list measures 10 metrics, while another offers 14. We list all of these for each smart scale so you can determine which metrics are important to you and avoid paying for features you’ll never use.

Bluetooth or WiFi

All smart scales use Bluetooth or WiFi for wireless connectivity, and some use both. WiFi is much more convenient since Bluetooth has a specific range and is more likely to drop periodically. However, solely Bluetooth-enabled scales are likely to cost less.

Syncing

Some smart scales can sync with fitness apps and trackers to provide even more functionality, including the ability to review all of the results from both the scale and app in one place. However, some people may consider that information overload and decide that syncing with the smart scale’s app is sufficient.

Multiple users

If there’s more than one person in your household—or if you’re in a fitness group sharing the same scale—you’ll want a smart scale that can track individual results for multiple people. Some scales allow for eight or even 16 individual users, whereas other smart scales allow unlimited users to create personal profiles. If you’re using the scale in a group setting, unlimited users will probably be more important to you. However, be advised that multiple users will all use the same account, so they can view your personal information.

Pregnancy mode

Smart scales use bioelectrical impedance analysis (BIA) technology to provide biometric measurements. However, for expecting mothers, this can be problematic. So, if you’re pregnant, you’ll want a smart scale that will allow you to turn this feature off in the smart scale’s app, instead of opting for Zero-Current Mode. Also, if you’re wearing a pacemaker, you’ll want a smart scale that can turn it off.

Batteries vs. USB

Some smart scales run on batteries, while others can be charged with a USB cable. And some can do both. On one hand, avoiding disposable batteries is good for the environment, but on the other hand, batteries don’t use electricity. This decision will come down to personal preference (so perhaps consider rechargeable batteries and/or recycling used batteries properly).

FAQs

Q: How much does a smart scale cost?

Depending on features, a smart scale can start at $25 and go up to $180.

Q: Which brand is most accurate?

Withings is considered the most accurate brand, although all of the scales on our list are generally accurate. It’s also important to remember that, sometimes, a seemingly inaccurate reading could result from user error. Always weigh yourself at the same time daily—the start of the day is best since you haven’t eaten yet. Also, put the scale on a flat surface. 

Q: What about my privacy?

To provide the most accurate information, smart scales typically collect a lot of information. In addition to biometric measurements, they may also collect your age, sex, height, name, and contact information. Syncing to third-party apps adds another level of information sharing. Companies may or may not sell your information—and they may be subject to data breaches, exposing your personal info to hackers.

Q: Are mechanical scales better than digital?

Analog scales are certainly easier to operate, and they’re also considered more durable since the sensors in digital scales can wear out over time. However, digital scales provide so many more features. For starters, the digital readout is easier to read. It also eliminates guesswork and provides more accuracy (for example, 137.8 pounds vs. 137 or 138 pounds). Digital scales can also provide other measurements, such as body mass index, bone mass, and body water. They’re also compatible with fitness apps. In addition, they can track different users separately.

Final thoughts on the best smart scales

A smart scale can help you take control of your fitness routine by allowing you to track various measurements. Historical records allow you to gauge your progress toward reaching fitness goals. Also, adding multiple users lets everyone have an individual profile containing their own data.

When weighing both price and features, the Wyze Smart Scale is the best overall choice. However, if you’re willing to splurge, the Withings Body Cardio Smart Scale displays its 10 metrics without needing to view your phone. It also measures the most popular indicators—such as BMI, heart rate, muscle mass, body water, and bone mass—and even measures vascular age and includes the weather forecast. However, the best smart scale for you will be determined by your individual needs and budget.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best smart scales of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best budget electric bikes for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-budget-electric-bikes/ Wed, 14 Dec 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=496637
Get started with the best budget electric bikes.

Got some speed and savings at the same time.

The post The best budget electric bikes for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Get started with the best budget electric bikes.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Ride1Up Roadster V2 Ride1Up Roadster
SEE IT

The Ride1Up Roadster V2 is an all-around great ebike that won’t break the bank.

Best mountain Ancheer Electric Mountain Bike 350W 26” Ancheer Electric Mountain Bike 350W 26”
SEE IT

Most electric mountain bikes cost thousands of dollars. This one’s highly capable and costs less than $700.

Best folding Vivi 26-inch Folding Electric Mountain Bike Vivi 26-inch Folding Electric Mountain Bike
SEE IT

The Vivi 26-inch Folding Electric Mountain Bike feels especially solid for a folding ebike.

Is the term budget electric bike an oxymoron? Two things are certain about ebikes: They’re really cool, and they are very expensive. They often cost upwards of $2,000, so getting one is no small investment. There are plenty of people who can’t afford one. That said, it is possible to get a decent ebike for less than $1,000. A few brands have designed relatively affordable ebikes that deliver admirable functionality at the low end of the price range. They tend to be foldable or compact versions for commuters, so they’re made for relatively light use, but there are options for trail bikers, too. Let’s examine the benefits and limitations of the best budget electric bikes.

How we chose the best budget electric bikes

I’ve been an avid outdoorsman enthusiast for my entire life, which has resulted in several years of providing gear and tech coverage for outlets like Popular Science, the Daily Beast, Runner’s World, Thrillist, the Manual, and more. My love of cycling has been a recurring theme throughout all of it.

Over the past several months, I’ve ridden dozens of electric bikes at all different price points and categories. I have come to learn what to look for when separating genuine quality from flashy marketing. In certain cases, those tests were supplemented with research collating reviews from experts and impressions from customers alike.

The best budget electric bikes: Reviews & Recommendations

The best budget ebikes span several different riding purposes and considerations. While most low-cost ebikes are often very similar, our picks offer distinctive riding experiences. They got our attention; maybe you’ll see something in them, too.

Best overall: Ride1Up Roadster V2

ride1up

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Ride1Up Roadster V2 is an all-around great ebike that won’t break the bank.

Specs

  • Battery capacity: 36V 7Ah (252Wh)
  • Range: Approximately 12-20 miles (and maybe even more)
  • Motor: 350W (500W peak)

Pros

  • Solid all-purpose bike
  • Relatively good range and power
  • Classic looks
  • Smooth ride

Cons

  • Not for short riders
  • No lights

For just $1,000, the Ride1up Roadster V2 is a remarkably well-rounded and polished bike. High-powered for its price with a 350W motor, the Roadster V2 provides strong acceleration and propulsion, making it capable of reaching 24 miles per hour with pedal assist. It also has a range of 12-20 miles on average, with several riders suggesting they’ve gone 25 miles on a single charge. That’s a great range for an around-town cruiser.

It’s lightweight—only 33 pounds—and durably built. Plus, it looks very slick, with a classic aesthetic that almost doesn’t look like an ebike.

The Roadster V2 isn’t perfect, though. It’s a very tall bike, best suited for riders 5’8” and over. It also doesn’t have much in the way of accessories; there’s not even a headlight, which is pretty standard at this point.

Still, with all the core features working at or above our expectations, you’ll be hard-pressed to find an ebike that works so well for this price.

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Small but spry, the Lectric Bikes XP Lite lets you zip through crowds and doesn’t require much storage space.

Specs

  • Battery capacity: 48V 7.8 Ah (374 Wh)
  • Range: 15-40 miles
  • Motor: 300W nominal, 720W peak

Pros

  • Good range and power
  • Solid build quality
  • Class 1 or 2

Cons

  • Lack of suspension is noticeable on rough roads

Started in 2019 from a garage in Phoenix, Ariz., Lectric Bikes expanded quickly because of the company’s restless spirit. Not only are the company’s ebikes intended for the intrepid—for gaining the experience points, XP, in the bike names—but the founders are continually listening to user feedback to refine the product line while maintaining affordability.

Foldable yet offroad-friendly, the core Lectric XP 3.0 model can comfortably accompany RVers and van-lifers. The less-expensive XP Lite, meanwhile, was developed as the optimal option for city dwellers needing a lighter-weight ebike that could go from closet to commute. It even shows up quickly in a surprisingly compact box. At 46 pounds, and 36- x 16- x 26-inch folded dimensions, the XP Lite is easy to tuck and transport via elevator, as shown above—or even stairs in a pinch, as shown below—while packing in a lot of features for its $799 price point.

Class 1 and 2, the XP Lite features a twist-grip throttle plus five levels of pedal assist, with slimmer tires that assist the maneuverability needed in active urban environments. The 48V lithium-ion battery can get up to 40 miles on a charge (assuming you’re using no more than intermittent pedal assist level 1). Or you can use the throttle to scoot to/from work, the store, etc., quickly with the least effort and sweat (the single-speed drivetrain makes it easy—just twist and go—but you’ll get max 15 miles in this mode).

The base XL Lite includes front & rear safety lights, and a backlit heads-up LCD screen offers trip and battery info (electrical components are IP65-rated in case you get caught in incremental weather, but don’t leave the bike out in the rain). You’ll absorb some shocks if navigating uneven asphalt, and acceleration—while appropriately fast for street navigation—isn’t always the smoothest in transition. But you can buy an optional seat with a suspension post, and you’ll appreciate the nimble nature of the bike whether you’re zipping through downtown or kicking up some dust on more developed trails. — Tony Ware

Lectric XP Lite ebike folded in a stairwell
Tony Ware

Best mountain bike: Ancheer Electric Mountain Bike 350W 26”

ANCHEER

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Most electric mountain bikes cost thousands of dollars. This one’s highly capable and costs less than $700. 

Specs

  • Battery capacity: 36V 10.4Ah (374.4Wh)
  • Range: 20+ miles
  • Motor: 350W

Pros

  • Good range and power
  • Solid build quality
  • Shock-absorbing fork
  • 21-speed shifter w/ throttle

Cons

  • No built-in light
  • Poor customer service from the manufacturer

It’s not uncommon for electric mountain bike prices to steer closer toward $10,000 than $1,000, making them a very hard sell. Luckily, Ancheer makes a highly capable alternative that costs less than $700.

With a 350W motor capable of cruising at 20 miles per hour, the Ancheer Electric Mountain Bike has no problem charging up inclines. It also has a substantial range, with many users reporting that it will go well over 20 miles if you’re using the throttle economically. 

Its design is also surprisingly solid for a budget electric mountain bike, inspiring several buyers to leave shining reviews after several months of hitting the trails. Shock absorbers in the fork deliver a smooth, capable riding experience. And its overall aesthetic is clean and sporty. 

Best folding: Vivi 26-inch Folding Electric Mountain Bike

Vivi

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Vivi 26-inch Folding Electric Mountain Bike feels especially solid for a folding ebike.

Specs

  • Battery capacity: 36V 8Ah (288Wh)
  • Range: Approximately 14 miles
  • Motor: 350W

Pros

  • Solid all-purpose bike
  • Relatively good range and power
  • Shock absorbers
  • 21-speed shifter w/ throttle

Cons

  • Slow charging
  • Poor customer service from the manufacturer

Most folding electric bikes feel somewhat rickety, thanks to their signature hinges. Budget bike-maker Vivi somehow made a folding design that minimizes that wiggle in its 26-inch Electric Mountain Bike, and does so without charging an arm and a leg.

Its strong 350W motor will zip you up to 20 miles per hour using either throttle or pedal assist. Its 14-mile range can’t compete with high-level ebikes, but is acceptable for an $800 bike and should be more than enough for local commuters to ride their daily route on a single charge. What’s more, its Shimano 21-speed transmission makes taking on hills effortless. 

When you’re done for the day, folding the bike up to store is easy, as is reassembling it to ride. More importantly, the bike feels sturdy despite the movable points on the frame and provides a comfortable riding experience. And it has a built-in headlight that can be switched on via the handlebar control pad, which is also used to shift between three riding modes: normal bike mode, pedal-assist, and pure electric power.

While Vivi has a solid bike on its hands here, the company has earned a reputation for poor customer service when issues have cropped up. This may impact the bike’s long-term viability, but it is also a common issue with companies targeting budget products.

Best compact: Sailnovo 14-Inch Electric Bike

Sailnovo

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Salinovo 14-inch Electric Bike offers supreme portability and solid performance.

Specs

  • Battery capacity: 36V 10.4Ah (374.4Wh)
  • Range: Approximately 18 miles
  • Motor: 450W

Pros

  • Strong motor
  • Relatively good range
  • Waterproof
  • Throttle and pedal assist

Cons

  • Could be more ergonomic
  • Some customers have had customer service issues

The Salinovo 14-inch Electric Bike is surprisingly powerful for a compact electric bike. Its 450W motor can quickly reach just shy of 20 miles per hour via either the throttle or pedal assist. (Salinovo claims the range goes much further, but some reviewers reported that it falls short of those claims.) Round that out with a surprisingly solid range and little flourishes like integrated head and tail lights, plus a central shock absorber, and you’ve got a pretty solid bike for around $500 bucks.

Some serious cyclists might find that compact, foldable ebikes at these prices don’t deliver the structural solidity they expect from a bike. Generally, they can feel a bit more rickety than their non-folding counterparts. With a bike like the Sailnovo, it’s important to remember that you are making a compromise, favoring affordability and portability over feel and stability. All in all, though, it’s a great little commuter or a fun way to explore a neighborhood.

Things to consider before choosing the best budget electric bikes

If you’ve come looking for the best budget electric bikes, rather than simply the best electric bikes, then we know the price is on your mind. Even cheap bikes cost a few hundred dollars, though, so you want to make sure you’re putting that money into something worth riding. There are several specific factors you should keep in mind, so you can figure out whether a budget ebike is a bargain or, for lack of a better word, junk. The best budget electric bikes will deliver in these specific ways.

Price

First and foremost, you’re here because you’re looking for an electric bike that won’t cost as much as a used car—all of the bikes on this list cost under $1,000. We also included a few compact bicycles that cost around $500. These offer somewhat limited functionality and durability compared to full-size ebikes, but they’re still great for the price.

Riding range

An electric bike that runs out of juice after a few miles isn’t worth buying, no matter the price. What good is a motor if it can’t get you from point A to point B? A large battery will ensure you get a boost from your ebike, rather than pushing it home.

Most ebikes rate their batteries in a combination of volts (V) and amp-hours (Ah), which you can combine to calculate a bike battery’s actual capacity in watt-hours (Wh). Watt-hours are the more useful specification, as they allow you to approximate how long the battery will last at a given speed.

Converting volts and amp-hours into watt-hours is easy. Simply multiply the two numbers together. A number of our picks, for example, boast 36V 8Ah batteries. 36 x 8 = 288, so we know that battery lasts for 288Wh. With this number, we can calculate how far the battery will take us by dividing the number of watt-hours by your speed to see how far you’ll go. So, at 20 miles per hour, a 288Wh bike should carry you about 14.5 miles.

“About” is an important word here. In the real world, your actual range will be affected by things like rider weight, road surface, flat vs. hilly terrain, and other factors that can demand more or less power. So, while you can’t measure and determine the minimum amount of juice you’ll need on spec, you can probably figure out if a bike can get you where you need to go.

If nothing else, remember that a bigger battery is always better.

Motor

There’s no point in having an ebike if the motor isn’t powerful enough to take the edge off your pedaling effort. Power is one of the biggest differences between less expensive ebikes and the cream of the crop. Many are so weak that you’ll barely notice the pedal assistance. However, all of the bikes on this list deliver at least 250 watts, meaning they’re capable of delivering solid pedal assistance or even propelling themselves at 20 miles per hour or higher.

Keep in mind that your actual speed will vary based on factors like payload, road conditions, stops and starts, and so on, but a high-watt motor is important, especially when looking to spend less money.

Durability

Whenever you’re going with a budget-tier version of a product, you need to pay extra attention to its overall construction. You aren’t saving money if you buy something cheap, but it breaks down after several uses. To verify the durability of our recommendations, we’ve scoured reviews from owners who can attest to the longevity of each bike.

When you’re checking out a specific bike in the real world, check over its various parts to find out if anything rattles to a worrisome degree. Some budget picks may feel more rickety than their more expensive brethren, but they should still be sturdy and comfortable to ride.

Accessories

Ebikes can come with an extremely wide range of accessories, including lights, bells, cargo carriers, and so on. While you don’t need accessories like these, they can make your riding experience safer, more fun, and more versatile.

FAQs

Q: Are electric bikes worth the money?

Electric bikes are absolutely worth the money for commuters if it allows you to cut down on expenses like gas, parking, and vehicle maintenance. They’re also incredibly fun to ride, especially when they let you blow past traffic jams. That said, they are very expensive, so we’d only recommend them for people who ride a lot. You don’t necessarily need to be a commuter, but they aren’t a worthwhile investment for people who only bike once in a while.

Q: What are the disadvantages of electric bikes?

As we’ve discussed here, money is a major hurdle for most people considering whether or not to buy an ebike. Electric bikes usually cost more than traditional bikes, and they feature more complicated machinery, which translates into more maintenance and repair costs. The range can also be an issue. Electric bikes tend to be very heavy. When they run out of juice, they can be difficult to ride without power assistance.

Q: Do you pedal an electric bike?

You can, but you don’t always need to. On Class 2 and 3 electric bikes with throttles, you can propel the ebike with zero effort. On class 1 bikes with pedal assist, you have to pedal, but the motor speeds you up and does most of the work. Technically, some companies also sell “electric bikes” without pedals. These tend to be cheaper and work similarly to using the throttle on a class 2 or 3 bike. By removing the pedals, these companies are playing with the line between an electric bike and an electric scooter or moped, so we’re not sure they fit what we think of when we talk about ebikes.

Q: How fast do electric bikes go?

Your ebike’s top speed comes down to the motor of its motor, plus several other factors, including rider weight, flat vs. hilly terrain, road surface conditions, bike weight, cargo weight, and so on. They are not so powerful that they can push their limits under any conditions. That said, we generally expect budget ebikes capable of average top speeds between 15-20 miles per hour. A top-of-the-line model should be able to go a bit faster, up to about 28 miles per hour.

Final thoughts on the best budget electric bikes

Electric bikes are an environmentally friendly, fun way to get around town, whether commuting, running errands, or simply going for a ride. While they often come with a hefty price tag, there is a price range, and you can get one that won’t cost too much. If $500-$1,000 is still too much, looking for a used or refurbished model may help you cut costs.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best budget electric bikes for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best fitness trackers of 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-fitness-tracker/ Sun, 18 Jul 2021 20:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-fitness-tracker/
Four fitness trackers sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

Whether you’re a weekend warrior or a pro athlete, up your game with these impressive fitness trackers.

The post The best fitness trackers of 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four fitness trackers sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Apple Watch Series 8 on a wrist Apple Watch Series 8
SEE IT

You’ll get accurate fitness tracking abilities plus all your iPhone notifications.

Best for heart rate monitoring Polar Ignite 3 fitness tracker Polar Ignite 3
SEE IT

It’s accurate heart rate sensor provides plenty of data to track your fitness and health.

Best with GPS Garmin epix 2 Pro on a wrist in front of a trail through a forest Garmin epix Pro
SEE IT

The highly accurate GPS and detailed maps keep you safer in the outdoors.

The very first fitness trackers were rudimentary step-counters, but technology has progressed drastically since then. Whether you want to hit that 10,000 daily step goal, monitor your sleep, or train in a specific heart rate zone, there’s a wrist-mounted wearable for you. Plus, most don’t just log and display info. They link with your smartphone and use sophisticated apps to show where you are in relation to your fitness goals and how you’re doing compared to historical data. With so many options, how do you know which is the best? From product design to functionality and battery life, we’ve tracked down everything you need to know to pick the best fitness tracker for you.

How we chose the best fitness trackers

These days, the line between fitness tracker and advanced smartwatch is incredibly blurred, with the terms essentially used interchangeably. However, not everyone wants an expensive, robust fitness watch. As a result, we aimed to select models that would appeal to serious fitness enthusiasts and casual users alike. 

When selecting the fitness trackers included here, we looked at a range of features. GPS, water resistance, compatibility, and other health-tracking abilities were all important considerations. We also evaluated battery life, build quality, and comfort level. We based our recommendations on a mixture of hands-on experience, editorial reviews, and user feedback. 

The best fitness trackers: Reviews & Recommendations

In a world that already bombards us with information, do we really need more data in our lives? The quick answer, if you’re serious about getting fit, is “yes.” Research shows that setting goals, benchmarking progress, and getting feedback make us more likely to improve our fitness, health, and wellness. Add in accountability—yes, many of these trackers can post directly to social media—which is another proven way of sticking to your healthy lifestyle, and you can see why so many people are devotees. Below are some of our favorite options for a range of situations and preferences.

Best overall: Apple Watch Series 8

Jen McCaffery

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: 18 Hours
  • Display type: OLED touchscreen
  • GPS: Built-in GPS, plus GLONASS, Galileo, QZSS, Beidou
  • Water resistance: Up to 164 feet
  • Compatibility: iOS
  • Size: 41mm, 45mm
  • Weight: 1.1 ounces (41mm), 1.3 ounces (45mm)

Pros

  • Beautiful display
  • Real-time updates
  • Crash detection and fall detection

Cons 

  • Expensive
  • Battery life not as long as advertised

Right out of the box, the Apple Watch Series 8 is almost ready to go. I assembled the watch with the included band and powered it up. The included magnetic fast charger works with a USB-C port. I wasn’t able to charge it with a wall adapter, but connected it to my MacBook Air laptop. From there, I connected to the WiFi and used the Apple Watch app to customize the display—a stunning Retina display that makes it a pleasure to look at my wrist and is easy to see, even in bright light. 

It’s the health tracking that truly sets the Series 8 apart. The watch works with thousands of apps, so I could easily record a run on Strava while listening to a podcast or Audible book on my iPhone. It tracked my average pace, heart rate, heart rate zone, and more in a display that was easy to see with a quick glance. Then, once I was done, the Apple Watch synced with the Apple Health app to track and evaluate my progress. 

For the first time, I got insight into my VO2 Max and where I compared with people in my age group. The Activity Tracker also tracks the calories I’ve burned, my steps, flights climbed, and walk steadiness, plus more granular metrics, like running stride length, ground contact time, and running power. Once an hour, the Watch notifies me it’s time to stand. 

The Apple Watch helps me track these metrics daily and over time, along with sleep. And I get notifications for texts, calls, and Slack messages. It can integrate into your life from a yoga flow to your workflow. One quibble is that the battery life is supposed to last up to 18 hours, but in my experience, it didn’t last that long, and after it died a few times mid-run, I made sure it was charged before heading out. 

But the reminders to complete my Activity rings help keep movement top of mind, even when I’m reluctant to lace up my sneakers for more miles. And the crash and fall detection features provide extra peace of mind. Having the Series 8 feels like having a health coach at my wrist, which, to my mind, is worth the investment. Here is a full review of the Apple Watch Series 8 that breaks down all the new features. We also have a guide to help you determine if the Apple Watch Ultra is worth the upgrade, and we acknowledge that the Apple Watch Series 9 is now an option, but this just means that the price on the more than still adequate Apple Watch Series 8 is that much more approachable.

Best sleep tracker: Fitbit Sense 2

Fitbit

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: 6 days
  • Display type: AMOLED touchscreen
  • GPS: Built-in GPS, GLONASS
  • Water resistance: 164 feet
  • Compatibility: Android, iOS
  • Size: 1.5 x 1.5 x 0.45 inches
  • Weight: 0.8 ounces

Pros

  • Lightweight and comfortable design
  • Lots of sensors for health data and sleep tracking
  • Bright, responsive touchscreen display
  • Accurate body temperature data

Cons

  • No third-party app support
  • No music support

The Fitbit Sense 2 is a highly capable fitness watch, but it shines with its sleep tracking. It automatically tracks your sleep, giving you insight into how long you sleep as well as time spent in light, deep, and REM sleep stages. It also shows how your sleep compares to others of the same age and sex. It also offers relaxing breathing sessions to help you wind down before bed. When it’s time to wake up, the Sense 2 can vibrate to wake you up when you are in the optimal sleep stage so you feel as refreshed as possible. 

Beyond sleep tracking, Fitbit built the Sense 2 with plenty of sensors for data collection. I can measure your heart rate, heart rate variability, skin temperature, breathing rate, blood oxygen, blood glucose, and more. And the built-in GPS means you can track your workouts with detailed distance and pace information. 

The app displays the data clearly and lets you see historical data and a 30-day average, too. It provides plenty of metrics to help you keep an eye on your fitness and health and is compatible with iOS and Android phones. You’ll need to pay to take advantage of some features, and unfortunately, there is no third-party app support for the Sense 2. But for detailed sleep tracking, this is a fantastic choice. 

Best for pure metrics: Whoop 4.0

Nick Hilden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: 4 to 5 days
  • Display type: N/A
  • GPS: None
  • Water resistance: 32 feet for 2 hours (IP68)
  • Compatibility: Android, iOS
  • Size: 1.7 x 1.1 x 0.4 inches
  • Weight: 1 ounce

Pros

  • Very comfortable to wear
  • Can be worn in multiple ways with Whoop accessories and apparel
  • Lots of recovery and health data
  • No notifications or bright screen

Cons

  • Requires a pricey monthly subscription
  • No GPS

Most fitness trackers these days are also smartwatches. But all those notifications and the bright screen can be distracting, potentially taking away from you setting a personal best. If you are looking for a fitness tracker without all the fancy smartwatch features, the Whoop band is your best bet. This unique device is essentially a watch band with a bundle of sensors. There is no screen, so you can stay focused on the task at hand. 

The Whoop 4.0 is a minimal device in terms of looks and sensors. The company opted to stick with the absolute essentials: Blood oxygen, skin temperature, and heart rate sensors. These provide accurate data to help guide your recovery. The fitness tracker can automatically detect a workout, or you can manually start one via the app. It even tracks weights, reps, and sets when you are strength training to provide the impact that has on your body. It does not offer GPS, however, so you won’t be able to map out runs.

The main downside of Whoop is that it is a subscription-based product. Depending on your chosen plan, it will cost you about $20 a month. That comes with an Onyx band, but if you want one of the many other colors, it will cost you extra. Not everyone will love the lack of a screen, either. But you can buy clothing and accessories to wear your Whoop in positions other than your watch, which is very handy for certain types of activities. Whoop certainly is a unique way to gather data and keep track of your fitness and recovery.

Best for heart rate monitoring: Polar Ignite 3

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: Up to 30 hours in training mode
  • Display type: AMOLED touchscreen
  • GPS: Built-in GPS, plus GLONASS, Galileo, QZSS, Beidou
  • Water resistance: 98 feet
  • Compatibility: Android, iOS
  • Size: 1.7 x 1.7 x 0.4 inches
  • Weight: 1.2 ounces

Pros

  • Very slim and lightweight
  • Attractive design
  • Provides lots of workout suggestions and guides
  • Tracks sleep and other important health metrics

Cons

  • Notifications are occasionally delayed
  • Battery life isn’t great

Polar is well known for its highly accurate sensors and watches. There’s a reason many physiology and sports science labs rely on its products. The Polar Ignite 3 takes that technology and packs it into a tiny, wrist-based product. The heart rate monitor in the Ignite 3 uses 10 LEDs across multiple wavelengths and four light detectors to gather more accurate heart rate measurements from your wrist. I found it to be as accurate as a chest strap in most situations. 

Beyond heart rate, the Ignite 3 also offers many features to help you stay healthy and fit. It tracks your sleep, including nightly skin temperature, measures your VO2 Max, and provides lots of insights to help you manage your fitness and performance. It even suggests workouts if you want tips on what to do on a given day. Those suggestions include cardio, strength, and stretching, which is more than most watches will do. And it walks you through the workout in an easy-to-understand way. I particularly liked the stretching suggestions for loosening up after hard workouts. 

Even though the Ignite 3 is a highly capable fitness tracker and smartwatch, it’s extremely slim and minimal. It barely sticks up on my wrist, making it more comfortable to wear day in and day out. Unfortunately, the compact size meant a compromise in battery life. Polar promises 30 hours in training mode or 120 hours in watch mode, which lags behind the competition. Luckily, it charges quickly, so you can get back to keeping track of your steps sooner. 

Best for battery life: Garmin Vivofit 4

Garmin

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: Up to 7 days in smartwatch mode
  • Display type: OLED touchscreen
  • GPS: Connected GPS only
  • Water resistance: 164 feet
  • Compatibility: Android, iOS
  • Size: Small/medium: 0.7 x 0.4 x 8.54 inches, Large: 0.7 x 0.4 x 10 inches
  • Weight: Small/medium: 0.86 ounces, Large: 0.93 ounces

Pros

  • Slim, minimal design in four colors
  • Available in two sizes
  • Advanced health and fitness tracking abilities
  • Long battery life

Cons

  • Relies on your phone for GPS
  • Small screen limits data you can see

The Garmin Vivofit 4 is a true fitness tracker. It’s simple in design with a tiny build. This watch is available in two sizes and four colors with interchangeable bands, so you can pick something that fits you best. It is comfortable to wear all day and even at night, so you can even take advantage of its sleep-tracking abilities. 

Of course, the extra-long battery life comes with a few compromises. The primary downside is that it doesn’t offer built-in GPS (though Garmin makes plenty of multisport watches for that). Instead, if you want location information, you’ll need to keep your phone on you for connected GPS. But those who don’t want to be tied to a charger will appreciate this pared-back tracker.

The Vivofit 4 will track steps, distance, activities, and calories burned. It provides a personalized daily step goal and provides insight into your energy levels and recovery information so you can train smarter. The color display is customizable, and the Garmin Connect app adds functionality and helps you see your information. Plus, despite the budget-friendly price, it provides incident detection and the ability to instantly send messages and location information to emergency contacts, adding peace of mind when out on a run or bike ride.

Best with GPS: Garmin epix Pro

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: Up to 10 days in smartwatch mode
  • Display type: AMOLED touchscreen
  • GPS: Built-in GPS, GLONASS, Galileo
  • Water resistance: 328 feet (10 ATM)
  • Compatibility: Android, iOS
  • Size: Available in 42mm, 47mm, or 51mm case sizes
  • Weight: 2.2 ounces (42mm)

Pros

  • Built-in LED flashlight is surprisingly handy
  • Advanced training tools and health measurements
  • Highly accurate data
  • Rugged and durable
  • Bright, attractive display

Cons

  • No solar charging
  • Expensive

The Garmin Epix Pro is a serious watch for those dedicated to their fitness. It measures just about every health and fitness metric you could want, including heart rate, blood oxygen, HRV, VO2 Max, training load, training effect, and so much more. As with most Garmin watches, the epix Pro gives you various fitness scores—such as Endurance Score, Hill Score, Body Battery, and more. These metrics help you keep an eye on when you may be overtraining and need to back off or when you should pick up the pace. 

This advanced fitness tracker suggests daily workouts and can track nearly an endless list of activities. It can even help you plan for specific races and help you navigate when you are on the course. The Up Ahead mode can show you checkpoints and aid stations, giving you peace of mind and helping you plan accordingly.

Garmin clearly built the epix Pro for the outdoors. It is rugged and durable, with lots of features to help you on adventures. The version linked here uses a scratch-resistant sapphire AMOLED display with a fiber-reinforced polymer case. It is tested to U.S. military standards for thermal, shock, and water resistance, so you’ll know it can handle whatever you throw at it. It comes in three different case sizes and multiple colors.

Additionally, the epix Pro offers terrain maps with relief shading and weather map overlays. I have relied on the weather maps on more than a few occasions to get back home before a storm hits. It also features an LED flashlight, which I have come to rely on in my day-to-day life far more than anticipated. Plus, the display of the watch is bright and vibrant, making it easy to see in the bright sun. Garmin also has plenty of unique and customizable watch faces so that you can personalize your watch quite a lot. 

The Garmin epix Pro is a highly advanced watch. As a result, it’s an expensive option. You can save a little by opting for the Pro Standard version instead of Pro Sapphire. Or, if you want all the robust Garmin health and fitness features for less, check out the Forerunner lineup. The Forerunner 955 Solar is a particularly good watch with impressive battery life. 

Best budget: Amazfit Band 7

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: Up to 18 days
  • Display type: AMOLED touchscreen
  • GPS: Connected GPS only
  • Water resistance: 164 feet (5 ATM)
  • Compatibility: Android, iOS
  • Size: 1.84 x 0.95 x 0.48 inches
  • Weight: 0.96 ounces

Pros

  • Compact and lightweight
  • Very affordable
  • Long battery life
  • Accurate heart rate measurements

Cons

  • Only offers connected GPS
  • Finicky touchscreen

While many fitness trackers are on the pricey side, you don’t have to drop a fortune to get accurate fitness tracking capabilities. The Amazfit Band 7 is the best budget fitness tracker available thanks to its robust feature set, compact build, and sub-$50 price. 

The Band 7 is minimal in design, with a narrow rectangular AMOLED display. It’s large enough to see your important data without being too large, even on small wrists. There aren’t any buttons on the watch, so navigation is entirely based on touchscreen functionality. It’s plenty bright and colorful for bright days, and the information provided during workouts is nicely simplified so that you can quickly glance down and see what you need. 

Inside the band 7 is AMazfit’s ​​BioTracker 3.0 PPG biometric sensor. This is able to measure heart rate and blood oxygen levels. The watch can calculate VO2 Max and stress levels and track your sleep. I found these numbers to be as accurate as the more expensive watches I’ve used, including Garmin. Amazfit also provides lots of help text throughout the watch so that you can better understand what its metrics mean. 

The downside of the budget price is that it relies on tethered GPS, so you’ll need to have your phone on you if you want any GPS data from your activities. And even then, the GPS data isn’t as accurate as a multi-band GPS system. But the upside of this is that the battery life is seriously impressive for a budget watch. Amazfit promises up to 18 days with normal usage. In my testing, I was able to get 16 or so, which is pretty close. 

This fitness tracker won’t cut it for serious athletes wanting all the data, but for those who simply want something to encourage them to stay active, the Amazfit Band 7 is a great choice. To read more about this watch, you can check out our full review

What to consider when shopping for the best fitness trackers

It’s easy to get bewildered by all the features and functions available in today’s fitness trackers. But the best fitness tracker for you is the one that will effectively and efficiently monitor exactly what you want it to—maybe your heart rate or the quality of your sleep—and deliver the info in a way that works for you. But it’s also smart to keep in mind that too many functions, such as GPS or an energy-sapping display, can drain your tracker’s battery life. They may also be more than you’ll actually need, leaving you paying for features that you won’t use. 

Heart rate sensors

These days, just about every fitness tracker or watch comes built with a wrist-based heart rate sensor. The accuracy of these depends on the particular watch, as well as how you are wearing the watch. Depending on the activity you are participating in, it won’t be as accurate as a chest-based monitor. But technology has improved significantly in recent years, and most watches provide plenty of accurate data for all but the most serious athletes. 

Sleep tracking

When it comes to fitness, we tend to neglect recovery. Yet it is a key component of fitness and health. That’s partly why sleep monitoring has become a key feature of fitness trackers and smartwatches. Some argue that you should know whether you’ve had a good night’s sleep just based on how you feel in the morning. Trying to beat a sleep score every night, they say, only adds stress and makes it less likely you’ll sleep well.

However, if you’re trying different approaches to improve your sleep—a relaxing pillow spray, avoiding screens before bed, or winding down with a warm shower—a tracking app can help you figure out what works best for you. While sleep trackers in labs use brain activity to measure the different stages of sleep—light, deep, and REM sleep—fitness trackers tend to use a combination of movement and heart rate tracking to estimate your sleep cycles.

You have to notify some trackers that you’re going to bed in order to initiate sleep monitoring, which may not be ideal for you. Others do it automatically as long as you are wearing your device to bed. Keep in mind that if you want to wear your tracker to monitor your activity during the day and your sleep at night, you’ll need a device with a long battery life or a quick charging time so you never have to miss a moment, night or day.

Battery life

When it comes to electronics, particularly small yet powerful ones, battery life can be a major concern. Depending on how you want to use your fitness tracker, battery life might be key when choosing one.

Many of the most popular products blur the line between fitness trackers and smartwatches. They come with a huge number of functions, such as sending and receiving messages, storing music, and GPS tracking. But these bells and whistles can be a real drain on your battery. You might find yourself needing to fast charge your device while you’re in the shower or sacrificing sleep tracking so it can power up overnight.

That might be fine if you just want to keep track of the odd HIIT class. But if you hate being a slave to a charger or want to take your tracker on a camping expedition without access to power, it might be worth sacrificing some features for longer battery life. Or you may need to pay for a more expensive model in order to get the best of both worlds.

GPS & GNSS

GPS—or Global Positioning System—is a series of satellites that circle the Earth. If you have a GPS receiver, it can use the relative positioning of these satellites to tell you exactly where you are. It’s this sort of geolocation technology that is used to help your car company or food delivery service locate you and how the map app on your phone gives you directions.

When it comes to fitness trackers, GPS can be helpful in a number of ways. Using what it knows about your location and the time you were there, you can get an accurate idea of your pace when you’re running or hiking. It can also allow someone who’s not with you to track your progress or help you create a map of your route. Further, on some devices, with an additional app, GPS can be used to help direct you along a pre-programmed route.

Fitness trackers have various ways of capitalizing on GPS. Some may include their own built-in receivers, which means you don’t have to have your phone with you. Others use the GPS in your smartphone to help geolocate you, which is referred to as tethered GPS.

The quality of GPS in fitness trackers varies, too. Sometimes, it’s tricky to squeeze a high-quality receiver into a small band or watch, and if accurate GPS is really important to you—say you’re a competitive runner and need a highly accurate record of your distances and pace—a GPS running watch might be a better option for you. For the most accurate location data, you’ll want to look for multiple GNSS (Global Navigation Satelite System) options in a single tracker. 

Display size & features

How much information do you want to see on the screen of your fitness tracker? Do you want all your info there? Or would you rather have a single piece of data on screen—your step count, calories burned, or heart rate—knowing that you’ll have to scroll through to get the other data you want?

As with so many choices, it’s all about compromises. If you want a full-color, bright, and fully customizable touchscreen, you’re probably going to sacrifice battery life. And if you want loads of information in one place, you’ll need to opt for a large fitness tracker, which may be rather clunky on your wrist. On the other hand, if you opt for a more basic, smaller display, you won’t be able to see your information as easily. 

Whatever you opt for, it’s worth spending a bit of time getting to know your tracker’s screen and working out how you can customize it so that the functions and information you want most are easily and quickly accessible. As with your phone, you may find some apps or functions installed that you don’t need. If you know you’re never going to record a ballet class, for example, delete that option if you can. The less information you have on screen, the easier it will be to zone in on what you want.

It might also be worth considering a screen protector if you’re going for a smartwatch-style tracker. These can be really thin and unobtrusive, and the best don’t interfere with functionality, just protect against scratches, scrapes, and damage.

FAQs

Q: What is the best cheap fitness tracker?

The Amazfit Band 7 is one of the cheapest fitness trackers on the market, but there are other affordable options that cost just slightly more than the Band 7. You may sacrifice some features and quality when you choose a cheaper option, but they’ll still track the basics, like steps, heart rate, and fitness metrics.

Q: What are the best fitness tracker brands? 

Fitness trackers have an interesting heritage—closely related to sports watches and mobile phones—as well as being their own stand-alone tech. There are now many companies that create products in the fitness tracker realm, but some of the best are Fitbit, Garmin, and Apple. Fitbit was one of the first fitness trackers available, but the company has come a long way since then. In fact, Google bought Fitbit in 2019. It offers a range of trackers, from basic to advanced. 

Garmin is one of the leaders in the fitness tracker and advanced fitness watch market. Its roots lie in GPS, and that legacy has continued with its impressive lineup of highly accurate trackers. 
Apple is a name that just about everyone will recognize. Its Apple Watch helped bridge the gap between fitness watch and smartwatch, offering cellular connectivity with advanced health sensors. 

Q: Why use a fitness tracker?

Fitness watches can motivate users to stay on track with their fitness goals by providing real-time data and metrics that allow you to monitor progress and performance. As many of us are sedentary throughout the day, fitness trackers offer real-time alerts and reminders to keep you moving, even in small increments.

Q: Which fitness tracker is most accurate?

We all want a fitness watch that accurately measures our fitness data—after all, accurate metrics help us get a better grip on our health. The Garmin Vivofit 4 is among the most accurate trackers, along with Garmin’s other offerings, offering precise measurements for both everyday and fitness wear.

Final thoughts on the best fitness trackers

There’s no doubt that a fitness tracker can help you up your game when it comes to your workouts and that there are a host of different features and functions out there that can keep you on track, whether you’re a busy parent squeezing in a quick yoga class or a professional athlete trying to shave every last second off your time. The huge leaps and bounds in technology also mean that your fitness tracker can do double duty as a smartwatch, notifying you about everything from news headlines to your next meeting. The type of tracker you opt for will depend on your life, lifestyle, and what you want from it. But the choices are out there like never before.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best fitness trackers of 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best portable saunas of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-portable-saunas/ Tue, 07 Jun 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=448139
The best portable saunas lined up in a row
Amanda Reed

These are the best portable saunas for ultimate relaxation and healing when you’re at home or on the go.

The post The best portable saunas of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best portable saunas lined up in a row
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall SaunaSpace Luminati Portable Infrared Sauna is the best overall portable sauna. SaunaSpace Luminati Portable Infrared Sauna
SEE IT

This full-featured sauna creates a serene overall environment.

Best sauna kit SereneLife Full Portable Sauna is the best portable sauna kit. SereneLife Full Portable Sauna
SEE IT

Get everything you need in one convenient bundle.

Best infrared Heat Wave Radiant Saunas makes the best portable sauna that's infrared. Heat Wave Radiant Saunas Oversized Portable Cabin
SEE IT

Get the benefits of Infrared without the bulk.

Portable saunas can provide all the health benefits of their larger counterparts. Those benefits include stress relief, muscle recovery, improved circulation, and detoxification. As brands create increasingly compact products, you can now bring the feel-good sauna experience home whether you live in a single-family home or one-bedroom apartment—no permanent installation required. And, unless you get one of the high-end models, portable saunas are more affordable than traditional saunas. Our favorite at-home saunas are comfortable to sit (or lay) in and easy to set up and break down. You’ll find a variety of styles out there, from full-body infrared saunas to sit-in steam saunas to sauna bags. This list of the best portable saunas for wellness and recovery will help you choose the best option for your home and your needs. 

How we chose the best portable saunas

Portable saunas come in an array of styles, and we wanted to reflect this diversity while being mindful of price and durability. We searched through dozens of portable sauna products and narrowed down our list to include ones that are the highest quality possible within their price range. For example, we wanted to ensure the budget option came with a warranty in case any of the components fail. 

When selecting the best portable saunas, we also considered the materials and power output to find energy-efficient options that won’t send your power bill skyrocketing. We also considered whether or not the portable sauna was aesthetically pleasing because it will become a staple in your home. 

During our review process, we scoured reviews across multiple sites. Once we decided on a product, we cross-referenced multiple sites and retailers to ensure the product stood up to dozens of user reviews.

Best portable saunas: Reviews & Recommendations

Once relegated to the realm of gyms and spas, saunas have exploded in popularity as medical studies demonstrated that they can relieve pain and promote relaxation. The best portable saunas should make it easy to bring some heat and healing into your home—not cause more stress. After scouring, sourcing, and performing lots of testing, here’s what we found.

Best overall: SaunaSpace Luminati Portable Infrared Sauna

SaunaSpace

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This beautifully designed, minimalist sauna is made of high-quality materials and creates a pleasant environment.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 52” x 52” x 63”
  • Weight: 50.3 pounds 
  • Materials: North American basswood, bamboo, stainless steel, and canvas

Pros 

  • Aesthetic design so you don’t need to break down after each use 
  • Walk-in style provides a full-body experience
  • High-quality, durable materials that are backed by a 10-year warranty 

Cons 

  • Heavy and may take two people to set up
  • The high price tag might be a deterrent for some buyers 

Part of the sauna experience is the atmosphere: the lack of visual distractions and the smell of untreated wood. And this portable, full-body sauna allows you to immerse yourself in a relaxing environment. The wooden components, like the base and the stool, bring in elements of a traditional sauna without the heavy weight and elaborate installation. While some infrared saunas come with the risk of EMF exposure, SaunaSpace uses advanced technology to keep these levels low. (While some people may prefer to limit their exposure to EMFs, no research exists to support that low levels of exposure are harmful.) 

The high-quality, sustainable materials take this personal sauna above and beyond the competition. The canvas comes in multiple colors—like indigo, stone, and hand-dyed turmeric—so you can match this sauna kit with your current wall color or room’s aesthetic. Although it is more expensive than most portable saunas, it is a beautiful, well-crafted addition to a home and comes with a 10-year warranty. If after the 100-day trial period you’re not satisfied, you can return it for a full refund. 

Best sauna kit: SereneLife Full Portable Sauna 

SereneLife

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This portable sauna is tall enough for most adults to stand up in, creating a more comfortable home sauna experience than its competitors. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 35.4” x 35.4” x 70.9”
  • Weight: 37 pounds 
  • Materials: Cloth, plastic

Pros 

  • Full-size design allows you to reap full-body benefits 
  • Heats up to 140 degrees Fahrenheit 
  • Packable design lets you stow away when not in use

Cons 

  • Set-up instructions can be confusing
  • Taller people may not be able to fully stand inside 

As one of the only full-sized, fully portable saunas on the market at this price point, the SereneLife is at the top of our list for best portable sauna kit. While most portable saunas require you to stick your head and neck out of a hole at the top, this is completely enclosed so you can get the infrared benefits on your face, head, and neck. It comes with a folding chair so you can sit comfortably inside and a heating pad for your feet. 

After you set up this sauna for the home, just set your desired temperature and timer up to 60 minutes on the remote. It takes a while to heat up, but once it gets going, it can reach temps around 140 degrees Fahrenheit, mimicking your favorite gym sauna. Additionally, this model comes in both infrared and steam versions, depending on the type of heat you prefer. 

Best infrared: Heat Wave Radiant Saunas Oversized Portable Cabin

Heat Wave Radiant Saunas

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It’s energy-efficient, spacious enough for people up to 6’5”, and portable enough to use for car travel. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 33.5″ x 33″ x 41. 5″ 
  • Weight: 24 pounds 
  • Materials: Polyester and beech 

Pros 

  • Roomy for a sit-in design sauna 
  • Incredibly energy efficient
  • All the components feel high quality and are backed by a 1-year warranty

Cons 

  • Pricier than similar products 
  • Maximum timer length is 30 minutes 

Tent-style portable saunas may look goofy, but they’re ideal for those with minimal space or people who want a lightweight option. This home sauna has a sturdy frame that makes it easy to get in and out, interior zippers for your hands, and a pocket for the handheld remote or a phone. Using the remote, you can control the temperature for both the sauna and foot pad, and set the low-EMF carbon fiber heating panels up to 150 degrees Fahrenheit. 

The set-up and break-down processes take less than a minute, and the carrying handle makes transport easy so you can find relaxation anywhere. Plus, the quilted polyester fabric is moisture-resistant and looks nicer than many of the tent-style saunas. The complete sauna kit comes with two soft neck collars for optimal comfort and a padded floor mat that will help soak up moisture when the sweat builds. Although this personal sauna is on the higher end of the price range for his style, you’ll save money on power bills because of the energy-efficient carbon heating panels. 

Best for stress: Sun Home Saunas Infrared Sauna Blanket

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This blanket is easy to set up and easy on the eyes, thanks to fun patterns and colorways.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 71” x 71” unfolded
  • Weight: 15 pounds 
  • Materials: Waterproof polyurethane

Pros 

  • Wide range of temperature and timer settings
  • Multiple colors
  • Backed by a 1-year warranty

Cons 

  • Expensive

Bringing the spa experience to your living room doesn’t have to be boring. Take the Sun Home Saunas Infrared Sauna Blanket, which comes in a jazzy blue zebra print (pictured), a fun purple and red colorway, and a classic black style. The climate and timer controls are easy to use: Temperature settings range from 35-75℃, and time settings range from 30-60 minutes. Pre-heat time only takes around 15 minutes. The industrial-grade Velcro keeps the heat in and feels sturdy to the touch. However, the blanket is easy to open—making cleaning a breeze. And, its large interior circumference will make you feel cozy—not constricted. When you’re done using it, simply pack it away in the included carrying case.

Best for travel: LifePro Far Infrared Sauna Blanket

LifePro

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The LifePro Rejuvawrap packs a sauna’s catharsis into a full-body blanket, making it a good choice for your mobile detox needs.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 70.8 inches L x 70.8 inches W
  • Weight: 13 pounds 
  • Materials: Waterproof Oxford cloth, polyurethane leather, and cotton

Pros

  • Folds into an included canvas carrying bag
  • Includes disposable sauna wraps for increased temperature
  • Waterproof fabric makes for easy cleaning

Cons

  • Not very hot at lower settings
  • Moderate size when stowed in bag

If you’re looking to take the benefits of your portable sauna on the road, the LifePro Rejuvawrap is a sleeping bag-style sauna blanket that’s definitely worth considering. Its foldable five-layer design consists of a far-infrared carbon fiber heating pad, two layers of comfortable cotton, and a waterproof oxford cloth topper to aid with sweat cleanup. Using an integrated remote, users can adjust the blanket temperature and auto-shutoff timer between 95 to 176 degrees Fahrenheit and 5 to 60 minutes. The Rejuvawrap does take a while to heat up, and though many users have reported that only its higher settings feel sufficiently hot, we actually like the blanket’s ability to offer everything from soothing warmth to blazing heat. If you find yourself needing even more focused heat, the Rejuvawrap also includes a handful of disposable sauna wraps and a washable towel to further tailor your sauna experience. Like other sauna blankets, the LifePro Rejuvawrap is fairly bulky when folded and stored in its canvas carrying bag, but we still found it to be easy  to tote around and stow in a car or closet.

Best for home: Clearlight Curve Sauna Dome

Infrared Sauna

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Achieve full relaxation mode in this personal lay-down sauna. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 69” x 28” x 18”
  • Weight: 80 pounds 
  • Materials: Organic hemp cloth, wood, memory foam

Pros 

  • Memory foam pad is super plush and comfy
  • Low-EMF infrared heat 
  • Comfortable, reclined design is great for users who can’t sit for long periods

Cons 

  • Not as portable and space-efficient as others on this list 
  • Very heavy 

Not everyone has the space, money, or time for a full-scale sauna installation. But that doesn’t mean you have to sacrifice quality. The Curve Sauna Dome allows for a high-quality experience without the hassle of a permanent home sauna. With a memory foam infrared pad and multiple heat level adjustments, this indoor sauna is one of the most comfortable options on our list. Simply set the timer, lay down, and relax. When you’re finished, slide the two domes together for easy storage. 

The model uses far-infrared light, known for its wellness benefits, including increased circulation and boosted immunity. It also comes with a lifetime warranty, so you can buy in confidence knowing your purchase is protected. However, this sauna is a more serious investment than others on this list: it’s heavier, less space-efficient, and not travel-friendly. 

Best small: HigherDose Infrared Sauna Blanket

HigherDose

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Just about everything is better in bed, and sauna sessions are no exception.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 71” x 71” 
  • Weight: TK pounds 
  • Materials: Waterproof Polyurethane and fireproof cotton

Pros 

  • Short pre-heat time of 10 minutes 
  • Non-toxic materials
  • Fully adjustable with a handheld controller 

Cons 

  • Maximum interior circumference of 65 inches may be too small for some users
  • Requires more frequent cleaning

If the thought of being trapped inside a pop-up structure with your head sticking out the top gives you the heebie-jeebies, the HigherDose Sauna Blanket is the answer. This sauna bag provides all the benefits of a portable sauna, yet is thin, lightweight, and convenient. You can use it on any heat-resistant surface like your bed or a yoga mat, and you have the choice of wearing a layer of clothing or using HigherDose’s towel insert. However, you can expect to sweat a lot, so the manual emphasizes the importance of preventing any skin-to-mat action. 

This product is just really thoughtfully designed. Charcoal and clay layers beneath the infrared panels balance the heat. Of all the options, this is one of the easiest to store, which can come in very handy if you’re extremely limited on space. It also makes it one of the easiest models with which to travel.

Best budget: Durasage Oversized Portable Steam Sauna

Durasage

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This affordable steam sauna leaves room in your budget for actually traveling.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 31.5” x 33” x 41”
  • Weight: 15.8 pounds 
  • Materials: Polyester and PVC tubing 

Pros 

  • Two large pockets on the front can fit a tablet or book
  • Great price 
  • 1.5-year warranty 

Cons 

  • Chair is flimsy and can only support up to 20 lbs
  • Clumsy frame design makes it hard to get in and out 

This portable, sit-in steam sauna is great if you just want to test the waters of a home sauna or don’t have the cash to make a bigger investment. With the pop-up sauna tent and a foldable chair, this sauna kit has everything you need to start a regular sauna routine. (However, you may want to replace the flimsy chair with one of your own. Just make sure you don’t need it for other purposes—it will get sweaty!) This portable sauna also has dual pockets for a book or e-reader and easy-to-zip hand slots. 

We like the budget-friendly price tag, but what we love best about this portable sauna is that you can add fragrances like herbs or oil to the plastic container on the side of the steam generator. The scent of lavender or jasmine will elevate your experience, and you can’t do this with an infrared sauna.

Things to consider when buying the best portable saunas

Type of heat 

Portable saunas come in three varieties: 

  • Dry saunas are the most traditional and use heating panels to warm the air without increasing the humidity. These saunas can reach higher temperatures than steam saunas. 
  • Infrared saunas use infrared lighting panels to heat your body in an effort to aid muscle recovery. Because they use light to heat your body instead of heating the air around you, they generally don’t get as hot as traditional dry saunas (so you can spend more time in them). They’re a great option for sauna users who can’t tolerate the humidity of steam saunas or high temps of dry saunas. 
  • Steam saunas use—you guessed it—steam to warm the air and allow you to work up quite a sweat. Unlike dry saunas, steam saunas use a heater with water to warm up your space. They take a bit longer to heat up but provide a more classic experience similar to Finnish steam rooms. 

Design 

You can find portable saunas that encapsulate your entire body or smaller options that you sit in from the neck down. If space isn’t an issue and you don’t get claustrophobic easily, you may want to choose a full-body personal sauna. However, the neck-down, collapsible saunas can be a great option for people who prefer to multi-task and read a book while relaxing. If you deal with chronic pain and have trouble sitting upright for long periods of time, a reclined sauna or sauna blanket could be a good fit. 

Size and weight

Consider where you’re going to put your sauna and how often you’re going to use it. More spacious saunas will be more comfortable, especially for taller or larger users, but smaller saunas are better for saving space. If you plan to break it down after every use, you can opt for a foldable sauna with a larger footprint. Some portable saunas require a more elaborate setup and are best for users who aren’t ready to install a permanent indoor sauna but can leave a portable sauna up for longer periods of time. 

FAQs

Q: How much do portable saunas cost?

Portable saunas cost between $100 and $3000 dollars, depending on the style, brand, and quality. If you want a reliable personal sauna, you should expect to spend at least $300, although you can find lower-quality options for cheaper.

Q: What are the health benefits of a portable sauna?

Portable saunas are known for their health and wellness benefits, including relaxation, improved circulation, pain relief, and reduced risk of disease, including hypertension. Research about sauna benefits used to be scant, but in the past five years, multiple studies have implied that sauna bathing can offer health and wellness benefits for many regular users. 

Q: How long do portable saunas last?

The lifespan of a portable sauna can vary widely. Just like any product, it depends on the quality of your purchase. While you can find dozens of budget options online, these may have a shorter lifespan than high-quality home saunas. Some portable saunas, like the Curve Sauna Dome, come with a lifetime warranty. 

Final thoughts on the best portable saunas

For those who can afford it and have the dedicated space, the SaunaSpace Luminati is one of the best portable saunas available. The ThermaLight technology allows you to enjoy the benefits of infrared heat without the added risk associated with EMFs, and the organic canvas and bamboo components are minimal yet aesthetic enough to leave installed in the home.  

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best portable saunas of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best compression socks of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-compression-socks/ Tue, 10 Aug 2021 20:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=387909
A lineup of the best compression socks on a white background
Amanda Reed

Give your circulation a boost—and your legs some love—with these supportive socks.

The post The best compression socks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best compression socks on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Sockwell's Men Elevation Compression Socks are the best compression socks overall. Sockwell Firm Compression Socks
SEE IT

These all-around winners provide strong compression and reliable support for people who stand all day and look good to boot.

Best ankle-length The Paplus Ankle Compression Sock is the best ankle compression sock. PAPLUS Ankle Compression Socks
SEE IT

These ankle socks provide 15-20 mmHg compression to gently boost circulation and support the foot.

Best budget ACTINPUT Compression Socks for Men and Women are the best budget compression socks. ACTINPUT Compression socks for Men & Women
SEE IT

Light compression you can buy in bulk.

Compression socks, also known as compression stockings or support stockings, gently squeeze and apply pressure to the legs. The pressure improves circulation while preventing and reducing swelling. These socks are a common part of post-injury or surgery recovery, but they’ve gained popularity among long-distance travelers and athletes for their recovery benefits, too. Whether you’re an athlete, recovering from an injury, or in an occupation that keeps you on your feet all day, pressure socks encourage blood flow and help you stay comfortable. However, compression socks come in different pressures, lengths, and sizes that determine how well they’ll work for your particular issues. We’ve rounded up some of the best compression socks for swelling, athletics, and general use to get your feet back in working order. 

How we chose the best compression socks

Pressure socks should not cause pain or uncomfortably pinch the skin. A sock that causes numbness, tingling, or discoloration is too tight. With this said, we conducted user testing with all sizes of feet, performed heavy research, and looked at critical reviews to inform our judging.

The best compression socks: Reviews & Recommendations

We picked a range of socks for various needs, from socks that help runners with performance and recovery time to those that alleviate pain from plantar fasciitis, arch and heel pain, and Achilles tendonitis. Any one of these picks should get your blood pumping and your feet jumpin’.

Best overall: Sockwell Firm Compression Socks

Sockwell

SEE IT

Why they made the cut: Sockwell’s Firm Compression Socks provide plenty of support while you’re on the job and still look stylish. 

Specs

  • Materials: Merino wool, rayon, nylon, Spandex
  • Compression: 20-30 mmHG
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Designed with graduated compression to reduce swelling
  • Comes with arch support and cushioned sole
  • Provides moisture-wicking and odor-control

Cons

  • Not designed for athletic performance

If you’re looking for a compression sock you can wear all day, Sockwell’s Firm Compression Socks provide plenty of support while not looking like medical socks. Created to improve circulation in the legs of people who sit or stand all day, these socks are designed with graduated compression that minimizes swelling and cuts down on fatigue. They also wick away moisture and provide odor control thanks to the power of merino wool, and come in a range of colors from black to putty.

Best for men: Physix Gear Sport Compression Socks

Physix Gear Sport

SEE IT

Why they made the cut: These compression socks provide moderate pressure and come in a range of fun designs that will look great when working out.

Specs

  • Materials: Lycra
  • Compression: 20-30 mmHG
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Great for extreme races
  • Ankle cuff stays put
  • Range of colors and designs

Cons

  • Not particularly suited for the cold

The Physix Gear Sport Compression Socks provide 20-30 mmHg of pressure, which is adequate for running and other sports, as well as post-workout recovery. Their graduated pressure provides higher pressure through the feet and ankles and gradually decreases toward the top of the calf. These socks come in three sizes and include “stay put” cuffs to keep the sock in place. They also come in 12 colors.

Best for women: Hi Clasmix Graduated Medical Compression Socks

Hi Clasmix

SEE IT

Why they made the cut: These socks are designed to promote blood flow, discourage blood clots after surgery, and are also great for people working on their feet all day. 

Specs

  • Materials: Nylon, polyester, copper fiber
  • Compression: 20-30 mmHG
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Comfortable for all-day wear
  • Encourages blood flow and circulation
  • Moisture-wicking and breathable fabric that eliminates odor

Cons 

  • Striking design may not work with professional outfits

The Hi Clasmix Graduated Medical Socks are the best compression socks for women and fit shoe sizes 6 to 15.5. They feature graduated compression between 20-30 mmHg, enough for daily wear, athletics, or recovery. A copper-infused fabric helps prevent odors and wicks moisture for more comfortable wear.

Best for running: 2XU Vector Cushion

2XU

SEE IT

Why they made the cut: These athletic compression socks are specifically designed to improve runners’ performance with decreased recovery time and streamlined comfort. 

Specs

  • Materials: Nylon, Lycra
  • Compression: 15-20 mmHG at base of foot (20-30 mmHG at ankle) 
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Support feet and legs
  • Cushioning provides plantar fascia and arch support
  • Lock-in technology reduces blistering

Cons

  • Expensive

Runners, if you’re looking for compression socks to enhance performance without looking stodgy, the 2XU Vector Cushion Socks are a solid option. Designed with graduated compression, these socks for running increase circulation in your feet and legs to get more blood to your muscles. They come with arch and plantar fascia cushioning to absorb shocks and with technology that helps reduce blistering. That said, they’re an expensive pair of socks. 

Best ankle-length: PAPLUS Ankle Compression Socks

PAPLUS

SEE IT

Why they made the cut: Created for athletes, these ankle socks are designed with light compression and provide 360 degrees of support that cradle feet and aid recovery.

Specs

  • Materials: Nylon, Spandex
  • Compression: 15-20 mmHg 
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Designed with targeted compression zones
  • Moisture wicking 
  • Comfortable

Cons

  • Only provides compression to feet and ankles

The PAPLUS Ankle Compression Socks feature light, 15-20 mmHg compression in a side-specific design. Each is labeled R or L, which helps the compression fit and target the foot’s arch better. This compression provides progressive pressure throughout the foot and ankle. They’re made of a moisture-wicking fabric that improves breathability for more comfortable wear. That said, they’re not the best for cold weather, so you may also want to check out some heated socks.

Best toeless: SB SOX Plantar Fasciitis Compression Socks

SB SOX

SEE IT

Why they made the cut: Created specifically for people with foot ailments such as plantar fasciitis, arch and heel pain, and Achilles tendonitis, these compression socks are designed to relieve pain.

Specs 

  • Materials: Nylon, Spandex
  • Compression: 15-20 mmHg 
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Provides arch support
  • Moisture wicking 
  • Comfortable

Cons

  • Not designed for cold weather

SB SOX Plantar Fasciitis Compression Socks feature compression and ribbing designed to follow the arch of the foot. The ribbing through the arch mimics the natural movement of the foot’s ligaments to provide better support. A thin heel lets you fit it under your regular socks without changing the fit of your shoes. Moisture-wicking fabric keeps the SB SOX cool even under another pair of socks. They come in four sizes and nine colors.

Best budget: ACTINPUT Compression Socks for Men and Women

ACTINPUT

SEE IT

Why they made the cut: If you’re looking for light compression, this eight-pack of socks provides great value for everyday use for people who stand all day.

Specs 

  • Materials: Nylon, polyester, elastane
  • Compression: 15-20 mmHg 
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Comes in an eight-pack
  • Moisture wicking 
  • Good value

Cons

  • Not designed for foot ailments

The ACTINPUT Socks for Men and Women are made with 15-20 mmHG compression and come in packs of eight. These knee-high compression socks provide uniform pressure from toe to knee in two sizes. You get many options, from a pack of all black to nude, white, gray, and colorful patterned designs.

What to consider when buying the best compression socks

Let’s start with the most basic question—what are compression socks used for? Compression socks apply gentle pressure to the tissues beneath the skin of the legs. That extra pressure prevents fluid leakage and promotes fluid absorption. That generally means less swelling, as well as swelling prevention. 

Weakening veins and valves get a boost from pressure socks by supporting vein and capillary walls. Even if your veins are perfectly healthy, blood can pool in the legs after long periods of sitting or time on your feet. Consequently, people who work while standing, those who walk all day, and those who travel for several hours at a time find relief from swelling with the added pressure of compression socks. 

These socks come in different types and designs. For example, gradient or graduated compression socks apply higher pressure toward the toes, feet, and ankles, with less pressure through the calf. Ankle compression socks only apply pressure to the foot and ankle. Toeless designs make it easier to wear with regular socks for greater cushioning and comfort. 

Compression socks also come in different pressure levels, with socks available to the average consumer having light to medium compression. Pressure is measured in millimeters of Mercury (mmHg). People with certain health issues may require a specific sock pressure level recommended by a doctor, while others can just choose a comfortable level.

  • 15-20 mmHg (light compression): Daily wear, general sports, and travel.
  • 20-30 mmHg (medium compression): Daily wear (especially for varicose veins and swelling), mild symptoms of discomfort, sports recovery.
  • 30-40 mmHg (strong compression): Often recommended for blood clot prevention, medical recovery, or post-surgery.

Here is what you should look out for when shopping for the best compression socks:

Alleviating ankle swelling

Pregnancy, poor circulation, temperature fluctuations, and fatigue are only a few of the reasons your feet and ankles may swell. Capillaries, the very small blood vessels, help carry blood to the arteries and veins and back again. Their thin walls are easily damaged, leading to fluid buildup and poor circulation. 

Pressure socks gently squeeze the legs, helping fluids to reabsorb and blood to flow more easily. These pressure socks also decrease the diameter of veins, increasing the velocity of blood flow and volume. In short, they keep the blood moving and fluid from pooling. If swelling plagues you during and after a long airplane, car ride, or a long shift on the job, these socks may help. 

Potential improved running performance

Here’s the deal: The jury is still out on the benefits of compression socks for running performance. Some studies have found a correlation between pressure socks and improved running performance and muscle fatigue, while others have found no difference

It comes down to what you need and want the compression socks to do. If you have swelling when you run, which is pretty normal, pressure socks can definitely reduce fluid buildup in your feet and legs. That may or may not benefit your running time and recovery. Runners who travel long distances to get to their events, such as marathons or triathlons,  may also reap the benefits of compression socks because they can reduce swelling due to prolonged periods of sitting or standing.

However, a fairly universal finding is that if the wearer believes the socks help, they report less fatigue, better circulation, and quicker recovery. The mental “race” can be just as difficult for runners as the actual race. If the socks work for you and help with recovery, you may want to consider a purchase. 

Style of sock

Something that goes to your knees or beyond is too much sock for the occasion. In other cases, you may only need compression and extra support in the arch, heel, or low ankle. Ankle socks may offer a solution to any of the aforementioned issues. 

These socks sometimes rise above the ankle bone, but many stay below this visible landmark. They have similar pressure levels as taller socks. Some of these designs feature targeted pressure through the arches or heels to relieve plantar fasciitis or support foot injuries. These socks also cover less surface area, making them a cooler option when temperatures rise.

FAQs

Q: How much do compression socks cost?

A single pair of socks that cost $15 or more can quickly get expensive—up to $50 for one pair! However, you can get comfortable compression for much less, but you do have to let go of a few things. First, budget compression socks usually have less pressure. They’re more likely to fall in the 15-20 mmHg range. The quality of the fabric may be lower compared to higher-priced socks. For example, you won’t find moisture-wicking fabric among the less expensive designs. The seams may come apart quicker, too. That said, you can buy several cheap pairs for the price of a single pair of pricier designs.

Q: What does 15-20 mmHg mean for compression socks?

The 15-20 mmHg means the socks provide 15-20 millimeters of mercury in pressure. It’s a measure of the sock’s tightness. Socks range from 15-40 mmHg, with 15 being the lowest pressure offered. 

Q: Can compression socks lower your blood pressure?

Unfortunately, no, compression socks cannot lower or raise your blood pressure. They increase the velocity at which the blood moves in the lower limbs, but not enough to change your blood pressure measurements.

Q: What level of compression socks do I need?

The compression level depends on your activities, comfort level, and the socks’ purpose. To improve general circulation throughout daily activities, 15-20 mmHg socks usually do the trick. At 20-30 mmHg, athletes and those with medical issues like poor circulation or injury get more support. Socks at the 30-40 mmHg level are typically reserved for injury recovery. No matter the pressure level, the socks must be comfortable for you. They shouldn’t cut off circulation, cut into your skin, or cause skin discoloration. 

Q: How many hours per day should I wear compression socks?

You can wear compression socks all day except when you’re showing or bathing. Then make sure to take them off at night, the National Health Service recommends.

Final thoughts on the best compression socks

Keeping your tootsies happy can help you stay on the move when your feet start to get tired. The best compression socks allow your blood to flow and reduce swelling without pinching or cutting off circulation. They also make great gifts. You may need a sock without toes or an ankle compression sock to support your arch. If you have a medical condition that requires a compression sock, talk to your doctor to determine the right pressure and sock style. These socks can express your personality with bright colors and patterns, or they may blend in with your natural skin tone. If you need a pair, there’s a design out there that will work for you.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best compression socks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best electrolyte drinks of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-electrolyte-drinks/ Tue, 23 Nov 2021 23:48:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=402396
A lineup of the best electrolyte drink mixes stitched together
Amanda Reed

These electrolyte drinks have what you need to recover from everything from running a marathon to a night out on the town.

The post The best electrolyte drinks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best electrolyte drink mixes stitched together
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best sports drink The Liquid i.v. is the best electrolyte drink for athletes. Liquid I.V.
SEE IT

A super-efficient solution for a variety of uses

Best for hangovers The Pedialyte is best electrolyte drink for hangovers. Pedialyte
SEE IT

The same stuff you had as a kid is also great for adults

Best for runners The Nuun Sport Caffein is best electrolyte drink for runners. Nuun
SEE IT

Dissolvable tablets are easy to take on the run

Whether it’s recharging after an intense workout or hydrating the day after drinking, electrolytes can help your body recover faster and feel refreshed in no time. Consuming the best electrolyte drinks helps keep your body hydrated. Electrolytes aid your body in regulating muscle cramping and nerve signaling and even go as far as balancing your pH and keeping you hydrated—which is important for everyone from professional athletes to people who work from home. The problem? Every time you break a sweat, your body loses some of those minerals, leading to dehydration. This can result in fatigue, nausea, abdominal and muscle cramping, and much worse. The safest bet is to stock up on the best electrolyte drinks so you’re prepared for any situation—whether it’s post-cardio or when recovering from the flu.

How we chose the best electrolyte drinks

We aimed to support electrolyte drinks that are allergy-friendly and are free of most artificial ingredients such as colors, preservatives, and sweeteners. There are plenty of sports drinks out there on the market that are basically salty soda with no bubbles. That said, we also considered taste as an essential part of the equation. You’re not going to drink something that tastes bad, and that’s counterproductive to staying hydrated.

The FDA does not review dietary supplements for safety and effectiveness before they are placed on the market; therefore, this was not a determining factor in our selections. The PopSci staff and writers have years of experience in competitive sports and other dehydrating activities. To find the best electrolyte drinks, we surveyed and considered dozens of different options to find those that meet these standards. 

The best electrolyte drinks: Reviews & Recommendations 

While sweating from working out or playing sports may be the first thing you think about in terms of dehydration, there are, in reality, many ways to deplete these precious resources. These can include food poisoning, travel, heat, stomach flu, and even alcohol consumption. The best electrolyte drinks—which we’ve listed below—are sure to help you recover and rehydrate. Simply chuck the powder into your water bottle, sip, and feel healed.

Best overall: Tailwind Nutrition Endurance Fuel

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This drink mix has a light, clean taste and dissolves clear in water. It’s also easy on the stomach—no more gut-wrenching runs.

Specs

  • Diet type: Non-GMO, Free of soy, dairy, and gluten, vegan
  • Servings: 30 per container
  • Flavors: Comes in 8 flavors
  • Form: Powder

Pros

  • Easy on the stomach
  • Tasty
  • Caffeinated options available

Cons

  • Expensive compared to others on the list

You tend to get three options with sports drinks: taste, hydration, and easy on the stomach. However, you can only pick two. The one that hydrates the most and tastes the best may not be easy on your stomach, and so on. You get the complete triangle with Tailwind Nutrition’s Endurance Fuel. It’s, according to one of our staff writers here on the gear team, “freakin’ delicious,” and it includes electrolytes to replenish what you sweat out. Best of all, it won’t irritate your stomach while working out. It comes in eight flavors, including caffeinated options, but our favorite is mandarin orange.

Best sports drink: Liquid I.V.

Why it made the cut: This electrolyte drink mix delivers an optimal ratio of nutrients that delivers hydration quickly via single-serving tubes. 

Specs

  • Diet type: Gluten-, soy-, and dairy-free
  • Servings: 16 single-serving packets
  • Flavors: Comes in four flavors
  • Form: Powder

Pros

  • Non-GMO and no artificial ingredients
  • Provides the same hydration as 2-3 bottles of water
  • With each purchase, they donate a serving to someone in need around the world. 

Cons

  • Expensive compared to others on this list

Liquid I.V. is one of the best sports drinks with electrolytes on the market, especially for athletes, which makes perfect sense since it was developed while the founder was working with a professional baseball team. After realizing there is a need for natural and effective electrolyte drinks, he partnered with nutrition scientists to create what it calls a Hydration Multiplier.

Through the science of Cellular Transport Technology (CTT) water, other key ingredients are rapidly absorbed into the bloodstream. Liquid I.V. is available in four flavors: lemon-lime, passion fruit, tangerine, and acai berry. It also boasts five essential vitamins: B3, B5, B6, B12, and Vitamin C. 

With each purchase consumers make, Liquid I.V. provides hydration in disaster zones, hospitals, impoverished communities, and more in need around the world. 

Best for hangovers: Pedialyte

Why it made the cut: This electrolyte drink is medically formulated and highly recommended by medical professionals for both children and adults. 

Specs

  • Diet types: Non-GMO, vegan, gluten-, calorie-, sugar-free
  • Servings: One bottle = 3 servings
  • Flavors: Comes in 17 flavors
  • Form: Liquid

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Good for both kids and adults
  • Well-earned reputation
  • Lots of options, including freeze pops

Cons

  • “Unflavored” doesn’t mean no taste

Pedialyte is an advanced, medical-grade hydration formula that contains potassium, sodium, and chloride. These key electrolytes are designed to restore your body’s sugar and electrolyte balance which is why it’s the best electrolyte drink for hangovers. You’ve probably had it multiple times in your life already since it’s typically suggested for sick children who are running fevers or are having trouble keeping down regular liquids.

You can get Pedialyte via liters (liquid), powder packs, and freezer pops that come in 17 flavors. However, the unflavored version is a great choice, free of artificial colors and dyes. Some people have reported that the flavorless option still has a taste, but if you drink it cold, it tastes much better. 

Best for runners: Nuun Sport + Caffeine

Why it made the cut: Easily portable tablets quickly dissolve in a water bottle, so there’s no need to lug around pre-mixed liquid. They also taste excellent.

Specs

  • Diet type: Dairy-, soy-, and gluten-free, kosher, vegan
  • Servings: 1 tube holds 10 tablets
  • Flavors: Four
  • Form: Tablet

Pros

  • No artificial flavoring or sweeteners
  • Only 1 gram of sugar
  • Good for travel

Cons

  • Contains caffeine (could be a pro or con)

Nuun has been the best electrolyte drink for runners and athletes for years. Nuun tablets contain only one gram of sugar derived from high-quality stevia. It also contains only 15 calories and zero artificial sweeteners or flavoring. There’s a wide variety of flavors to choose from, and it’s easy to carry them practically anywhere since they’re in tablet form. All you have to do is dissolve one tablet in 16oz of water. 

While caffeine could be a con for some, studies have shown that caffeine may boost athletic performance, which could help runners during training and competition. Additionally, the caffeine is derived from green tea extract. Nuun also has tablets focused on energy and immunity, as well as electrolyte powder mix. 

Best system: Gatorade Gx Hydration System and Gx Sports Drink Concentrate Pods

Gatorade

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If Gatorade is your go-to, consider this system that makes it easier to drink your favorite flavors.

Specs

  • Diet type: Fat- and gluten-free, non-GMO, vegan
  • Servings: 1 pod per serving
  • Flavors: Comes in 8 flavors
  • Form: Liquid

Pros

  • Less clutter than purchasing packs
  • Can customize flavor with water levels
  • Easy to use

Cons

  • Proprietary recycling program
  • Not Earth-friendly

Gatorade is one of the most well-known electrolyte drinks out there. Between hazy Saturday morning afters to middle school sports team practices, few people in this world haven’t sipped on the colorful sports drink. If you’re sick of hauling packs upon packs into your home, consider Gatorade’s Gx system, which uses a special bottle and pods to quench your thirst and replenish your electrolytes. Simply fill the bottle up to the water line, pop the pod on top of the bottle, press down, and wham: Gatorade. If it’s good enough for a college football team in the 60s, it’s good enough for you. You can also purchase a 64-ounce jug if 30 ounces isn’t enough liquid to drink before, during, and after your workout.

Best for breastfeeding: Vita Coco

Why it made the cut: While many electrolyte drinks are healthier than sports drinks, coconut water is the only one on the list with one ingredient. 

Specs

  • Diet type: Fat- and gluten-free, non-GMO, vegan
  • Servings: 1 bottle = 11.1 fluid oz, 1 case = 12 bottles
  • Flavors: Three
  • Form: Liquid

Pros

  • Naturally occurring electrolyte source
  • Contains only 1 ingredient 
  • Delicious

Cons

  • Expensive
  • High sugar content 

There’s not an electrolyte drink that’s more natural than coconut water. As a new mother breastfeeding, you want to pay attention to what you put in your body just as you did while you were pregnant. For that reason, coconut water is the best electrolyte drink for breastfeeding mothers. 

Vita Coco is never made from concentrate. The coconuts are picked, cracked, and packed directly at the source.

Vita Coco also has coconut water options available in pineapple and peach & mango flavors if you don’t love the taste of plain coconut water. The bottles are handy and easy to keep around, so you don’t have to worry about mixing up a drink to replenish when you’re already spent. 

Best sugar-free: Hi-Lyte

Why it made the cut: Most electrolyte drinks have sugar, added or natural, but Hi-Lyte is one of the few with absolutely no sugar, making it the best sugar-free electrolyte drink and great for diabetics or anyone watching their sugar intake. 

Specs

  • Diet types: Non-GMO, vegan, gluten-, calorie-, sugar-free
  • Servings: 48
  • Flavors: N/A
  • Form: Concentrate

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • No sugar, carbs, or calories
  • No artificial ingredients

Cons

  • Natural salty taste
  • Contains zinc (important if you have zinc sensitivity)

Hi-Lyte is a liquid electrolyte drink that claims to have the highest potassium, zinc, and magnesium content amongst electrolyte concentrates on the market. This product is made with all-natural, ionic sea minerals and no maltodextrin. Ionic minerals are smaller than cell pathways, allowing them to be absorbed more easily. 

Hi-Lyte notes that their product is not focused on taste and has a naturally salty, mineral taste. If you’re sensitive to the taste, add a squeeze of lemon or lime and a pinch of stevia. You can also add it to juice or a smoothie. 

Hi-Lyte also claims that the liquid form has four times the absorption rate versus powders and tablets. However, if you prefer powder form, Hi-Lyte does produce an electrolyte powder as well, which is ideal for traveling.

Best pre-workout drink: Hydralyte + Energy Boost Electrolyte Powder

Why it made the cut: In addition to hydrating, Hydralyte + Energy Boost is formulated with vitamins and caffeine to give you a boost of energy. And with a vegan, non-GMO, and gluten-free formula, this tasty addition could just replace your morning brew.

Specs

  • Diet type: Non-GMO, vegan, gluten-, dairy-free
  • Servings: 20
  • Flavors: Lemon-lime
  • Form: Powder

Pros

  • Includes caffeine
  • Only 10 calories per serving
  • Added benefit of vitamins

Cons

  • More expensive than some options

While many electrolyte drinks might be designed for rehydration post-workout, Hydralyte + Energy Boost has the added benefit of 100mg of caffeine sourced from green tea, making it the perfect pre-workout beverage. This pick is also formulated with vitamins that assist with energy metabolism (like B12 and B6), plus 225 mg of Vitamin C, 9mg of Zinc, magnesium, and potassium.

Whether you need to kickstart your morning after a night out or want a healthy burst of energy before you hit the gym, this powder formula from Hydralyte is uber-portable—just toss it in your gym bag or backpack to later mix with water for hydration on the go.

Best budget: DripDrop Hydration Electrolyte Powder Packets

DripDrop

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Get a quality dose of electrolytes for less than $20.

Specs

  • Diet type: non-GMO, gluten-free, vegan 
  • Servings: 16 single-serve packets
  • Flavors: Four
  • Form: Powder

Pros

  • Contains almost as many electrolytes as more expensive options on this list
  • Tasty
  • Made with natural flavors and sweeteners

Cons

  • On the sweeter side

If you’re broke, hungover, and need something to fill the empty vessel of your spirit, look no further than this electrolyte mix from DripDrop. Each packet is just over a buck—that’s pretty cheap. Plus, it has just as many—if not more, in some cases—electrolytes as some of the more expensive options on this list. Even better, it comes in packets, so you can take it on the go so you don’t throw up in public.

What to consider when buying the best electrolyte drinks

You could grab whatever you see at the store. Or, you could snag something tailored to your lifestyle. Before placing that drink mix in your cart, here’s what you should know:

Ingredients

Possibly the most important is the ingredients. Check the label to see exactly what you’re getting in your electrolyte drink. There are a lot of different options, and the one you choose could vary depending on what you’re looking for, such as a way to help get over being sick or a way to fuel your exercise. 

Different electrolytes include sodium, magnesium, calcium, phosphorous, and chloride.

The non-active ingredients are important to check, too. Some sports drinks have the electrolytes you need, but pair them with tons of added sugar, which isn’t ideal. 

Form

There are different forms in which electrolyte drinks come in. These include premixed liquid form, like Pedialyte, powder form, like Liquid I.V., and dissolvable tablets, like Nuun. Then there are also naturally occurring electrolyte drinks like coconut water. 

The type of electrolyte drinks you decide on may depend on if you need to travel with it, how much you need to carry with you easily, and also just downright preference.

Other additives

Some electrolyte drinks include extra ingredients like caffeine or Vitamin C. There are reasons why some of these extra additives may be beneficial and other reasons why some people may want to avoid them. It is generally best to keep clear of any drink high in sugar content. Consulting your doctor can’t hurt before starting any supplement, especially if it’s part of a new or particularly rigorous exercise program. 

FAQs

Q: How much do the best electrolyte drinks cost?

Depending on the number of servings, the best electrolyte drinks will cost between $10-$30.

Q: Is it okay to drink electrolytes every day?

It is unnecessary to drink electrolyte drinks all the time. They are most beneficial during prolonged exercise (more than an hour), in hot environments, or if you’re ill. Almost every electrolyte drink comes with high sodium levels, which you may not need if you’re not losing liquids through sweat or other bodily functions. Ask a doctor for your best information. 

Q: What are the symptoms of low electrolytes?

An electrolyte imbalance may create a number of symptoms. These could include:
– Muscle spasms, weakness, twitching, or convulsions
– Dizziness
– Abdominal or muscle cramps
– Irregular heartbeat
– Mental confusion

The most common sign of low electrolytes is muscle cramping.

Final thoughts on the best electrolyte drinks

Electrolyte drinks can do your body good, but not everyone needs added electrolytes since your body naturally replenishes them. Generally, electrolyte drinks are great for those working out for a long time at high intensities, professional and competitive athletes, long-distance hikers, and so on. They are also great for when you have the stomach flu, are breastfeeding, or need to rehydrate after a long night of drinking. 

If you’re looking for the best electrolyte drinks, there are a few things to consider before making that final purchase. What ingredients do you want, and which ones do you want to avoid? Do you want liquid, tablets, or powder? Do you need something easy to carry or travel with? Once you answer these questions, one of these best electrolyte drinks should work great for you.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best electrolyte drinks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best earbuds in 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-earbuds/ Sat, 10 Jul 2021 00:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=378407
Best earbuds sliced and diced header
Tony Ware

Sweet earbuds to pair with jogs, joy rides, joysticks, joking with coworkers, just music, and more.

The post The best earbuds in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best earbuds sliced and diced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall AirPods Pro 2 in my hand in Times Square Apple AirPods Pro 2
SEE IT

Apple’s AirPods Pro 2 offer the best balance of sound, battery life, comfort, and extra features.

Best noise cancellation Bose QuietComfort Ultimate Bose QuietComfort Ultra
SEE IT

The Bose QuietComfort Ultras will become the most indispensable gadget for your plane trips or commute.

Best budget EarFun Air Pro 3 earbuds with charging case in my hand in front of plants EarFun Air Pro 3
SEE IT

EarFun’s Air Pro 3 earbuds offer better sound than we’d expect from a pair that cost well under $100.

If you’re wondering just how broad the personal audio market has become, consider the vast world of earbuds, ranging from less than $25 to well over $1,000. While wired earbuds still exist, True Wireless (TWS) earbuds have become the most popular option, thanks to improvements in micro-sized receivers that can deliver huge sound. Bluetooth technology has evolved to the point it can all but guarantee seamless connections, while an array of microphones and sensors help keep music and conversations clear. That means TWS earbuds are no longer a luxury item made by a select few companies. Yet there are still times when a wire is the way to go. Whether you’re an audiophile or a devout Apple enthusiast in the market for sports or gaming earbuds, we’ve compiled what you need to know to find the best earbuds that’ll match your needs.

How we chose the best earbuds

There are nearly infinite earbuds available—models of all shapes, sizes, and price points—so we relied on hands ears-on testing to determine the best ones currently available. Our tests helped us determine the best earbuds for several specific use cases, like gaming or podcast listening, and let us single out pairs that performed best when using key features like active noise cancellation. Audio quality was paramount when making our selections, so each earbud you see below passes our sound quality tests regardless of how much money you spend.

The most discerning listeners will be able to pick up the subtle improvements on more premium pairs, but each set of earbuds will sound great if you open up a streaming app, find the music you’re looking for, and hit play. Our focus has mostly been on TWS types, which have become the dominant style in recent years, popularized in the mainstream by Apple’s AirPods. The convenience of these earbuds is undeniable, and current-generation pairs from well-known audio companies and newcomers alike offer incredible sound for their size. But we threw in some other options, too. There’s no shortage of new and exciting earbuds, but these are the best ones you can get today.

The best earbuds: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you’re heading out for a trail run, on an open-world quest, or need to get locked in a work groove, you can get a pair of earbuds to suit your needs. And you can find them below, where we’ve collected some of the best options for any purpose and across every price point.

Best overall: Apple AirPods Pro 2

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: True wireless
  • Battery life: Up to 6 hours
  • Active noise cancellation: Yes
  • IP rating: IPX4
  • Microphones: Yes (3)

Pros

  • Well-balanced sound
  • Solid battery life
  • Compatible with Spatial Audio
  • Updated case with “Find My” support

Cons

  • Best technical features only work when connected to Apple devices

Apple’s second-generation AirPods Pro—colloquially known as AirPods Pro 2—are the best earbuds you can get in 2023; there, we said it. The latest version of Apple’s true wireless earbuds feature appreciable improvements in audio quality, active noise-cancelling performance, Spatial Audio support, and they come in an updated case with genuinely useful features. In short, it’s the total package, and it should be the default choice for many, especially if you use Apple devices.

In our first impressions, and continued tests conducted over several months of frequent use, the AirPods Pro 2 consistently impressed. The earbuds don’t have a totally flat frequency response, but Apple’s sonic sculpting—a little extra boost to the bottom end and slightly raised mids—doesn’t make songs sound unnatural or artificial. Music with a lot of low-end sounds extra full without bass distortion, while live music, pop, rock, and jazz benefit from Apple’s tweaks. We never found ourselves wanting to muck around with a digital multiband EQ. Apple did the research to determine what would sound good to most people, and it mostly stuck the landing.

The original AirPods Pro earbuds were lauded for bringing premium active noise cancellation to earbuds, and the second generation brings several improvements in this area. The AirPods Pro 2 could block out far more ambient noise—keys being typed, birds chirpings, footsteps—and loud sporadic noises like a New York City subway car clattering on the tracks. It’s not the best active noise cancellation we’ve experienced in a pair of earbuds, but it’s not too far off.

Apple says the AirPods Pro 2 earbuds get up to six hours of playtime per charge, with an extra 24 hours thanks to its battery case. That’s mostly been true in our experience, though keeping active noise cancellation enabled all the time did drain the earbuds more quickly. With one or two 15-minute breaks, you should be able to get through an entire international flight with the AirPods Pro 2’s ANC turned on. If you work in an office, coffee shop, or at home with another people, the active noise cancellation should be sufficient to create a reasonable buffer between you and the outside world.

One of the big bets with the original AirPods was support for Spatial Audio, a type of binaural surround sound you can take on the go. The technology was impressive, if unproven, but Apple has spent the past few years coaxing artists to re-release classic albums or release new ones with a Dolby Atmos mix. The library for surround sound music on Apple Music has exploded, and the AirPods 2 let you take full advantage of it—though if you want the true Dolby Atmos experience, you’ll need to pony up for an Apple TV and surround sound speaker system.

Spatial Audio tracks on the AirPods 2 do sound more immersive than their stereo counterparts, especially if you enable head tracking, which will automatically pan music based on how your head is turned to recreate the experience of listening to music on speakers. Spatial Audio mixes are still hit or miss, but at least there’s a variety of music to choose from. Apple offers a way to personalize the Spatial Audio experience by taking pictures of your face and ears, but we didn’t notice a big difference and performance.

One of Apple’s most unexpected updates to the AirPods Pro 2 was changing its case. The new case has a larger battery, lanyard loupe, and support for “Find My,” which allows you to track the location of your AirPods 2 case in case the earbuds get lost. A built-in speaker can play a chime, making it easier to find. These welcome improvements make a tangible difference in the earbuds’ overall usability. Sometimes it boils down to nice things being nice.

The only potential downside to using the AirPods Pro 2 is that they’re designed to work best with Apple’s other gear, so if you don’t have an iPhone, iPad, or Mac, you’ll get a slightly worse experience. The AirPods Pro 2 will still sound the same and have identical active noise-cancelling performance, but features like instant pairing are absent. This isn’t a dealbreaker, but it’s something to consider if you live in the Windows and Android world.

Are the AirPods Pro 2 the best-sounding earbuds? No. Are they the best active noise-cancelling earbuds? No, but by offering a great technical and audio experience, they’re the most well-rounded pair. The whole is greater than the sum of its parts, and we can’t imagine anyone complaining about this pair of earbuds.

Best noise-cancelling: Bose QuietComfort Ultra

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Bose’s QuietComfort Earbuds Ultra have the most-effectuve noise cancellation of any earbuds we’ve ever tested—to an eerie extent.

Specs 

  • Style: True wireless
  • Battery life: Up to 6 hours
  • Active noise cancellation: Yes
  • IP rating: IPX4
  • Microphones: Yes (5)

Pros

  • Best-in-class noise cancellation
  • Five microphones per bud
  • Bose app is actually helpful

Cons

  • Lacks multi-device pairing

The QuietComfort Ultra Earbuds are built upon the impressive foundation provided by last year’s QuietComfort Earbuds II, and only extend Bose’s lead in this category. We described the noise-cancellation performance of the QuietComfort Earbuds II as “scary” due to the genuine sense of isolation we felt during our tests. We’re happy—if not bewildered— to report that’s still the case. Somehow Bose has managed to make the noise cancellation performance of its A-list earbuds is even better. In quiet areas, like a home or hybrid office the earbuds, can completely eliminate moderate sounds like typing on a keyboard, walking around, and even opening doors if you play music at a low volume.

Testing these earbuds in a more demanding setting—the New York City subway system—was revelatory. Listening to a soft-pop group like the Mamas & the Papas should not have resulted in our missing an announcement that our train was rerouted. And yet it did. We weren’t trying to ignore the subway conductor’s warning, we just weren’t aware of it. The subway train’s squeaks and shuffles were audible when music was off or we listened to spoken word content like podcasts, but music at a volume level of 80% or higher would zero it out. It’s an odd sensation to feel a train moving and not being able to hear it.

This level of ANC performance comes courtesy of a five-microphone array built into each bud. That’s one more microphone per ear than last year’s model. These mics also come in handy when taking or placing phone calls, and they blocked out a fair bit of ambient noise like wind, which would have distracted our fellow caller. Simply put, the Bose QuietComfort Ultra Earbuds’ noise cancellation is unparalleled. It’s good enough that we’d recommend them to frequent fliers and commuters on its own. Thankfully, they also sound excellent.

We put these earbuds through their paces by listening to a wide range of music genres from different eras, from Taylor Swift’s new take on “1989,” to tracks from Bob Marley’s “Sounds of Freedom” through a compilation of the 1980s proto-Britpop band The Aardvarks. Some tracks were lossless (or high resolution) streamed from Apple Music and others were lossy AAC files from our personal library. Your experience will vary based on the mastering and recording of your favorite music, but we couldn’t find fault with the way the QuietComfort Ultras sounded.

Bose’s EQ settings were subtle and tasteful, which means you won’t hear unnecessarily boomy bass or crispy treble. We found the earbuds were particularly good at reproducing the sounds of acoustic instruments from guitars in pop songs to string and brass sections in classical and jazz recordings. We had enough esteem for these earbuds that we chose to use them during our first listen of “Now and Then” the final Beatles recording featuring John, Paul, George, and Ringo.

The latter was available with a Dolby Atmos mix, which allowed us to put these earbuds “immersive audio” setting to the test. Enabling this setting allows you to hear music as if it was being played through a pair of speakers, with audio shifting as you move your head. The effect is neat, and shows how much processing power the QuietComfort Ultras have under the hood, but we mostly listened to music in stereo. If you have a problem with the way these earbuds sound out of the box, you can tweak them to your liking by adjusting their EQ within the Bose Music app available on iOS and Android.

Our experience with these earbuds was almost universally positive, but we’re puzzled by their lack of multipoint pairing. You can only keep the earbuds connected to one device at a time, which is limiting and cumbersome if you want to go from listening to your music on your phone during a commute and on your computer at your desk. It’s a hiccup that’s especially surprising because these earbuds support Bluetooth 5.3 and Spatial Audio, two cutting-edge, resource-intensive features.

There’s never been a better time to pick up a pair of noise cancelling earbuds, but anyone shopping in 2023 should start with this pair.

Best for multiple devices: Technics EAH-AZ80

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: True wireless
  • Battery life: Up to 7 hours
  • Active noise cancellation: Yes
  • IP rating: IPX4
  • Microphones: Yes (8)

Pros

  • Smooth multi-point pairing
  • Four microphones per ear
  • Compact size
  • LDAC support

Cons

  • Cost

Technics may be most synonymous with club turntables thanks to its legendary SL-1200 (now 1210MKII), a deck used worldwide by DJs. Still, music listeners (rather than performers) should immediately acquaint themselves with the company’s new EAH-AZ80 earbuds. Their marquee feature is triple multipoint pairing—the ability to keep the earbuds connected to three devices simultaneously—but that’s just the tip of the iceberg. We’ve had the opportunity to test the earbuds for a couple of weeks, and they’ve become the top pair we’ve tried in 2023.

Let’s start with their multipoint pairing, which works astonishingly well. After pairing the earbuds to a couple of devices, they would automatically connect to both as long as they were within range. If I paused music on the first device, I could hit play on the second, and the audio would immediately start to play. The same was true when I threw a third device into the mix—to be clear, I approach any Bluetooth earbuds multipoint pairing with skepticism, and no earbuds claim to work with three devices. This is very difficult to pull off technically, and the only earbuds that have done it as well are Apple’s AirPods 2. But Apple’s top-tier earbuds only support seamless multipoint pairing when connected to the company’s other devices. The EAH-AZ80s can be multipoint paired with any gear regardless of its operating system.

On the active noise cancellation front, these earbuds stand above the AirPods Pro 2 but not quite at the level of QuietComfort Earbuds II. They blocked out almost—but not quite—as much sound as the latter. Commuters and travelers can turn to Technics earbuds for excellent ANC performance, aided by a generous seven sizes of eartips, and it’s up to most of the rest of the audio industry to play catch up. As for how others can hear you through ambient noise, eight high-sensitivity MEMS mics plus advanced noise reduction capture and transmit your voice clearly. Surprisingly, Technics went from off our consumer earbud radar to near the top, but that’s how good the EAH-AZ80s have performed in our tests.

While we were pleased with the earbuds’ technical features, we were blown away by how good the 10mm free-edge drivers (housed in a custom acoustic chamber) sound. Rich bass, smooth as silk midrange, and clear highs were present each time we hit play. It didn’t matter if we were listening to Miles Davis’ “Kind Of Blue” for the umpteenth time or catching up with the latest Dawes album released earlier this year; the EAH-AZ80s would continue to reveal new sounds during repeated listenings. These are reference-grade Bluetooth earbuds, especially if you’re using one of the few devices that support the LDAC codec (either a small selection of Android smartphones or a dedicated digital audio player), which offers near-lossless audio quality streamed wirelessly. Pro tip: Choosing “Treble+” or “Dynamic” in the Technics Audio Connect app’s Sound Enhancement panel really ramps up the captivating clarity by reducing some midbass mud. With the right setup and audio files, these earbuds will wow.

All of this performance comes at a cost, and while the EAH-AZ80s aren’t the most expensive earbuds out there, they’re a sizable investment. However, if you regularly bounce between different devices, stream high-resolution audio, prefer smaller earbuds, or can appreciate any combination of the three, we can’t see how these earbuds would let you down.

Best for comfort: Jabra Elite 10

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: True wireless
  • Battery life: Up to 6 hours
  • Active noise cancellation: Yes
  • IP rating: IP57
  • Microphones: Yes (6)

Pros

  • Near-perfect fit
  • Solid multipoint pairing
  • Easy on the ears
  • Built with Dolby Atmos head tracking support

Cons

  • Occasionally auto muting during calls

Comfort often takes a back seat as companies race to make longer-lasting, better-sounding, more technically advanced earbuds. Thankfully, Jabra’s Elite 10 earbuds prove you can have comfortable in-ear headphones without any major sacrifices. We’ve had the opportunity to test the Elite 10s for a few weeks, and they’ve quickly become an all-time favorite because, unlike several competitors, the oval EarGels (derived from 62,000 ear scans, according to the company) provided stability, but the shells never created hot spots or excess ear-canal pressure. And this unobtrusive fit gave us the time to appreciate fully all their other features.

The Jabra earbuds immediately paired to our first device over Bluetooth right out of their case and never lost their connection. This was true even if we left our phone or computer in one room and walked several feet away to the next one. The Elite 10s support multipoint pairing out of the gate, a feature only added later to Jabra’s previous-generation earbuds, and we found switching between connected devices very seamless. The Elite 10s will scan the area for previously connected devices and let you know whether one or two are connected. In our experience, pausing audio on one device and playing something completely different on another worked seamlessly. These earbuds have six microphones, which yields two big benefits. The first is call quality; we wore these earbuds on multiple video chats, and none of the participants complained about hearing a soft or muffled voice (though the Elite 10s did automatically mute us a couple of times, which required us to push a button on either bud to unmute).

The main purpose of the Elite 10s six-microphone system is advanced active noise cancellation. These earbuds block out an incredible amount of noise, easily on par with the performance from Apple’s AirPods Pro 2, though not quite as good as the Bose QuietComfort Earbuds II. Subway noise, air conditioners, footsteps, and keyboard typing all faded into the background as we listened to music at roughly 50%. The type of noise in your environment and preferred music genre will impact your experience. Still, we came away from our time with the Jabra Elite 10s convinced the company is making a serious attempt at creating world-class earbuds.

All of these technical and design features are impressive and important, but the Elite 10’s audio quality blew us away, given their sub-$300 price. We couldn’t find fault in their punchiness while listening to music from any genre at any volume level, whether active noise cancellation was enabled or not. All the hallmarks of great audio were there: Deep bass, clear-but-not-shimmery highs, and a lot of midrange response. Live acoustic tracks, crunchy garage rock, hard bop jazz, you name it and the Elite 10s will handle it. The mixture of Jabra’s tuning and the earbuds’ relatively large 10mm drivers delivered the goods.

Jabra has touted the Elite 10’s Dolby Atmos support, and while the quality of its head tracking is impressive, this feature never really clicked with me. We appreciate Jabra taking a forward-looking approach—albums are being released or reissued with Dolby Atmos mixes weekly through several major streaming services—but stereo (or mono!) remain our go-to formats for on-the-go music listening. If you’re the type of music listener who enjoys listening to Dolby Atmos audio on a home theater system, though, the Elite 10s deserve serious consideration thanks to their solid translation of the format.

If you listen to music for hours each day or need earbuds that won’t annoy year ears while you take conference call after conference call, we have to give Jabra’s Elite 10 the top spot.

Best for custom sound: Denon PerL Pro

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: True wireless
  • Battery life: 8 hours
  • Active noise cancellation: Yes
  • IP rating: IPX4
  • Microphones: Yes (8)

Pros

  • Custom audio profiles really work
  • Top-notch sound quality
  • Support for the aptX Lossless codec

Cons

  • Price

Audiophiles who patiently waited to see what Denon did with Nura’s technology after the Australian company’s acquisition in summer 2023 will be rewarded with the new PerL Pro earbuds. The buds’ key feature is the ability to walk you through a two-minute audio scan (now called Masimo Adaptive Acoustic Technology, or AAT), which tests your ears’ sensitivity to different frequencies. This process is completely hands-off and done through Denon’s Headphones app, which is available on iOS and Android. Once a profile has been created, you can toggle it on and off through either an app or by linking it to a shortcut activated by tapping one of the disc-shaped ‘buds. (This is the Personalized Listening that makes up the PerL in the name.)

If you’ve struggled with hearing loss or sensitivity to sounds in certain frequencies, these earbuds may well be a revelation. In our experience, creating a profile went smoothly, and we appreciated the ability to create up to three of them if you feel that Denon didn’t get things quite right the first time. Be mindful that you’ll need to wear the correctly sized ear tips during the scan for the best results. And the result? Music did, in fact, sound better when our custom sound profile was enabled, and the difference was especially stark when toggling it on and off during the same song.

In our case, the PerL Pro earbuds determined that our ears could use a lot more low-end, which it amply supplied without going overboard. Other sound differences were more subtle but perceptible after listening to music with it turned on for an extended music listening session and then turning it off. We can’t fault the PerL Pro earbuds for their execution of this technology, but we didn’t always opt for it. We knew that their sound, while tailored to our ears, was digitally manipulated. This likely won’t bother you, but it’s something to remember if you tend to be an audio purist who resists the temptation of playing around with an EQ.

The good news is that the PerL Pro earbuds sound fantastic in their natural state. Denon took the time to build their buds with best-in-class components and support for the latest technical standards, including Bluetooth 5.3 and the SBC, AAC, and aptX/aptX Adaptive/aptX Lossless codecs. You’ll need a supported Snapdragon Sound device to use all the aptX codecs, and the Lossless tier (which purports to transmit CD-quality sound) is in very few easily procured devices outside ASUS flagship smartphones. Still, it’s good to know they’re there. Our testing, which included watching videos on YouTube, streaming lossless and lossy music on Apple Music, and various podcasts, all yielded positive results throughout the earbuds’ eight-hour battery life—so much so that we used up the 32 extra hours in the charging case enjoying albums and authors.

Audio artifacts like sibilance and low-end distortion were nowhere to be found, even at high volumes. The PerL Pros’ sound profile isn’t exactly neutral, but their 10mm Ultralow-distortion triple-layer titanium diaphragm dynamic drivers offer a vivid presentation. The whole point of these earbuds is to listen to a custom-made profile designed to fit the needs of your ears, so it’s unsurprising they’re ready for any listening tests. A trusted name in AV receivers that can handle any dynamic swings thrown at them, Denon’s focus on sonic quality is commendable, and its earbuds’ signature sound (with Dirac Virtuo processing thrown in for spatial audio) is addictive. However, we did find the PerL Pro’s ANC performance a little lacking for their price. It’s not that these earbuds are bad at blocking noise—quite the contrary—but we’d expect more adaptive, effective performance at their $350 price. Subway car noises were still slightly audible while riding on the train while listening to music at 50% volume, for instance.

Still, if you want earbuds guaranteed to sound rich and ready for any genre, Denon’s PerL Pros are easy to recommend. We look forward to making new profiles as Denon’s software continues to improve and feel good knowing custom earbud tuning is just a couple of taps away.

Best battery life: beyerdynamic Free BYRD

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: True wireless
  • Battery life: Up to 11 hours
  • Active noise cancellation: Yes
  • IP rating: IPX4
  • Microphones: Yes (2)

Pros

  • Incredible battery life
  • Bundled with eight sets of ear tips
  • Phenomenal fit

Cons

  • They stick out from your ears

Beyerdynamic has been a part of the audio world for decades, impressing us with its mixing headphones, among others, but its latest long-lasting earbuds took us by surprise. While we were pleased by the Free BYRD’s sound and fit, its 11-hour battery life (eight if you leave active noise cancellation off) is in the top tier of true wireless earbuds. If you toggle ANC on and off regularly, you should have no problem getting nine hours of music playback before popping them back into their case. If you do somehow run out of juice during a single listening session, the Free BYRD’s case offers an hour of music playback off a 10-minute charge.

Most true wireless earbuds last roughly five to six hours with ANC turned on—the extra two hours offered by the Free BYRDs make a huge difference on a transatlantic flight, where tuning out the whirring sound of an engine can make the difference between sleep and misery. The Free BYRDs’ battery life is impressive, but it’s not the only reason they’ve made the cut. We were also very taken by the earbuds’ noise cancellation, which only comes up short when compared to the QuietComfort Earbuds II.

While the Free BYRDs didn’t produce the same eerie isolation chamber-like effect as Bose’s earbuds, they did block out a significant amount of noise. When listening to music at 80%, only the loudest sounds—think a sudden, expected clang, or jackhammer on the street—could pierce the bubble. One of the reasons for this impressive performance was that Beyerdynamic includes eight pairs of eartips in the box, so you can find the ones that fit your ears perfectly.

A tight seal around your ear is essential to getting good active noise-cancelling performance, and the Free BYRDs pass that test with flying colors. A tight seal can put unwanted pressure on the inside of your ear, but that was never the case with these earbuds. Another upside: The earbud seal was so tight we could headbang to our heart’s content without the risk of them falling out.

Concerning audio, the Free BYRDs’ 10mm dynamic drivers produced sound on par with our top-rated earbud pick, the AirPods Pro 2. They support SBC, AAC, and aptX Adaptive codecs in their Bluetooth 5.2 container. In our tests, which included listening to music from different genres and spoken word audio like podcasts and audiobooks, the Free BYRDs never skipped a beat. Everything we listened to sounded surprisingly natural, which is particularly great when listening to people speaking.

Punchy bass, midrange clarity, and never-crispy treble are always a winning combination, as they are here. The sound was so good we never thought about mucking with the digital EQ in beyerdynamic’s MIY app. You can run through a hearing test in the app to tune these earbuds based on how sensitive your ears are to different frequencies, but this is entirely optional. We can’t imagine anyone being upset with the way the Free BYRDs sound out of the box.

You should be aware of the guitar pick-like shape of these earbuds, which makes them protrude from your ears. It’s not that you look silly wearing the Free BYRDS, but they will look different than most modern earbuds. That’s a small price to pay for their great sound, solid active noise cancellation, and exceptional battery life.

Best for sustainability: House of Marley Redemption ANC 2

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: True wireless
  • Battery life: Up to 6 hours
  • Active noise cancellation: Yes
  • IP rating: IPX5
  • Microphones: Yes (2)

Pros

  • Made from sustainable materials
  • Fast charging support
  • Surprisingly good fit

Cons

  • Lackluster app

With the Redemption ANC 2 earbuds, House of Marley has made bedfellows out of technology and sustainability without any major concessions. These earbuds—case and all—are made (in part) from a mix of solid bamboo, natural wood fiber composite, and recycled plastics.

In our tests, choosing these materials didn’t impact the Redemption ANC 2s sound, fit, or noise cancellation performance, which is especially impressive considering their relatively low price. They even beat some of our favorite earbuds in the durability department due to their IPX5 rating, which will protect them from damage by sweat or splashes of water—getting caught running in a rainstorm won’t spell trouble. This feature is especially welcome because the Redemption ANC 2 earbuds’ fit is so good that we can easily recommend them for working out. Running and jumping couldn’t dislodge them from our ears.

Active noise cancellation is the namesake feature of these earbuds, and we were pretty pleased with their performance in this area. They aren’t at the level of our more premium earbud recommendations, but that’s to be expected given their sub-$160 price. The earbuds effectively blocked keyboard typing and footsteps, but loud noises like car horns could still be heard prominently. They may not be the best choice for airplane flights, but the Redemption ANC 2s are perfectly suited for office use.

Our experience with the earbuds’ sound was similarly satisfying. We could detect a difference in clarity when comparing the Redemption ANC 2s directly to the AirPods Pro 2 or QuietComfort Earbuds II, but that didn’t dampen our enjoyment of listening to music. If you get these earbuds, you’re not going to be disappointed by the way they sound unless you veer toward audiophile hardware, in which case the Redemption ANC 2s aren’t targeted at you. There was some muddiness in the low end and some sibilance at the high end, but overall the earbuds produced a pleasing sound. You can mitigate some of these audio abnormalities by tuning the EQ in House of Marley’s app, but we were disappointed by how barebones this software was.

Despite this setback, we feel comfortable recommending the House of Marley ANC 2s to anyone who takes the sustainability of their technology seriously. You’ll end up with a good-sounding, great-fitting set of relatively inexpensive true wireless earbuds with a fair lower environmental impact than most gadgets.

Best for gamers: ASUS ROG Cetra

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: True wireless
  • Battery life: Up to 5.5 hours
  • Active noise cancellation: Yes (Hybrid)
  • IP rating: IPX4
  • Microphones: Yes (2)

Pros

  • Virtual 7.1 surround sound
  • Case has an LED
  • Price

Cons

  • Not the fullest ANC
  • So-so audio quality for music

ASUS’ ROG Cetra is a pair of budget-priced true wireless earbuds with features designed for gamers—provided you use the company’s Armory Crate software. One advantage of the ROG Cetras is that the earbuds fit into a hardware ecosystem. ASUS has desktops, laptops, mobile gaming handhelds, controllers, and these earbuds are designed to fit in. Their case has a pleasing rounded-off shape, and opening it reveals an LED—a trademark of PC gaming rigs.

The earbuds themselves feel comfortable to wear and get solid battery life for a pair that costs under $100. We didn’t find ourselves reaching for a charger more than twice a week during our tests, which is on par with earbuds that cost three times the price. The biggest difference between the ROG Cetras and their premium counterparts is noise cancellation. These earbuds support hybrid noise cancellation, which uses external and internal feedforward/feedback mics but isn’t fully effective at blocking noise. Light background sounds would fade away, but moderately loud ones remained audible.

A big draw for gamers who use ASUS Armoury Crate software is the ability to activate the low-latency gaming mode and use these earbuds to create a virtual 7.1 surround sound environment. The effect wasn’t as impressive as Spatial Audio on the AirPods Pro 2, but we could hear some additional separation when the settings were correct. The experience varied from game to game, and ASUS can’t control the sound mixing of each title, so your experience may vary.

We’re recommending these earbuds to gamers because they were designed with this use case in mind. Chiptune music from older and indie games, or explosions and dialogue from newer ones, sounded pretty good, but the ROG Cetra’s 10mm drivers weren’t tuned for music, which didn’t sound very clear. Nuances we could hear with higher-end earbuds were gone on the Cetras, and it was more difficult to discern sounds across different frequency ranges. If you need a pair of inexpensive earbuds to pair with your portable gaming machines, these are a solid pick, but music lovers should look at our other recommendations.

Best for working out: Apple Beats Fit Pro

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: True wireless
  • Battery life: 6 hours single-charge; 24 hours with case
  • Active noise cancellation: Yes
  • IP rating: IPX4
  • Microphones: Yes

Pros

  • High-performance active noise canceling in a compact earbud design
  • Secure design stays in ear when running or working out
  • Compatible with dynamic head tracking on iOS devices
  • Includes pocket-sized travel case and three eartip options

Cons

  • No wireless charging
  • iOS device required for full functionality
  • Not protected against water immersion
  • No multipoint pairing

We’ve thoroughly reviewed the Apple Beats Fit Pro, and they’re the best for working out thanks to their sound quality, movement-friendly design, and fantastic iOS compatibility. They contain the same proprietary H1 chip found in Apple’s AirPods, enabling near-instantaneous pairing, steady, reliable connections to iOS devices, and battery life optimization. Like AirPods, the Beats Fit Pro earbuds are also fully compatible with iOS head-tracking and Spatial Audio features for simulated surround sound and immersive media listening. Their inclusion of active noise cancellation (ANC) and transparency modes make them equally useful on the road and at the gym. We also love the range of colors these buds come in, particularly their unique skin tone range.

The Beats Fit Pro earbuds are designed to sit securely in your ears using small rubber wings that rest comfortably against your outer ear along with three sets of variously sized ear tips. A quick optional setup step uses the earbuds’ onboard microphones to test your fit for sound leaks. Once your optimal fit is achieved, the Beats Fit Pro can endure almost every exercise imaginable—from running to rowing—without budging. The earbuds’ conveniently pocked-sized charging case brings their total battery life to around 24 hours. While it would be nice to see wireless charging in a product with this price tag, we appreciate that the case is chargeable via USB-C rather than Apple’s proprietary Lightning connector.

If you work out regularly and are an iPhone user, you’d be seriously hard-pressed to find a better in-ear option because of the snug fit, balanced sound, and seamless iOS connectivity. If you’re sold on the Beats features but are looking for an option with earhooks, the Powerbeats Pro earbuds are also a solid choice.

Best planar-magnetic earphones: 7Hertz Timeless AE

Chris Coke

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: Wired
  • Type: Closed-back earphones
  • Frequency Response: 5Hz – 40kHz
  • Impedance: 14.8 ohm
  • Sensitivity: 104dB
  • Weight: 5.5 grams (each earpiece)

Pros

  • Very well-tuned, balanced sound
  • Full of detail
  • Good bass performance

Cons

  • Unusual shape 
  • Limited soundstage

Unlike dynamic and balanced armature drivers, which comprise most earbuds, planar magnetics feature larger, thinner membranes—contributing to lighting-quick low-distortion transients but often require more voltage to drive. Luckily, the technology has evolved so that planar earphones are no longer expensive unicorns. Still, there has rarely been such a well-tuned option at such an affordable price. The magic of the 7Hertz Timeless AE lies in the tuning of its 14.2mm drivers (powered by double-sided N52 magnet arrays), updated to provide deeper, more impactful bass and smoother treble for hours of easy listening. It’s a warmer sound that delivers an enjoyable amount of detail, combining to make these earphones a well-balanced buy at $249. If you’re into wired earphones and want ones that don’t skimp on the bass, the 7Hz Timeless AE is an impeccable balance of price and performance. The Timeless isn’t perfect, however. It breaks the mold with the divisive, quarter-like shape of its earpieces. You’ll either be ambivalent about the shape or outright hate the shells—there doesn’t seem to be much in between.

And suppose you’ve got $1,500 and want something exclusively yours. In that case, the Campfire Audio Supermoon is an in-ear monitor featuring 14mm, 2-micron-thick planar drivers in solid-body enclosures custom-molded to your ear canals. The bass is textured but controlled, the midrange is dynamic, and the treble is honest (which can be a good or bad thing, depending on the recording). Planar IEMs are really coming into their own.

Best budget: EarFun Air Pro 3

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: True wireless
  • Battery life: Up to 9 hours
  • Active noise cancellation: Yes (Hybrid)
  • IP rating: IPX5
  • Microphones: Yes (6)

Pros

  • Bluetooth 5.3—with support for SBC, AAC, aptX adaptive, plus LE Audio & LC3
  • Multipoint connectivity
  • 45-hour playtime: 9 hours + 36 hours with wireless-compatible charging case
  • Delivers insane performance:price ratio

Cons

  • ANC, while good, isn’t going to match premium earbuds
  • Mics can pick up wind
  • Volume can seem low with some devices
  • Not going to rival the sonic separation of earbuds that cost 3x as much (but they cost 3x as much)

There’s cheap, and then there’s a bargain, and the two shouldn’t be confused. The EarFun Air Pro 3 is the latter: budget TWS earbuds that pack ridiculous features and value for $79 (less with regular discounts). Stemmed earbuds in the style of their namesake (the AirPods, natch), the Air Pro 3 earbuds feature active noise cancellation, Bluetooth 5.3, six mics, 9 hours of battery life, touch controls, multipoint connections, and more in a classic, comfortable ergonomic form factor. If you like the idea of AirPods but not the price, especially if you want that type of earbuds for an Android device, the Air Pro 3 is a top pick.

Bluetooth 5.3—with support for SBC, AAC, aptX adaptive, plus LE Audio & LC3—delivers a low-power, stable signal to feed the 11mm wool composite dynamic drivers higher-bitrate content. Bass is the standout frequency band, punchy without being paunchy, but its confident strut is nicely balanced by fleshy midrange and bright highs. And QuietSmart 2.0 hybrid active noise cancellation up to 43dB ensures you can enjoy that richly appointed range; it’s not Bose-level ANC but proves more than efficient. Plus, there’s a graphic EQ-enabled app to tweak settings and coax clarity. While imaging isn’t the best, and they’re not the most compact, the EarFun Air Pro 3 earbuds are great if you want to take some fun thump on your commute and they are the budget ANC earbuds to beat, particularly for fans of modern bass-heavy genres.

What to consider when shopping for the best earbuds

From a secure fit to fabulous sound, the best earbuds can provide what you need. Here are the main things to consider when shopping: 

How can I ensure a good fit?

TWS earbuds have become so popular, in part, because companies have been able to develop earbuds that won’t fall out. The best wireless earbuds include ear tips (typically sized S, M, and L, but sometimes including middle sizes like SM or ML) that fit snugly and comfortably in the canal of your ear. Some models offer flexible wings or fins that fit the concha and make the earbuds feel locked in place, while others come with hooks or malleable wires that curl over your ear to secure things. Deciding on the best design is a personal choice but, thankfully, many models come with multiple ear tip options—most often a mix of silicone (better for quick insertion/removal) and foam (better for isolation)—to give you a good chance of finding a fit that’s right for your ears. 

What if I might get caught in the rain?

The best earbuds offer some water resistance, and you can even find waterproof earbuds. The way to determine how your electronics can cope with environmental intrusions is by checking the Ingress Protection, or IP, rating—two numerals that indicate resistance to liquids and dust. Earbuds can go all the way up to an IP68 rating—meaning they can be fully submerged in over 1 meter of water for up to 30 minutes without damage, and won’t be heard by a tumble into the sand at a beach. If you live in a wet climate or work up a prodigious sweat on the treadmill, look for models with higher water-resistance ratings. But if you just need earbuds that can withstand a little drizzle or a few drops of sweat, an IPX4 rating could suffice. Many charging cases for the best wireless earbuds offer their own amount of water and dust protection. However, some of the best budget wireless earbuds sacrifice that added security to reduce costs.  

What if I’m a music-first type? 

TWS earbuds can work for audiophiles. The best earbuds have high-resolution receivers, digital audio converters, custom-tuned drivers, and amplifiers that combine to deliver sound replicating the original recording as closely as possible. Look for the newest 5.2 or 5.3 versions of the Bluetooth protocol with support for codecs (the digital format that compresses and transmits the sound) that match your device to your earbuds. Everyone supports SBC, but Apple prefers AAC, Sony promotes LDAC, and Android devices are likelier to support aptX/aptX HD/aptX adaptive/aptX Lossless. And these various formats operate at varying bitrates, from basic to high-resolution, with the top of the scale minimizing the lossy properties of compression.

Additionally, information like frequency response can tell you how well the earbuds reproduce low tones to high notes—20Hz to 20kHz is the baseline from which to expand—while the maximum decibel output tells you its capability. At the end of the day, the surest test is to see how the buds sound in your ears, but some of the best earbuds offer detailed EQ customization that almost ensures they’ll play music tailored to your tastes. And if you’re looking for the purest signal, it’s always going to come wired.  

What if I need some peace and quiet?

Almost all earbuds provide some amount of passive noise isolation, which means that they are designed with snug-fitting tips that can mute the outside world. Many of the best earbuds, however, offer active noise cancellation (ANC), which means microphones measure surroundings and speakers emit sound waves to neutralize the ambient noise in your environment—the effect makes listeners feel like they are in a cocoon of silence (though some users report a pressurized sensation). Some high-end earbuds step it up to adaptive noise-canceling, which adapts the noise-canceling algorithm based on the sound levels/types or location, and this is often accompanied by a transparency mode, which lets in (and sometimes amplifies) ambient sound when you want to listen to music but also need to hear external announcements, the traffic coming up behind you, etc.    

Yeah, what if I still have devices with a headphone jack?

If you’re an audiophile needing the most full-spectrum sound or a gamer needing the lowest lag, or maybe you’re just traveling and want to plug into the in-flight entertainment, shop for the best wired earbuds. While Bluetooth 5.0 should provide a fairly seamless connection, the only way to entirely eliminate lag or frequency response loss is to plug in—although the best Bluetooth earbuds limit these shortcomings to the point where most users can’t even notice it.

What if I’m taking a lot of calls?

If you want to talk to your helpful virtual assistant or want to handle work calls with your staff, you’ll need earbuds equipped with microphones (and if the earbuds have features including ANC, it’s safe to assume there are mics to spare). Beamforming microphones will focus on your voice rather than the sounds around you, while cheaper microphones may mean your listener will get lost in the chatter if you’re in a busy place. Earbud microphones are typically protected by fabric designed to limit wind noise, but if you have the buds in an amplifying mode rather than a noise-canceling mode, you may find the wind distracting.     

What if I need my earbuds to last all day?

Earbuds offer playtimes anywhere from a couple of hours to the length of a workday. Charging cases add additional hours—or even days—of battery life before needing to be plugged back in (typically with a USB-C connection). While average earbud life is anywhere between four and eight hours, recharging them typically takes 1.5 hours to 3.5 hours. And many of the best earbuds offer quick-charging options that let you gain an hour or so of playtime in a tiny fraction of that time.   

FAQs

Q: Are cheap wireless earbuds good?

Cheap wireless earbuds can be good, especially if you’re just looking for a pair to pump some tunes on jogs or make your commute more bearable. For less than $50, don’t expect superior audio quality. Still, cheap earbuds can offer surprisingly dynamic and detailed sound, and you should be able to find a pair (even True Wireless earbuds) that will fit comfortably, resist sweat, and even handle phone calls.

Q: What should I look for when buying wireless earbuds?

There’s a lot to look for when buying wireless earbuds; your price point and purpose can go a long way toward determining what features you should prioritize. For example, gaming earbuds must limit latency, while the best wireless earbuds for working out must stay in place and repel moisture. Audiophiles may want to spend more for earbuds with high-end processors and/or analog connections that can deliver exceptionally rich and customizable sound. At the same time, shoppers on a budget may be perfectly happy with a set of cheap wireless earbuds that still manage to provide adequate audio quality.

Q: Why are wireless earbuds so expensive?

By now, the technology has developed enough so that wireless earbuds don’t have to be so expensive. Still, building water-resistant earbuds that stay snugly in place and have tiny 6mm drivers and Bluetooth chips that can convert digital data into rich stereo sound costs money, so many of the best earbuds cost more than $100. But at a certain point, wireless earbuds are so expensive because the market allows companies like Apple to charge a premium. Therefore, you’d be wise to compare features and see what it is that you’re really paying for.

Q: How much do wireless earbuds cost?

The best wireless earbuds can cost anywhere from under $75 to over $300, depending on their features. Premium audio hardware (like specialty drivers and advanced Bluetooth receivers), active noise cancellation, multipoint connectivity, and waterproofing are the main drivers of price.

Final thoughts on the best earbuds

In many ways, the best earbuds are earbuds that you don’t even think about. They fit in your ear without coming loose and they deliver a sound quality as good as live music. Still, shopping for the best earbuds leaves you with much to consider. Set your price point and go from there. Then, determining whether you need features like ANC, transparency, low latency, and customizable sound depends on how you plan to use them and the sharpness of your ear. With the array of earbud options available, you can definitely find the best earbuds for you. Here’s to making a sound choice.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best earbuds in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best compact treadmills of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-compact-treadmills/ Tue, 05 Sep 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=567741
Work out at home and save space with one of the best compact treadmills.

Whether you prefer walking or running, these machines will help you get a workout in without taking up too much space.

The post The best compact treadmills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Work out at home and save space with one of the best compact treadmills.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Picture of a shirtless man in shorts running on a treadmill. NordicTrack Commercial Series 2450
SEE IT

This premium model features an HD touchscreen, access to thousands of live and on-demand classes, and a fold-up deck for storage.

Best for walking A woman in a black tank top and gray leggings walking on a compact treadmill. Sunny Health & Fitness Slim Walking Pad Treadmill
SEE IT

This compact treadmill goes up to 3.75 mph and is also available with arm exercisers or a desk.

Best budget A woman in a pink tank top and black legging walking and jogging on a compact treadmill. BiFanuo 2-in-1 Folding Treadmill
SEE IT

This affordable option lets users run and walk and displays metrics like time, distance, and speed on an LED screen.

If you want to exercise at home but don’t want to turn your living room into a home gym, a compact treadmill could be the answer. Often smaller than traditional treadmills and available in under-desk and foldable options, they won’t dominate your space. You can find options that suit your fitness goals, whether you’re looking to get your steps in while on a work call or when training for a marathon. Here are some tips and picks to help you find one of the best compact treadmills for your needs.

How we chose the best compact treadmills

In choosing the best compact treadmills, we considered the options from top makers of home fitness equipment, including NordicTrack, Echelon, Sunny Health & Fitness, and more. We also tested LifeSpan Fitness’s TR-1000 Glowup Under Desk Walking Pad Treadmill. In addition, we considered features, connectivity, portability, ease of use, user reviews, and price when making our recommendations.

The best compact treadmills: Reviews & Recommendations

With a treadmill, getting a workout in from the comfort of your home (including your home office) is easy. And with a compact treadmill, you don’t have to sacrifice as much space to stay fit. Whether you’re looking for a full-service fitness machine or a walking pad that will keep you moving during the workday, we’ve rounded up various options to suit your needs.

Best overall: NordicTrack Commercial Series 2450

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 339 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 300 pounds
  • Belt length: 60 inches
  • Max speed: 12 mph

Pros

  • Features a 14-inch interactive HD touchscreen
  • Streams iFIT workouts on demand led by instructors from around the globe
  • Provides inclines of up to 15 percent
  • Designed with technology to help users fold it up easily

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy
  • Larger footprint than other compact models

NordicTrack’s Commercial 2450 Treadmill provides the premium training experience of its other models, with the ability to fold up the machine and stow it away more easily. This model is designed with a powerful 4-horsepower motor and features a 14-inch interactive HD touchscreen for on-demand training (also a feature we love about the NordicTrack rower). The free 30-day iFIT membership allows users to connect the treadmill to a WiFi router and livestream workouts from around the world and get personalized feedback on your form. What’s more, this treadmill is designed to accommodate hard-core training, with a maximum speed of 12 mph and an incline of up to 10 percent. When you’re done getting your miles in, this treadmill is designed with technology that allows you to fold it up and set it up against a wall. That said, at 339 pounds, this model is heavy for a compact, and lifting it might be a two-person job.

Best under-desk: LifeSpan Fitness TR-1000 Glowup Under Desk Walking Pad Treadmill

LifeSpan

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 117 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 350 pounds
  • Belt length: 58 inches
  • Max speed: 4 mph

Pros

  • Quiet
  • Easy to assemble
  • Designed with casters for portability
  • Long belt for a compact model

Cons

  • Somewhat heavy
  • May be too wide for small standing desks

Looking to get your steps in during Zoom meetings? A compact treadmill like LifeSpan’s Fitness TR-1000 Glowup Under Desk Walking Pad Treadmill is a solid choice. This model is heavier than some compact models but is easy to assemble right out of the box. Designed with casters, you can easily slide it under a standing desk that can accommodate its 28-inch width. LifeSpan also sells a compatible standing desk. The 2-horsepower motor is quiet and allows you to walk up to 4 mph. And you can place the accompanying attachable console on your desk to track your time, distance, speed, and calories burned.

Best for running: Echelon Fitness Stride Auto-Fold Smart Treadmill

Echelon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 156 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 300 pounds
  • Belt length: 55 inches 
  • Max speed: 12 mph

Pros

  • Provides access to more than 40 live classes daily and thousands more on-demand with iFIT membership 
  • Features two 2-watt speakers
  • Designed with automatic folding feature

Cons

  • Need tablet to access classes and other media
  • Motor is less powerful than other options

If what it takes to get you through a tough run is lots of multimedia inspiration, the Echelon Fitness Stride Auto-Fold Smart Treadmill could be your best option. With the Echelon membership associated with this treadmill (free for the first 30 days), you’ll have access to 40 live workouts per day and thousands of on-demand workouts led by trainers around the world. And its maximum speed of 12 mph and incline of 10 percent allow for challenging workouts for most runners. This treadmill also syncs with Strava, Apple Health, Fitbit, and Spotify, and features two 2-watt speakers to play your favorite tune (or grab one of our favorite headphones for running if you need to up the pace without upping the volume). 

The desk also folds automatically and can be leaned up against a wall to save space. That said, it is important to note that this model does not include a touchscreen or tablet, but it’s designed with a tablet holder to let you stream classes and other media.

Best for walking: Sunny Health & Fitness Slim Walking Pad Treadmill

Sunny Health & Fitness

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 55 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 220 pounds
  • Belt length: 39 inches
  • Max speed: 3.75 mph

Pros

  • Lightweight compared to other models
  • Very compact
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Belt length is significantly shorter
  • Won’t work for larger users

For an affordable option that won’t take up much space, consider the Sunny Health & Fitness Slim Walking Pad Treadmill for Under Desk. At 55 pounds, this model is significantly lighter than other compact treadmills. This compact treadmill also features a digital monitor that tracks your speed, time, steps, distance, and calories burned, though it can only go up to 3.75 mph.

It’s important to note that this model is designed to support smaller users, as its belt of 39 inches is more than 10 inches shorter than some premium models, and it can only support a weight capacity of up to 220 pounds. (The company recommends you use it with a desk or table.) That said, if you’re not looking to spend a lot and have a smaller frame, this option will keep you moving, has a small footprint, and is easy to stow away under a couch or bed.

Best folding: Goplus 2-in-1 Under Desk Treadmill

Specs

  • Weight: 73 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 265 pounds
  • Belt length: 39 inches
  • Max speed: 7.5 mph

Pros

  • Small footprint
  • Allows users to switch between walking and running
  • Designed with smart features like app and Bluetooth speaker
  • Easy to store

Cons

  • Maximum speed is low for serious runners
  • May not accommodate larger people

People looking for a compact treadmill that allows them to switch between walking and running will appreciate the Goplus 2-in-1 Under Desk Treadmill. Weighing 73 pounds and with a belt 39 inches long, this folding treadmill is smaller than other compact treadmills. That said, its maximum speed of 7 mph allows users to switch between running and walking. The GoPlus also features an LED screen to help you track your progress, works with an app, and includes a Bluetooth-compatible speaker. And its small footprint allows it to fit under desks easily and makes it easy to fold the deck up and store.

Best budget: BiFanuo 2-in-1 Folding Treadmill

BiFanuo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 60 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 260 pounds
  • Belt length: 42 inches
  • Max speed: 7.5 mph

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Comes assembled 
  • Allows users to walk and run

Cons

  • No smart features
  • Designed for smaller users

Not interested in shelling out for thousands of workouts and smart features? The BiFanuo 2-in-1 Folding Treadmill will still let you get a good workout in at a fraction of the price. This budget-friendly model is assembled out of the box. It allows users to go from .5 mph to 7.5 mph, letting you switch off from walking to running. The 42-inch-long belt is slightly longer than some of the competition, and this model is available in versions with or without a handrail. The LED screen on the console tracks the basics of time, speed, distance, and calories burned. For the price, this model provides good value.

Things to consider when buying the best compact treadmill

Space

Are you looking for a premium treadmill with a touchscreen that will provide access to thousands of classes? Or are you looking for a foldable model that can easily slip into a closet or under the bed? If you’re planning to use it in your home office, you want to look for an under-desk treadmill that is either designed with a compatible desk or one that will fit under a standing desk you already own.

Usage

Compact treadmills span the gamut, from low-frills models that are just walking treads to full-size models that come with fitness memberships, have adjustable inclines, and let you run up to 12 mph. Other options are designed to easily fit under a desk to allow you to walk during the workday. With other models, you can choose add-ons that allow you to give your arms a workout as well as your lower body.

Motor

How powerful your compact treadmill will be will depend upon its motor. Models designed for running that allow you to run up to 12 mph with an incline of 10 percent, such as the NordicTrack Commercial Series 2450, feature a 4-horsepower motor. Other compact treadmills are less powerful, with 2-horsepower motors. What type is best for you depends on the features you want in a compact treadmill, what you plan to use it for, and how much you want to spend.

Portability

The beauty of compact treadmills is that they’re designed to be folded up or not take up a lot of space. That said, some models are still quite large, and while they may have casters, some are still more than 100 pounds and not necessarily easy for one person to lift. Other models easily fold up and are relatively lightweight but also designed with more basic features.

Belt length

A smaller belt length is part of what makes a compact treadmill take up less space. That said, while a small belt (less than 40 inches) might not be an issue when you’re walking slowly, it’s important to keep in mind that if you’re taller or looking to run on your compact treadmill, it’s a good idea to look for a model with a longer belt to accommodate longer strides while running.

FAQs

Q: How much does a compact treadmill cost?

The cost of a compact treadmill ranges from $1,999 at the time of publication for a premium compact treadmill such as the NordicTrack Commercial Series 2450 to about $230 for the budget-friendly BiFanuo 2-in-1 Folding Treadmill.

Q: Can you run on compact treadmills?

Yes, you can run on some compact treadmills. Some can reach speeds up to 12 mph. Others are designed specifically for walking and going under desks. And we’ve featured two 2-in-1 models on this list that allow you to walk or run on the same machine. It’s worth keeping the belt length in mind if you plan to run, as taller people should opt for a longer belt to match the stride length if they plan to run on a compact treadmill.

Q: Are folding or non-folding treadmills better?

Whether folding or non-folding treadmills are better depends on your needs. You can opt for a premium model, such as the NordicTrack Commercial Series 2450, which has the same features as many traditional treadmills. And if you don’t have a lot of space, a compact treadmill like the BiFanuo 2-in-1 Folding Treadmill is budget-friendly and is designed for both walking and running.

Final thoughts on the best compact treadmills

Before you invest in another piece of home fitness equipment, it’s worth it to take the time to consider where and how you want to use it, what features you’re looking for, and how much you want to spend. Fortunately, there are plenty of good options available at a range of price points and fitness levels.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best compact treadmills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best trampolines of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-trampoline/ Tue, 24 Aug 2021 14:03:39 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=391462
A lineup of the best trampoline on a white background
Amanda Reed

Endless high-flying enjoyment is yours to be had with trampolines that can appeal to everyone in the family.

The post The best trampolines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best trampoline on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A Jumpzylla trampoline on a blue and white background Jumpzylla Trampoline 14FT
SEE IT

Sturdy construction and an enclosure net keep your family safe while jumping.

Best for toddlers The Little Tikes climb 'n slide trampoline on a blue and white background Little Tikes Climb ’N Slide Trampoline
SEE IT

Rugged, sturdy, and safe for the most fun jumping.

Best budget A Skywalker round trampoline on a blue and white background Skywalker Round Trampoline 10FT
SEE IT

Affordable and just as safe.

Trampolines are an excellent way to get good, solid exercise that’s not boring. There’s just something about all that jumping and bouncing that makes a body feel good. Kids love them, too. If you’re tired of paying to take your kids to the trampoline park, invest in a trampoline for your yard and let them (and you) get a fun workout whenever they want. However, there’s more to selecting a trampoline than just the fun quotient. You’ll need to consider size, for one. There’s also shape, materials, and whether it has springs or not. Some even involve water. How many people—and the size of those people, i.e., is it for adults or children—should also be on your list of things to think about. Who knew trampolines could be so complicated? Thankfully, with so many options, this means the best trampoline is out there just waiting for you and your family. 

How we chose the best trampolines

When deciding on the best trampolines currently for sale, we separated them largely by target use. A trampoline for adults will differ from a kids’ or even a toddler’s trampoline. There’s also the material that provides the bounce. While most trampolines will have springs, others are springless. Trampoline location is also a factor. A trampoline meant for outside, such as a backyard, will differ from an indoor trampoline. And while any trampoline will exercise your body, some fulfill the specific function of workout trampoline. 

Once we separated them into categories, we used personal experience, market consensus, and peer reviews to determine the best trampoline for each category. You can feel confident that all of the choices here represent the best of the bouncy best.

The best trampolines: Reviews & Recommendations

The best trampoline will meet your specific needs, whether for a single jumper or many, adults or children, or indoors or outdoors. Above and beyond this, though, as you’ll be using your trampoline to jump into the above and beyond, you should always keep safety in mind. Thankfully, the best trampolines are also assuredly safe, with plenty of protective measures to ensure harmless fun. Of course, outdoor-use trampolines are designed with the weather in mind and will be weather-resistant and fade-proof to boot.

Best overall: Jumpzylla Trampoline 14FT

Jumpzylla

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 168” L x 168” W x 103” H
  • Frame: Galvanized stainless steel
  • Weight capacity: 450 lbs.

Pros

  •  Affordable
  • Powder-coated frame to resist rust
  • Five colors available

Cons

  • Relatively short warranty period

Jumpzylla trampolines feature a modern design with five colors to choose from. They’re also on the affordable side when compared to some of their competitors, an attractive proposition for a family looking to add a trampoline to the yard.

The 14-foot Jumpzylla trampoline, with its maximum weight capacity of 450 lbs., will provide plenty of jump size and support for kids and adults alike. Construction is sturdy, with a galvanized stainless steel frame powder-coated for rust resistance. The jumping mat is made of high-quality materials and is waterproof and UV-resistant—exactly what you want for an outdoor trampoline. Plenty of padding on the frame and springs and an enclosure net ensure your family will be safe while jumping.

Best springless: Springfree 13FT Jumbo Square Trampoline

Springfree

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 156” L x 156” W x 110.4” H
  • Frame: Metal
  • Weight capacity: 1,100 lbs.

Pros

  • Unique construction ensures safety
  • Extremely durable
  • 10-year warranty

Cons

  • Pricey

As the name suggests, Springfree offers a springless trampoline design. Flexible composite rods that sit under the frame and mat, offering support and, of course, plenty of bounce. To up the safety, a proprietary FlexiNet enclosure resistant to tearing and enclosure rods that bend as you jump prevent impact injuries. The 13-foot square model works out to the same amount of jump area as a 16-foot circular trampoline.

All this advanced trampoline technology comes at a price, though. Springfree’s trampolines are considerably more expensive than spring varieties. You do get a 10-year warranty, though, which is superb.

Best indoor: Giantex 7 Ft Trampoline for Kids

Giantex

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 87.6” L x 62” W x 17” H
  • Frame: Galvanized steel
  • Weight capacity: 220 pounds

Pros

  • Indoor and outdoor use
  • Sturdy U-shaped base
  • Great price

Cons

  • Foam on bars may come off after repeated use

Setting up a large trampoline in the backyard may just not be possible for some people. In this case, you will want a trampoline that can be used indoors. For this, we recommend Giantex’s 7 Ft Trampoline For Kids, a fantastically fun (and safe) jumper that works just as well indoors as out.

Safety is part of the design. The zippered enclosure net seamlessly meets the base, so there’s no place for children to become stuck. The poles are covered in EPE foam to reduce the chance of injury. The springs are encased in a waterproof pad, meaning there’s no chance of getting caught between springs. The jump mat is tear-resistant with plenty of bounce, and the 220 lb. weight limit means multiple children can enter the enclosure at the same time (under adult supervision, of course).

Best for adults: Zupapa Trampoline 14FT

Zupapa

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: Unavailable
  • Frame: Alloy steel
  • Weight capacity: 425 pounds

Pros

  • Great for adults and children
  • No-gap design prevents spring injuries
  • Comprehensive warranty

Cons

  • Some have trouble with assembly

Sometimes, adults will want to get in on the high-jumping action. In times like this, it’s beneficial to have a trampoline that is sturdy enough to support full-size bodies. The 14-foot Zupapa trampoline is excellent for adults and big kids alike.

As of 2021, its trampolines have a no-gap design, so arms and legs can’t get caught under the safety mat that covers the spring. Frames are strong and durable, with long net poles for extra sturdiness. There’s a comprehensive warranty should something go wrong, and Zupapa gets excellent marks for its customer service. Just be sure to have a few extra pairs of hands on hand for assembly.

Best for toddlers: Little Tikes Climb ’N Slide Trampoline

Little Tikes

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 84” L x 84” W x 90” H
  • Frame: Blow-molded plastic
  • Weight capacity: 105 pounds

Pros

  • Includes ladder and slide
  • Durable and weather-resistant
  • Easy to put together

Cons

  • Outdoor only

Little Tikes has been making toys for toddlers for five decades now. You have surely seen its famous Cozy Coupe Car before—maybe you even had one yourself. Its Climb ’N Slide Trampoline lives up to the company’s reputation.

This outdoor-only trampoline is rugged and sturdy, as you’d expect from Little Tikes. It has safety foam covering all exposed metal, plus a high-quality pad protector hiding the safety springs. Two zippered entrances provide access in and out of the trampoline area, and children will love the colorful ladder and slide. Adults, on the other hand, will love how easy it is to put together.

Best for exercise: BCAN Foldable Mini Trampoline

BCAN

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 40” L x 40” W x 42” H/48” L x 48” W x 58.5” H
  • Frame: Alloy steel
  • Weight capacity: 330 pounds/440 pounds

Pros

  • Now stronger alloy steel
  • Adjustable handlebar
  • Foldable for storage

Cons

  • Springs attached to mat by fabric

All of the trampolines we’ve looked at so far are about recreation. However, BCAN’s Foldable Mini Trampoline is aimed at people wanting a rebounding trampoline for exercise. Available in two sizes, 40-inch and 48-inch (the larger has a higher weight limit), BCAN’s Foldable Mini Trampoline includes a high-quality steel frame, eight legs, and enough springs to ensure plenty of good bounce. The height of the safety handlebar is adjustable, while the mat is durable and waterproof. As the name suggests, the trampoline can be folded for easy storage, and you don’t even need to remove the pad. Make sure to stay hydrated, too.

Best budget: Skywalker Round Trampoline 10FT

Skywalker

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 120” L x 120” W x 110” H
  • Frame: Alloy steel
  • Weight capacity: 175 pounds

Pros

  • Sturdy construction
  • Incredible price
  • Safety net has dual zippers and a latch clip

Cons

  • Low weight capacity

Not everyone has a massive yard in which to set up a trampoline. For those with smaller gardens, we can’t recommend Skywalker’s 10-foot Round Trampoline enough. Best of all, it’s so affordable that you won’t have to dip into savings to give the kids a jumping good time. Despite the low cost, Skywalker’s Round Trampoline doesn’t skimp on safety features. The alloy-steel constructed frame is plenty strong, with four foam-covered angled poles that rise from the base. These add stability and hold the net, which keeps jumpers safely inside. Speaking of safety, Skywalker’s trampoline features a clever design that puts the springs outside the jump area. They’re covered with a pad for extra safety.

What to consider when buying the best trampolines

Like inflatable pools, you want to do some research before jumping into a particular option (all pun intended). Here’s what else you should look for when getting a trampoline:

Size

In the same way you would keep size in mind when buying a car or bed, you’ll want to do the same thing with a trampoline. A trampoline for a single person, such as a workout trampoline, will be much smaller than one for groups. If you have a large family (and a big yard) or plan to invite the neighborhood over for trampoline parties, a big-size trampoline—such as one 14 feet or larger—is what you want.

Weight limit

Along with size, you’ll need to keep the trampoline’s weight limit in mind. While larger trampolines will undoubtedly have higher weight limits, trampolines for adults will be more robust than ones for kids and toddlers. Before buying, check the single-jumper weight capacity and take it seriously to avoid possible future injuries. Although every trampoline will have its own weight specifications, in general, the following overall weight limits may apply:

  • Mini trampolines (for toddlers): around 100 lbs.
  • Rebounders (for exercise): 300-600 lbs.
  • Eight-foot trampolines: 175-200 lbs.
  • 10-foot trampolines: 200-250 lbs.
  • 12-foot trampolines: 200-350 lbs.
  • 14-foot trampolines: 200-450 lbs.
  • 16-foot trampolines: 250-450 lbs.

Safety

As with any other physical activity, it’s better to be safe than sorry—this applies doubly to trampolines. Make sure that you respect the weight limit set by the manufacturer. A safety net is necessary, especially when children use the trampoline. If there’s no net, such as on an exercise trampoline, make sure there’s a handlebar to hold onto. Be sure to jump in the center of the trampoline to avoid injuries on the springs. Additional padding to cover the springs is highly recommended. If you can afford it, spring-less trampolines are an even better choice for safety.

FAQs

Q: What trampoline size should I buy?

The size of the trampoline you buy will depend on the amount of space you have for the trampoline and the age of the people who will be using it. For the first point, measure how much space you can allot to the trampoline. Pay attention to whether you can accommodate a round or rectangular trampoline. As for the second, the ideal-sized trampoline is directly related to the age of the bouncer. Toddlers up to three years of age will do best with a mini trampoline. Four to seven-year-olds will match with six-foot to 12-foot models, while older kids will need nine or 12-foot to 14-foot models. If you have large families, 14 feet or more will be satisfactory.

Q: Are rectangular trampolines better than round ones?

Rectangular models aren’t necessarily better than round ones; however, they do offer a higher bounce. No matter where you jump on a rectangular trampoline, it will give you a bounce with equal height and power.

Q: Are springless trampolines safer?

Springless trampolines offer an alternative to the standard, spring-based trampoline. Rather than have a frame around the edge, with springs attached to the interior mat, spring-less trampolines use a unique construction with the frame below the mat fabric. Because there are no springs, users can jump on the mat all the way to the edge without risk of injury. However, springless trampolines are significantly more expensive than their spring counterparts. If safety is a large concern for you, they may be worth looking into.

Q: Are in-ground trampolines better?

There are pros and cons for in-ground models. Pros include that they are more attractive in your yard and are better for children because they can’t get their fingers caught as easily, can’t get stuck underneath, and don’t have as far to fall should they topple off. Cons are that they are pricier and a hassle to move once installed.  

Q: How do I prepare my yard for a trampoline?

Prepare your yard for a trampoline by ensuring you have the right amount of space. In order to do that, measure your yard and ensure there are at least three to four feet on each side of where you plan to place it. Ensure all brush and trees have been cleared, and find a spot within your yard that’s level.

Q: How do I get more bounce out of my trampoline?

Once you have a trampoline, you may want to hack it to get even more altitude from your bounces. While safety should be your first concern, if you really do want to increase your jump height, there are a number of things you can try. First, older trampolines will gradually lose their bounce as springs become worn down, rusty, stretched out, or even broken. Try replacing your springs to restore your trampoline to its former glory. If you still want more bounce to the ounce, you can try altering the spring pattern, criss-crossing them in X or V patterns. Be aware that this may cause the springs to wear down faster, though. You can also try adding more springs or changing the springs out for heavy-duty ones.

Q: How long should a trampoline last?

Trampolines generally last between three to eight years, depending on the frequency of use. As with many other things, regular maintenance can help extend the life of your bouncy friend. Replacing rusty, stretched, and broken springs will bring the bounce back to your trampoline. Don’t forget to keep an eye on the mat and frames as well.

Final thoughts on the best trampolines

Finding the right trampoline for you or your family can significantly improve your quality of life. It’s a great, full-body workout and—assuming your trampoline is big enough—something the whole family can do together. By following the mantra of safety first and choosing a trampoline that is appropriate for the age of the jumpers as well as the size of the area available, you’re sure to find one that is perfect for your situation. Happy jumping.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best trampolines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best wool socks of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-wool-socks/ Fri, 30 Sep 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=473964
A lineup of the best wool socks on a white background
Amanda Reed

Ditch your sad, hole-embedded socks and grab a pair that’s warm and moisture-wicking.

The post The best wool socks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best wool socks on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Smartwool Everyday Spruce Street Crew Sock are the best overall wool socks. Smartwool Everyday Spruce Street Crew Sock
SEE IT

Keep your feet dry and warm on everyday adventures.

Best for hiking Darn Tough Merino Wool Boot Sock is the best for hiking. Darn Tough Merino Wool Boot Sock
SEE IT

Like the name suggests, these socks can go from mountain to river and back.

Best for cycling A pair of black cycling socks on a blue and white background GripGrab Regular Cut Merino Cycling Socks
SEE IT

Thin enough to ensure an effient pedal stroke sans sweat.

Wool socks aren’t just for skiing or extreme cold weather situations. Combined with other materials, they can be incredibly durable, moisture-wicking, and fast-drying—all of which are incredibly important if you’re an athlete or hiker and wear shoes all day. However, wool socks can also provide everyday comfort to those who have incredibly sweaty feet. Although you might picture wool socks as thick and bulky, most are far from it. In fact, wool socks and “regular” socks are practically indistinguishable from each other. The best wool socks combine style, longevity, and comfort—because nothing as small as a sock should cause a big hassle. 

How we chose the best wool socks

I was #blessed with my dad’s sweaty feet, and I am a perpetually damp person. All of this is exacerbated by too much caffeine, very stressful boss battles, and the wrong kind of polyester. In fact, my hands are a little sweaty right now as I type this. The hyperhidrosis diagnosis remains unknown, but I do know one thing: what fabrics to wear to remain easy, breezy, and beautiful. Wool is just one of the many textiles I trust. 

With my perspiration propensity in mind, I gathered peer recommendations, looked at critical reviews and consumer impressions, performed personal testing, and conducted heavy research to find the best wool socks. No sheep were harmed in the making of this review.

The best wool socks: Reviews & Recommendations

Just like the Merino sheep they come from, no two pairs of wool socks are alike. The best wool socks are soft, durable, reliable, and machine washable. Here’s what made the cut:

Best overall: Smartwool Everyday Spruce Street Crew Sock

Smartwool

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: An everyday sock that packs incredible performance power thanks to its primarily wool blend.

Specs

  • Material: 52% Merino wool; 42% nylon; 2% recycled nylon, 4% elastaine 
  • Machine washable: Yes
  • Height: 8 inches
  • Cushion: Zero cushion

Pros

  • Secure fit
  • Durable
  • Comfort welt

Cons

  • No cushion

If you’re looking to up your sock game, look no further than the Everyday Spruce Street Crew Socks from Smartwool, who claims they were the first outdoor company to make performance merino wool ski socks. Although not meant for skiing, these Smartwool socks hold up on the day-to-day and make your feet feel like a champion. Reliable and fashionable, these socks are durable thanks to Shred Shield technology that prevents your toes from ripping a hole in your sock, a la that one scene in Alien. A comfort welt helps them stay put, and the merino wool, which is ZQ-certified (an animal welfare and environmental standards audit), has all the benefits sans carbon footprint. 

Smartwool best wool socks Amanda pick
Amanda Reed

Although the top pick is a crew height with no cushion, the company has plenty of other shoppable socks, both showy and sensible, like the targeted cushion ankle socks for running combo shown above. And our assistant managing editor loves his Bike Zero Cushion Ankle Socks, Run Targeted Cushion Low Ankle Socks, and Hike Full Cushion Lolo Trail Crew Socks, using Smartwool’s numerous options to customize his cushioning and coverage for a variety of activities.

Best for hiking: Darn Tough Merino Wool Boot Sock

Darn Tough

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Fine-gauge knitting gives this sock incredible durability—just like the name suggests.

Specs

  • Material: 66% merino wool; 32% nylon; 2% lycra; spandex
  • Machine washable: Yes
  • Height: 6 inches
  • Cushion: Full

Pros

  • Feels like you’re not wearing a sock.
  • Company dedicated to sustainability
  • Full cushion for shock absorption 

Cons

  • Socks can get fuzzy after washing

These socks have a lot to live up to coming from a company name like “Darn Tough.” Thankfully, these socks are truly darn tough. This sock is made using fine-gauge knitting and includes an undetectable seam for an invisible feel that’s obviously built to last. A performance fit means no slipping, bunching, or blisters while keeping your feet cool in the summer and warm in the winter. This full-cushion, boot-height sock has a lifetime warranty—there aren’t that many brands that can say the same. Additionally, the company uses Responsible Wool Standard (RWS)-certified merino wool in all of its products and incorporates recycled nylon—it’s currently looking for a recycled spandex alternative. This means you can rest easy that your socks came from happy sheep and were made with a limited impact on the environment.

Best for cycling: GripGrab Regular Cut Merino Cycling Socks 

GripGrab

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Made specifically for cycling, these tall socks have the right amount of cushion to make hours spent in cycling shoes more comfortable.

Specs

  • Material: 52% merino wool, 25% polyamide, 20% polyester, 3% elastane
  • Machine washable: Yes
  • Height: 8 inches
  • Cushion: Light

Pros

  • Odor-resistant
  • Versatile
  • Comfortable

Cons

  • Might be too light for colder rides
  • Expensive

A great pair of cycling socks isn’t just a fashion statement. The socks keep you comfortable as you ride. A three-pack will cost you $54.99, but we think it’s worth it as a specialty sock. The light cushioning isn’t bulky and is in all the right places. The toe seam is practically invisible, and the cuff at the top doesn’t dig into your calves—a major problem with cyclists with thick calves from all the leg work. The balance of merino and synthetic fibers makes this sock durable with just enough of the wool benefits. It also looks classy—no one would know it’s a cycling sock unless you told them. However, reviews note that it’s better suited for warmer rides.

Best for work: Dickies Men’s Dri-Tech Work Crew Socks

Dickies

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These heavy-duty wool socks come in a bundle to keep your feet dry every day of the week.

Specs

  • Material: 48% polyester, 25% wool, 20% acrylic, 5% nylon, 2% spandex
  • Machine washable: Yes
  • Height: 6 inches
  • Cushion: Full

Pros

  • Thick but lightweight
  • Reinforced heel and toe
  • Arch compression

Cons

  • Not as soft compared to other socks
  • Might not fit smaller feet

Some jobs require steel-toed shoes, which can be tough on your feet. These wool-blend socks from Dickies regulate your foot temperature. Added Dri-Tech fights sweat for dry feet. Cushioning in the leg and foot allows for all-day comfort in constricting shoes and steel-toed boots. Compression at the arch provides support, while a special heel lock keeps the socks in place. Ventilation channels provide extra air circulation and moisture control. Also, they come in a bundle, which means you can save on getting more than one pair for work.

Best for winter: HOT FEET Mens Active Work and Outdoors Hiking Socks

HOT FEET

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These thick socks are extra cozy thanks to a thermal wool blend that won’t make your feet sweat.

Specs

  • Material: 62% polyester, 20% wool, 15% nylon, 3% spandex
  • Machine washable: Yes
  • Height: 6 inches
  • Cushion: Full

Pros

  • Reinforced heel and toe
  • Moisture wicking
  • Versatile

Cons

  • Have a tendency to fall down

If you don’t want to get a pair of heated socks or to size your shoes for heated insoles, consider these a great option. You can throw them on for lounging around the house or ski lounge, or take them outside under your favorite boots. A stretchy ribbed cuff keeps the socks in place without digging into your leg, and reinforced heels protect your feet. Also, moisture-wicking means they’ll stay dry in your ski boots. The socks are thicker, so you won’t have to worry about blisters or cold feet.

Best budget: Alvada Merino Wool Hiking Socks 

Alvada

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: You don’t have to break the bank for a soft, warm pair of wool socks that are great for lounging or adventuring.

Specs

  • Material: 80% Merino wool, 15% polyester, 4% nylon, 1% spandex
  • Machine washable: Yes
  • Height: 6 inches
  • Cushion: Full

Pros

  • Primarily wool construction
  • Bundle pack
  • Fuzzy on the inside

Cons

  • Heels and balls of feet wear out fast
  • Run large

If you’re looking for knit socks that aren’t expensive, look no further than this bundle-pack from Alvada. A reinforced heel and toe area allow for more durability and keep your feet blister-free. Arch compression provides support and stability, and full cushion padding gives you extra protection. Say goodbye to stinky feet thanks to ventilation channels that allow for more airflow and breathability. Plus, the socks have a great balance of wool and synthetic fibers to keep your feet dry. They wear out more than higher-priced socks and run large, but you can’t beat the price.

What to consider when buying the best wool socks

Unlike the scratchy, itchy ragg wool that makes up your mom’s sweaters from the ’80s, most wool socks are made of merino wool. This soft, thin fiber comes from Merino sheep and is known for its natural properties: It regulates body temperature, wicks moisture, and prevents odors sans bulk. It’s usually combined with other materials like polyester, nylon, cotton, and spandex for the right balance of the good stuff. Here’s what else you should know when searching for the best wool socks:

Use

A wool sock made for everyday wear is going to perform differently than a crew sock built for cycling. The same goes for those meant for hiking, running, and hunting. When you’re going to wear the sock also matters. A thinner ankle sock is going to be more comfortable than a thick crew sock in the hot, hazy throes of summer. Think about what activity your socked feet will have to endure and shop accordingly. 

Cushion

Cushioning helps prevent blisters and acts as a buffer against the shoe. Wearing a sock with low cushioning with a tough hiking boot leads to major discomfort—and you’ll have to give up halfway up the mountain. Look for a pair of wool socks with more cushioning in the toe, heel, and ankle area if you’re going to wear boots. Likewise, you can get away with less cushioning if you’re wearing extra comfy sneakers with your socks. 

Height

A tall wool sock prevents your tall hiking boots from rubbing against your calf. It also protects your legs from any nasty, gnarly brush or bugs you encounter. If you’re looking to air out your legs because you’re simply walking down the street and not fending off random detritus, choose an ankle-height or no-show sock. 

FAQs

Q: How much do wool socks cost?

Wool socks can go for $30 for a pair or $20 for a pack of three pairs. If the socks are being worn for a specialized activity, you can get away with buying a single one for a higher price. If you’re looking for socks to wear to work, a bundle can be more bang for your buck.

Q: What percent wool should socks be?

It depends on what you’re wearing them for and the kind of wool, but generally, around 40% is the standard. Other textiles, like polyester, cotton, spandex, nylon, and elastane, are added into the mix to add flexibility and durability to the sock. Almost every selection on our list has a fabric blend that includes 30-40% wool.

Q: Can you wear wool socks every day?

Yes! Merino wool is incredibly light and versatile. “Wool” tends to be synonymous with “thick” and “heavy,” and there are wool sock options that can be worn every day. Smartwool has lots of wool socks for everyday and others can also double as an everyday sock.

Q: Which wool is warmest for socks?

Qiviut wool (made of musk ox down), yak wool, and bison wool are incredibly warm. However, these textiles are expensive and difficult. Alpaca wool and merino wool are easier to source and cheaper, which is why a majority of our selections feature merino wool.

Final thoughts on the best wool socks

Wool socks can ease feet during your next big adventure but are functional enough to be worn every day. Although “wool” tends to conjure images of a shoulder-pad clad, gaudy, itchy, eau de mothball sweater that has haunted many a closet and clothing rack, the best wool socks are far from that. Our top picks, from brands like Smartwool, are soft, dependable, and practically indistinguishable from cotton socks. However, they’re more breathable and naturally antimicrobial, keeping your feet dry and your spirits high. Say goodbye to stinky, sweaty feet and hello to sheep-sponsored pleasurable podiatry.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best wool socks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best ball chairs of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-ball-chair/ Fri, 28 Jan 2022 00:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-ball-chair/
balance ball chair in an office next to a wood desk
Amazon

Here’s how to find a great ball chair to keep you active, reduce back pain, and engage your muscles even when you’re at your desk all day.

The post The best ball chairs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
balance ball chair in an office next to a wood desk
Amazon

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best with base Gaiam Backless Balance Ball Chair Gaiam Backless Balance Ball Chair
SEE IT

The backless design encourages you to sit up straight.

Best ergonomic PharMeDoc Balance Ball Chair PharMeDoc Balance Ball Chair
SEE IT

Use its own for concentrated strength and stability workouts, or drop it into the base with a fitted backrest for work.

Best budget Trideer Ball Chair Trideer Ball Chair
SEE IT

An inflatable base takes this balance ball from workout to work.

Experts announced long ago that sitting down all day just isn’t good for you. Slumping over at your desk for hours on end can make your back hurt, your body tense, and your neck strain. It can also lead to high blood pressure, high blood sugar, and abnormal cholesterol levels. Doctors recommend taking a break from sitting every thirty to sixty minutes, but we know that sticking with that schedule can be a challenge during a hectic workday or extra-long meeting. Luckily, a ball chair can remedy these issues.

The best ball chair, which incorporates a stability ball used for exercise, can introduce a little bit of movement to your workday while engaging the core and improving posture. The ball’s instability forces you to engage your trunk and abdominal muscles to remain balanced, but don’t worry; you won’t find yourself sweating or out of breath. In fact, you’ll barely notice all the work your body is doing. This kind of subtle physical engagement can help improve posture and reduce back pain; the stronger your muscles are, the more they can support and protect your back. We recommend swapping out your regular desk chair with a ball chair for one to two hours a day to stay safe and active without overworking your body.

The best ball chairs: Reviews & Recommendations

There are plenty of choices when it comes to ball chairs; many of them even look identical to one another. Here, we dive deeper than the exterior and help you identify the best pick for you.

Best ovverall: Gaiam Backless Balance Ball Chair

Gaiam

SEE IT

This Gaiam ball chair features a removable, multi-use 52-centimeter exercise ball, available in five colors. The entire unit measures 24 inches tall and 22 inches wide, with the option to add two-inch extenders to the legs. The included caster wheels lock in place so you can remain flexible without sliding around. This particular chair is designed for people between 5′ and 5′11″ tall (6′1″ with the extensions). The backless design will encourage you to use your muscles and keep you from leaning too far forward or back, harming your spine.

Best self-standing: ProBody Pilates Ball Chair

Amazon

SEE IT

This self-standing ProBody ball chair provides all the support of a typical exercise ball with a bit of a sleeker finish. Instead of exposed plastic vinyl, you’ll sit on a washable fabric cover that comes in three neutral tones. The cover’s base comes with silicone tabs to keep it from slipping, and the inner ball is made from phthalate-free, anti-burst material. It can be inflated between 22 to 24 inches high, suitable for most standard desk heights. The ball can also be removed from the cover for an enhanced grip during a workout.

Best yoga ball stool: Gaiam Balance Ball Stool

Amazon

SEE IT

Gaiam is at it again, this time with a great yoga ball stool. The half-dome inflatable cushion causes micro-movements to strengthen the core and improve posture (at the right height). It can extend up to 33 inches with a 360-degree swivel base and five lockable caster wheels. This seat also includes a metal footrest, which is necessary for good posture if your feet don’t touch the floor.

Best ergonomic: PharMeDoc Balance Ball Chair

PharMeDoc

SEE IT

PharMeDoc has created an ergonomic ball chair that you can customize as your core gets stronger. Use the 20-inch exercise ball on its own for concentrated strength and stability workouts, or drop it into the base with a fitted backrest for work. Once you start to feel your muscles develop and you notice your posture improve, you can take the backrest off for more of a challenge.

Best stylish: Zenergy Ball Chair

Amazon

SEE IT

This ball chair from Zenergy keeps your body moving and your workstation looking chic. The yoga ball at the heart of this design is permanently covered by a simple, comfortable mesh available in over ten colors. The chair lets you choose between two heights, 20 or 23 inches, by installing the feet or attaching them to longer legs. You can also select a swivel version of the chair, increasing the range of motion and the amount of work your body needs to do to stay stationary. If you work with others, it wouldn’t be a bad idea to get a set.

Best budget: Trideer Ball Chair

Trideer

SEE IT

This balance ball from Trideer is perfect for stretching, stability, and strength training. Plus, it comes with an inflatable base for easy conversion into a great ball chair. It comes in two sizes: 26 and 30 inches and two colors: black and silver. Plus, it’s super durable, slip-resistant, and rated for up to 2,000 pounds.

Things to consider when shopping for the best ball chairs

If you don’t already own a yoga ball, chances are you might be a bit overwhelmed by the similar-looking options available to you. Before purchasing, take a moment to think about your needs. Do you need a chair on wheels? Would you prefer back support? Do you want something multi-purpose, or would you rather stick with something more stylish? We’ll walk you through a few scenarios so you can get a sense of the best ball chair for your home office.

Do you want a balance chair with a base?

If you aren’t used to sitting on an exercise ball, and you like the stability of your regular desk variety, we recommend you buy one with a base. The base will stabilize the ball, keeping it from slipping out from under you, helping you get used to the seat’s elasticity and bounce. It will also elevate the ball, so you might have an easier time reaching your desk surface, depending on its height. Remember, the best way to sit at a desk includes your feet flat on the floor, your chin parallel to the ground, no bend in your neck, and computer screen at eye level; this is true whether you’re sitting on a balance ball, circle stool, or classic office chair.

Some ball chair bases will have adjustable, extendable legs and wheels. Castor wheels are always a plus; they make it easier to roll and store a chair, plus it’s easy (and fun) to slide around the room if you need a document or device that isn’t already at your desk. A ball chair with a base and wheels will likely feel the most similar to your regular desk chair, making for a seamless transition.

Would you prefer a self-standing ball chair?

A self-standing ball chair forgoes the base in favor of ultimate flexibility. If you feel like your desk is low enough for a baseless ball chair, you can focus your attention on finding a great exercise ball that you’d be comfortable bouncing on for a few hours during the workday.

If you’re going to use this ball for exercise and desk work, you’ll want to pay particular attention to the size. Since there isn’t a base boosting you up, if you’re between 4′11″ to 5′4″, get a ball that is 55 centimeters, if you’re 5′5″ to 5′11″, go for one that is 65 centimeters, and if you’re any taller, up to 6′7″, check out the 75-centimeter options.

The one con about self-standing ball chairs is they tend to look like workout equipment first and office furniture second. This isn’t a big deal if you’re going to get the most out of the ball during exercise or if you have a large enough closet to store the ball out of sight when it’s not in use. If you’re invested in aesthetics, select a ball chair with an included cover or non-polyvinyl exterior. See below for a prime example of a fantastic self-standing ball that looks good while remaining functional.

Do you work at a tall desk? Try a yoga ball stool

Ball chairs are adjustable to a certain extent, but you might find the fit challenging if you work at a tall desk. While we don’t recommend employing a typical stool for your workstation, a yoga ball stool can be a great way to give your back a break.

A yoga ball stool looks just like a regular stool, but instead of a cushion, the seat is a mini version of an inflated exercise ball, like a dome. Ball stools are inflated at the top, mimicking a full yoga ball’s intentional instability but taller and thinner to fit non-standard size desks. Most yoga ball stools utilize simple hydraulics so you can work at various heights. Of course, the ball cushion at the end of these stools won’t be removable, so you won’t be able to use them for exercise. If you are dedicated to getting something multi-purpose, we recommend investing in balance ball disks you can lay on top of your traditional desk chair seat. These cushions can also be used for various stability exercises in your workout routine.

If you suffer from back pain, an ergonomic ball chair can help

When appropriately used, the best ball chair will help you create healthy habits, improve your posture, and relieve back pain. If you are already struggling to sit up straight, a backless ball chair might not be for you; choosing a more ergonomic option can bring on more benefits quickly.

A backless ball can occasionally lead to hunching if you allow your tailbone to curve too far underneath you, forcing your shoulders forward and exaggerating a curved spine. An ergonomic ball chair will include a backrest and a flexible base. This will allow you to keep your feet flat on the floor while providing more structure and support for your lower back.

Remember, you don’t want to sit on a yoga ball all day long, so while you’re at it, make sure your other desk furniture is ergonomic too. It’s also a good idea to check your desk setup; your screen should be at eye level, your keyboard within reach, and your mouse directly next to it. Consider investing in a headset if you take lots of calls, eliminating tension caused by holding your phone between the neck and shoulders.

Home office design important? Get a ball chair that doesn’t look like exercise equipment.

Maybe you want to keep your workouts and work-from-home aesthetics separate. Or perhaps you’re a part of a shared workspace. Regardless of the reason, we totally understand wanting to find a ball chair that looks like it’s meant for the office. If you still want to use the ball for additional exercise, the easiest thing to look for will be an included cover. A cloth design in any color will camouflage the athletic polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material underneath, giving off more of a cozy beanbag vibe. Once you’re done with your workday, you’ll easily be able to unzip it and get to sweating.

If you want something compact that can stay out in the open all day without reminding you of the gym, look for a stylish, non-traditional model. These units will typically be permanently attached to a base and covered with a sleek, sturdy material, or they’ll borrow from ball chair technology to create more of a swivel stool.

Best ball chair on a budget: What you can get for under $45

While some ball chairs can be a bit expensive, there are definitely options for those on a budget. You might not be able to find something that doesn’t evoke exercise or the gym, but you will be able to find the best ball chair that’s supportive and multi-purpose to help fight off pain and strain without breaking the bank.

FAQs

Q: Does sitting on a ball chair burn calories?

Yes, sitting on an exercise ball chair can burn a small number of calories. According to a 2008 study cited in the New York Times, sitting on a ball chair can burn roughly 30 more calories a day than sitting in a regular desk chair, or approximately four more calories per hour of use.

Q: How long should you sit on a yoga ball chair?

You should sit on your yoga ball chair for about one to two hours a day. This is just enough time to break the monotony of sitting in a classic desk chair without overdoing it. If you stick with the yoga ball for your entire workday, your back might just end up suffering instead of feeling better. This is because yoga balls lack the structure to stop you from slumping once your body starts to get tired. So, unless you’re super disciplined regarding posture, it’s best to pick just a couple of hours to bounce.

Q: Are there other alternatives to a traditional desk chair?

Yes, there are other alternatives to a traditional desk chair. Kneeling chairs, active stools, and saddle seats are great options to explore if you are looking for an ergonomic solution to back, neck, and shoulder strain. You can also look for traditional desk chairs designed with special features or customizable options to foster additional support. The best desk chair for your home office should never leave you feeling sore.

Final thoughts on the best ball chairs

The best ball chair will support your back, improve your posture, strengthen your core, and inspire healthy habits throughout the day. Supplementing your regular desk chair for a few hours each day can keep you active, your mind focused, and your joints relaxed. Make sure you choose the right size for you and your desk, then get ready to add a little bounce to your workday.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best ball chairs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best gallon water bottles in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-gallon-water-bottles/ Fri, 15 Jul 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=455945
Best gallon water bottles
Stan Horaczek

Here’s one way to make sure you drink enough water every day.

The post The best gallon water bottles in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best gallon water bottles
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Yeti Rambler Gallon Jug is the best gallon water bottle overall. Yeti Gallon Jug
SEE IT

Yeti’s stainless steel gallon water jug is rugged and cleverly designed.

Best insulated Hydro Flask Oasis is the best insulated gallon water bottle. Hydro Flask Oasis
SEE IT

Hydro Flask’s 1-gallon Oasis can quench a big thirst after a long day.

Best motivational Fidus Motivational Water Bottle is the best motivational gallon water bottle. Fidus Motivational Water Bottle
SEE IT

The Fidus motivational water bottle has markings to help you hit your hydration goals.

The gallon water bottle is the ultimate hydration vessel. Carrying 128 ounces of liquid, these giant vessels are the perfect companion for balmy beach days, backcountry hikes, and sweaty gym sessions. They’ve also recently grown popular as a way to push yourself to drink more water every day. If your average 40-ounce water bottle just isn’t cutting it, an absolutely immense gallon bottle will ensure you never feel parched again. Chances are, you’ll have plenty left over to share with your friends and family after you absolutely crush those hydration goals. Here are the best gallon water bottles for aspirational drinkers, fitness obsessives, and anyone who wants to catch the big water bottle wave.

How we chose the best gallon water bottles

I consider myself an outdoorsy guy, so I spend a lot of time at the beach, in the mountains, and far away from clean running water. I was particularly excited to look into gallon water bottles since I’ve been thinking about picking one up myself. To make our selections, I performed hands-on testing and did hours of research, surveying critical viewpoints from water-obsessed coworkers alongside user impressions before settling on our picks.

At Popular Science, I cover a little bit of everything. I’ve researched all kinds of products, from the best energy-efficient air conditioners to the best smoke detectors. Before PopSci, I wrote about and reviewed gadgets for over 10 years for sites like iMore, XDA Developers, and CNN Underscored

The best gallon water bottles: Reviews & Recommendations

The type of gallon water bottle you buy depends on how you plan to use it. If you want to keep liquids hot or cold, a stainless steel bottle that’s vacuum insulated is your best option. Otherwise, plastic bottles tend to be more affordable and weigh less. Since there aren’t that many trustworthy brands making gallon water bottles, we feel confident that one of these picks is the best option for you.

Best overall: Yeti Rambler Gallon Jug

YETI

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Yeti Gallon Jug features tough stainless steel construction and double-wall vacuum insulation to keep drinks icy cold all day long.

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Height: 15 inches
  • Weight: 4.5 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Clever magnetic lid to store spout cap
  • Double-wall insulation
  • Sturdy handle

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

The Yeti Gallon Jug will keep your water cold if you’re out in the field and away from refills. It’s made of durable stainless steel and features vacuum insulation so that it will keep liquids hot or cold for several hours. It also keeps your bottle from sweating, so surfaces are safe from condensation.

The Gallon Jug’s lid features a sturdy metal handle with soft grip padding, making it easier to carry on long hauls. The lid also contains a neat magnetic design, so users can store the cap when the spout is open. You can also screw the entire lid off for easy cleaning and refills. It’s a clever design that reinforces Yeti’s attention to the small details.

Like all Yeti’s other stainless steel bottles, the Gallon Jug is BPA-free and dishwasher safe. It weighs 4.5 pounds before putting water in it, or over 12 pounds full. That’s heavy on a hike. Still, it is far and away the nicest water bottle of this size.

Best insulated: Hydro Flask Oasis

Hydro Flask

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Hydro Flask Oasis is big and heavy, but it’ll keep your liquids cold for up to 24 hours or hot for up to 12 hours.

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Height: 14.8 inches
  • Weight: 4.96 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Easy grip base
  • Double-wall insulation
  • Keeps liquids cold for up to 24 hours

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

Like our top pick, the Hydro Flask Oasis is a large, heavy stainless steel bottle with double-wall vacuum insulation that ensures liquids stay cold. Hydro Flask claims water stays chilled in the Oasis for up to 24 hours, making it the perfect companion for the summer months. It’s also rated for hot liquids and keeps coffee, tea, or soup hot for up to 12 hours. It’s an excellent option for skiers who want a piping hot cup of joe after a long day on the slopes.

In addition to its superior insulation, we like the Oasis’ beveled base, which makes it easier to grab and pour. It’s a nice touch that you won’t find elsewhere. On the other hand, the Oasis’ lid doesn’t provide a place to store the spout cap, and the plastic handle isn’t as durable or easy to hold.

Like the Yeti Rambler, the Hydro Flask Oasis weighs nearly 5 pounds and pushes 13 pounds when filled with water. The weight isn’t a significant hurdle if you’re keeping hydrated at home, but the Oasis’ weight could be an issue on a camping trip or climbing up a mountain when every ounce counts.

Best for the gym: Coleman One-Gallon Beverage Cooler

Coleman

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Coleman One-Gallon Beverage Cooler features a simple flip-top spout, insulation, and a classic design you remember from childhood.

Specs

  • Material: Plastic
  • Height: 12.8 inches
  • Weight: N/A
  • Dishwasher safe: No
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Sturdy design
  • Insulation
  • Flip-top spout

Cons

  • Not dishwasher safe

If you played sports as a kid, you may remember the Coleman gallon jug. Your coach may have brought it along to keep your whole team hydrated, but now it’s just for you.

The fact of the matter is that Coleman still makes a great bottle, and it’s specifically the perfect option for the gym. It has a leakproof lid, flip-top spout, and insulation to keep liquids cold. It’s also incredibly durable and features a handle that makes the Coleman Chiller easy to carry. It’s a simple, classic design that will keep you hydrated through every workout step.

Best motivational: Fidus Motivational Water Bottle

Fidus

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: For people buying a big water bottle to drink more water, the Fidus Motivational water bottle gives you regular hydration goals.

Specs

  • Material: Plastic
  • Height: 13.8 inches
  • Weight: 0.83 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Paracord handle
  • Button cap
  • Available in several colors

Cons

  • No insulation

Drinking a gallon of water in a single day is hard work. As we mentioned, you don’t actually need to do it to stay healthily hydrated. But if you want to, this water bottle from Fidus is a trendy Tritan plastic water bottle with markers and motivational quotes to keep you on track to hit that daily goal. 

The 1-gallon water bottle from Fidus features eight motivational quotes to keep users focused and energized about hitting their water intake goals. It also features a cap that covers the spout and straw, so it’ll stay shielded from dust and particles throughout the day, and comes with a detachable paracord handle for easier carrying. Who doesn’t like a bit of encouragement?

Best budget: Simple Modern Gallon Water Bottle

Simple Modern

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Simple Modern Gallon Water Bottle offers a basic bottle at an affordable price.

Specs

  • Material: Plastic
  • Height: 13.8 inches
  • Weight: 1.15 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Silicone straw
  • Button cap

Cons

  • No insulation

The Simple Modern 1-gallon bottle is, just like the brand name implies, a simple gallon water bottle. The dishwasher-safe Tritan plastic bottle comes in a variety of colors, including some calming color gradients like the green-to-purple “Tropical Seas,” and warm coral-to-cyan “Havana.” The best part of the Simple Modern bottle is its lid, which features a silicone mouthpiece with a lockable cover to keep it from getting dirty between sips. Press, Flip, Hydrate. Simple!

What to consider when buying the best gallon water bottles

So let’s get one thing out of the way: You don’t actually need to drink 8 cups of water every day. Giant water bottles have recently seen a surge in popularity, as people see them as a means of motivating themselves to drink more water. While you should never deny yourself water if you’re thirsty, it turns out that you don’t need to push yourself to drink that much.

That doesn’t mean there aren’t good reasons to carry around an absolutely gigantic jug of water. If you frequently go camping or spend long stretches of time away from a clean water source, it pays to bring a lot of water along. 

There aren’t as many manufacturers making gallon water bottles as the standard 32-ounce and 40-ounce options, so there isn’t as much room to get picky about style and design. That said, it still pays to know the essentials of water bottle construction so you can tell the best gallon water bottles from the knockoffs. Once you know where to look—and what to look for—in a gallon water bottle, you’ll find options that offer excellent durability, insulation, and clever designs for comfortable transportation and enhanced hydration.

Material

Most water bottles, no matter the size, are made of durable plastic or stainless steel. You may also find gallon jars made from shatter-resistant glass, but it’s fairly uncommon among bottles made for daily drinking.

Stainless steel water bottles are popular because they’re light but durable. They’re usually made from 18/8 stainless steel, which refers to its elemental composition—18% chromium and 8% nickel. It is considered food safe and is resistant to corrosion and oxidation. Many stainless steel bottles are also vacuum insulated or designed to create a sealed buffer between the liquid in the container and the environment outside the bottle, which reduces conduction and keeps liquids hot or cold for several hours. 

Reusable plastic water bottles offer a great balance of durability and affordability. High-quality plastic bottles are arguably more resistant to superficial wear and tear, though they generally lack stainless steel’s insulation. There is far more variability among the material to make plastic water bottles than there is among stainless steel water bottles. 

When buying plastic, make sure to get a plastic water bottle that’s made from BPA-free Tritan plastic, which is light, ultra-durable, and safe. Some studies suggest that containers made from plastics with bisphenol A, or BPA, can seep into what’s stored in the container and cause adverse health effects, so avoid plastic bottles unless the manufacturer specifies that they use a BPA-free material.

Durability

The gallon water bottle you buy will likely be by your side day and night, so it needs to withstand the pitfalls of everyday use. Stainless steel can get dented and scratched, but it’s pretty resilient over the long run and should last for several years. Stainless steel can also handle sudden temperature changes, making them more versatile than other materials on this list.

Tritan plastic water bottles are generally more scratch-resistant and won’t ding, but are by no means indestructible. Both materials are strong enough to withstand everyday wear and tear, even hiking or running. However, if you’re likely to drop your bottle off a cliff (or off a car’s roof), maybe go with stainless steel.

Weight

Here’s where things get a little tricky. There’s no way around the fact that our stainless steel picks are heavy. When filled up with water, they feel like small kettlebells. We don’t feel like their weight disqualifies them from consideration because, well … a gallon of water is always going to feel heavy. (Remember: A gallon of water weighs approximately 8 pounds.) That said, if you really want to minimize your bottle’s weight, a plastic bottle will generally weigh less than a stainless steel one.

FAQs

Q: How much does a gallon water bottle cost?

Depending on the bottle material, a gallon water bottle can cost between $20-$130.

Q: How often should I clean a gallon water bottle?

Some experts argue that you should clean your water bottle once a day. That may not be feasible for everyone, especially if you’re using your gallon water bottle off the grid. We’d argue that cleaning it a few times per week is a more achievable goal.  What you don’t want to do is go several weeks without washing your reusable bottle. Even if it looks clean, water bottles can build up bacteria over time, so you should clean them often.

Q: Can I put other liquids besides water in a gallon water bottle?

You can put other liquids in your gallon water bottle besides water, but some things are safer than others. For example, you can put hot coffee in the Yeti Rambler, but the company says to avoid using the jug’s lid with carbonated beverages because of potential pressure build-up. For the plastic bottles on our list, you should stick to room temperature or cold water.

Q: How long is water good in a gallon jug?

According to the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), you should replace stored water every six months. If you plan to keep water for an extended period, make sure it’s in an FDA-approved food-grade storage container. If you can’t find a food-grade water storage container, be sure the container has a top that can close tightly, is made of durable, unbreakable materials, and has a narrow neck for easy pouring.

Q: Is it safe to drink a gallon of water per day?

Drinking a gallon of water daily isn’t harmful but you probably don’t need to drink so much for optimal health. Optimal water intake varies from person to person based on a variety of personal and environmental factors, including height, weight, their activity level, and the current temperature. Rather than aiming for “eight cups a day,” simply try and drink water whenever you feel thirsty. 

Final thoughts on the best gallon water bottles

Gallon water bottles are for people who either won’t have access to a water source for a while or need to hit a specific intake goal. Otherwise, their size and weight make them too cumbersome for most people. If you want something easier to manage, you’re better off checking out our picks for the best water bottles. And if you’ve got young ones, there’s our guide to the best kids’ water bottles.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best gallon water bottles in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best exercise bikes in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-exercise-bike/ Sun, 10 Oct 2021 22:15:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-exercise-bike/
The best exercise bikes of 2021

These stationary bikes will push your heart rate without requiring you to leave the house.

The post The best exercise bikes in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best exercise bikes of 2021

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Schwinn Upright Bike is the best exercise bike overall. Schwinn Upright Bike 170 Series
SEE IT

An authentic indoor bike experience.

Best for classes NordicTrack makes the best exercise bike for classes. NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycle
SEE IT

This premium bike provides on-demand workouts from elite trainers from around the world.

Best budget The Exerpeutic Folding Magnetic Upright Exercise Bike is the best bike value. Exerpeutic Folding Magnetic Upright Exercise Bike
SEE IT

This affordable bike comes with lots of workout options.

Exercise bikes provide a great in-home option for low-impact, high-intensity workouts. Maybe you need something to help you condition for your bike club, maybe it’s a heat wave but you don’t want your exercise regime to cool off, or maybe you just aren’t comfortable going to a crowded indoor spin class. Whatever your reason for wanting to purchase an exercise bike, we are fully supportive of this endeavor and we’ve collected everything you need to know about the best exercise bikes to buy right now.

How we chose the best exercise bikes

To assist you on your exercise bike journey, we looked at a few key features to help you make an informed decision. We selected both recumbent and upright bikes, in order to meet the different needs of our readers. In both models, we wanted to ensure a smooth, kink-free, and safe ride that included a high-quality belt system. 

Because we know many people would be purchasing an exercise bike for home use, where their main motivator might be to beat their personal best, we also wanted to select bikes that could track fitness data to store your progress. We opted for bikes that provided varied resistance to suit any workout needs, as well as adjustability to cater to a variety of heights and weights. One of the most important factors in selecting an exercise bike, though, is ensuring that it is super durable and stable since you’ll be spinning at a fast pace.

The best exercise bikes: Reviews & Recommendations

Studies show that indoor cycling can “improve aerobic capacity, blood pressure, lipid profile, and body composition,” and this activity is a great option for those requiring a lower-impact exercise than a treadmill or elliptical provide. The problem is: there are so many options to choose from. Some are super expensive, and others offer a more basic but still highly effective experience at a much more wallet-friendly price point. With so many questions and endless models, we know the shopping experience can be overwhelming, so we narrowed the options to help you select a top pick, refill that water bottle, and get back in the saddle ASAP!

Best overall: Schwinn Upright Bike 170 Series

Schwinn

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This all-around winner comes shock full of workouts at an affordable price. 

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 41.3 x 21.4 x 55.6 inches
  • Weight: 58.4 Pounds
  • Max User Weight: 300 pounds

Pros

  • Bluetooth connectivity
  • 50+ global routes
  • Fully loaded console with 29 workout programs
  • Padded, larger, contoured seat 
  • Well-made and durable

Cons

  • Can be difficult to assemble
  • Handle rests are not padded

With such a high-quality product at a very fair price point, the Schwinn brand made our list yet again for their upright bike series. The seat on this bike is comfortable, it runs quiet, the 170 model features a backlit LCD screen (this was a major complaint with the 130 model), and the programs and routes are endless. It’s a major bang for your buck.

There’s a USB port to plug in your phone or tablet; it’s a sturdy, durable machine; and it’s safe for those in physical therapy. (While recumbent bikes get all the glory for PT, upright bikes may be best for those in physical therapy from hip surgeries, where the body must remain upright). This connectivity lets you participate in subscription workout programs and even real-time rides.

The main complaint here appears to be that the handle rests are not padded and an annoying setting that beeps every minute you ride. The manual explains how to turn that sound setting off if it disturbs you. A good pair of gloves can help ease the strain on your hands if the lack of padding is an issue.

Best for classes: NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycle

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This premium bike comes with a 22-inch touchscreen that provides access to elite trainers from around the world. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: ‎22 x 60 x 63 inches 
  • Weight: 193.6 pounds
  • Max User Weight: 350 lbs

Pros

  • Provides immersive experience
  • Training provided by elite coaches
  • Comes with 24 resistance levels

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Need to pay for membership to access workouts after 30 days

Consider the NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycle if you’re looking for an intense and immersive experience from an exercise bike. This model comes with a 22-inch rotating high-definition touchscreen that provides on-demand workouts with world-class trainers through the included 30-day IFIT membership. This bike has 24 resistance levels, and you can adjust the incline up to 20%. This bike also connects via Bluetooth so that you can listen to your trainer or the music of your choice on your workout headphones or portable speaker. It can serve up to five users and also comes with two three-pound dumbbells. That said, this bike is an investment, but several warranty options are available in case you need reassurance that it’s a wise purchase.

Best for seniors: JEEKEE Recumbent Exercise Bike for Adults Seniors

Jeekee

SEE IT

Why we picked it: A spacious, ergonomic, and lightweight design that’s intended for senior users, or those in physical therapy, at a very fair price point.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 19.3  x 53.5  x 39 inches
  • Weight: 66 pounds
  • Max User Weight: 300 pounds

Pros

  • Advanced two-way external magnetic flywheel technology 
  • Quiet; produces only 20DB of sound
  • Budget-friendly
  • 9-way seat to fit user height from 4’9 to 6’5
  • Ergonomic design

Cons

  • Seat could be sturdier
  • Seat could use additional padding for more comfort
  • No Bluetooth connectivity 

Perfect for physical therapy, rehabilitation, or seniors needing more delicate care, this recumbent bike is lightweight, smooth, and offers an ergonomic design easing pressure off the spine. Recumbent bikes are known to be better for those with back and joint pain and offer a larger seat than upright bikes, which may be more comfortable to use for older bikers. 

The JEEKEE bike features eight gear resistance levels, which are easy to adjust with just a flick of the knob. At only 66 lbs with two wheels in front, any user can easily move it around. The low frame and spacious design also make it easy to get on and off for those who are injured or need more range of motion. Some users say the seat could be more comfortable and sturdier, so we suggest placing a small pillow or cushion on the seat if you find you need the extra support.

You can easily track your progress on the LCD screen, and the bike will also count miles biking backward if your physical therapy requires alternative movement. All of this comes at a super budget-friendly price point!

Best recumbent: Schwinn Recumbent Bike 230 Series

Schwinn

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Despite its laid-back riding position, this full-featured ride offers a full suite of features that includes everything you need for very challenging workouts

Specs

  • Dimensions: 64 x 27.7 x 49.9 inches
  • Weight: 86.6 pounds
  • Max User Weight: 300 pounds

Pros 

  • Bluetooth connectivity
  • 29 program settings
  • 25 resistance levels; very smooth operation
  • High-speed, high-inertia perimeter weighted flywheel
  • Very quiet

Cons

  • Speakers and fan could be better quality
  • Seat made from plastic, which some users may not enjoy
  • Unreliable heart rate monitor

As far as recumbent bikes go, the Schwinn Series offers one smooth, joint-friendly ride. The 270 model offers the most frills, like up to four profiles if you plan to share this bike with family or roommates (the 230 model only allows two profiles to be saved, for comparison).

The 270 model features: Bluetooth connectivity; the ability to sync with downloadable apps and virtual ridealong experiences; 29 programs (12 profiles, nine heart rate controls, four custom settings, two fitness tests, one quick start); 25 resistance levels; two LCD monitors; a media shelf; speakers; and a fan to keep you cool.

The flywheel resistance is magnetic, meaning it’s especially rigorous on mountains and hills, which you can pre-program for “rides in the park” or “rolling hills,” for example. 

The magnetic resistance also makes it exceptionally quiet, especially compared to anything with a belt or fan, so we definitely recommend it for apartment use. However, some reviewers have found the heart rate monitor is flaky, at best, and the calorie counter isn’t the most reliable. We suggest opting for a separate fitness watch if you want to keep a more detailed account of your progress.

Best for home: CHAOKE Indoor Cycling Bike

Chaoke

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A heavy flywheel and magnetic resistance pair with a belt drive system to give this full-featured bike plenty of resistance options and tweakability.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 41.34 x 20.08 x 44.49 inches
  • Weight: 72 pounds
  • Max User Weight: 300 pounds

Pros 

  • Whisper quiet
  • Heavy flywheel
  • Rust-resistant
  • Good for all levels
  • Budget-friendly

Cons

  • Can be difficult to assemble
  • Seat could be more comfortable 

This indoor bike has magnetic resistance and a belt-driven system, offering the quietest biking experience for apartment dwellers or those with sensitive neighbors. Even at spinning speed, it stays super quiet, so you won’t announce to everyone in the house that you’re working out. It’s also good if you like to watch content on your TV or smartphone while you exercise.

The heavier flywheel and rust-resistant steel frame are durable, high-quality, stable, and sturdy for a consistently comfortable riding experience. Adjust the resistance with a handy knob, and note that you’ll have to push down on the knob to stop the bike when it’s in motion. It also comes with transportation wheels to easily move it around or out of sight when not in use, plus a 2-way (up/down) adjustable handlebar. 

Assembly seems to be the biggest complaint with this bike; the instructions may be somewhat confusing, and the pedals screwing into the bike must be handled just right, which can be a pain if you’re not particularly handy. We recommend using a bit of oil on the pedal thread when assembling your bike.

Best budget: Exerpeutic Folding Magnetic Upright Exercise Bike with Pulse

Exerpeutic

SEE IT

Why we picked it: If you only need a basic workout and you’re not trying to crank away on the pedals, this cheap ride will suit you just fine and leave lots of budget for padded shorts.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 41.34 x 20.08 x 44.49 inches
  • Weight: 39 pounds
  • Max User Weight: 300 lbs

Pros

  • Ultra-lightweight
  • Foldable design
  • Good for beginners
  • Very affordable

Cons

  • Can be difficult to assemble
  • Advertised as upright, but is more of a hybrid
  • Uncomfortable seat

At only 39 pounds with a foldable design, this exercise bike is one of the market’s lightest and most budget-friendly designs. This bike is a great starter for those looking to get into cycling. Note that while this bike is advertised as an upright bike, the structure of the bike functions more as a hybrid. 

Even at such a low price point, you still get some bells and whistles, like basic workout tracking that stores your workouts and progress and access to the trainer-led subscription service. 

A few notes: the seat is not the most comfortable compared to more expensive models; we suggest adding foam to the back of the seat to contour it for a more comfortable seated experience. Also, because it’s so lightweight, it’s very handy for taking in and out of storage. But because it is so light, we wouldn’t recommend doing intensity sprints on this model.

Things to consider when buying the best exercise bikes

There are three main types of exercise bikes. Knowing which of the following types best fits your needs will give you a solid place to start looking for your perfect model:

Upright

Upright bikes are the closest relative to traditional outdoor bicycles. In terms of alignment, bikers are seated upright with the pedals directly under the person’s feet, causing the user to engage their core more than on other types of exercise bikes. This is not the most suitable option for those in physical therapy or who have spinal issues.

Recumbent

Recumbent bikes allow the biker to sit back comfortably in a chair position, with the pedals in front of them rather than below. Studies show that recumbent bikes may be better for seniors or those in physical therapy, who have lower back or knee pain, or are recovering from injuries.

Indoor cycling

Indoor cycles are most like the bikes used in your local spin class. They are similar to upright bikes but are designed with the body positioning reaching slightly more forward. This can result in a more intense and muscle-activating workout. They do not require electricity, which may be more suitable for certain users.

FAQs

Q: Which bike is best for home exercise?

The best bike for home exercise is the one that you’ll actually use. Look for an exercise bike that aligns with your fitness goals and fits your space. If it takes up too much room or you’re just really uncomfortable riding it, you’ll never get the results you’re looking for.

Q: What is the best exercise bike to lose weight?

You should consult your doctor before deciding you need to exercise as part of a routine to lose weight. Too many people buy exercise equipment, thinking they need to lose weight for the wrong reasons. However, an exercise bike can be a good option if the activity is cleared by a doctor. Increasing your workout intensity and duration can spur weight loss. If you’re looking to lose weight, consider an exercise bike that comes with lots of options for different workouts, the option to ramp up resistance, and an app to track your progress.

Q: What is the best exercise bike for seniors?

The best exercise bike for seniors lets you get a good workout in while lessening the impact on the body. They say 70 is the new 60, and the Schwinn recumbent bike lets you choose from 29 workouts while going easy on your back and joints.

Q: How much does an exercise bike cost?

The cost of an exercise bike depends on its sophistication. A premium model with an HD touchscreen that provides access to on-demand workouts like the NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycle costs about $1,500. A basic foldable model, such as the Exerpeutic Folding Magnetic Upright Exercise Bike with Pulse, will run you about $190.

Final thoughts on the best exercise bikes

Exercise bikes are an excellent low-impact workout for all levels, body types, and fitness goals. Whether you’re in physical therapy or rehab, looking to invest in a piece of exercise equipment that can ease off tension from your joints, or simply want great cardiovascular training at your disposal, exercise bikes are a worthwhile investment.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best exercise bikes in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
7 tricks to squeeze all of the benefits out of your Whoop 4.0 band https://www.popsci.com/diy/whoop-band-tips/ Tue, 01 Aug 2023 16:05:58 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=560351
Hand wearing the Whoop 4.0 band
So you've got your Whoop 4.0 band—are you sure you're making the most of it?. Whoop

Make the most out of a fitness tracker that really is a big a whoop.

The post 7 tricks to squeeze all of the benefits out of your Whoop 4.0 band appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Hand wearing the Whoop 4.0 band
So you've got your Whoop 4.0 band—are you sure you're making the most of it?. Whoop

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The Whoop 4.0 band is a little different from your standard fitness tracker. It’s designed for people who are absolutely serious about training and exercising (hence the monthly $30 subscription fee) and want to complement their workouts with some of the best fitness technology around.

If you’re interested not just in counting steps but also monitoring body strain and recovery times, as well as getting detailed stats on everything from heart rate to sleep, the Whoop might be for you. This is how you get the most out of your membership, the band, and the app that goes along with it.

1. Start a journal

Journaling can help both you and the Whoop app better track your fitness and health habits, so you can easily identify where you’re doing well and where you could be doing better. The app will remind you to create an entry every morning and you can log as much or as little as you like—from the number of beers you’ve had and your anxiety levels, to whether or not you had any dairy products in the last 24 hours.

[Related: The Army put Whoop bands on paratroopers in Alaska to fine-tune its training]

From inside the Whoop app, tap More and then Journal to get started with the feature or see previous logs. You can also click on Customize Journal to change the prompts you get.

2. Wear the Whoop 4.0 band differently

The Whoop 4.0 comes with a wrist band but that’s not your only option—the company behind the tracker also has a clothing line that offers alternative ways to wear your device.

You can opt for t-shirts, sports bras, leggings, and swimsuits, so you should be able to easily find something that fits your exercise routine and preferences. They’re all designed with a pouch to securely hold the Whoop 4.0 tracker, so you can continue to monitor all of your vital statistics.

3. Track your stress levels

The Stress monitor on the Whoop will tell you about your stress levels in the last 12 hours.
The Whoop 4.0 won’t only tell you how stressed you are, but also give you pointers on how to lower your stress score. David Nield for Popular Science

One of the features that set the Whoop 4.0 apart from the average fitness tracker is the Stress Monitor, which gives you a real-time stress score between 0 and 3 based on your heart rate and your heart rate variability.

You can find this tool on the app’s Home tab, where you’ll be able to tap anywhere to see details on how your stress levels have changed in the last 12 hours or so. Here you’ll also find information on how the platform calculates the score and ways in which you can lower your score and relax.

4. Connect your Whoop to other services

Just because you’re using a Whoop 4.0 band doesn’t mean you have to abandon other fitness apps and services if you like them. Whoop can share data with Google’s Health Connect or Apple’s Health for vital health and fitness statistics; Strava for walking, running, and cycling, and TrainingPeaks for all-around training.

To manage these integrations, open the More tab in the Whoop app and choose Integrations. Select any of the items listed on the screen and the app will guide you through the connection process. You can share specific data types to and from the Whoop, including sleep activity and heart rate.

5. Join a Whoop community

Whoop's community teams promise to help you get the most out of your workout.
Buddying up for a workout will help you get better results. David Nield for Popular Science

You can speed up your fitness journey by training as part of a community, and Whoop has plenty to choose from. Open the Community tab in the Whoop app to browse through recommended teams that you might like to join and enter invite codes for specific ones.

Team communities share data such as strain, recovery, and sleep, and there are daily leaderboards so you can see how you’re doing compared with everyone else. You can also put together your own team and invite family members and friends for a more personal sharing experience. Tap Create team to get started.

6. Charge your tracker in the shower

You might be aware that the Whoop 4.0 band is waterproof, but this protection also extends to the rather unconventional battery charger that comes with the tracker. Whether you’re popping in the shower or doing dishes, you can keep your band on and recharge it right away.

[Related: Best fitness trackers of 2023]

Both the Whoop 4.0 band and its official charger have an IP68 rating, meaning they’re protected against dust and water. The tracker should be able to survive up to two hours in water up to a depth of nearly 33 feet, which gives you some idea of what you can do with it.

7. Wake up at the right time

The Whoop 4.0 is smaller than the average smartwatch, making it more comfortable to wear to bed. The band can track various aspects of your sleep and wake you up at an optimal time with a quiet buzz on your wrist.

In the app, open the Coaching tab, and tap anywhere in the Sleep Coach section. On the next screen, turn on the alarm function: You can tell the band to wake you up at an exact time, whenever you’ve hit your sleep goal, or when it detects your body has recovered.

With the latter two options, you get to specify a last wake-up time so you know you won’t be late to work in the morning. To turn off the alarm on your Whoop 4.0 band, double-tap the top of the device.

The post 7 tricks to squeeze all of the benefits out of your Whoop 4.0 band appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best hydration packs of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-hydration-pack/ Wed, 23 Jun 2021 14:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=371549
A lineup of the best hydration packs on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We found water backpacks to stave off dehydration during your favorite outdoor activities, including cycling, biking, and running.

The post The best hydration packs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best hydration packs on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Osprey Raptor 10 Bike Hydration Backpack is overall the best hydration pack. Osprey Raptor 10 Bike Hydration Bike Backpack
SEE IT

This pick includes a 2.5-liter water bag that doubles as a comfortable day backpack with even weight distribution, hip belts, and a helmet lock attachment.

Best for runners The TETON Sports Trailrunner 2.0 Hydration Pack is the best hydration pack for runners. TETON Sports Trailrunner 2.0 Hydration Pack
SEE IT

With straps and shoulder pads, this hydration pack secures against the body to prevent movement while running.

Best on a budget The Water Buffalo Hydration Pack is the budget pick for best hydration pack. Water Buffalo Hydration Pack
SEE IT

Equipped with plenty of pockets for storage, adjustable straps, and ultra-light material, this pack doesn’t sacrifice quality for its affordable price.

Staying hydrated is important for any outdoor enthusiast, so hydration packs are essential if you’re in it for the long haul. In warm climates and the hot summer months, easy access to water is a must when you’re exerting yourself outdoors. Strenuous activity in the sun can quickly lead to dehydration, a surefire way to find yourself sitting out the next ride, run, or hike. But it isn’t easy to lug around jugs or bottles of water. Long-distance runners, hikers, cyclists, and other outdoor adventurers want to move around unencumbered, and that’s where the best hydration pack can come in. Hydration bags come in the form of backpacks or waist packs (like a fanny pack) that contain a reservoir for water storage, so you can strap your water supply to your body and get on the road or the trails. We tracked down five of the best hydration packs for outdoor athletes, so if you thirst for options, read on. 

How we chose the best hydration packs

Many of us at PopSci are bonafide Sporty Spices. We bike, hike, and maybe even ice skate. Some of us also use treadmill desks, under-desk bikes, standing desks, walking pads, and more to keep moving while working. And we’ve spent time with plenty of smart home gym equipment. With all that gear at hand, we personally tested hydration packs while also asking experts and looking at reviews and recommendations to separate the leaders of the (hydration) pack from their dry opponents.

The best hydration packs: Reviews & Recommendations

Hydration backpacks come in different styles tailored to running, hiking, or biking/cycling. One of our choices should help you stay hydrated on your next adventure—don’t be afraid to leave that insulated water bottle in the car.

Best overall: Osprey Raptor 10 Bike Hydration Bike Backpack

Osprey

SEE IT

Specs

  • Bladder size: 2.5 liters
  • Sport: Biking
  • Weight: 1.6 lbs.
  • Backpack size: 10 liters

Pros

  • Lots of extra features like hip pockets and helmet attachment
  • Can also be used as a day pack
  • Large bladder size

Cons

  • Bag is not waterproof and doesn’t include a rain cover

Designed as a bike pack, the Osprey Raptor 10 Bike Hydration Backpack includes a 2.5-liter hydration bag and can also be used as a day-hiking backpack. Even weight distribution, hip belts, the LidLock helmet attachment, and a sleek look make the Osprey Raptor our pick for the top hydration pack.

Best for hikers: CamelBak Fourteener 26 Hydration Pack

CamelBak

SEE IT

Specs

  • Bladder size: 3 liters
  • Sport: Hiking
  • Weight: 2.3 lbs.
  • Backpack size: 26 liters

Pros

  • Large bladder and backpack capacity
  • Lots of back support
  • Overflow pocket to store an extra layer or other stashables

Cons

  • Expensive

The CamelBak Fourteener 26 Hydration Pack is designed for long hikes on hot days. Its reservoir holds 3 liters of water, and it’s designed with dual wing belts and an inner cargo belt to take the weight off your shoulders. More than a hydration backpack, the Fourteener also boasts 23 liters of cargo capacity for snacks, sunscreen, and other important hiking gear.

Best for bikers/cyclists: Thule Vital Hydration Pack

Thule

SEE IT

Specs

  • Bladder size: 2.5 liters
  • Sport: Biking
  • Weight: 1.15 lbs.
  • Backpack size: 6 liters

Pros

  • Retrakt magnetic hose system
  • Large enough to carry a bike pump and repair kit
  • Low center of gravity

Cons

  • Chest strap sits high depending on body type

The hands-free design of the Thule Vital 6 Hydration Pack is perfect for bikers and cyclists who need to hydrate mid-ride. Thule’s Retrakt magnetic hose system automatically returns the drinking hose to its place after each sip, so riders always know where to find it. Bikers and cyclists can carry up to 2.5 liters of water and 6 liters of additional storage for a pump and repair kit.

Best for runners: TETON Sports Trailrunner 2.0 Hydration Pack

ETON Sports

SEE IT

Specs

  • Bladder size: 2 liters
  • Sport: Running
  • Weight: .9 lbs
  • Backpack size: 2liters

Pros

  • Low-profile design
  • Lightweight and sturdy
  • External pocket for items that need to be within reach

Cons

  • Can chafe parts of your body if not covered by clothing

Runners love the lightweight TETON Sports Trailrunner 2.0 Hydration Pack because of its secure fit. Straps and shoulder pads adjust to fit your body, preventing uncomfortable jostling during your run. The Trailrunner also comes with a free 2-liter bladder, and its intake hole is wide enough for ice cubes—perfect for keeping cool on a summer run.

Best budget: Water Buffalo Hydration Pack

Water Buffalo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Bladder size: 2 liters
  • Sport: Hiking, running, cycling
  • Weight: 7 ounces
  • Backpack size: 12 liters

Pros

  • Extremely lightweight
  • Splashproof nylon
  • Multi-purpose

Cons

  • No seal between twist cap and bag on bladder

The Water Buffalo Hydration Pack holds up to 2 liters of water and has several pockets for storing other essential items so that it can be used for a run, a bike ride, or even as a small hiking backpack. Its Oasis Hydration bladder is designed to keep water fresh and clean while also preventing pesky leaks. With fully adjustable straps, splashproof nylon, and ultralight material, the Water Buffalo will keep you hydrated even if you’re on a tight budget.

What to consider when buying the best hydration packs

There are plenty of designs available for different sports, so you can choose the best hydration pack depending on the type of activity in which you’re participating. Packs come in two main designs. The first is the waist pack, which belts around the waist and has slots for one or more water bottles. The other is the hydration backpack, which straps to your back and contains a reservoir, or water bladder. The bladder is connected to a long straw, so you can sip from the pack without taking it off your back.

Hydration backpacks typically hold more than waist packs. A standard water bottle holds roughly 0.5 liters of water, so that’s about the capacity you can expect from a waist pack. Backpacks come in different capacities, ranging from 0.5 liters to 3 liters of water. Stocking up on as much water as possible might seem like a great idea for a long bike ride on a sweltering day, but don’t forget all that water comes with extra weight—one liter of water weighs over 2 pounds. Water weight is just one of the considerations when searching for the best hydration pack.

Which activity will you be using the hydration bag for?

The first thing to consider when shopping for a hydration bag is that most are tailored to a specific activity. Hiking hydration backpacks are usually bulkier and provide more space for storage. Biking/cycling hydration packs tend to offer features for hands-free drinking. Running hydration packs are thinner and lightweight and often come as a vest. While many hydration bags are adequate for cross-training, they tend to lean toward one sport or another, so bear that in mind.

How much water do you want to carry in your hydration bladder?

Water weight is an important consideration when choosing the best hydration pack for you. A seasoned hiker going for a day-long climb might do best with a larger, 3-liter hydration bladder. A marathon runner, on the other hand, might prefer a less cumbersome waist pack that holds a single bottle the runner can sip from between water stations (where they can also refill).

What other features do you want in an outdoor backpack?

Before making a purchase, consider what extra features the outdoor backpack offers. Some hydration backpacks come with similar features to daypacks, with extra pockets and loops for storage. This is optimal for carrying snacks on long treks when you’ll need to fuel up along the way. Other features of the outdoor gear may include shut-off bite valves to prevent leaks, disconnecting tubes to simplify refills, and multiple portals for easy straw placement.

How comfortable is the day pack for you to carry?

Finally, make sure you feel comfortable carrying the day pack. If possible, try it on to ensure the hydration backpack fits properly on your body. Give it a test run while you’re biking, running, or hiking—something comfortable while you’re standing still doesn’t always feel so great when it’s jostling around during a run. Check that the backpack has a hip belt (most do) to relieve pressure on your shoulders. 

FAQs

Q: How much does a hydration pack cost?

Depending on size and features, a hydration pack can cost between $25-$200.

Q: What hydration bag does the military use?

Although there is no one official hydration pack that the military uses, CamelBak prides itself on being a favorite among the armed forces. CamelBak offers a line of gear suitable for military use to keep forces hydrated and has even worked with the military to research turning the CamelBak design into a backpack that could hold oxygen. If you’re looking for a military-grade hydration bag, a CamelBak backpack is a top choice.

Q: How big of a hydration bladder do I need?

How thirsty are you? In all seriousness, how big of a hydration bladder you need depends on the activity you’re doing, how long you’re active, and other factors (including the color of your urine). CamelBak provides a hydration calculator to analyze these factors and determine the water necessary to keep you at peak hydration. Remember to drink water throughout the day and use a hydration bladder to supplement the fluids lost during exertion.

Q: Is a hydration pack worth it?

Staying hydrated is one of the most important things you can do for your body, and it’s often the most overlooked. A hydration pack is absolutely worth it to keep a water source close by during physical activities. There’s no better way to stay hydrated and cool on a long run, hike, or bike ride. In addition, many hydration backpacks provide more than just hydration—most come with additional storage space where you can organize tools, repair kits, phone, credit cards, sunscreen, a packable rain jacket, and other essentials for easy access. If you’re unsure if you need a hydration bag, start with a budget option and see how it suits you. Then you can decide whether to invest in a higher-end hydration pack. 

Final thoughts on the best hydration packs

One of the best ways to keep your body going during strenuous activity is to keep it hydrated! Athletes who ignore their water intake may begin to experience symptoms of dehydration, which include feeling fatigued, dizzy, and light-headed. Making hydration part of your fitness routine will help you run faster, bike farther, or enjoy a longer hike on a sunny day. There’s no excuse for being thirsty when you’ve got the best hydration pack, tailored for a specific sport, as part of your outdoor gear. Choose one that’s right for you, get out there on the trails, and don’t forget to drink up as you drink it all in!

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best hydration packs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best running shoes of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-running-shoe/ Mon, 24 May 2021 15:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-running-shoe/
A lineup of the best running shoes on a white background
Amanda Reed

Stamina aside, nothing will take you farther while jogging than proper footwear.

The post The best running shoes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best running shoes on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Under Armour Men’s Charged Assert 8 Running Shoe Under Armour Men’s Charged Assert 8 Running Shoe
SEE IT

This shoe can provide balance and flexibility, and the cushioned midsole gives you extra comfort.

Best cushioned ASICS Men’s Gel-Venture 7 Trail Running Shoes ASICS Men’s Gel-Venture 7 Trail Running Shoes
SEE IT

These shoes use rearfoot GEL technology to cushion your feet and absorb shock.

Best breathable adidas Men’s CF Lite Racer Byd adidas Men’s CF Lite Racer Byd
SEE IT

These have a stretch mesh build and textile lining for an easy fit.

Running is truly an exercise of convenience. You don’t have to learn how to do it, and it doesn’t require any equipment other than your own two feet. Of course, those need to be outfitted correctly. Running around with bare feet might be fun for toddlers, but a guy who wants to go the distance without falling apart will need cover and cushioning. A pair of the best running shoes won’t just keep your soles clean and gash-free as you glide over dirt, sand, rocks, and concrete. They can also protect your musculoskeletal system from the trauma your body endures every time your feet hit the ground hard.

It’s important to know when you need new shoes for running. Experts suggest springing for a new pair every 300 to 500 miles. For those who are good with long distances only when running them, that averages to a switch about every four to six months, if you run 20 miles a week. Those of us who are a little laxer on our running schedules can wait to snag a new pair. But as a general rule, if the midsoles or outsoles look compressed or worn, it’s time to move on. When you’re ready to make a change, you’ll want to make sure you get the best running shoes.

How we chose the best running shoes

When it came to finding the best running shoes, we hit the ground running—both literally and figuratively. We performed our own testing, but also looked to reviews and recommendations from athletes and casual runners. We considered weight, fabric, the amount of cushioning, shoes made for different foot widths, running length, support, stability, and price in our judging.

The best running shoes: Reviews & Recommendations

The best shoes for running vary from person to person—the important thing is making sure they fit you well from the get-go. If you can’t hit the ground running comfortably from the moment you first step into your running shoes, leave them on the shelf. One of our picks will make it home with you on any adventure you take.

Best overall: Under Armour Men’s Charged Assert 8 Running Shoe

Under Armour

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Polyester and elastane upper
  • Sole: Synthetic
  • Support: Neutral
  • Additional widths: Yes, extra-wide

Pros

  • Neutral support
  • Made to perform on multiple terrains
  • True-to-size fit

Cons

  • Run narrow

These comfortable Under Armour running shoes for men tick enough boxes to make them compatible with a number of jogging environments. The rubber outsole provides traction for gliding over rocks and wet grass, while the compression-molded foam offers ample cushioning to get you over jagged, uneven terrain. Plus, the tight, lightweight mesh will keep sand out and drain excess water during leisurely beach runs. The EVA sockliner gives you additional comfort, and the durable leather overlays help lock in support. These shoes fit true to size, too, so you won’t need to worry about a potential return trip. Find more of the best running shoes for men here.

Best stylish: Under Armour Men’s HOVR Phantom 3 Running Shoes

Specs

  • Materials: IntelliKnit upper
  • Sole: Rubber
  • Support: Neutral
  • Additional widths: N/A

Pros

  • Supportive
  • Stylish
  • Heel counter

Cons

  • Doesn’t come in additional widths

Take your shoes from the gym to happy hour with these stylish knit trainers. A soft, stretchy IntelliKnit upper gives you a breathable, sock-like feel. The shoe itself is neutral, meaning it’s perfect for runners who need a balance of flexibility and cushioning. A SpeedForm 2.0 sockliner gives underfoot support, and HOVR cushioning reduces impact. A heel counter and firm panels give your feet a supportive hug to help you beat your mile time.

Best for wide feet: New Balance Men’s Fresh Foam 1080 V8 Running Shoe

New Balance

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Synthetic upper
  • Sole: Rubber
  • Support: Neutral
  • Additional widths: extra narrow to extra wide

Pros

  • No-sew application
  • Cushioned
  • Variety of sizes

Cons

  • Runs small

When thinking about fit, width matters as much as length. Runners with wide feet need more spacious shoes that won’t cramp them. These men’s running shoes come in US sizes 4 to 14, with seven different widths, ranging from extra-extra-narrow to extra-extra-wide. It has a foam midsole and flex grooves to provide both a comfortable and protective fit. Choose from among nine colors to align with your personal style.

Best for long-distance: Brooks Women’s Ghost 13

Brooks

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Mesh upper
  • Sole: Rubber
  • Support: Neutral
  • Additional widths: Yes, narrow and wide

Pros

  • Comfortable yet durable
  • Good for road running or cross-training
  • Sock-like feel

Cons

  • Non-slip

The Brooks Women’s Ghost 13 are the best running shoes for women who run on the road and cross-training. Its custom cushioning keeps you comfortable while also maintaining durability. The DNA LOFT extends to the forefoot so that every step is seamless. Best of all, it does all this without being bulky—the 3D Fit Print helps the shoe fit on your foot like a sock.  

Best cushioned: ASICS Men’s Gel-Venture 7 Trail Running Shoes

ASICS

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Synthetic leather upper
  • Sole: Rubber
  • Support: Neutral or under-pronation
  • Additional widths: Yes, extra-wide

Pros

  • Plenty of shock absorption
  • Moisture-wicking
  • Durable

Cons

  • Runs small

Comfort is the key feature of these ASICS running shoes for men, and they offer that in various ways. This model has rear-foot GEL technology that provides shock absorption and works in tandem with OrthoLite X-40 sockliner, which introduces an additional layer of cushioning and moisture-wicking. The shoe’s synthetic leather upper boosts support while the ASICS High Abrasion Rubber on the outsole bolsters its durability.

Best women’s cushioned: adidas Women’s Cloudfoam Pure Running Shoe

Adidas

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Synthetic upper
  • Sole: Rubber
  • Support: Neutral
  • Additional widths: N/A

Pros

  • Sock-like fit
  • Lots of colors available
  • Can go from running errands to running at the gym

Cons

  • Runs large

The adidas Women’s Cloudfoams are great for both running a few miles or running some errands. The Cloudfoam sockliner, midsole, and outsole cushion your feet, keeping you incredibly comfortable all day. These women’s running shoes hug your foot, making sure they never slip out on your jog. Choose among 18 colors to suit your personal style.

Best breathable: adidas Men’s CF Lite Racer Byd

Adidas

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Synthetic upper
  • Sole: Synthetic sole
  • Support: Neutral
  • Additional widths: N/A

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Machine washable
  • Sock-like feel

Cons

  • Not for long-distance running

Wearing these might be the next best thing to running with just your socks on. These adidas running shoes are made of snug, stretchy mesh, ensuring your feet will breathe easily while you’re jogging in them. The OrthoLite sockliner—as well as Cloudfoam midsoles and outsoles—increase the comfort factor. When these men’s running shoes get dirty, you can throw them into the washing machine, but after the gentle cycle is complete, air drying is recommended.

Best for stability and support: Brooks Men’s Adrenaline GTS 20

Brooks

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Mesh upper
  • Sole: Rubber
  • Support: Overpronation
  • Additional widths: Yes, narrow, wide, extra-wide

Pros

  • Great for road running
  • Help protect knees, hips, and joints
  • Lightweight and supportive

Cons

  • Expensive

Overpronators can run safely without having to adjust how they hit the road. Rather than trying to fix your gait, these running shoes give you the stability and support you need to offset the effect of rolling your feet inward when they land. The GuideRails support system keeps your feet properly positioned while protecting your knees, hips, and joints from injury. These do well for road runners, as the DNA LOFT Crash Pad cushions your feet while not making the shoes any bulkier.

Best budget: New Balance Men’s Fresh Foam Evare V1 Running Shoe

New Balance

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Mesh upper
  • Sole: Rubber
  • Support: Neutral
  • Additional widths: Yes, extra-wide

Pros

  • Breathable
  • No-sew overlays
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Run small

New Balance Men’s Fresh Foam Evare V1 Running Shoe is available for under $50 a pair, and the model offers many of the same features and benefits as shoes that cost more than twice as much. They’re designed for runners: a molded sock liner and foam midsole provide cushioning, and a mesh upper provides breathability. They’re lightweight so you won’t be weighed down as you sprint, and a breathable mesh upper cools off your feet on hot days. If you’re looking for a great pair of running shoes for an equally great price, look no further than these.

What to consider when buying the best running shoes

Before splurging on your next pair of the best shoes for running, keep these five factors in mind: 1) Where you’ll be doing most of your running. 2) Proper fit. 3) Cushioning and support. You want to avoid the sensation of bare feet clamping down on hard concrete. 4) Foot odor and sweat protection. 5) Your running form. If your feet roll in or out when they come down on solid ground, you’ll need shoes that can handle your gait.

Where will you be running?

First thing’s first: the best running shoes should be able to withstand your usual route. Running on the beach or on grass will produce less wear and tear on your shoes than running on asphalt, so you need a pair of comfortable running shoes that not only keep you up to speed but can handle rough and challenging terrain as well. Beach runners, for instance, should look for a pair with a tighter mesh, which will allow water to drain out of your running sneakers without letting sand in.

Big city concrete can be murder on your joints, so if you’ll be doing most of your running around town on the sidewalk, a shoe with a springlike effect in the heel will help keep your body in good working order. On the geographical flipside, a country road packed with dirt and gravel can be negotiated more easily with rubber spikes that provide cleat-like traction. Running on uneven grass can cause your feet to twist, so arch support and cushioning are paramount. Also, because grass is slippery when wet, your running shoes should give you good traction.

Why too much or too little cushioning can hurt you

Contrary to popular belief, more cushioning isn’t always better when it comes to the best comfortable running shoes. The extra softness can prevent the foot from functioning like a spring, as it should. Instead, it becomes a shock absorber, leaving the springing action to your joints and tissues and potentially leading to injury. The best cushioning is neither too hard nor too soft, hitting a happy medium characterized by soft and supportive and comfortable and lightweight.

Midsole material, which is typically EVA or polyurethane foam, helps absorb the impact as your feet hit the ground. Thickness is mostly a matter of personal preference. Maximum cushioning is thicker and softer, but it can produce a squishy feel. Moderate cushioning hits the middle ground between pillowy and firm. Barefoot cushioning leaves only a thin layer between your feet and the ground and offers minimal arch support and no stability features—not a great option for those with flat feet. It may feel good strolling around town, but it won’t do you much good in the long run (literally). Another consideration is the heel drop, which refers to the difference in cushioning between a running shoe’s heel and toe. A traditional drop is about 10mm and up, and it’s best for runners who land heel first. A lower drop of 8mm and under is ideal for runners who hit the ground on their toes or the middle of their feet. As running sneakers approach a zero drop, they force the Achilles tendon to work harder, which can lead to painful injury.

Running shoes must let your feet breathe

Few forms of exercise guarantee you’ll work up a considerable sweat quite like running. Your feet might not get as drenched as your head, but they will perspire enough to require shoes that will offset the moisture. Good running shoes will be breathable, allowing your sweat to evaporate more quickly while keeping your feet cool and protecting them from blisters and fungi.

Porous fabrics provide better breathability, so stay away from rubber anywhere but the soles of your running shoes. It traps moisture and heat. Leather may look and feel good, but the material is heavy and offers precious little ventilation. Canvas, on the other hand, breathes nicely, but it’s hard to beat knitted nylon or polyester (a.k.a mesh). Nylon is one of the most popular fabrics in running shoes, and for good reason—it wicks sweat and it’s stretchy, so it will more easily conform to the shape of your feet while you’re on the run. Polyester has a lot of the same benefits as nylon, but it may not be as durable.

Match the shoe to your running form

Pronation refers to how your feet roll inward when they hit the ground and move you forward. The way you pronate affects the way your running shoes age, and the level of pronation differs from person to person, so it’s important to choose a pair of running shoes that complements your form. Overpronation wears away the inside edge of the shoe, while supination erodes the outer edge. A 200-pound runner who overpronates or supinates will need to replace their running shoes more often than someone who is thinner and has basic pronation.

FAQs

Q: How much do the best running shoes cost?

As a general rule, more expensive running shoes isn’t necessarily a better or a safer pair of shoes. As with haute couture, some brands charge higher prices in accordance with their reputation—not because they are offering some special feature that will make going for a run in them better or safer than wearing anything else on the road. There’s absolutely no reason why you can’t find a perfectly good pair of men’s running shoes for under $100. If the idea of handing over a cool hundred to replace them every six months or so makes you wary of hitting the road, there are cheaper options.

Q: Are running shoes worth it?

Absolutely—especially if you’re a regular runner. But even if you only go jogging once in a blue moon, it’s essential to keep your feet protected and supported. To make sure you pick out a pair of shoes that are worth it, look into the pronation, which refers to the direction your foot rolls for impact distribution when striking the ground. Runners who overpronate roll their feet disproportionately inward when they land and require shoes with more stability, structured support, and motion control. Supination refers to rolling your feet outward upon landing, which is relatively uncommon. For those who run like this, however, shoes with more cushion and flexibility are ideal.

Q: What are the best shoes for running?

Have your feet measured while you’re standing up. If they aren’t exactly the same length, go with the larger foot to determine your running shoe size (you can always lace them up a bit tighter on the smaller foot). When you stand on top of your running sneakers, they should more or less line up with the size and shape of your bare feet, without your toes hanging over the front or sides. After you put them on, there should be a thumbnail’s worth of space between your longest toe (which might be the second toe, not the big toe) and the front of the shoe. Check that there is no pressure on your pinky toe and only a slight amount on your big toe. It should be about as snug there as a watch strap is around your wrist.

When you take off in new runners, your heel shouldn’t slip and the surface of the shoe shouldn’t rub uncomfortably against your ankle. If the fabric at the top bunches up, you might need a smaller size, and if it bulges or stretches, go a half size bigger. The best running shoes will become more comfortable over time, but they should fit properly right out of the starting gate.

Final thoughts on the best running shoes

Finding the right pair of the best running shoes can be as grueling an experience as what you do while you’re wearing them, but in the end, the extra effort will pay off. Most people just look for a pair that fits well, but it’s important to remember that other factors contribute to comfort and protection. If your running shoes don’t provide adequate support and cushioning, you might end up sustaining injuries that take you off the road and keep your kicks in the closet.

Different feet have different needs, but it pays to treat a new pair of running shoes like a new car. Take them out for a test run before you commit to them completely, and check that return policy. Your feet and other body parts connected to them will be grateful when you cross the finish line.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best running shoes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Don’t miss the boat on these last-minute deals on Hydrow rowers and gear this Prime day. https://www.popsci.com/gear/prime-day-hydrow-workout-deals-2023/ Tue, 11 Jul 2023 09:25:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=553981
Hydrow has some great deals on rowers and gear this Prime Day.
Hydrow

Explore and get a good workout in without handing more cash out with these discounts on Hydrow gear this Amazon Prime Day.

The post Don’t miss the boat on these last-minute deals on Hydrow rowers and gear this Prime day. appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Hydrow has some great deals on rowers and gear this Prime Day.
Hydrow

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Summer is a great time to be out on the water, but what if you could maintain the experience of bobbing all year? Hydrow’s connected rowing machines provide simulated rowing experiences on waterways in the Americas and Europe. And they’re on sale for Prime Day. Save $500 on Hydrow’s classic rower and get discounts on their stand, yoga mat, and more gear during the shopping event. But hurry, the shopping event winds down tonight.

All of these Prime Day deals require an active Amazon Prime Membership. You can sign up here for a free 30-day trial.

Hydrow Wave Rowing Machine with 16″ HD Touchscreen & Speakers, Subscription Required $1,695 (Was $1,895)

Hydrow Wave

SEE IT

If you’re someone who looks at exercise as a way to explore, Hydrow’s Connected Rowing Machine can virtually transport you to New Zealand, Rio de Janeiro, and Norway from your living room. This heavy-duty rower has a 16-inch touchscreen that lets you feel like you’re on the water. A required subscription of $44 per month provides access to thousands of workouts and instruction from world-class rowers. The system also provides a range of supplementary workouts, from HIIT to yoga. Plus, you can jump into live events and compete virtually against your fellow rowers. You can easily track your progress on the touchscreen and the Hydrow app. And you can save $200 during this Prime Day deal. (Read a full review here).

More Prime Day Hydrow deals

Prime Day deals on Echelon indoor bikes

Prime Day deals on Echelon rowing machines and other gear

More Prime Day deals

The post Don’t miss the boat on these last-minute deals on Hydrow rowers and gear this Prime day. appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save up to $400 with these last-minute deals on Echelon smart bikes, rowing machines, & more https://www.popsci.com/gear/prime-day-echelon-deals-2023/ Tue, 11 Jul 2023 09:15:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=554802
Save hundreds on smart fitness equipment from Echelon this Amazon Prime Day.

Get a real workout and real savings without leaving home thanks to these Prime Day connected fitness equipment deals.

The post Save up to $400 with these last-minute deals on Echelon smart bikes, rowing machines, & more appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Save hundreds on smart fitness equipment from Echelon this Amazon Prime Day.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Connected fitness equipment lets you join a live workout and sweat with strangers from your living room. Echelon, one of the leaders in virtual workout gear, is offering steep discounts on smart bikes, rowers, and more this Prime Day. Take advantage of the opportunity to get more than 40% off this premium gear.

All of these Prime Day deals require an active Amazon Prime Membership. You can sign up here for a free 30-day trial.

Echelon EX3 Smart Connect Indoor Cycling Bike + 30-Day Free Echelon Membership $399.99 (Was $799.99)

Echelon

SEE IT

Echelon provides the best of both worlds when it comes to its indoor bikes: a modern cycling experience paired with smart technology that gives you access to 3,000 in-person and on-demand workouts. With 32 levels of resistance, this is a piece of equipment that can work for beginners and experienced riders alike. And it comes with a rotating handlebar console that lets you take advantage of live cycling sessions plus a range of classes, including kickboxing, HIIT, yoga, strength training, and more when you’re off the bike. And this Prime Day, you can save $400 on this versatile bike.

More Prime Day deals on Echelon indoor bikes

Prime Day deals on Echelon rowing machines and other gear

Prime Day deals on Hydrow fitness equipment

More Prime Day deals

The post Save up to $400 with these last-minute deals on Echelon smart bikes, rowing machines, & more appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save up to $300 on Garmin watches with these Prime Day deals https://www.popsci.com/gear/prime-day-garmin-deals-2023/ Tue, 11 Jul 2023 18:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=555590
A selection of Garmin fitness watches on a white background
Abby Ferguson

These GPS-equipped smartwatches are adventure ready, and the prices leave you more money for GORP.

The post Save up to $300 on Garmin watches with these Prime Day deals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A selection of Garmin fitness watches on a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Garmin makes some of the best fitness watches available. They feature advanced tech and health tracking capabilities along with full smartwatch abilities, giving you the best of both worlds. And if you are training for any sort of event, they are invaluable training tools. And this Prime Day, you can find outstanding savings on a handful of options, from beginner-level devices to watches for competitive athletes.

Garmin epix Gen 2 $699.99 (Was $999.99)

Garmin

SEE IT

For adventure lovers, it’s hard to beat the Garmin epix watches. This particular version features premium white titanium and a bright AMOLED display, so it looks sleek even when you’re not on the trails. It promises up to 16 days of battery life in smartwatch mode, which is longer than most other adventure watches out there. And, as with most Garmin watches, it is built with a robust list of sensors for advanced health and performance measurements, accurate GPS tracking, and navigation tools with topographic maps.

More Garmin Prime Day deals

Prefer a smartwatch tailormade for an iPhone? We’ve collected the best Apple Watch deals; click here!

In the mood for something more analog? We’ve gathered some of the best men’s watch deals; click here!

The post Save up to $300 on Garmin watches with these Prime Day deals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best hiking watches for 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-hiking-watches/ Wed, 28 Jun 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=551607
Four of the best hiking watches sliced together
Abby Ferguson

Get prepared for your next adventure by strapping on one of these impressive hiking watches before you go out (and back).

The post The best hiking watches for 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four of the best hiking watches sliced together
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Garmin epix 2 Pro on a wrist in front of a trail through a forest Garmin epix 2 Pro
SEE IT

It’s a well-rounded watch with impressive battery life and endless hiking features.

Best smartwatch Apple Watch Ultra with an orange alpine loop showing the compass face at the Theodore Roosevelt Island marsh Apple Watch Ultra
SEE IT

This rugged smartwatch provides cell connectivity and sleek styling.

Best budget Amazfit T-Rex 2 hiking watch on a wrist in front of a trail through the woods Amazfit T-Rex 2
SEE IT

A budget-friendly price doesn’t result in fewer features on this watch.

Hiking watches are useful and important tools for those who spend time hitting the trails. At a minimum, a hiking watch should allow you to keep track of the time of day, how long you’ve been out, and how long you might have till sundown. Ideally, it should also provide altitude, barometer, and compass functions. More advanced watches for hiking may also offer various safety features, advanced navigation tools, energy expenditure and endurance estimations, and smartwatch functionality. No matter what, the best hiking watches will help keep you safe on your adventures and be able to handle whatever you throw at them. 

How we chose the best hiking watches

As an avid hiker and trail runner since a young age, I’ve spent my fair share of time in the woods and have learned what is important to have with you in those situations. In addition, other members of our staff have been known to plan months-long trips around opportunities to explore the National Park System, and have taken their fair share of adventure accessories with them. This insight, along with a mix of hands-on use, reviews, and brand reputation, guided the selection of hiking watches included here. In making our selections, we looked at key features like compass and altimeter functions, GPS, connectivity options, safety features, battery life, and more. 

The best hiking watches: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you are hitting a short local trail or tackling an epic thru-hike, these watches will help you keep track of your achievements and stay safe on the safest, most efficient route. 

Best overall: Garmin epix 2 Pro

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Case diameter: 42mm (also available in 47mm and 51mm sizes)
  • Weight: 2.2 ounces (42mm version)
  • Display type: AMOLED
  • Battery life: Up to 10 days in smartwatch mode (42mm version)
  • Sensors: Multi-band GPS, heart rate, barometric altimeter, compass, gyroscope, accelerometer, thermometer, ambient light, pulse oximeter 

Pros

  • Available in three different sizes and lots of colors
  • Ruggedly built 
  • Includes a bright flashlight
  • Lots of safety features and health tracking

Cons

  • A nearly endless list of settings and customizations can be overwhelming

Garmin’s epix watch has been one of the standards for hiking, trail running, and ultra-marathons since its initial release in 2015. The new epix 2 Pro is even more advanced and capable, offering a nearly endless list of features, sensors, and settings. For starters, it comes loaded with a plethora of activities to track, from the basics like hiking, running, and cycling to strength training, surfing, hunting, and more. You’ll also get lots of training tools to help improve your fitness, including Endurance Score, Training Status, Recovery Status, VO2 Max measurements, and more.

As with most Garmin multisport watches, the epix Pro gets a robust list of sensors for health and activity tracking. It offers the essentials for hiking, including a barometric altimeter, compass, and GPS. But it also provides advanced multi-frequency positioning for accurate location data, which allows you to use the watch for navigation purposes. You can even upload specific courses to keep you on track during events. And it offers weather maps to allow you to check the radar for precipitation, cloud cover, wind, and temperature. Something we love about top-of-the-line Garmin watches (this one, as well as the fēnix 7 Pro below) is maps. Loads of preloaded maps, which look crisp and detailed on the always-on AMOLED screen (available under scratch-resistant sapphire glass or slightly-less-resilient Corning Gorilla Glass, if you want to save $100).

One thing we especially love about this adventure watch is that it is available in three different case sizes—42mm, 47mm, or 51mm—making it more suitable for a wider variety of wrists. It’s important to keep in mind that the case size does impact battery life. For example, the 51mm version offers up to 31 days in smartwatch mode compared to 10 days for the 42mm. So you’ll have to choose whether form factor or less frequent charging is most important to you. 

All sizes of the epix 2 Pro come with an LED flashlight that’s built into the side of the watch. It is surprisingly useful in day-to-day life but is also a game changer when navigating in the woods after dark. It does drain the battery faster, of course, but it is really nice to have. And the Red Shift Mode makes it easier to see the watch at night without blinding yourself or impacting your sleep cycle.

Best smartwatch: Apple Watch Ultra

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Specs

  • Case diameter: 49mm
  • Weight: 2.2 ounces
  • Display type: Always-On Retina LTPO OLED
  • Battery life: Up to 36 hours
  • Sensors: Multi-band GPS, compass, altimeter, pulse oximeter, heart rate, accelerometer, gyroscope, ambient light, water temperature, depth gauge 

Pros

  • Built with cellular connectivity
  • Larger screen is useful
  • Attractive styling
  • Accurate GPS with navigation tools

Cons

  • Battery life isn’t great
  • Training tools are lacking

For many, a dedicated and highly specific sport watch is not the best option. The Apple Watch Ultra offers an easily approachable combination of smartwatch functionality and fitness tools in upgraded Apple Watch hardware. It comes standard with LTE connectivity, and thanks to the dual speakers and three-mic array, you’ll be able to take calls right from your wrist as long as you have cell reception (and pay for compatible coverage). That means you can leave your phone behind on hikes and still have a way to call for help if you need to. 

As a smartwatch, it will blend seamlessly with your day-to-day style while also holding up to your big adventures, thanks to the rugged build quality. The watch’s face features sapphire glass to prevent scratches, and the titanium case is IP6X rated for dust resistance, water resistant to 330 feet, and tested to MIL-STD 810H standards.

The Apple Watch Ultra offers plenty of sensors to capture health data throughout the day as well as when you are tracking a hike. The large display makes it easy to see your information at a glance and navigate through menus. It utilizes dual-frequency L1 and L5 GPS, which results in highly accurate location information. That means you’ll get precise distance measurements and be able to use the watch for navigation as well. 

While the promised 36-hour battery life of the Apple Watch Ultra is longer than Apple’s other watches, it doesn’t come close to what the likes of Garmin and Amazfit are capable of. And it doesn’t offer as many training tools as Garmin watches. But if you want a watch that is for more casual hiking and daily wearing, the Apple Watch Ultra is a great choice.

Best for backpacking: Garmin fēnix 7 Pro

Scott Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Case diameter: 42mm, 47mm, 51mm 
  • Weight: 2.6 ounces
  • Display type: Sunlight-visible, transflective memory-in-pixel
  • Battery life: Up to 18 days or 22 days with solar in smartwatch mode
  • Sensors: Multi-band GPS, heart rate, barometric altimeter, compass, gyroscope, accelerometer, thermometer, ambient light, pulse oximeter

Pros

  • Solar charging extends battery life
  • Available in three sizes
  • Accurate health and training data
  • Advanced map features
  • Built-in LED flashlight

Cons

  • Some may prefer an AMOLED display

Garmin’s fēnix 7 Pro is nearly identical to the epix Pro above, with all the same health and fitness tracking features. You can easily keep track of your training and recovery status, track all your activities, and receive recommendations on how to improve. It even provides a Hill Score for working on how you’ll handle elevation changes, a key skill for many backpacking trips. And you get access to detailed maps, including weather map overlays and relief shading on topographical maps for better navigation.

What makes the fēnix 7 Pro different is the sunlight-visible, memory-in-pixel (MIP) display instead of the colorful AMOLED found in the epix. It’s not bright and colorful and crisply detailed like the epix display, but it is plenty visible on even the sunniest days. And it also doesn’t pull near as much battery, providing longer life between charges than the epix 2 Pro. 

Extending battery life even more is the solar-charging capabilities of the fēnix 7 Pro. With solar charging, the 47mm watch promises up to 12 days in Max Battery GPS mode. In Expedition GPS mode, Garmin says you can get up to 74 days with solar (Garmin’s solar-charging numbers assume all-day wear with 3 hours per day outside in 50,000 lux conditions). 

If you are on a backpacking trip, any extra boost to battery life is appreciated. And, provided the weather conditions are right, you’ll easily hit the solar-charging requirements during your trip. You may even be able to use more precise GPS settings as a result. As with the epix 2 Pro, the different case sizes offer different battery life estimates, so if battery life is critical to you, you may want to go with the 51mm size. 

Best basic: Casio G-Shock DWH5600-1

Casio

SEE IT

Specs

  • Case dimensions: 2 x 1.7 x 0.7 inches
  • Weight: 2 ounces
  • Display type: Memory-in-pixel
  • Battery life: 35 hours with activity functions
  • Sensors: Heart rate, accelerometer, pulse oximeter

Pros

  • Solar charging
  • Lightweight and classic design
  • Nearly indestructible with classic G-Shock styling
  • Includes basic activity tracking

Cons

  • Relies on a phone’s GPS

The other watches selected in this buying guide are incredibly feature-rich. But sometimes you want just a basic watch for hiking. The Casio G-Shock DWH5600-1 fits the bill. This watch is an update on the square G-Shock that was first released 40 years ago and looks remarkably similar to that classic watch. It is just as indestructible, with a shock-resistant construction and a whopping 656-foot water resistance

Despite similar looks, the newly updated received some modern upgrades. For example, it now features a high-definition memory-in-pixel display that is highly visible even in bright light. And it sports an optical heart rate sensor, accelerometer, and pulse oximeter. Casio teamed up with Polar to offer workout analysis, sleep data, and breath exercises. 

Although you can track your activities, this basic hiking watch does not offer built-in GPS. Instead, it relies on your phone’s GPS for location data, which is not as accurate as watch-based options. There’s also no altimeter or compass, so it won’t offer navigation help. But, it offers just enough for those who want something simple and rugged with the ability to keep track of their hikes.

Best solar-powered: Garmin Instinct 2X Solar

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Case diameter: 50mm
  • Weight: 2.4 ounces
  • Display type: Monochrome, sunlight-visible, transflective memory-in-pixel
  • Battery life: 40 days or unlimited with solar in smartwatch mode
  • Sensors: Multi-band GPS, heart rate, barometric altimeter, compass, gyroscope, accelerometer, thermometer, and pulse oximeter 

Pros

  • Built-in flashlight
  • Seriously impressive battery life with solar charging
  • Plenty of activity and healthy tracking features
  • Rugged build 

Cons

  • Large size isn’t ideal for all wrists
  • Low-resolution display isn’t for everyone

Garmin’s Instinct 2X Solar is one of the best hiking watches for many reasons but foremost is the absurd battery life. With the most accurate GPS settings, you should be able to get up to 27 hours without solar or 36 hours with 3 hours per day outside in 50,000 lux conditions. Or, if you are on a long expedition, you could get unlimited battery life using Expedition GPS with enough sun or 60 days if it’s a winter expedition.

The Instinct 2X is a large watch and, as a result, is best suited for bigger wrists. If you want something smaller, the Instinct 2 Solar also offers impressive battery life in 40mm and 45mm case sizes. But the 2X is fitted with improved Power Glass, resulting in 50 percent more energy from the sun compared to the other Instinct models. That’s a significant difference, especially if you are tackling longer hikes. 

On top of the battery life, the watch is extremely rugged. It’s tested to U.S military 810 standards for thermal, shock, and water resistance and is water-rated to 328 feet. The LED flashlight is both convenient and adds a layer of safety when in the backcountry. And the Instinct 2X features Garmin’s typical advanced fitness and health tracking features so you can successfully prepare for your hikes. You’ll also be able to take advantage of advanced navigation tools. And the smartwatch functionality makes this GPS watch ideal for daily life as well.

Miss ole-fashioned analog watch hands? The Garmin Instinct Crossover Solar has you covered.

Best budget: Amazfit T-Rex 2

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Case diameter: 47mm
  • Weight: 2.3 ounces
  • Display type: AMOLED
  • Battery life: Up to 24 days with typical usage
  • Sensors: GPS, pulse oximeter, heart rate, compass, barometric altimeter, accelerometer, gyroscope, ambient light

Pros

  • Lots of features for the price
  • Excellent battery life
  • Vibrant display
  • Rugged build

Cons

  • Very bulky

While most hiking watches get quite expensive, you don’t have to break the bank for an impressive option. Amazfit makes a variety of budget watches that are more than capable, but its T-Rex 2 is especially impressive for the price. It’s extremely rugged, meeting MIL-STD-810G standards for withstanding extreme temperatures and environments. That includes water resistance to 328 feet, 158 degrees F heat resistance, -40 degrees cold resistance, and 96H salt spray resistance. 

Besides the rugged build, this outdoor watch offers dual-band positioning and support for six positioning systems. It enables you to import route files and navigate in real time on the watch. It promises up to 24 days of battery life with normal use or 45 days in battery saver mode, which is quite a bit longer than the Apple Watch Ultra. 

Despite the budget-friendly price, the T-Rex 2 offers really advanced training tools and health tracking. It features more than 150 built-in sport modes and can connect to a heart rate strap if you want the most accurate measurements. It automatically recognizes 15 different types of strength training exercises and can count reps for you. It offers training metrics like VO2 Max measurements and training effect information, and you can build training templates to guide and improve your performance. 

Features to consider when shopping for hiking watches

While any watch that tells the time could be considered a hiking watch, the best hiking watches will offer more advanced features to help you track your hikes and health, improve performance, and stay safe in the wilderness. All those specs can get confusing and overwhelming, though. Here are some of the key features to pay attention to when shopping for an adventure watch:

Battery life

How long a watch battery lasts is a crucial factor when selecting a hiking watch. That’s especially true if you want to take on any long hikes or treks. At a minimum, it is frustrating and annoying when your watch dies out on the trail. But it can result in dangerous consequences as well, especially if you are relying on the watch for navigation or weather alerts. 

Watch manufacturers will list battery life for essentially best-case, minimal-use scenarios, which is important to keep in mind. If all you plan on doing is short hikes, you can get away with a watch that has a battery life of only a few days (just be sure to charge it before your hike). But if you want to tackle long hikes or even multi-day exertions, look for a watch that promises battery life in months, not days. You may also benefit from solar charging and an option that offers lots of customizability in terms of GPS and other features that drain battery life. 

Build quality

Hiking can put you in some rugged situations, so it’s important your watch can withstand that. The watch face should be made of durable materials to prevent scratching, or you’ll soon be unable to read it. Sapphire glass is one of the most durable options, though Corning Gorilla Glass is another tough option. 

Beyond the surface of the watch, you’ll also want to make sure that the case is built for adventure. A hiking watch should be water-resistant in case you get caught in a downpour or fall in a river. And it should be able to handle dust, bumps, and knocks. Military testing is a good sign that the company designed the watch for tough environments, but Ingress Protection (IP) ratings are also useful in judging how robust a watch will be. 

Sensors

While you don’t necessarily need a bunch of sensors on your hiking watch, they can certainly help. ABC (altimeter, barometer, and compass) functions are the most basic for navigating the backcountry. These can alert you to important weather changes, help you keep an eye on the altitude, and give you rudimentary navigation tools. For more advanced navigation, built-in GPS is the way to go. That’s especially true if you won’t have cell reception to access maps on your phone while hiking. 

Beyond those, there are some health-related sensors that you may find beneficial. A heart rate sensor and pulse oximeter can help keep an eye on your health and performance. They can keep you from overexerting yourself, which is especially useful on longer hikes where it’s important to keep a steady, even pace. Plus, they allow for advanced performance measurements that assist in training to improve your performance, helping you build up to bigger hikes. 

Size

A watch doesn’t do much good if it isn’t comfortable enough to wear. The size of the case plays a big role in how comfortable the watch is, so it’s important to pay attention to this before purchasing a hiking watch. A big watch may provide a larger screen, but it can feel annoying on small wrists or even limit movement. Generally speaking, a 50mm case size is considered quite large, while 42mm is more suitable for small wrists. 

If provided, you’ll also want to look at the thickness of the watch, the weight, and the band length. Thick watches can get annoying because they don’t fit under jackets or base layers very well. And you’ll need a band that fits your wrist without excessive amounts of leftover material. 

Additional features

Beyond the necessities, some watches will offer extras that could make hiking even more enjoyable or safer for you. That could be built-in weather apps, maps, and safety features. Also, if you want to use your hiking watch for more than just hikes, activity tracking, and smartwatch functions may be ideal as well. 

FAQs

Q: Are smartwatches good for hiking?

Yes, most smartwatches are good for hiking. Of course, it depends on the particular smartwatch, the information you would like to capture from your hike, and what type of hiking you will be tackling. Longer hikes will require superb battery life or specific modes for trekking, which many basic smartwatches do not provide. But advanced smartwatches, such as the Garmin epix 2 Pro, will offer everything you need in a watch for hiking plus full smartwatch capabilities. 

Q: Do I need a GPS watch for hiking?

You don’t necessarily need GPS, but it can certainly be useful. GPS does drain a watch battery faster, but it can be crucial for navigation if you happen to get lost. Having the safety net of accurate GPS in your watch can give you peace of mind at best and save your life in worse-case scenarios.

Q: Are hiking watches water-resistant?

A quality hiking watch should be water-resistant. You never know when you’ll get caught in a freak rainstorm or need to dip your hand in a river to fill up a water bottle. Your watch should be able to withstand the elements if you are going to be in the backcountry with it. 

Q: Can hiking watches be used offline?

Yes, hiking watches can be used offline. Of course, if you use a hiking watch that is also a smartwatch and are in an area without cell reception, you won’t be able to get notifications or use those aspects of the watch. But the built-in GPS and all other features of the watch will be able to function without internet or cell service. 

Q: Are hiking watches worth it?

Hiking watches are definitely worth it if you are spending much time on the trails, especially rugged trails off the beaten path. Even easy hikes have inherent risks associated with them. Knowing how the distance you’ve been thinking, how long you’ve been out, and what the weather may be doing based on barometric pressure are all key to mitigating that risk and returning home safely. 

Final thoughts on the best hiking watches

As with most things, there isn’t necessarily a one size fits all approach to the best hiking watch. Someone who is going on casual day hikes through a local park will likely have different needs and wants in a watch than someone seeking out week-long treks through the wilderness. No matter what your style, though, one of the watches in this guide should meet your needs and expectations.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best hiking watches for 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Hydrow Wave rower review: Different strokes for different folks https://www.popsci.com/gear/hydrow-wave-rower-review/ Mon, 26 Jun 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=547943
The Hydrow Wave lets you experience the joy of rowing from your living room.
Jen McCaffery

Explore storied waterways from home with this connected rower.

The post Hydrow Wave rower review: Different strokes for different folks appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Hydrow Wave lets you experience the joy of rowing from your living room.
Jen McCaffery

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Rowing machines are often relegated to the corners of gyms, their low profile semi-hidden amid rows of treadmills and elliptical machines. But rowing is a full-body workout that can strengthen your upper body, core, and lower body while building cardiovascular fitness and going easy on the joints. The rhythm of rowing can be meditative, but it can also get repetitive, particularly on a machine. That’s why I was excited to try the Hydrow Wave, a connected rowing machine that allows users to row on iconic waterways virtually and provides coaching from world-class athletes. And, after five weeks with the rower, I enjoyed exploring new destinations and improving my technique thanks to expert training. Read on to learn what signature features set the Hydrow Wave in the lead by a length.

Jen McCaffery

SEE IT

Overview

  • The Hydrow Wave is a compact version of the Hydrow Rower, with a 30% smaller footprint.
  • The Wave provides access to over 4,000 workouts, many led by world-class rowers.
  • The machine comes with a 16-inch Full HD touchscreen that allows you to experience rowing on storied rivers around the globe virtually.

Pros

  • Coaching by elite athletes
  • Live competitions
  • Allows you to row on beautiful waterways virtually
  • Ability to customize workouts for experience level

Cons

Verdict: The Hydrow Wave provides an immersive rowing experience led by elite athletes that you can enjoy from your home, but this comes with a premium price tag that requires some extras (such as the $44-a-month membership). You may be better off springing for the classic Hydrow Rower, which comes with a larger, adjustable touchscreen that may facilitate more of the non-rowing workouts included with the membership.

The build

The rowing machine dates back to ancient Greece, when Athenian admiral Chabrias built wooden frames to teach inexperienced oarsmen how to row before they boarded ships for military service. In the mid-19th century, an inventor named W.B. Curtis brought the rowing machine indoors and incorporated the flywheel in its design. In modern iterations of the rowing machine, the flywheel is connected by a chain to the handle, and it starts spinning when a rower pulls on the handle, creating resistance.

Today, rowing machines are made with either air, water, magnetic, or hydraulic resistance. The Hydrow Wave is designed with patented electromagnetic resistance, which uses magnets to mimic the experience of being on the water. 

The company was founded by Bruce Smith, who coached the U.S. National Team and is a descendant of master boat builders. Hydrow makes two rowing machines: the Hydrow Rower and the more recently released Hydrow Wave, which is described as a compact model that’s 30% smaller than the original. At $1,895, the Hydrow Wave also costs $600 less than the Hydrow Rower.  

You can assemble the Hydrow Wave yourself, or the company offers to set it up for an additional fee. The two workmen who brought it to my home got the machine up and running within a half-hour, as the company promised. The aluminum and steel frame, seat, and 16-inch Full HD touchscreen measure 80 inches long. 

What first jumped out at me was that the Hydrow Wave wasn’t particularly small, which could be a benefit or a drawback. The Wave will still take up a good amount of space, a consideration for people living in smaller apartments. The machine does have wheels on the front that allow you to lift and roll it more easily, but at 102 pounds, it may be heavy for some. It’s not a machine you can easily stow in a closet or under a bed. The Wave can be stored upright; however, it requires a vertical anchor you can purchase from Hydrow for an additional $190.

The Hydrow Wave Rower is one of the best rowing machines.
Hydrow

To use the Wave Rower, you’ll also need to purchase a monthly membership that costs $44. That includes live sessions with world-class coaches; simulated rowing on waterways from the fjords of Norway to the Rodrigo de Freitas Lagoon in Rio de Janeiro; more than 4,000 other workouts, including yoga and mobility exercises; and virtual membership in a community of other Hydrow rowers. 

Getting things connected was easy. After plugging the machine in and turning it on, the touchscreen prompted me to enter my WiFi password and set up a profile. The system allows for multiple users, which is handy for families. 

The performance

Ever since I rowed for a semester in my first year of college, I’ve had a grudging admiration for the rowing machine. A type of ergometer, they measure a user’s work output (typically through calories burned), how far you would have traveled, and the time it would take you to row 500 meters.

Plus, rowing can help you torch as many calories as other aerobic workouts while going easy on the joints. A moderate, 30-minute session of rowing can burn about 252 calories, the equivalent of a high-impact session of aerobics, according to Harvard Health

After I filled out my profile on the touchscreen, Hydrow encouraged me to take an introductory session with American rower Aquil Abdullah, the first African-American man to qualify for the Olympics in rowing. He explained the components of each stroke (catch, drive, finish, and recovery) and demonstrated good form. Though I have experience with rowing machines, it was a helpful refresher. 

A key benefit of the Hydrow Wave is the ability to customize your workouts. The system allows you to pick your instructor; the duration of your workout, from 1 minute to 45; the type of workout, including Drive, Sweat, and Breathe modes; and your workout style, from beginner to advanced, including instructional videos and weekly training sessions. The system will also make recommendations based on your stats.

You can also choose the location of your workout, from 27 states around the United States and the District of Columbia to 10 countries worldwide, Europe, and New Zealand. (It would be great to see some destinations from Asia and Africa added, though.) 

Fitness & Exercise photo

Users can also select musical accompaniment from genres including Alternative/Indie to Soul/Funk/Disco. While I appreciated the range, I found some dissonance between the music in the background and trying to listen to the instructor (though I did appreciate the selection of Average White Band’s “Pick Up the Pieces” during a mobility exercise session). 

The Hydrow Wave system also offers live classes several times a week for the more competitively inclined. On a recent Tuesday afternoon, I took advantage of the opportunity to virtually row with two Olympians on the Charles River in Cambridge, home to the Head of the Charles Regatta. 

Three-time Olympian Buffy Williams and British National Championship winner Mike Dostal led the 20-minute class. As we made our way along the river to background music from the Red Hot Chili Peppers, Green Day, and Pearl Jam, Williams led us through four 4-minute sequences with rest in between.

Fitness & Exercise photo

Seeing the cadence of her strokes was very helpful, and I was able to match her strokes per minute (albeit at a slower pace). Williams and Dostal kept me moving through the session but I didn’t find the coaching particularly useful. She repeated several times that rowing is just like riding a bike, and I would have preferred more specific advice. I found more value in the pre-recorded instructional videos. And while the screen names of some of the other rowers appeared on my screen, there wasn’t a leaderboard that compared our paces.

The Hydrow system does a great job of tracking your progress in an easy-to-read profile screen that shows your streak, average rate, and how many meters you’ve rowed in the past 30 days. And you can check how you stack up against other Hydrow members in the companion app. You can also follow members and Hydrow sends out a newsletter to let users know about that week’s workouts and new instructors.

Unfurtunately, Hydrow rowers don’t connect with some fitness trackers and smartwatches, but the rowers just became compatible with Apple Watches. They also work with Strava and the system is enabled for Bluetooth 5.0, which means you can use most Bluetooth headphones, earphones, and speakers with it. And they connect with most heart monitors.  

Fitness & Exercise photo

Another quibble is that, unlike the pivoting touchscreen of the Hydrow Rower, the Hydrow Wave’s touchscreen is fixed. That made it harder for me to do the non-rowing workouts included in the package, such as yoga and Pilates. I straddled the rower or squinted to see the screen from behind the device. 

So, who should buy the Hydrow Wave?

If Olympic athletes inspire you, the Hydrow rowers are an excellent option. My favorite sessions, though, were solo: They allowed me to virtually experience the historic buildings along the Vltava River in Prague and the snow-capped mountains in the Gulf of Alaska, while getting a good workout in. The sensation of a bobbing and the sound of water lapping made it feel authentic. It’s an approach that both experienced rowers and beginners can appreciate.

With the price you’re paying for the package and the negligible difference in size between the Wave and the classic Rower, it may be worth springing for the Hydrow Rower. The difference between the 16-inch and the 22-inch touchscreens is major. And the fact that the Wave’s touchscreen is fixed makes it harder to take advantage of the more than 4,000 other workout options, such as yoga, Pilates, and HIIT training, though you can stream them through the associated app. Whatever option you choose, Hydrow allows you to explore virtually while getting a great workout in. There’s also a 30-day return period if the rower doesn’t meet your expectations. My Hydrow, however, isn’t going anywhere because I love how it keeps me focused by giving me new experiences while improving my fitness.

The post Hydrow Wave rower review: Different strokes for different folks appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best electric mountain bikes in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-electric-mountain-bikes/ Wed, 27 Jul 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=458178
The Best Electric Mountain Bikes
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Race you to the top!

The post The best electric mountain bikes in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Best Electric Mountain Bikes
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Rocky Mountain Instinct Powerplay Carbon 90 has a motor that will pull you up the steepest inclines. Rocky Mountain Instinct Powerplay Carbon 90
SEE IT

The Rocky Mountain Instinct Powerplay Carbon 90 has a motor that will pull you up the steepest inclines.

Best fat tire Ride1UP Electric Bicycle Ride1UP Rift
SEE IT

Ride1UP’s Rift handes as well on bumpy rides as on level paths.

Best budget It isn’t cheap by any stretch, but the Cannondale Monterra Neo 5 is a great bike that costs significantly less than than our other top picks.
Cannondale Monterra Neo 5
SEE IT

Cannondale Monterra’s Neo 5 is competitively equipped and competitively prices.

There are many reasons to take a closer look at electric mountain bikes. Maybe you’re into mountain biking, but you’ve never had much love for the uphill battle that comes before the rush of bombing down a trail. Maybe you simply want an electric that will handle an off-road scramble. Or maybe you’re just a real ebike head and want to try some of the latest tech-laden bikes coming out right now. Whatever box you fit into, the best electric mountain bikes offer cyclists state-of-the-art features and unrivaled all-terrain capability.

How we chose the best electric mountain bikes

As a die-hard outdoorsman and general bike enthusiast, I’ve provided a wide range of gear and tech coverage across a wide array of publications, including Popular Science, the Daily Beast, Runner’s World, Thrillist, The Manual, Popular Mechanics, and more. Electric bikes have become a key part of that coverage in the past few years.

As a result, I’ve spent months riding dozens of electric bicycles and mountain bikes, spanning every specialization and price point, and I’ve come to recognize true greatness from hype. In some cases, those tests were bolstered with additional research and observations drawn from expert and customer reviews.

The best electric mountain bikes: Reviews & Recommendations

Our favorite electric mountain bikes are made to handle a wide range of experiences. Some are made for serious mountain trails. Others are for more moderate off-road endeavors. There are options on this list for every kind of rider.

Best overall: Rocky Mountain Instinct Powerplay Carbon 90

bikes

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Rocky Mountain Instinct Powerplay really ups the torque to amp up its climbing ability.

Specs

  • Battery capacity: 720Wh
  • Motor power/torque: 700W peak/108Nm
  • Suspension travel: 150mm front, 140mm rear
  • Weight: 46.6 lbs.

Pros

  • Outstanding motor
  • Great descent handling
  • Responsive suspension

Cons

  • High center of gravity for taller riders
  • Complicated setting navigation

Based out of Vancouver, British Columbia, Rocky Mountain has quietly churned out amazing bikes for years. One of its latest ebikes, the Instinct Powerplay Carbon 90, packs a noteworthy punch thanks to the company’s powerful Dyname 4.0 motor.

With a peak output of 700W and an impressive 108Nm of torque, it exponentially increases your pedaling power when in its top setting. That’s more than enough oomph to get you over the top of even the most severe incline. At the same time, its suspension and transmission provide a smooth, responsive riding experience. It also has above-average battery capacity, allowing for a full day of riding.

What’s more, the Instinct Powerplay delivers outstanding performance over fast-flow trails and through moderately technical trails. I did find that its low-slung stance results in a somewhat high center of gravity for taller riders, and the digital settings can be a bit tricky to navigate if you want to make any adjustments or calibrations. Even with a few hang-ups, though, the Rocky Mountain Instinct Powerplay is a downright thrilling ride.

Best fat tire: Ride1Up Rift

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Ride1UP’s Rift was easy to assemble and felt smooth to ride.

Specs

  • Battery: 960Wh
  • Motor power/torque: 750W/95Nm
  • Suspension travel: 120mm
  • Weight: 84.5 lbs.

Pros

  • Easy to assemble
  • Solid frame and overall construction
  • Comfortable to ride
  • Cost

Cons

  • Weight

After a few rides I began to see Ride1UP’s Rift as wish fulfillment for anyone who’s been interested in checking out a fat tire eBike for rough terrain. The bicycle arrive almost fully assembled, and the company’s video instructions provided a step-by-step set of directions to complete the job. One person can handle assembly, but asking a friend to help will expedite the process. The only accessory that isn’t provided is an air compressor to fill its tires.

Once the bike was put together, the only thing left to do was ride. I took the Rift through the suburban streets of Long Island, but its fat tires were designed to handle rocks, dips, and other anomalies you’d face while riding up and down the mountains. Its pedal assistance provided a gently helping hand at its lower settings and impressive oomph when cranked all the way up. This is a heavy eBIke (which is good when you’re riding it because the Rift feels solid), but seasoned riders will pick up how to properly control it immediately.

I never had an issue with handling the Rift, but Ride1UP suggests checking its brakes a few times during its initial rides. Our advice is to get familiar with the Rift on flat land before riding it up the side of a mountain—though again, we’re confident it could handle a rough first ride with aplomb. All of the Rift’s electric features are viewable on its 2.2-inch color screen, which is mounted on the left handlebar. You can check your trip time, power consumption, and pedal assistance level (between one and five) at a glance.

There’s no time to be checking screens while you’re riding down a mountain, so being able to see this information at a glance is important. One important thing to note is that pedal assistance will only kick in when you’re pedaling. The electric bicycle’s motor will kick on after a few seconds, which gives you time to adjust to the increase in speed. Speaking of speed, the Rift can rev up to 28 miles per hour with pedal assistance cranked up to five, though we never felt like we were going too quickly. If you’ve never used an electric bicycle before we recommend sticking to the lower power levels to start and working your way up.

Overall, the Ride1UP Rift is a smooth ride, and worth considering whether you’re upgrading from a different electric bicycle or have always ridden an analog bike. It was easy to assemble and use, built solidly, and felt comfortable.

Best step-through: Rad Power Bikes RadRover 6 Plus Step-Through

radpowerbikes

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Powerful and capable, the Rad Power Bikes RadRover 6 Plus Step-Through delivers hyper-customizable performance.

Specs

  • Battery: 672Wh
  • Motor power/torque: 750W/80Nm
  • Suspension travel: 60mm
  • Weight: 73 lbs.

Pros

  • Outstanding power
  • Solid range
  • Twist throttle
  • Some suspension travel

Cons

  • Limited suspension
  • Too small for some riders

Rad Power Bikes has exploded onto the ebike scene with an expansive range of highly capable, highly customizable ebikes. The latest version of its RadRover fat tire ebike perfectly represents why the brand has garnered so much acclaim. With outstanding power and off-road capability, the RadRover 6 delivers an all-around fun riding experience.

With well-balanced performance, the RadRover 6 Plus is fast, especially when you rev it up with the throttle, and offers a solid range. It even has light suspension, making it a bit more capable on uncertain surface conditions. That said, at 73 pounds, it is the heaviest bike on our list, so it isn’t made for steep climbs. In fact, it may be too heavy to fit on your car’s bike rack.

Like all of Rad’s bikes, the RadRover 6 Plus is extremely customizable. You can add front and rear baskets or cargo carriers, bags, center consoles, water bottles, integrated locks, mirrors, passenger seating, fenders, and a whole lot more. You can even upgrade the tires with Tannus Armour for more off-road reliability. You can build the perfect bike for your needs.

Best hybrid: Ride1Up Prodigy XC

ride1up

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you’re looking for an around-town commuter that can handle the occasional off-road excursion, the Ride1Up Prodigy XC delivers.

Specs

  • Battery: 504Wh
  • Motor power/torque: 250W, 90Nm
  • Suspension travel: 120mm
  • Weight: 50 lbs

Pros

  • Solid performance
  • Surprisingly good suspension
  • Ergonomic stance
  • Relatively affordable

Cons

  • No throttle
  • No rack or taillights
  • Slow charging

The only “cross-country” bike among Ride1Up’s relatively affordable selection, the Prodigy XC is a daily commuter bike that delivers a surprising level of off-road capability thanks to its front fork suspension. It also delivers admirable performance, with a motor that provides plenty of uphill propulsion.

If you’ll use the Prodigy XC as a commuter (hence our “hybrid” designation) you’ll appreciate its ergonomic, comfortable design. However, it could benefit from the addition of taillights and a throttle. This is the sort of bike that you ride to work all week, then pedal over mild-to-moderate off-road trails for some weekend fun.

Arguably the biggest downside to the Prodigy is its relatively lazy recharging time. At five hours, it’s the slowest recharge on our list. Barring that, however, this is a nicely versatile ride.

Best budget: Cannondale Monterra Neo 5

cannondale

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Cannondale Monterra Neo 5 is a competitively equipped electric mountain bike you can get for a competitive price.

Specs

  • Battery: 504Wh
  • Motor power/torque: 250W, 85Nm
  • Suspension travel: 150mm
  • Weight: 53 lbs

Pros

  • Solid handling
  • Decent range
  • Strong motor
  • Relatively affordable

Cons

  • Slow charging time
  • Somewhat heavy

Sticker shock is a common reaction while shopping for an electric mountain bike. Many of our picks, and many others that we tested, cost upwards of $10,000. Mountain bikes are very expensive. Electric bikes are very expensive. Put those things together and you have an incredibly pricey bike. The Cannondale Monterra Neo 5 is not “cheap,” but delivers most of the specs and features you’d want from a modern electric mountain bike at around half the price you expect to pay for a top-of-the-line model. 

Electrically speaking, its motor offers admirable strength while its battery capacity is large enough for a solid afternoon of charging up (and then down) hill. It corners well, has a great suspension, and delivers an all-around enjoyable riding experience. 

Of course, with a much lower price, you can expect there to be a few flaws. The Neo 5 is heavier than our top picks and requires a very long 7 hours to fully recharge. For its price, however, these are easy flaws to overlook. 

What to consider when picking an electric mountain bike

There are a number of core concerns that you should consider when shopping for any electric bike, but certain elements are especially important in electric mountain bikes. You aren’t just looking for an ebike, after all. To provide superior off-road performance, a great electric mountain bike needs superior suspension, a strong motor, and a crazy durable yet lightweight frame, all of which tend to make them more expensive than your typical ebike.

Motor

More than anything, an electric mountain bike needs a strong motor. To literally power up steep mountain trails, you will need a motor that delivers unwavering propulsion, as well as plenty of torque, or rotational force, to pull your bike uphill over obstacles.

To make sure your bike can push you up really steep hills, we recommend a motor that churns out at least 500 watts (W) of power and 60 Newton-meters (Nm) of torque. That’s about double what we look for in a standard electric touring bike.

Range

One thing you absolutely want to avoid is having your battery give out on you halfway up a big hill. That means finding an electric mountain bike with a larger-than-average battery, capable of tackling long uphill and downhill rides that require more energy than the average ebike.

Keep in mind that while you would use a formula for a normal commuter ebike to determine how a specific model’s battery would translate into travel range, you can’t really measure how an electric mountain bike will perform off-road. There are a lot of factors that impact range—rider weight, ground conditions, and “elevation climb,” to name a few—that determining range is already a ballpark estimate that may change from ride to ride. Add in the unpredictable nature of trail riding and pinning down even a rough idea of the range becomes next to impossible.

That said, there is a direct correlation between the size of your battery and how long your ebike will be able to assist you. Bigger is better if you want a bike that will keep you on the trails all day long.

Suspension

Quality suspension, which absorbs the force of your bike hitting the ground after bumping over uneven terrain, is essential to any mountain bike, electric or otherwise. Solid suspension can make even a rocky uphill climb feel safe and relatively comfortable. Without it, any bump could jolt you off your bike.

Suspension is noted in millimeters of “travel,” which measures how far the suspension components allow the frame to move and absorb shock upon impact. We recommend looking for at least 140mm for hard riding.

Please remember that not all the bikes on our list include suspension, as some of our picks are intended for more moderate, off-road riding rather than rugged trails.

Transmission

Your electric mountain bike might be powered, but you still need a quality transmission with a wide gearing range to make it up steep inclines. Simply put, the more gears you have, the more you can reduce the force necessary to pedal up an incline. If you expect to be hitting the trails hard, you want at least eight gears if you’ll be doing any serious climbing.

Weight

Having a lightweight bike is key for trail riding. It makes it easier to pedal the bike uphill and provides more control when you’re zipping back down. For hill-climbers, you’ll want to shoot for a frame that weighs under 50 pounds. We have included a couple of heavier options here, but they’re oriented toward off-roading on level ground rather than steep inclines.

FAQs

Q: Do you need a helmet for your electric bike?

It’s always a smart idea to wear a helmet while cycling, and it’s especially important when you’re mountain biking. In fact, you should make sure to get a special helmet for off-road or extreme biking, as a typical bike helmet doesn’t necessarily provide enough protection for falling off your biking uphill, off-road, at motor-powered speeds. Always look for a helmet with MIPS (Multi-directional Impact Protection), and preferably with some form of face/eye protection like a visor or even a full face guard. Smith, POC, and Fox all make some outstanding electric mountain bike helmets.

Q: Are electric bikes good for hills?

With the right motor and transmission, electric bikes are outstanding for climbing hills. In fact, extra torque power, which allows for better climbing, is the best reason to spend the extra money on an electric mountain bike.

Q: How far can you ride an ebike?

There are formulas for calculating the approximate range of an individual electric bike, but they are just approximations. Even one specific bike’s range can vary from ride to ride based on the rider, terrain, and even the weather. This is particularly true with electric mountain bikes as you’ll usually be riding them through extremely diverse, unpredictable conditions.

Q: How much do electric bikes cost?

The biggest hurdle to buying an electric bike is the price. Even so-so ebikes cost around $1,000. As you can see from our top picks, the best of the best feature price tags well over $10,000. There’s a lot of tech that goes into an ebike and that tech tends to be expensive. 

Once you own the bike, the most common downside is potentially running out of power. Electric bikes tend to be very heavy. If your ebike runs out of juice mid-ride, it can be extremely difficult to pedal under your own strength.

Final thoughts on the best electric mountain bikes

Personally, I think riding the trails on an electric mountain bike is significantly more pleasurable than going sans power. Pedal assist practically eliminates the uphill struggle, allowing you to focus all of your energy and enjoyment on negotiating technical features and taking in the trail’s natural beauty. So whether you’re looking for a serious bike for extreme trail riding, or simply want to flow over easy gravel or dirt paths, powering up with one of the best electric mountain bikes is worth your consideration. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best electric mountain bikes in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best smart water bottles of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-smart-water-bottles/ Fri, 16 Jun 2023 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=549271
A lineup of smart water bottles on a white background
Amanda Reed

These bottles can purify your water, track your water intake, and remind you to drink something other than coffee or Diet Coke.

The post The best smart water bottles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of smart water bottles on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A mint-colored insulated LARQ smart water bottle on a small wooden table in front of a brick background LARQ PureVis Bottle
SEE IT

A UV-C light zaps away bio-contaminants that could leave you feeling queasy.

Best for hydration A blue HidrateSpark water bottle on a blue and white background HidrateSpark PRO Smart Water Bottle
SEE IT

Bluetooth automatically updates how much water you’ve sipped.

Best budget A teal HidrateSpark TAP water bottle on a blue and white background HidrateSpark TAP Smart Water Bottle Chug Lid
SEE IT

An option that’s only $20 packed with top-shelf features.

Among the plethora of “smart” things in this world—televisions, phones, speakers, and even entire homes—water bottles don’t come to top of mind. However, we think that can change, thanks to water bottles now having more capabilities other than “simple receptacle of many liquids.” Now, you can count how many ounces you’re chugging, get reminded to take a sip, and even get your filtered water to a new level of clean. The best smart water bottles make staying hydrated easy as they’re refilled and you’re fulfilled. 

The best smart water bottles: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: LARQ PureVis Bottle

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This high-tech water bottle comes with a self-cleaning cap that uses the power of UV light to give your filtered water a purer taste and keep the bottle clean. 

Specs

  • Cap options: PureVis self-cleaning cap, filter cap with flip top (doesn’t self-clean)
  • Bottle sizes: 17 oz.; 25 oz.
  • Self-cleaning?: Yes
  • Water tracking: No

Pros

  • Clean you can taste
  • Sleek look
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • No water tracking
  • Largest size is still relatively small
  • MicroUSB vs. USB-C

Although water covers more than 70% of the Earth’s surface, only 3% is drinkable fresh water. Even deeper than that, only .5% of that drinkable fresh water is available, meaning it’s not locked in a glacier or the atmosphere. And water from public water systems isn’t guaranteed to be clean (hello, boil water advisories). Enter the LARQ PureVis bottle, which uses UV-C light to eliminate up to 99% of bio-contaminants (including E.Coli). And it self-cleans every two hours, meaning you don’t even need to think about having a musty water bottle. Double-vacuum insulation keeps things cool, even when you’re getting stress-sweats thinking about how only 3% of the world’s water is drinkable fresh water. 

The LARQ makes for a great travel water bottle as well, especially if you really want to make sure the bottled water you’re drinking is A-OK. Just make sure you fill it up after you pass through TSA security—you don’t want to get this fancy, pricey water bottle confiscated by a very strict agent before a flight. If you’re more active, consider the Movement PureVis bottle, which is uninsulated and lighter but has the same PureVis tech as the insulated version. 

A close-up of the microUSB charger on the LARQ smart water bottle
Amanda Reed

At $99-$118, this water bottle is expensive, meaning it’s heartbreaking for you and your wallet if you misplace it, especially since you can’t use Bluetooth to track its location. And its capacity tops out at 25 oz.—practically a sip for those who drink water like a fish. There’s no hydration tracking, meaning it’s up to you to remember how much water you’ve imbibed. A pitcher version lets you get squeaky clean water you can put into your favorite gallon water bottles (or even the other smart water bottles on this list that focus on water intake tracking), but if you’re looking for UV cleaning and water tracking … sadly, this ain’t it!

The water problem, considering how things are going with the climate and public infrastructure, isn’t going away anytime soon. The LARQ PureVis bottle gives you more peace of mind that you’re not sipping on nasties. It’s not the only self-cleaning water bottle on our list, but it’s definitely the best. Read more of our thoughts on the LARQ.

Best for hydration: HidrateSpark PRO Smart Water Bottle

HidrateSpark

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This light-up water bottle uses the power of Bluetooth to keep track of how much water you’ve consumed. It even tells you how much water you should drink based on your height and weight. 

Specs

  • Cap options: Chug or straw lid
  • Bottle sizes: 17 oz.; 21 oz.; 32 oz.
  • Self-cleaning?: No
  • Water tracking: Yes

Pros

  • Lots of size options
  • Seamless water tracking
  • Friendly UX with bottle and app

Cons

  • Straw cap hard to sip out of
  • Heavy
  • Not self-cleaning

If you need the gently pulsing alarm clock version of a water bottle (aka, those bottles with the lines and cute phrases don’t cut it for you—someone with a mushy brain and short attention span caused by social media scrolling), consider the HidrateSpark PRO just that. It works with Bluetooth and a coordinating app to measure your water intake. All you need to do is set the bottle down, and the app automatically updates how close you are to your water goal. You can set that number yourself or allow the bottle to figure that out for you by entering your weight, height, elevation, and other metrics. Setup is super easy and takes less than five minutes, less than the time it takes to wash the bottle when you first get it in. The settings are also super robust: you can set when the bottle glows—every time you take a sip, when you meet your goal, both, or even … not at all! It’s similarly priced to other non-smart water bottles on the market, meaning you’re wallet won’t hurt as much compared to other options on this list. 

Best budget: HidrateSpark TAP Smart Water Bottle Chug Lid

HidrateSpark

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Practically all the same capabilities of the HidrateSPARK Pro bottle minus the price tag—and some of the cheapest smart water bottles you can buy. 

Specs

  • Cap options: Chug or straw cap
  • Bottle sizes: 20 oz.; 24 oz. 32 oz.
  • Self-cleaning?: No
  • Water tracking: Yes

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Easy setup

Cons

  • Not insulated
  • Water intake only updated with phone tap

Sure, it’s not as packed with features as its PRO sibling, but the HidrateSpark TAP is an excellent option for someone who doesn’t want to spend too much money on a smart water bottle. It doesn’t update as often as the PRO because it lacks Bluetooth tech—it uses near-field communication (NFC) instead of Bluetooth, with a simple phone tap allowing you to update the app with how much you’ve sipped. It comes in insulated stainless steel if Tritan plastic isn’t your jam, comes in a sip top option, and lights up to remind you to drink (although you can’t customize that option; it’s preset at once an hour for 12 hours as soon as you turn the timer on). If you’re looking for a basic, budget-friendly smart water bottle, look no further. 

Here are other options we think are a cool drink of water:

FAQs

Q: How much does a smart water bottle cost?

A smart water bottle costs between $29-$120, depending on size and features. Ones with Bluetooth and UV-C light will be more expensive than those with an NFC tag for updating.  

Q: Is it OK to refill smart water bottles?

Not only is it OK to refill a smart water bottle, but it’s also encouraged! Some smart water bottles let you know how many bottles you need to drink to make your personal hydration goals. 

Q: How do I clean a smart water bottle?

Washing a smart water bottle is incredibly similar to washing a regular insulated water bottle. If your smart water bottle isn’t dishwasher safe, remove any electronic components (batteries, sensors, etc.) and wash by hand with dish soap and warm water. If it’s dishwasher safe, simply throw it in there and wait until the cycle is over. 

Q: Can I microwave a smart water bottle?

Depends. You can’t microwave stainless steel (unless you want to destroy your microwave). You can technically microwave Tritan plastic, but make sure all electronic components aren’t going in the microwave. Would we personally microwave a Tritan plastic water bottle? No, but you do you, boo!

Q: Why do people use smart water bottles?

Some of us consistently rot our brains from too much social media and reach for a Diet Coke, an oatmilk iced latte, or a seltzer before even thinking about regular, plain water. A smart water bottle reminds you to take a sip and takes the guesswork out of how much water you should drink. Your kidneys will thank you!

Final thoughts on the best smart water bottles

Smart water bottles are a great way to easily track how much water you drink daily, ensure your water doesn’t have any rogue bacteria, and self-clean for mustiness-free sipping. Our favorite smart water bottle is the LARQ PureVis Bottle, which kills potential bacteria in water for results you can taste. If you’re looking for an option to track hydration, we recommend the Hidrate SparkPRO Smart Water Bottle, which syncs seamlessly with incredibly customizable settings to boot. If the cheapest option is your goal, look no further than the HidrateSpark TAP Smart Water Bottle Chug Lid, the HidrateSpark’s formidable and budget-friendly sibling. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best smart water bottles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
LARQ PureVis bottle review: Clean you can taste https://www.popsci.com/gear/larq-water-bottle-review/ Fri, 16 Jun 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=549239
A mint-colored insulated LARQ smart water bottle on a small wooden table in front of a brick background
This looks like a regular water bottle, but don't be fooled—there's fancy tech under the hood (er, cap). Amanda Reed

Feel better about your drinking water with this portable self-cleaning water bottle that uses UV-C light to de-germify what comes out of the tap.

The post LARQ PureVis bottle review: Clean you can taste appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A mint-colored insulated LARQ smart water bottle on a small wooden table in front of a brick background
This looks like a regular water bottle, but don't be fooled—there's fancy tech under the hood (er, cap). Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

My favorite thing to talk about with Uber drivers, my beloved coffee baristas, or anyone who will listen is that fresh, potable water is actually a hot commodity, and the Water War is very much a thing that is here and happening in this world. I pontificate until I’m so parched that I take a sip from a reusable water bottle like the LARQ PureVis, and I feel like I’ve found an oasis in the desert.

Although water covers more than 70 percent of the Earth’s surface, only 3 percent is drinkable fresh water. Even deeper than that, .5 percent of that drinkable fresh water is available, meaning that it’s not locked in a glacier or the atmosphere. And water from public water systems isn’t guaranteed to be completely safe because of old infrastructure (remember the Flint, Michigan, water crisis?). All that combined equals a very cool worldwide phenomenon that deepens my existential crisis about the rad world we live in that no one is acting on to fix (slay!). 

The LARQ PureVis bottle may not help with the existential doom the water wars bring (I have my therapist and a cabinet full of paraphernalia for that), but it does make me feel better that my bad Pennsylvania water is at least bacteria-free. If, like me, you enjoy staying hydrated but don’t love what the park water fountain yields, the LARQ turns any clear water into a smooth, clarified beverage worthy of being bottled.

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Overview

  • LARQ’s PureVis water bottle uses UV-C light to self-clean and get rid of 99 percent of bio-contaminants, according to the company.

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Easy to use
  • Quick, noticeable change in water taste after use

Cons

  • MicroUSB charger not exactly future-proof
  • Expensive
  • Small and no wide mouth
  • No water tracking or app connectivity

Verdict: Adventurers, travelers, and regular ole hypochondriacs will be impressed at the quick change in water taste after using the LARQ PureVis bottle.

The build

The LARQ PureVis bottle is made of food-grade 18/8 stainless steel and is double-vacuum insulated, providing up to 24 hours of cold retention and 12 hours of keeping beverages hot. (A non-insulated option is also available.) It comes in two capacities—17 oz. and 25 oz.—and five colors.

I received the larger LARQ bottle in seaside mint for review and was impressed at how light it was. I use two other vacuum-insulated water bottles regularly—the 36 oz. Yeti Rambler bottle and 32 oz. Hydro Flask Wide Mouth Bottle, tied for my favorite insulated water bottle. If you own a Yeti, you know it’s a bit heavy, and Hydro Flask bottles tend to be lighter. The LARQ beats both of them weight-wise at 17 ounces when empty. (The Yeti weighs 1.5 lbs., and the Hydro Flask is just under a pound.) But it’s in the LARQ cap where the magic happens. It houses the UV-C light—which the company calls “PureVis technology” and claims can eliminate 99 percent of bacteria, including E. coli. The cap also houses a button that controls the bottle’s functions, plus a microUSB port for charging.

There are three modes to choose from: a Normal Mode that gives your water one minute of UV-C exposure; an Adventure Mode option, which ups the UV-C light to three minutes when you need more purification (e.g., you’ve run river water through a portable filter and want to make sure it doesn’t make you poop your pants while you’re hiking); and a Travel Lock mode, which disables the self-cleaning mode for travel or storage. Technically, the self-cleaning mode would count as the fourth, but there’s nothing you need to press to set that up: The bottle self-cleans with 10 seconds of UV-C light every two hours, regardless of use. 

A LARQ water bottle sitting on a wooden table
There are technically four modes to choose from. Here, the LARQ is in Normal Mode. Amanda Reed / Popular Science Amanda Reed

The setup

Opening the LARQ PureVis packaging feels like you’re opening a new iPhone. You’re greeted by a message that says, “Meet the bottle that cleans itself,” on its bright white, weighty packaging. The quick-start guide has a little home inside the opening flap, with the bottle nestled in its own cardboard cradle on the other side. You’ll find the microUSB cord (more on that later) under the bottle in a cut-out portion, just like how Apple hides its own included accessories.

All you have to do is find a place to plug the microUSB charger (I chose my favorite place to plug chargers into, my Animal Crossing Nintendo Switch dock), plug the cap into the microUSB charger, and run around your house and do some chores until you see a steady green light. Although I don’t mind using a microUSB cord, I’m always surprised to see one on a device in the year of our Lord 2023, when USB-C has taken over. It’s not a con so much as a very interesting tech choice to make nowadays. 

The quick start guide says to unlock the bottle by pressing the button for 5 seconds until the ring light around the cap flashes white, but nothing happened when I did. However, my bottle did start purifying after one press of the proprietary button on the cap. You can wait for the bottle to do its thing or lightly flip it to spread the PureVis light evenly. You have to be careful when filling up the bottle—you have to get the water about an inch below UV-C light, or it will plunge into the water and cause some overflow, which I learned the hard way.

A close-up of the microUSB charger on the LARQ smart water bottle
The LARQ charges via a microUSB port. We’re still using them in 2023, folks! Amanda Reed / Popular Science Amanda Reed

The performance

I was fully expecting the LARQ PureVis bottle to be a gimmick. However, I was blown away by the incredible changes I tasted as I progressed through tap water, tap water run through a Brita filter, and both waters after exposure to the UV-C light in the LARQ. 

First, I tested the tap water directly (yes, I drank raw Pittsburgh water), then I ran that tap water through the LARQ. I noticed that the tap water tasted incredibly chlorinated—which makes sense, considering water treatment plants add chlorine chloramine, or chlorine dioxide, to water as a disinfector. Tap water tastes refreshing when you happen upon a water fountain in the park, beyond thirsty. However, it’s merely tolerable in any other circumstance. This brings us to the tap water post-LARQ—the chlorination felt like a slap on the wrist compared to the sucker punch of sterilization from the tap water.    

Next, I taste-tested my Brita filtered water and the same Brita water post-UV-C light. I took sips from one bottle containing Brita filtered water and then sips from the LARQ bottle to confirm that they indeed tasted different. Brita filtered water was Dasani levels of crisp, while the LARQ bottle was borderline Fiji silkiness.

I felt like Martin Riese, the Water Sommelier on TikTok, trying to qualify the taste, but I also felt like a huge weirdo drinking from two different water bottles with a perplexed look on my face. I’m an easily distracted child who loves a shiny bright thing, so seeing the light on the cap flash and receiving better-tasting water is a better high than completing your Duolingo daily lesson. I’m slightly more prone to use the LARQ water bottle just to get the instant gratification of my water turning into a different thing, like pulling a Shrinky Dink out of the oven. 

Pennsylvania water is gross, and Pittsburgh water, specifically, is not good. The LARQ removed the tap water’s chlorinated taste and improved the Brita’s flavor profile. Overall, it left me genuinely impressed—it felt like I was aerating wine, cycling through swirl-sniff-sip-savor (and all the feels) as I noted how the water tasted before and after exposure to UV-C light. All I need to do is invest in the Brita filters that filter out lead; then I will have everything I need for the squeaky clean water. 

A close-up of the UV-C light on the LARQ water bottle
The UV-C light in the cap is small but mighty. Amanda Reed / Popular Science Amanda Reed

So, who should buy the LARQ PureVis bottle?

The LARQ is perfect for those who want to ensure their water is germ-free post-filtration during a hike or even fresh from the tap. But filtering your tap water and then running it through the LARQ bottle is the way to go, in my opinion. 

Some customer-submitted LARQ reviews say that it’s great for people who travel to another country and want to ensure their bottled water is extra clean or want to be sustainable and drink from the tap without the consequences. I couldn’t test either out, so use caution if you purchase the LARQ and test out the (international) waters. 

I wish the LARQ came in a 32-ounce option. Sure, 25 ounces is enough, but I like the comfort of knowing that I won’t drink all my water while I’m out and about and don’t need to worry about finding a new source, whether that be a river or a nice cafe barista who fills it up for me as I wait on the other side of the counter like a Dickensian child waiting for food scraps. 

The LARQ water bottle is expensive at $99-$118 (depending on size and if you decide on snagging the vacuum-insulated bottle). LARQ offering a version with app connectivity would put the bottle on another level, and help further justify that price. Hydration tracking, reminders to drink, being able to locate your bottle if you misplace it (a bonus considering it’s an expensive water bottle), and germ-free water? In my eyes, that would be worth the money, and more. However, the price tag is a drop in the bucket (or, well, bottle) compared to the pricelessness of clean water. If you’re slightly unhappy with the quality of your drinking water, even post-filtration, but not unhappy enough to spend the time and effort installing an under-the-sink filter, consider the LARQ a band-aid for your knee scrape. 

The post LARQ PureVis bottle review: Clean you can taste appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best rowing machines in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-rowing-machine/ Tue, 17 Aug 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=389603
The Concept2 rowing machine is a standard for fitness and rowing competitions.
Stan Horaczek

Our top rowing machines provide a low-impact, full-body workout from the comfort of your own home.

The post The best rowing machines in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Concept2 rowing machine is a standard for fitness and rowing competitions.
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best professional The Concept2 is the best rowing machine splurge. Concept2 Indoor Rowing Machine
SEE IT

This Bluetooth-compatible model allows you to track your health metrics over time. 

Best water Mr. Captain Rowing Machine is the best rowing machine for water. Mr. Captain Water Rowing Machine
SEE IT

Get a real-life rowing experience with the sounds of water in the background. 

Best budget The Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Rowing Machine is the best budget pick. Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Rowing Machine
SEE IT

A strong competitor at an affordable price.

If you’re looking for a low-impact workout that builds endurance and strengthens muscles, look to a rowing machine. A quality growing machine lets you exercise multiple muscle groups from the comfort of your living room, bedroom, or home gym. Like treadmills and elliptical machines, the best rowing machine offers a great cardio workout with additional benefits like full-body conditioning and a good effect on your heart and lungs. Plus, it’s great for rowers of all levels and can even be meditative. Physical and mental well-being—check! Take a lap and scroll through our best rowing machine selections below before you add this invaluable equipment to your collection.

The best rowing machines: Reviews & Recommendations

The rowing machine market is crowded, which means options for every type of rower, but also that selecting the best for you can feel overwhelming. However, as long as you understand what’s most important to you, from type of rower to workout preference to resistance levels, finding the best rowing machine will be a (sea) breeze. 

Best overall: NordicTrack – RW500 – Rower

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 115 pounds
  • Dimensions: 86 x 22 x 47 inches
  • Max user weight: 250 pounds
  • Screen: LCD

Pros

  • Classic model made by trusted brand
  • 26 levels of resistance
  • Folds up for storage

Cons

  • LCD screen doesn’t play media
  • No long-term tracking of metrics

If you’re looking for a full-body workout on a rower with advanced and customizable features, the NordicTrack RW500 Rower is a solid choice. Depending on your preference, you can manually adjust the 26 resistance levels or use the built-in SMR (Silent Magnetic Resistance) system that changes your training intensity without interrupting your workout. You can easily control and monitor your workout metrics with the LCD screen. For added comfort and ease, the Nordictrack rower features an ergonomic seat and handle, plus dual two-inch speakers with an audio auxiliary port so you can listen to music or watch videos during your workout. 

Best professional: Concept2 Indoor Rowing Machine

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 57.32 pounds
  • Dimensions: 96 x 24 x 14 inches
  • Max user weight: 500 pounds
  • Screen: LCD display

Pros

  • Designed with responsive air-resistant flywheel
  • Bluetooth- and ANT-compatible
  • Can disassemble and store

Cons

  • Can’t stream media on monitor
  • No virtual coaching

Walk into a serious gym or a place where rowers train, and you’ll likely find this machine. It’s a relatively simple machine built like a tank that will absolutely annihilate you in the best way possible. In addition to controlling the intensity of your workout with the air-resistance flywheel, you can also control the airflow by changing the damper, ranging from levels one to 10. You can select programs based on time, distance, intervals, and more and easily track your workout on the backlit LCD screen. If you want to track your heart rate as well, wireless Bluetooth and ANT+ compatibility allows you to connect with heart-rate belts and apps. Plus, if trying new workout programs is your jam, you can connect to endless fitness apps, and the free ErgData app records and stores workouts on your phone. Designed to fit most athletes, the seat is 14 inches high and features adjustable footrests and an ergonomic handle.

Even if you pull absurdly hard on the handle, it will stand up to nearly endless abuse. It’s meant for professional gyms and training facilities, so it can easily stand up to the rigors of your basement. And even though it’s a piece of professional gear, it doesn’t require much maintenance to keep it working. The screen doesn’t show live workouts or fancy media, but it’s not that kind of device. It shows you a super-accurate stream of your actual output with a few simple games (like the fish game that most Crossfitters know about) thrown in just for fun. — Stan Horaczek

Best for gamers: Aviron Rowing Machine

Johanna Hoadley

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 113.5 lbs. with high-strength aluminum frame
  • Dimensions: 83.5L x 27W x 48.4H inches
  • Max user weight: 507 lbs.
  • Screen: 21.5-inch 1080p touchscreen
  • Tablet: dual ARM processors; ARM GPU; 4GB RAM; 32GB flash storage; Wi-Fi; Ethernet; Bluetooth 5.1, 2MP front-facing camera; two 5W stereo speakers  

Pros

  • Unique gaming workouts for single or multiple players
  • Connects to popular video and audio streaming services
  • Guided workout videos include both rowing and non-rowing exercises
  • High-tech bells and whistles aside, it’s an all-around solid rowing machine
  • Stores vertically to take up less space in the home

Cons

  • Not as large of a user community as Peloton
  • Speakers sometimes too quiet for the noise of the rower
  • No button controls for the games

Some people have trouble staying motivated to work out; others just find it painfully boring spending 30-60 minutes on an exercise machine. With the Strong Series Rower, Aviron aims to remedy both obstacles to fitness with a rowing machine featuring 16 levels of hybrid air/magnetic resistance (up to 100 lbs.) and a gamified approach that make you want to level up—keeping you entertained as you keep in shape.

The Strong Series Rower offers a large amount of games that use your rowing stroke pace and distance covered to control the gameplay. The games include takes on arcade classics like “Space Invaders” and “Pong,” as well as scrolling shooter games, racing games, and others that you can play solo, against computer opponents, or either against or alongside friends whom you add from the Aviron network or who join sessions from the “Group Workout Lobby.” With their simple control schemes based on variations to your rowing speed and distance covered (which you can also increase or decrease by altering the 16 resistance levels while maintaining the same stroke rate), the games are not complicated, but many of them can succeed in keeping your mind on them, rather than on the repetitiveness and/or discomfort of rowing sessions.

Games are just one worthy option for your workout. Unlike Aviron’s big competitor, the Strong Series Rower also connects to popular streaming services—Spotify, Netflix, Disney+, Hulu, Amazon Prime, and YouTube—that you can listen to or watch while rowing. In addition, Aviron offers its own coached workout videos that include companion routines such as weights, bodyweight exercises, and stretching to complement your rowing and keep you comprehensively fit. Guided programs give you routines of different lengths with varying goals based on calories burned, distance covered, etc. Scenic rowing videos let you escape mentally to beautiful locations across the globe, complete with moving water sounds. “Pros vs. Joes” games let you simulate a race against some of the world’s top rowers, and extended programs such as monthly challenges line up all the different workouts Aviron has to offer in a sequence that will keep things interesting and nonrepetitive as you rack up achievement badges and stats over time.

Connecting a Bluetooth heart rate monitor will let you view your heart rate while you row, and the machine also lets you connect Bluetooth headphones or plug in headphones or speakers to the audio output for bypassing the touchscreen tablet’s built-in speakers.

Regardless of the workout type you choose, the Strong Series Rower saves all your metrics to your account, which you can access from your profile on the built-in screen or from the Aviron Rower Companion iOS/Android app. You can see your total time, meters, kilojoules of output, strokes, and calories burned, as well as average strokes per minute, calories per hour, and time per 500 meters—added up over the last day, seven days, 30 days, or all-time. The global Leaderboard also shows how you stack up against other Aviron users. During my two weeks using the Strong Series Rower, there were usually just under 8,000 total users on the board, and just under 1,000 in my division, which was men in their 40s.

Aviron’s user community is much smaller than that of it’s major competitor, Peloton. It was usually pretty easy to find a live session scheduled or in progress if I wanted to join other users in a competitive or collaborative game, a scenic row, or some other workout program. However, Aviron does not offer live coached classes, which Peloton tends to lean on for its monthly membership. But other than that, the Strong Series Rower offers big advantages over Peloton machines, letting rowers play games, stream shows, or follow guided programs from this machine’s 21.5-inch monitor, all for a price significantly lower than its most obvious competitor.

The Strong Series Rower starts at $2,199, with a membership of $29/month when paid monthly, or $24/month when paid annually. By contract, the Peloton Row costs $3,195 with a $44/month All-Access Membership. Without a membership, you could still use the Strong Series Rower with its Metrics Monitor as much as you want, but I found the full array of Aviron’s content to be diverting and motivating enough to gladly return to the seat almost every day. I even made it to the top 10 of my division’s leaderboard over a seven-day period. For anyone who sees the value in a high-tech rowing machine to keep them fit, but doesn’t want the inflated price or live coached workouts of Peloton, Aviron makes the ideal alternative. — Markkus Rovito

Best for coaching: Hydrow Wave

Jen McCaffery

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 102 pounds
  • Dimensions: 80 inches L x 19 inches W x 43 inches H
  • Max user weight: Up to 375 pounds
  • Screen: 16-inch touchscreen

Pros

  • Olympic-caliber coaching
  • Live competitions
  • Allows you to row on beautiful waterways around the world virtually
  • Ability to customize workouts for experience level

Cons

  • Limited connectivity to fitness trackers and smartwatches
  • Fixed screen makes some non-rowing workouts awkward

If you’re the type of exerciser who gets inspired by Olympians like Aquil Abdullah, the Hydrow Wave Rower could be the machine for you. The company was founded by Bruce Smith, the coach of the U.S. National Team and a descendant of master boat builders. Yet the experience is also quite accessible for beginning paddlers, with lots of training sessions available on how to have correct form.

Hydrow makes two rowing machines: the Hydrow Rower and the more recently released Hydrow Wave, which is described as a compact model that’s 30 percent smaller than the original. At $1,795, the Hydrow Wave also costs $600 less than the Hydrow Wave Rower.  

What first jumped out at me was that the Hydrow Wave wasn’t particularly small, which could be a benefit or a drawback. The Wave’s 16-inch touchscreen is indeed smaller than the classic model’s 22-inch one. But it’s worth noting that at 80 inches long, the Wave will still take up a good amount of space, a consideration for people living in smaller apartments. The machine does have wheels on the front that allow you to lift and roll it more easily, but at 102 pounds, it may be heavy for some. It’s also designed to be stored upright, with a stand you can also purchase from Hydrow.

You can assemble the Hydrow Wave yourself, or the company offers setup for an additional fee. The two workmen who brought it to my home got the machine up and running within about a half-hour. To take advantage of the Wave, you must purchase a monthly membership costing $44. That includes live sessions with coaches; simulated rowing sessions on inspiring waterways from around the globe, from the fjords of Norway to the Rodrigo de Freitas Lagoon in Rio de Janeiro on the full HD screen; more than 4,000 other workouts, including yoga and mobility exercises; and virtual membership in a community of other Hydrow rowers. 

A key benefit of the Hydrow Wave is the ability to fine-tune your workouts. The system allows you to pick your instructor from among a group of highly accomplished athletes; the duration of your workout, from 1 minute to 45; the type of workout, including Drive, Sweat, and Breathe modes; and your workout style, from beginner to advanced, and including instruction videos and weekly training sessions. 

You can also choose the location of your workout, from 27 states around the United States and the District of Columbia to 10 countries around the world, mostly in Europe. (It would be great to see some countries in Asia and Africa added, though). Finally, you can pick your favorite music, from Alternative/indie to Soul/Funk/Disco. While I appreciated the range, I did find some dissonance between the music in the background and trying to listen to the instructor. My favorite sessions allowed me to virtually experience a storied waterway, complete with a first-person vantage point of the shoreline, the bobbing of the boat, and the sound of water lapping.

The Hydrow Wave system also offers live classes several times a week and a leaderboard for the more competitively inclined. The system does a great job of tracking your progress in an easy-to-read profile screen that shows your streak, average rate, and how many meters you’ve rowed in the past 30 days. 

But with the emphasis on tracking numbers and progress, I was surprised to learn that Hydrow rowers don’t connect with many fitness trackers or smartwatches, though the company just announced you can now connect with an Apple Watch. They also work with Strava and the system is enabled for Bluetooth 5.0, which means you can use most Bluetooth headphones and speakers with it. And the rowers also connect with most heart monitors.  

Another quibble is that, unlike the touchscreen of the Hydrow Rower, the Hydrow Wave’s touchscreen doesn’t rotate. That made it harder for me to do the non-rowing workouts included in the package, such as yoga and Pilates. I straddled the rower or squinted to see the screen from behind the machine. But if you’re looking for first-class training from beautiful locations worldwide, the Hydrow Wave is a great option. — Jen McCaffery

Best water: Mr. Captain Water Rowing Machine

MR. CAPTAIN

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 58.5 pounds
  • Dimensions: 82 x 22 x 10 inches
  • Max user weight: 320 pounds
  • Screen: Bluetooth

Pros

  • High-quality wooden design
  • Water resistance and sound lend authenticity
  • Bluetooth-compatible monitor that lets you track progress in app

Cons

  • No media streaming available 

A great workout is a priority for rowing machines, but what if you could truly feel like you’re rowing on actual water? Enter the Mr. Captain Water Rowing Machine, built like a ship with sustainable oak wood covered with an aluminum-alloy rail. It also comes with real water resistance via a water tank. To get the most out of your workout, you can set up three modes from the Bluetooth monitor: manual, interval custom, and target. Plus, features like the ergonomic seat, active recoil system, and adjustable footpads and straps provide comfort and customization for each rower. As an added bonus, you’ll have the beautiful background sound of water moving around within the shock- and oxidation-resistant tank. You might have to ask yourself: Am I in my home gym or out on the water? 

Best budget: Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Rowing Machine

Sunny Health & Fitness

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 60.9 pounds
  • Dimensions: 89 x 18.9 x 23.6 inches
  • Max user weight: 250 pounds
  • Screen: LCD

Pros

  • More affordable
  • Large LCD screen displays metrics
  • Bluetooth connectivity

Cons

  • Not a group exercise experience

Available for just over $200, the Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Rowing Machine is a steal. A strong competitor to more expensive ergometers, this rowing machine features eight levels of magnetic resistance that can be adjusted during your workout for interval training. The LCD console tracks your time, calories, distance, and more, so you can focus on your workout. Safety and comfort features include non-slip foot pedals and straps, floor stabilizers, anti-slip handlebars, and a cushioned seat. And if you’ve got multiple rowers in your household, this machine can accommodate most riders with its extra-long slide rail. 

What to consider when shopping for the best rowing machines

When shopping for the best rowing machine to add to your home fitness equipment, there are a few things to consider. To find the best fit for you, start by asking what kind of machine you want for a cardio workout at home. Ergometers are designed with one of four main types of resistance: water, magnetic, air, and air/magnet hybrid. Then consider how much space you have available. And are you on a budget? Once you better understand your workout preferences and your space limitations (or not), you’ll be off and running to find your best ergometer.

How intense do you want your workouts?

Regardless of whether you’re a beginner or an experienced rower, you’ll probably want some variation of intensity in your workout. Most rowing machines have at least eight levels of resistance, but if you really want to get your heart rate up, you might want to consider an indoor rower that features 24 levels of resistance. Additionally, lots of machines offer the option of manual or automatic, so you can customize your workout or leave it up to the pre-programmed workouts. 

How much space do you have to spare?

If you have a dedicated space for your home gym and can leave your rowing machine out, then you will have few limitations in terms of options. However, if space is at a premium, or you don’t want exercise equipment in your living room, getting a foldable ergometer is a good idea. This way, you can fold it and store it away vertically to make the best use of your space. 

What type of rowing machine do you want?

Rowing machines are generally designed with one of four different modes of resistance: air, water, magnetic, or air/magnet hybrid. So which is the best for you? While air/magnet hybrids are the priciest option, they are considered to be some of the best rowers because they are super quiet and offer a variety of training styles. Air rowers are generally the most affordable and lightweight but tend to be on the noisier side. A water rower has the most realistic rowing sensation so you can feel like you’re out on a lake, with the sound of water sloshing in the background included. Magnetic rowers are another great affordable option if you want something on the quieter side, but they don’t feel as realistic. 

Are you on a budget? 

There are lots of great rowing machines available for under $500. In this price range, you’ll find more air and magnetic indoor rowers, which have lots of pros. Cons for air rowers are that they can be quite noisy, and for magnetic rowers, they tend to feel less realistic. But If your main priority is getting a great workout, then the more affordable options will certainly get the job done.  

Will there be multiple rowers? 

Once your family members or roommates catch you rowing, there’s no doubt they’ll want in. To accommodate multiple rowers, you’ll want a rowing machine that allows you to adjust both the length and footpads and straps. Lucky for you (and your housemates), most indoor rowers are easily adjustable for a good at-home cardio workout. 

Is a Bluetooth connection important to you? 

To connect to your phone or tablet for additional workout programs, to track your heart rate or to listen to music, your rowing machine will need Bluetooth connectivity. If this is a priority for you, look for a rower that can work with your device(s). 

FAQs

Q: Are rowing machines worth it?

In short, the answer is yes, rowing machines are worth it, but that all depends on how you plan to use them. Naturally, you might assume that rowing only benefits your upper body, but an ergometer actually works most of your muscles. The total-body workout also helps increase endurance, strengthens and tones muscles, and even offers aerobic benefits for your heart and lungs. Like most workout machines, it’s best to use the rowing machine at least four times a week to see real improvement. 

Q: Can you lose belly fat on a rowing machine? 

While exercising on the rowing machine doesn’t directly target your stomach section (though your abs are worked with each stroke), the workout does burn calories and strengthens muscles, which leads to shedding fat all over. The best way to do that is consistent high-intensity workouts.

Q: Which is better, treadmills or rowing machines? 

This all depends on what you want out of your workout. If your main focus is weight loss and a lower body workout, a treadmill would be the best way to go. However, the rowing machine will be a great fit if you want full-body fitness—strengthening muscles, endurance building, and toning.

Final thoughts on the best rowing machines

The best rowing machine will provide a great low-impact cardio workout for your entire body, building endurance and strengthening muscles. When looking for the best model for you, your space limitations and how many rowers will use the machine are important considerations that will help narrow your search. If you want a realistic rowing experience, a quiet one, or a machine that can connect to your device for additional workout programs, the best ergometer is one stroke away. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best rowing machines in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best hybrid smartwatches of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-hybrid-smartwatches/ Thu, 11 Aug 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=461226
Smartwatches photo
Abby Ferguson

Get the best of both worlds with these timepieces.

The post The best hybrid smartwatches of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Smartwatches photo
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Withings ScanWatch stylish hybrid smartwatch Withings ScanWatch
SEE IT

The Withings ScanWatch is stylish and comes with a full range of health-focused features.

Best for iPhone Skagen Jorn 38MM Gen 6 Hybrid Smartwatch Skagen Jorn Hybrid HR
SEE IT

The Skagen Jorn Hybrid is one of the most visually appealing in the space, and its e-ink display is a one-of-a-kind feature.

Best with heart rate monitor Garmin Vivomove hybrid smartwatch Garmin Vivomove HR
SEE IT

The Garmin Vivomove HR is a sporty hybrid smartwatch with a nice array of features for fitness junkies.

Hybrid smartwatches are one of the most useful pieces of wearable tech out there. The chunky bodies and digital faces of the sensor-packed Apple Watches and Fitbits of the world don’t appeal to everyone’s sensibilities. So while the biggest tech companies build watches that emphasize the tech, many brands have integrated some of the simplest, most useful smartwatch features into conventional timepieces. The average hybrid smartwatch features analog hour and minute arms, with a small screen or screens underneath to show stats like heart rate and tracked steps. For many people, the best hybrid smartwatches provide a good balance between a watch that will give you the fitness tracking and heart rate monitor you desire without looking out of place in a professional workplace.

How we chose the best hybrid smartwatches

I’ve been writing about tech for nearly a decade for publications such as PC Gamer and Input, among others, so I know how to discern between the next big thing and the next big bust. I’m also a watch enthusiast who has owned more than my fair share of smart and traditional timepieces over the years. To determine these recommendations, I consulted technical specs and tests conducted by experts and consumer reviews to find the best hybrid smartwatches for all kinds of people.

The best hybrid smartwatches: Reviews & Recommendations

If you’d like a little help jumpstarting your search, we’ve selected the best hybrid smartwatches for all kinds of users. Whether you want to shell out a bundle for a high-end watch with all the bells and whistles or buy a cheaper model with just the essentials, we have you covered.

Best overall: Withings ScanWatch

Withings

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Specs

  • Size: 38mm or 42mm
  • Heart monitor: Yes, with oxygen levels
  • Sleep tracking: Yes
  • Activity tracking: Yes, with altimeter
  • Water resistance: 50m
  • Battery life: 30 days

Pros

  • Great feature set
  • Water resistance
  • Comes in multiple sizes

Cons

  • A little expensive

French health tech manufacturer Withings specializes in devices that monitor your body, including smart scales, thermometers, and blood pressure monitors. Their flagship watch, the ScanWatch, integrates deep health-tracking functionality into a simple, elegant hybrid timepiece. Going beyond basic step and heart rate tracking, it features an altimeter to track vertical movements, such as climbing stairs, and a pulse oximeter for blood oxygen (SpO2) tracking. Its 30-day battery life makes it one of the longest-lasting watches. It’s also waterproof and certified for up to 50 meters (or 5 atmospheres) of water pressure. 

It also provides lots of room for you to pick a watch that fits your style. It comes in two sizes, and Withings offers more colors and styles than many competitors. In plain black with metal hardware, it’s a simple and elegant everyday accessory. All of that function pushes the ScanWatch’s price higher than many of our other picks, but it offers a strong blend of style and tech substance.

Best for iPhone: Skagen Jorn Hybrid HR

Skagen

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Specs

  • Size: 38mm or 42mm
  • Heart monitor: Yes
  • Sleep tracking: Yes
  • Activity tracking: Yes
  • Water resistance: “Water Resistant”
  • Battery life: 14 days+

Pros

  • Multiple size options
  • Stylish design
  • Decent features

Cons

  • E-ink display may not appeal to everyone
  • Interface can be confusing

Skagen is known for their fashion watches, and the Jorn brings a very appealing “Bauhaus”-like sensibility—a cleanly geometric German retro-modern aesthetic—to the hybrid smartwatch market. Its signature feature is a sharp e-ink display, akin to what you’d find in an Amazon Kindle Paperwhite or the classic Pebble Watch. It shows your steps, heart rate, and other stats with chronograph-like icons that perfectly match the watch’s look. The unique design and controls aren’t as intuitive as other watches, but it’s a small price to pay for such attention to detail.

If you’re a fan of buttons, the Jorn has three for you to play with rather than the traditional “hold/tap” design of the Apple Watch, and its app integration and customizability have received high marks from reviewers. As a whole, the Skagen Jorn is a strong hybrid smartwatch for those who care more about the watch and its aesthetics than smart features. However, it works very well for what it is.

Best heart rate monitor: Garmin Vivomove HR

Garmin

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Specs

  • Size: 40mm, 43mm
  • Heart monitor: Yes, with oxygen levels
  • Sleep tracking: Yes
  • Activity tracking: Yes
  • Water resistance: 50m
  • Battery life: 5 days (smart mode), 14+ days (watch only)

Pros

  • Good fitness features
  • Many color options
  • Easy to read

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Short battery life for smart mode

Though it is not specifically a “fitness watch,” the Garmin Vivomove HR delivers more fitness-driven features than most hybrid smartwatches, making it a notable choice for people who specifically want one to monitor their heart discreetly. It has dedicated stress tracking and relaxation timers so you can track your vitals in any situation, as well as SpO2 tracking. It falters a bit on battery life compared to other hybrids, especially when you use the smart features, though.

The design of its face is a bit simple compared to our other picks, and it’s less customizable than most, but it does have that true “Bauhaus” look. While it comes in multiple sizes and many colors, we found that many styles and colors are much harder to come by in the 40mm “small/medium” size. If you’re a fitness enthusiast, the Vivomove has the edge over competitors thanks to its stress monitor and relaxation timers. But its high price limits its appeal compared to other watches in the space.

Best for small wrists: Fossil Women’s Monroe Hybrid

Fossil

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Specs

  • Size: 38mm
  • Heart monitor: Yes
  • Sleep tracking: Yes
  • Activity tracking: Yes
  • Water resistance: 30m
  • Battery life: 14+ days

Pros

  • Fits any wrist
  • The feminine silhouette isn’t common among smartwatches
  • Competitive feature-set

Cons

  • No signature feature

Look, there’s no delicate way to put this: The overwhelming majority of smartwatches out there feature masculine (or at least masculine-leaning) designs. Hybrid watches, in particular, are often based on larger “men’s” watches. If you’re looking for something feminine rather than simply picking a smaller case size, Fossil’s Monroe is definitely the way to go. The mid-sized 38mm case will fit almost any wrist, unlike the 42mm (or even bigger) smartwatches out there.

It doesn’t skimp on the features either, with notification support, activity tracking, a heart rate monitor, and more. The only real downside to this hybrid smartwatch is that it lacks a unique tech-driven feature. The Monroe is purely a style play, but since feminine hybrid watches are fairly rare, that is a signature feature unto itself.

Best for adventures: Garmin Instinct Crossover Solar

Garmin

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 38mm
  • Heart monitor: Yes
  • Sleep tracking: Yes
  • Activity tracking: Yes
  • Water resistance: 30m
  • Battery life: 70 days in smartwatch mode, 31 hours in GPS mode

Pros

  • Advanced performance metrics
  • Superb battery life with solar charging
  • Navigation tools
  • Luminescent analog watch hands

Cons

  • Watch hands break up the screen

Most hybrid smartwatches tend toward the watch spectrum’s fashion end. They may offer some health tracking features but aren’t built to withstand adventures. The Garmin Instinct Crossover, however, offers robust fitness watch features in a hybrid body, making it a fantastic hiking watch or companion for the adventurous soul. As the name suggests, the Instinct Crossover Solar has much in common with the Instinct Solar. It’s a rugged watch—water-rated to 10 ATM and thermal- and shock-resistant—so you don’t need to worry when you’re out in the mountains or swimming in the ocean.

The Instinct Crossover Solar offers Garmin’s full suite of fitness features, including VO2 Max measurement, workout suggestions, training tools and metrics, and an expansive list of activities to track. And it provides impressive battery life with plenty of customization to get the right balance for your life. The battery life is unlimited if you put the watch in battery saver mode and get at least 3 hours per day outside in 50,000 lux conditions. With GPS mode, you can get up to 31 hours with solar or up to 553 hours in Max Battery GPS Mode with solar.

The display of the watch is a monochrome, transflective memory-in-pixel design that is easily visible in sunlight. On top of the display sit the luminescent analog watch hands, making it easy to see even at night. And it utilizes RevoDrive technology to keep the time accurate no matter what. It’s an impressive balance of analog functionality with full smartwatch and fitness watch features.

Best budget: Withings Steel HR

Withings

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Specs

  • Size: 36mm, 40mm
  • Heart monitor: Yes
  • Sleep tracking: Yes
  • Activity tracking: Yes, with multi-sport support
  • Water resistance: 50m
  • Battery life: 25 days

Pros

  • Competitive price
  • Visually appealing
  • Good battery life

Cons

  • Some may prefer a larger case size
  • Older model

The Withings Steel HR is an older, simpler hybrid smartwatch, but one that still holds up. For less than $200, the Steel HR offers only slightly less functionality than our top pick for $100 less. More importantly, the Steel is rated for 50m of water resistance, which means you can take it in the pool or the ocean without worrying about it. It offers great battery life—25 days—and features multi-sport tracking to record more accurate activity-specific health data.

Though many of the watches on this list feature a minimalist style, the Steel features what may be the simplest look. I quite like its two-dial configuration. However, with a 40mm case, it’s smaller than most of the picks on our list and may not be a great fit for people with very large wrists.

Things to consider before buying a hybrid smartwatch

Picking a hybrid smartwatch over a conventional smartwatch or fitness tracker is, more often than not, rooted in taste. You want some smart features, but not at the expense of how a classic wristwatch looks and feels on your wrist. In keeping with that, most hybrid smartwatches have a relatively standardized set of smart features, including step tracking, sleep tracking, and more. Some features, like surfacing notifications from your phone, aren’t on every model, though, so it does pay to think about how “smart” you want your watch to be.

It’s all about the features

Though hybrid smartwatches don’t vary as much in feature set and price range as other tech, like Apple watches or their alternatives, you should remember that they aren’t all identical. Most hybrid smartwatches offer some degree of fitness tracking, sleep tracking, and water resistance. Certain features—like GPS integration, altimeters, blood oxygen (SpO2) tracking, and 100-meter water resistance—tend to be reserved for more expensive models. 

High-end hybrids also tend to have better battery life, though even the least expensive of the bunch last longer than more tech-forward smartwatches like the Apple Watch Series 8 and Samsung Galaxy Watch5. The average battery life of a hybrid smartwatch is around two weeks, though some go as high as 25 to 30 days without a charge.

Aesthetics are everything

There are two main reasons to buy a hybrid smartwatch: less frequent charging and sheer aesthetics. As a watch enthusiast, I strongly prefer the round face and analog movement of a hybrid over the blocky silhouette of a Fitbit. As such, you should really consider the look and feel of the hybrid you want before you buy it. 

You should also measure your wrist before making any purchase. Most hybrid watches have a case diameter of 42mm, which is quite large on those of us with smaller wrists. If you have a wrist size of 6.5 inches or less, you will probably want to invest in a smaller 38mm model instead.

FAQs

Q: Can I buy refurbished smartwatches?

Absolutely, many of our recommended hybrid smartwatches can be purchased refurbished from Amazon, eBay, or other resellers for a reduced price. For example, you can buy a refurbished Garmin Vivomove for less than $100 right now. We’ve added a link to at least one used purchasing option for each watch on this list.

Q: Can I use a hybrid smartwatch without a phone?

Hybrid smartwatches can tell time perfectly fine without syncing to a smartphone, as they are watches first and foremost. Their smart features—heart rate monitoring, step tracking, and so on—require one, though.

Q: How do I charge a hybrid watch?

Most hybrid smartwatches charge via magnetic USB cables that you plug into a wall, similar to traditional smartwatch chargers.

Q: Can I text on a hybrid smartwatch?

Many hybrid smartwatches either display your texts or at least show you a notification when you receive one on your phone. Most, however, do not allow you to respond. If texting via your watch is a priority, you should consider buying an Apple or Android Wear watch.

Final thoughts on the best hybrid smartwatches

As with many products out there, these hybrid smartwatches ultimately have quite a lot in common with each other. Still, the devil is in the details. If you’re looking for top-of-the-line features, you may decide to go for a more traditional smartwatch instead. However, if aesthetics are what you’re looking for, all of these watches will have you well-covered. Besides, who wants to charge their watch every day, anyway?

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best hybrid smartwatches of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best running shoes for men in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-running-shoes-for-men/ Thu, 10 Jun 2021 16:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-running-shoes-for-men/
Person running down the street in the best running shoes.
jack atkinson via Unsplash

Jogging is a great way to stay healthy. And stamina aside, nothing will take you farther while doing it than proper footwear. Use this guide to find the best shoes for where and how you run.

The post The best running shoes for men in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person running down the street in the best running shoes.
jack atkinson via Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best fitting New Balance Men’s Fresh Foam 1080 V8 Running Shoe New Balance Men’s Fresh Foam 1080 V8 Running Shoe
SEE IT

With a variety of width and length options, you can find a shoe that fits your foot perfectly for superior comfort and form while running.

Best cushioned ASICS Men’s Gel-Venture 7 Trail Running Shoes ASICS Men’s Gel-Venture 7 Trail Running Shoes
SEE IT

Absorb shock with this cutting-edge gel technology, so you can run farther without any aches and pains.

Best for stability and support Brooks Men’s Adrenaline GTS 20 Brooks Men’s Adrenaline GTS 20
SEE IT

These shoes are specifically designed to protect your joints and keep your body aligned as you jog.

Running is truly an exercise of convenience. You don’t have to learn how to do it, and it doesn’t require any equipment other than your two feet. Of course, those need to be outfitted correctly. Running around with bare feet might be fun for toddlers, but a guy who wants to go the distance without falling apart will need cover and cushioning. A good pair of running shoes for men won’t just keep your soles clean and gash-free as you glide over dirt, sand, rocks, and concrete. They can also protect your musculoskeletal system from the trauma your body endures every time your feet hit the ground hard.

It’s important to know when you need new men’s running shoes. Experts suggest springing for a new pair every 300 to 500 miles. For those who are good with long distances only when running them, that averages to a switch about every four to six months, if you run 20 miles a week. As a general rule, if the midsoles or outsoles look compressed or worn, it’s time to move on. When you’re ready to make a change, you’ll want to buy wisely. Keep reading to learn more about the best running shoes for men.

The best running shoes for men: Reviews & Recommendations

Best versatile: Under Armour Men’s Charged Assert 9 Running Shoe

Amazon

SEE IT

These Under Armour running shoes for men tick enough boxes to make them compatible with a number of jogging environments. The rubber outsole provides traction for gliding over rocks and wet grass, while the compression-molded foam offers ample cushioning to get you over jagged, uneven terrain, and the tight, lightweight mesh will keep sand out and drain excess water during leisurely beach runs.

Best fitting: New Balance Men’s Fresh Foam 1080 V8 Running Shoe

Amazon

SEE IT

When thinking about fit, width matters as much as length. Runners with less-than-slim feet need more spacious shoes that won’t cramp them. These New Balance running shoes come in US sizes 4 to 20, with seven different widths, ranging from extra-narrow to extra-wide.

Best cushioned: ASICS Men’s Gel-Venture 7 Trail Running Shoes

Amazon

SEE IT

Comfort is the key feature of these ASICS running shoes for men, and it offers that in various ways. It has rear-foot GEL technology that provides shock absorption and works in tandem with OrthoLite X-40 sockliner, which introduces an additional layer of cushioning.

Best breathable: adidas Men’s CF Lite Racer Byd

Amazon

SEE IT

Wearing these might be the next best thing to running with just your socks on. These adidas men’s running shoes are made of snug, stretchy mesh, ensuring your feet will breathe easily while you’re jogging in them. Cloudfoam midsoles and outsoles increase the comfort factor. When they get dirty, you can throw them into the washing machine, but after the gentle cycle is complete, air drying is recommended.

Best for stability and support: Brooks Men’s Adrenaline GTS 20

Amazon

SEE IT

Overpronators can run safely without having to adjust how they hit the road. Rather than trying to fix your gait, these Brooks running shoes for men give you the stability and support you need to offset the effect of rolling your feet inward when they land. The GuideRails support system keeps your feet properly positioned while protecting your knees, hips, and joints from injury.

Running gear on a budget: What you get for under $50

As a general rule, a more expensive running shoe for men isn’t necessarily a better or a safer one. As with haute couture, some brands charge higher prices in accordance with their reputation – not because they are offering some special feature that will make going for a run in them better or safer than wearing anything else on the road. There’s absolutely no reason why you can’t find a perfectly good pair of men’s running shoes for under $100.

If the idea of handing over a cool hundred to replace them every six months or so makes you wary of hitting the road, there are cheaper options. New Balance Men’s Fresh Foam Evare V1 Running Shoe is available for under $50 a pair, and the model offers many of the same features and benefits as shoes that cost more than twice as much.

Things to consider when looking for the best running shoes for men

Before splurging on your next pair of running shoes for men, keep these five factors in mind:: 1) Where you’ll be doing most of your running. 2) Proper fit. 3) Cushioning and support. You want to avoid the sensation of bare feet clamping down on hard concrete. 4) Foot odor and sweat protection. 5) Your running form. If your feet roll in or out when they come down on solid ground, you’ll need shoes that can handle your gait.

Where will you be running?

Running on the beach or on grass will produce less wear and tear on your shoes than running on asphalt, so you need a pair of running shoes that are not only up to the task of keeping you up to speed but can handle rough and challenging terrain as well. Beach runners might be tempted to go barefoot, but stray rocks, shells, and other forms of litter and debris can wreak havoc on your feet, so it’s in your best interest to keep them covered. You should look for a pair with a tighter mesh, which will allow water from the ocean or sea to drain out of your running shoes without letting sand in.

Big city concrete can be murder on your joints, so if you’ll be doing most of your running around town on sidewalks, running shoes with a springlike effect in the heel will help keep your body parts in good working order. On the geographical flipside, a country road packed with dirt and gravel can be negotiated more easily with rubber spikes that provide the traction of cleats.

Running on the grass is generally easier on the knees than running on harder surfaces, but joggers should still approach green routes with caution. Since uneven grass can cause your feet to twist, arch support and cushioning is paramount. Also, because grass is slippery when wet, the men’s running shoes you wear while jogging on it should give you good traction.

Have the proper fit right from the start

First, forget everything you’ve ever heard about having to break in a new pair of shoes. If you won’t be able to hit the ground running comfortably from the moment you first step into your running shoes, leave them on the shelf. Next, measure your feet while standing up. If they aren’t exactly the same length, go with the larger foot to determine the size your running shoes should be. You can always lace them up a bit tighter on the smaller foot.

When you stand on top of your men’s running shoes, they should more or less line up with the size and shape of your bare feet, without your toes hanging over the front or sides. After you put them on, there must be a thumbnail’s worth of space between your longest toe (which might be the second toe, not the big toe) and the front of the shoe. Check that there is no pressure on your pinky toe and only a slight amount on your big toe. It should be about as snug there as a watch strap is around your wrist.

When you take off in new runners, your heel shouldn’t slip and the surface of the shoe shouldn’t rub uncomfortably against your ankle. If the fabric at the top bunches up, you might need a smaller size, and if it bulges or stretches, go a half size bigger. Running shoes for men will become more comfortable over time, but they should fit properly right out of the starting gate.

Why too much or too little cushioning can hurt you

Midsole material, which is typically EVA or polyurethane foam, helps absorb the impact as your feet hit the ground. How thick they need to be is mostly a matter of personal preference. Maximum cushioning is thicker and softer, but it can produce a squishy feel. Moderate cushioning hits the middle ground between pillowy and firm. Barefoot cushioning leaves only a thin layer between your feet and the ground and offers minimal arch support and no stability features. It may feel good strolling around town, but it won’t do you much good in the long run.

Contrary to popular belief, more cushioning isn’t always better when it comes to running shoes. The extra softness can prevent the foot from functioning like a spring (as it should). Instead, it becomes a shock absorber, leaving the springing action to your joints and tissues and potentially leading to injury. The best cushioning is neither too hard nor too soft, hitting a happy medium characterized by soft and supportive and comfortable and lightweight.

Another consideration is the heel drop, which refers to the difference in cushioning between a running shoe’s heel and toe. A traditional drop is about 10mm and up, and it’s best for runners who land heel first. A lower drop of 8mm and under is ideal for runners who hit the ground on their toes or the middle of their feet. As running shoes approach a zero drop, they force the Achilles tendon to work harder, which can lead to painful injury.

Running shoes must let your feet breathe

Few forms of exercise guarantee you’ll work up a considerable sweat quite like running. Your feet might not get as drenched as your head, but they will perspire enough to require shoes that will offset the wet. Breathable shoes allow your sweat to evaporate more quickly while keeping your feet cooler and protecting them from blisters and fungi.

Porous fabrics provide better breathability, so stay away from rubber anywhere but on the soles of your running shoes. It traps moisture and heat. Leather may look and feel good, but the material is heavy and offers precious little ventilation. Canvas, on the other hand, er foot, breathes nicely, but it’s hard to beat knitted nylon or polyester, aka mesh. One of the most popular fabrics in running shoes for men, nylon wicks sweat and it’s stretchy, so it will more easily conform to the shape of your feet while you’re on the run. Polyester has a lot of the same benefits as nylon, but it may not be as durable.

Match the shoe to your running form

Pronation refers to how your feet roll inward when they hit the ground and move you forward. The level of pronation differs from person to person, so it’s important to choose a pair of men’s running shoes that complement your form.

Runners who overpronate roll their feet disproportionately inward when they land and require shoes with more stability, structured support, and motion control. Supination refers to rolling your feet outward upon landing, which is relatively uncommon. For those who run like this, however, shoes with more cushion and flexibility are ideal.

The way you pronate affects the way your running shoe ages. Overpronation wears away the inside edge of the shoe, while supination erodes the outer edge. A 200-pound runner who overpronates or supinates will need to replace their running shoes more often than someone who is thinner and has basic pronation.

FAQs

Q: Are more expensive running shoes better?

While more expensive running shoes might have more cushioning, those options with ultra-high price points probably aren’t worth the pretty penny. Though we want high-quality materials and design, expensive running shoes often differ only slightly from their more wallet-friendly counterparts.

Q: Are cushioned shoes better for running?

Cushioning helps absorb impact and prevent damage from joints while running, but too much of a good thing can have adverse impacts. While we recommend a decent amount of cushioning in your running shoes, avoid those with extremely padded insoles, as it may lead to more pronation of the ankle or cause misalignment while running.

Q: What is the best running shoe?

The best running shoe for you will depend on your individual needs and use. Evaluate what terrain you’ll be training on, your unique foot shape, and what level of support you want before deciding what shoe best suits you.

A final word on finding the best running shoes for men

Finding the best running shoes for men can be as grueling an experience as what you do while you’re wearing them, but in the end, the extra effort will pay off. Most people just look for a pair that fits well, but it’s important to remember that other factors contribute to comfort and protection. If your running shoes don’t provide adequate support and cushioning, you might end up sustaining injuries that take you off the road and keep your kicks in the closet.

Different feet have different needs, but it pays to treat a new pair of running shoes like a new car. Take them out for a test run before you commit to them completely. Your feet and other body parts connected to them will be grateful when you cross the finish line.

Related: Best Walking Shoes for Men

The post The best running shoes for men in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best running shoes for women of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-running-shoes-for-women/ Sun, 03 Oct 2021 14:25:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=368860
A woman wearing sportive clothes and sneakers and running through a green lawn road.
Alex McCarthy, Unsplash

Pick up speed and support with the best running shoes for women.

The post The best running shoes for women of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A woman wearing sportive clothes and sneakers and running through a green lawn road.
Alex McCarthy, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best road-running shoes New Balance sneakers New Balance Women's Fresh Foam Roav V1 Sneaker
SEE IT

The thick heels on these sneaks are perfect for pounding the pavement.

Best cross-training shoes A black sneakers with pink laces and the pink brand mark on it. PUMA Women's Tazon 6 WN's FM Cross-Trainer Shoe
SEE IT

Get your cardio and strength training in with these versatile kicks that are made with vegan-friendly synthetic leather.

Best cheap running shoes A sports sneaker with a white sole and a fiery red sneaker material. Flysocks Slip-On Sneakers for Women
SEE IT

These affordable slip-ons are lightweight and come with anti-skid grooves to avoid twisted ankles.

Running is a seriously good way to work out. Not only will running burn calories, but it can bring about a meditative calm that only you serious runners truly understand. As you cross mile after mile, you’ll be in the zone and feel an amazing rush of endorphins. The only thing that can be a bummer is the post-run burn, when your legs are sore and you’ve put some serious wear and tear on your feet. To prevent this, you need to look at getting a pair of good running shoes that will give you loads of support and prevent injury. The best running shoes for women will let you run farther and faster than you previously could. It might sound too good to be true, but a great shoe design really can deliver results.

Why you shouldn’t run without running shoes?

You may be thinking, “Why do I even need to buy a special pair of comfortable running shoes? Can’t I just pop on my old pair of sneakers and get going?” Sure you can, but you will almost certainly regret it. Arch and ankle support are crucial to avoiding serious running injuries—most walking or casual sneakers just aren’t up to snuff when it comes to giving runners support. Added cushions, heel support, and breathable materials will make your runs more enjoyable while ensuring you stay safe. For the competitor in you, here’s how to pick the best running shoes for women.

Things to consider when picking out the best running shoes for women

When choosing the best running shoes for women, there are a few things to consider. For starters, are you looking to do short bursts or long marathon style runs? Do you want a good running shoe that can double up for other types of training, or are you simply looking for one just dedicated to running? Are your feet particularly wide or narrow, or do you have a high or low arch? 

Use our guide to help you narrow down the options and get the best running shoes for you. You’ll be able to hit the ground running and be well on your way to the finish line.

Best for road-running: New Balance Women’s Fresh Foam Roav V1 Sneaker

New Balance

SEE IT

The chunkier foam heel on these New Balance sneakers makes them ideal for pounding the pavements. Regular road runners need maximum support against a flat, hard surface to protect their knees, and these are well-designed for that. New Balances are definitely one of the more stylish and versatile shoes, and you wouldn’t be out of place wearing these to brunch. We love the black version with the striking raspberry pink heel and lime green base.

Best cross-country: Saucony Women’s Kilkenny Xc 8 Cross Country Running Shoe

Saucony

SEE IT

These cross country shoes are especially ideal for those looking to run in tough terrain. With a rubber sole and 3-D printed overlays, they are some of the lightest cross-country running shoes for women we’ve tried. For boosted performance, you can add spikes for running cross country. Reviewers noted that they were running some of their fastest times thanks to these high-performance shoes.

Best cross-training shoes: PUMA Women’s Tazon 6 WN’s FM Cross-Trainer Shoe

PUMA

SEE IT

People who do cross training know that it’s really important to get stable and comfortable running shoes. PUMA’s Tazon shoes are a solid two-in-one—these pink and black beauties (also available in white and blue) feature in the top 10 best cross training shoes for women on Amazon. Their specially designed heel absorbs impact well. Made from synthetic leather, they are ideal for vegans.

Best gel-support: ASICS Women’s GEL-Venture 5 Running Shoe

ASICS

SEE IT

ASICS are known for producing some of the best all round sneakers for both running and general workouts. These gel running sneakers are fan favorites because of their high performance, comfort factor, and durability. These ASICS running shoes are perfect for runners who need that extra level for support or who are recovering from an injury. Their versatility means they would work at the gym, on the road, or on the trails. 

Best budget: Flysocks Slip On Sneakers for Women

Flysocks

SEE IT

You don’t need to sacrifice on function just because you pick up a pair of cheap running shoes. These Flysocks slip-ons have a lightweight and breathable design, and the soft insole keeps you comfortable. The anti-skid grooves on the soles help protect you from twisted ankles, slipping, and impact injuries. At this price, you can own them in almost every color of the rainbow.

FAQs

Q: What is the best shoe for running?

The best running shoe for you won’t be the same as your best friend’s. First, start by asking yourself what you need from a running shoe. Are you a regular flat road runner, or are you someone who hits the trails? Do you need extra cushioning, or are you looking for a sleeker shoe? Once you identify this, you’ll be able to get the right pair of sneakers for your needs.

Q: What is the most cushioned women’s running shoe?

Everyone’s feet are shaped differently, so some shoes may feel more comfortable than others depending on whether you’re wide- or narrow-footed. In general, though, look out for running shoes that have added features like heel support, gels, mesh, and foam.

Q: What shoe do podiatrists recommend?

Foot doctors will usually recommend the shoe with the most additional support. Gel-supported shoes or extra foam can make your running experience so much more enjoyable. You’ll prevent nasty injuries and be able to run for a good year with regular use. For even better protection, you can rotate pairs of running sneakers to give them time to bounce back to regular shape. This will ensure you get the longest life out of them.

The final word on the best running shoes for women

Running is one of the best exercises you can do for long-term health. The best thing is that comfortable running shoes are really the only piece of gear you need to invest in. With that said, you’ll want to make sure that you have the proper shoes to run properly. Unsupportive shoes will make running more painful and less enjoyable. Get a pair of the best running shoes for women, and you will be able to reach high levels of performance and fitness.

The post The best running shoes for women of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best massagers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-massagers/ Fri, 15 Oct 2021 15:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=403386
The best massagers of 2021

These tools help sooth any part of your body.

The post The best massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best massagers of 2021

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Foot Massager The Cloud massage shiatsu foot massager machine is best foot massager Cloud Massage Shiatsu Foot Massager Machine
SEE IT

A powerful solution for relieving legs and feet.

Best Massager Gun The Toloco Massage Gun is best neck massager Sportneer D9 Massage Gun
SEE IT

Interchangeable tips can pinpoint various areas of the body.

Best Massage Chair The Oways zero gravity SL track massage chair is best massage chair OWAYS Zero Gravity SL Track Massage Chair
SEE IT

A luxurious chair that hits the whole body.

One of the best forms of self-care is tending to your aches and pains with the help of massage. Besides muscle relief, studies show that massage has widespread benefits for the body and mind, such as managing skin conditions, pain, arthritis and fibromyalgia, hypertension, and enhancing overall mental well-being. But paying for frequent trips to the massage parlor can get costly. With the help of at-home massage tools, like massage guns and rollers, you can get the benefits of soothing muscles without having to shell out tons of money and time every week. Whether you’re an athlete looking to tend to sore muscles and joints, suffering from painful body parts due to age or illness, or simply looking to up your self-care game, here are the best massagers to keep you feeling relaxed and pain-free.

How we picked the best massagers

Because there are a wide variety of massagers on the market, we broke our search down to five key types: foot, neck, chair (full body), hand, and scalp. Each type of massager requires different features and components, but there are definitely some throughlines in our methodology. 

We analyzed each massager’s value for its price point: are you getting the most for your money? For neck and back massagers, we also wanted to ensure you’d be getting enough motorized power, without causing further pain and discomfort to your joints and muscles.

For handheld massagers, we only recommend those that aren’t too heavy or bulky, so that you can easily soothe yourself without having to feel like you’re working out. After all, wouldn’t that defeat the purpose? 

The best massagers: Reviews & Recommendations

Best foot massager: Cloud Massage Shiatsu Foot Massager Machine

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Between heat activation and incredibly powerful massage kneading, this is the best foot massager you’ll find. It works wonders to relieve pain from various conditions.

Specs:

  • Power Source: Corded Electric
  • Supports: Plantar Fasciitis, Diabetic Neuropathy, Bone Spurs
  • Weight: 22 Pounds

Pros:

  • Excellent for Diabetic Neuropathy
  • Extremely powerful/firm massage
  • Heated
  • Works feet and calves
  • Works like a deep tissue massage

Cons:

  • No remote control
  • Only 1 timer setting
  • Heavy

Specially designed to help those suffering from Diabetic Neuropathy, plantar fasciitis, and bone spurs, this foot massager is one of the most powerful on the market. It’s heat-activated for added muscle and joint relief and works all the way up through the ankles and calves for even more relief.

The movable bar allows you to adjust the positioning to your comfort and has three levels of intensity with five different modes: rolling massage, compression therapy, a sway function, heat therapy, or the quiet mode for a simple relaxing effect.

Drawbacks include the lack of remote control and only one timer setting (15 minutes). However, the overwhelming consensus was an appreciation for how intense this machine can get: “It hurts so good!”

Best massage gun: Sportneer D9 Massage Gun

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If your muscles and money are tight, this percussion massager adds new meaning to “bang for your buck” with enough speeds and swappable heads to target any muscle group. 

Specs:

  • Power Source: Battery
  • Noise: 30-45 dB
  • Weight: 2.3 Pounds

Pros:

  • Compact and portable
  • 6 replaceable massage heads 
  • Doesn’t sound like a power drill
  • Long-lasting 3350 mAh Lithium-ion battery

Cons

  • Not the most ergonomic

Percussion massagers are a great tool to break up the “crunchies” and loosen tight muscles. But with the most-recognized names in the sector starting at several hundreds of dollars, sticker shock can have you tensing up even more as you research relief.

Sportneer’s affordable but still effective D9 Massage Gun does exactly what it’s supposed to do—improving blood circulation and dispersing lactic acid to warm up muscles and/or hasten recovery—and it does it under a C note. With a 220W brushless motor delivering five speeds from 1300 to 3200 RPM.

Avid hikers, long-distance runners, as well as anyone working on their feet all day will particularly appreciate the bullet head, which easily navigates the contours of the foot, digging deep into the fascia (as well as around joints) to relieve tension. Combined with five other swappable options for every knotty muscle group, the D9 lets you work a massage into any routine.

While suggested as best used with oil, the metallic heads are also great for gliding over clothes with minimal twists, so use doesn’t always have to be a private production. And it all comes packed in a convenient carrying case so you can address acute aches from the couch to the commute, from the treadmill to the trail.

Best massage chair: OWAYS Zero Gravity SL Track Massage Chair

Why it made the cut: With a zero-gravity design, heated function, and a full body massage capability, this is a must for anyone who needs consistent muscle and joint relief.

Specs:

  • Product Dimensions: 64.56 x 31.49 x 48.81 inches
  • Weight: 256 pounds
  • Material: PU Leather

Pros:

  • Zero gravity
  • Full body massage
  • Heating
  • Built-in bluetooth speaker for music

Cons:

  • Very expensive
  • Manual setting can be difficult to use
  • Phone compatibility is spotty

This 3D, zero-gravity massage chair makes you feel like you’re floating in space. If you’re unfamiliar with zero gravity versus traditional massage chairs, zero gravity means you can recline all the way back. In this neutral position, you feel like you’re floating in “zero gravity,” because your weight is evenly distributed and your heart is lower than your legs. This helps to reduce pressure along your back, sciatic, and pelvis. This weight distribution is also beneficial if you sit for long periods of time.

The deep V-wrapped design and heating features are meant to help relax your emotional state, as well. The robot hands work the entire body in a rhythmic motion, and the chair can automatically adjust to a person’s height and body shape for the most accurate massage. 

You can even play music from the chair using the built-in Bluetooth speaker. While this chair is very expensive, it is a competitive price point for similar quality massage chairs. Manually programming the chair can be annoying, so it’s best for those who prefer automatic mode.

Best scalp massager: LATME Electric Scalp Massager

Why it made the cut: With four waterproof, replaceable heads and 28 individual nodes, this scalp massager can be used for dry massage use and in-shower massaging and cleaning.

Specs:

  • Power Source: Battery
  • Material: Plastic, Silicone
  • Weight: 1.43 Pounds

Pros:

  • Lightweight
  • 4 replaceable massage heads
  • 28 individual nodes
  • Waterproof; can be used in shower
  • Rechargable 

Cons:

  • Pricier than basic models

While the design is simple and straightforward, this scalp massager is doing the most. It comes with four replaceable massage heads that rotate both clockwise and counter-clockwise with high and low speeds for optimal goosebump-worthy head massage. 

We love that this is a waterproof design, meaning you can use the scalp massager in the shower to get a deep clean, stimulate your scalp, and relax you. In fact, studies show that head massage can increase hair growth and thickness. Don’t worry, it’s not going to tangle or pull your hair. If you’re concerned about tangling your hair, though, you can put a scarf over your head and still get the tingling and stimulation benefits. 

Ready in less than an hour on an easy charging base, it holds the charge for a long time. We also love that you can even use this device on pets.

Best hand massager: Lunix LX3 Cordless Electric Hand Massager

Why it made the cut: Relieve carpal tunnel, arthritis, and over-worked hands with this cordless electric, heated, and intense hand massager.

Specs:

  • Power Source: Battery
  • Supports: Arthritis, Pain Relief, Carpal Tunnel 
  • Material: Plastic

Pros:

  • Heated
  • Strong pressure
  • Compression
  • Great for palm, back of hand, and wrist pain
  • Comes with separate finger massager

Cons:

  • Pressure may be too strong for some users
  • Some did not like the “poking” ridges on the inside that left marks
  • Actual unit is less effective for finger pain

Our pick for the best hand massager, the Lunix pressure point therapy massager is excellent for palm, back of hand, and wrist pain. It comes with a separate finger massager, as well, which is great because we saw many users complain about the actual unit not providing enough finger relief. 

The unit comes with 6 levels of massage and intensity compression. It heats up to about 107 degrees F, which melts away sore and cramped muscles. It’s designed especially for Arthritis, pain relief, and carpal tunnel. If you want to focus on the wrists, though, you can place your hand halfway into the massager and hit program number four. It’ll massage your whole lower hand and that “meaty” section of your thumb. 

Note that the pressure can be a bit intense for some, so go easy when you’re starting out. It also can leave marks on your hands when you’re done using it, but have no fear. They will disappear after a little while.

Best budget percussion massager: TOLOCO Massage Gun

Why it made the cut: The forked attachment is wonderful for working on your neck, but it’s versatile enough to handle your whole body if other parts get sore.

Specs:

  • Power Source: Battery
  • Material: Silicone
  • Weight: 4.74 Pounds

Pros:

  • Lightweight
  • Can be used on full body
  • 10 replaceable massage heads 
  • Quiet
  • Long battery life

Cons

  • Auto shut off after 10 min
  • Can be hard to reach some areas of your body

While we chose this for the best neck massager, this massage gun works the entire body. It has 10 replaceable massage heads to work all the nooks and crannies, providing the most accurate muscle relief, blood circulation, and lactic acid removal. Use the fork head for your neck and spine, and the crescent head for your shoulders. 

While the massage heads are specific and strong, many users noted that one of the best elements of this massage gun is that it won’t hurt if you accidentally press over a bone. (Many guns have plastic attachments that can cause sharp pain over sensitive bones). 

It has an ergonomic handheld design that’s easy to use and won’t slip, and LCD touch screen to adjust the modes and intensity. All this comes at a very fair price point, especially when compared to other massage guns on the market. Get the best massage gun before it sells out.

Things to consider before buying the best massagers

Target

Because massage tools are a very broad genre, you’ll want to be specific about what your problem areas are and your intended use. Do you suffer from carpal tunnel and need hand relief? A hand massager is probably for you. Are you an athlete that requires deep tissue, full-body relief often? A massage gun is your best bet.

Price

You should also figure out what you’re looking to spend. Massage chairs, for example, can cost you well over $1000 (some are even $10,000!), while massage guns can be around $100. 

Consult your doctor

It’s also very much worth talking to your doctor before starting to shop for one of these massagers. That’s especially true if you’re suffering from any injuries or medical conditions. While most of these tools are simple to use, they may not play nice with underlying issues. Rubbing or applying pressure to the wrong area can increase pain or even cause permanent damage if you’re not careful. Err on the side of caution. 

Usage

Muscle pain can take various different forms, from slight tightness to serious spasms, and affect different areas of the body. Shoppers should look for the best device for their particular pain management. The most powerful percussive models are made to mimic truly intense deep tissue massages, and may be downright unpleasant to those unaccustomed to that kind of pressure. For most people, the Hypervolt Bluetooth will provide ample power, and its app gives helpful guidance on using the device on various parts of the body.

Versatility

Some people have a particular trouble zone when it comes to muscle soreness, while others may experience pain in different parts of the body, depending on the exertion that causes it. A percussive massage gun or vibrating massager are versatile devices that can be used on a host of different areas of the body. They can help soothe sore muscles after a workout, relieve back tension after a long work day, and pound out the arches of the feet after hours of walking. If there’s one particular sore spot that keeps giving you trouble, it might be worth splurging on a device designed to treat it, such as the foot and neck-and-shoulders models described in this article.

FAQs

Q: Can I use a massager every day?

It depends. While massage has been shown to help alleviate pain and help with relaxation, every person’s body is different and requires varying amounts of relief. How often you exercise, how intensely you work out, and what conditions you have all affect how often you will need to massage your body.

The best way to tell how often to use your massagers is to go with how you feel. However, it also depends on how you use your massager. If you are using a massage gun, for example, you can use a more gentle setting to warm up your muscles daily and increase blood and lymphatic flow. If you are using an intense setting to work deep tissue, you will probably want to use this less often.

When it comes to massage chairs, though, the recommendation is typically to use them around three to four times per week.

Q: Does vibration help inflammation?

Yes! Studies show that vibration can reduce whole-body inflammation! 

Q: How much should I spend on a massage gun?

Like all products, the market varies widely. Some massage guns are under $100, and some can cost you over $700! This all depends on what features you’re looking for, brand names, etc. We’ve found that you can find a great massage gun that won’t break the bank, but will still get the job done. Those fancy $700 models are not necessary to get pain relief. 

Q: What is a percussive massager?

A percussion or percussive massager, otherwise known as a massage gun, uses a fast, pounding motion to hammer into muscles. This jackhammer-like motion can help stimulate blood flow and soothe soreness. 

Q: Does self-massage help speed muscle recovery? 

While there is some debate on just how useful it is to target “knots” we all know it feels good to get pressure on sore, overused muscles. Self-massage tools can help you reach and apply pressure to awkward spots more effectively. The jury is also still out on whether rolling, percussing, and massaging muscles after a workout actually improves future performance, but it’s definitely a good way to ease discomfort in the moment. 

Q: Are there body parts I shouldn’t massage? 

Never use a forceful device on an actual injury—such as a sprain, a broken bone, a bruise or a pulled muscle—as the impact will likely worsen the condition. If you have a more chronic injury, talk to your medical professional about which massagers, if any, you can safely use on affected areas.

A final word on the best massagers

Massage benefits your entire body, as well as offers stress relief and relaxation for your mental health. With the help of the best massagers, you can save money and gain more convenience by having a professional-grade massage at your fingertips. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Up your summer fitness with $200 off select Garmin smartwatches https://www.popsci.com/gear/garmin-smartwatch-sale/ Thu, 08 Jun 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=546970
A selection of Garmin smartwatches and devices on a white background
Abby Ferguson

You can update or upgrade with new software and savings on the Garmin Forerunner, epix, Instinct, Approach, and more.

The post Up your summer fitness with $200 off select Garmin smartwatches appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A selection of Garmin smartwatches and devices on a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Garmin has been at the top of the fitness watch game for some time, making a range of smartwatches for beginners and pro-level athletes alike. Though each line of watches is tailored to a specific event—such as running, golf, flying, or diving—they can essentially do it all for the multisport enthusiasts and endurance athletes out there. Right now, Garmin is running sales on many of its smartwatches. That includes many editions from the Forerunner line, which was the world’s first GPS running watch and is celebrating its 20th birthday this year. These watches are a great way to take your training to the next level, perfect as we head into summer (weather and wildfires permitting).

Garmin Forerunner 945 $399.99 (was $499.99)

Garmin

SEE IT

The Garmin Forerunner 945 has come a long way since the original Forerunner 201 was released in 2003. This advanced running watch provides the ability to sync music directly to the watch to keep you entertained on your runs. It offers 10 hours of battery life in GPS mode with music or up to two weeks in smartwatch mode. You’ll also have access to full-color onboard maps, a handful of safety and tracking features, and Garmin’s full suite of performance metrics and training insights. It’s not the latest version of the Forerunner, but it is still well worth purchasing.

Garmin fēnix 7 – Sapphire Solar Edition $699.99 (was $899.99)

Garmin

SEE IT

Garmin recently announced a Pro version of the adventure-focused fēnix 7, but the fēnix 7 is still a fantastic choice and more than enough watch for most people. This version offers the tougher Sapphire glass, so you won’t have to worry about scratches as much. And it provides solar charging, which promised 22 days of battery life in smartwatch mode when it gets access to enough sun. As with most Garmin watches, it features an accurate heart rate monitor and GPS, along with a long list of data collection and fitness tracking features.

Even more Garmin watches on sale:

More Garmin products on sale:

Garmin software updates

On top of running sales on many of its watches, Garmin has also announced a software update for the Enduro 2, epix (Gen 2), fēnix 7 series, Forerunner series, Instinct 2 series, and MARQ (Gen 2) watches. This update will include the addition of wrist-based running dynamics such as cadence, stride length, ground contact time, and more. These metrics will be measured right from the wrist, so you won’t need to purchase additional accessories if you are interested in that information.

The free software update also provides a Load Ratio to help you stay in shape and acclimation improvements to assist with altitude acclimation. Garmin also added an obstacle racing activity to keep track of your run time, the number of obstacles, heart rate, and more during obstacle course events. It will also record split times between running and obstacle sections during races. Finally, Targeted Adaptive Coaching for Cycling is now available. This will provide a week of daily suggested cycling workouts directly on the watch, which adapt to your performance and upcoming events that you add to your Gamin Connect calendar.

These updates have already started to roll out to compatible devices. You can update your new smartwatch by turning on automatic updates and syncing with Garmin Connect or by using Garmin Express. Don’t let these prices pass you by (but if they do, it’s probably because they have been training with a Garmin watch)!

The post Up your summer fitness with $200 off select Garmin smartwatches appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
A graduation gift guide for grads who love the outdoors: From practical tools to personalized accessories https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-gift-guide-for-grads-outdoor-gifts/ Tue, 25 May 2021 15:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=366540
A lineup of the best grad gifts for those who love the outdoors on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We’ve compiled a gift guide for grads who can’t wait to get off campus and lose themselves (figuratively) in the great outdoors.

The post A graduation gift guide for grads who love the outdoors: From practical tools to personalized accessories appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best grad gifts for those who love the outdoors on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for campers Graduation gift guide with the best camping hammock Wise Owl Outfitters Hammock
SEE IT

A durable option that doesn’t hurt the bank.

Best for hikers Two pair of socks in a grey color with written letters under them. Smartwool Hiking Crew Socks
SEE IT

These socks are made of Merino wool, which will keep your feet warm and dry.

Best solar generator Best Solar Generators Jackery Portable Power Station Explorer 300
SEE IT

Power small appliances while camping.

It feels safe to assume that—after spending the better part of many years cooped up inside classrooms, libraries, cafeterias, and/or dorm rooms—any grad is ready for a change of scenery, especially grads who love the actual outdoors. Once all their schoolwork is done, grades have been entered, and degrees are in hand, these grads will surely feel it’s time some exploits braving the elements, and you can help by giving graduation gifts for outdoor lovers that travel well. Wherever their love for the outdoors takes them, we have you covered with the best graduation gift guide for well-accessorized adventurers.

Best for campers: Wise Owl Outfitters Hammock  

Wise Owl Outfitters

SEE IT

If your favorite grad is equipped with just about everything they need to make it through a backcountry trip, get them camping gifts to introduce even more relaxation and fun to their next outdoor escape. A camping hammock is a perfect way to sit back, take a nap, read a book, or drink a calming beverage outdoors. This is the best hammock from Wise Owl and weighs under 2 pounds, including the hanging straps, so it’s perfect for campers who prioritize portability. When packed down, it’s about the size of a grapefruit, so your grad should be able to easily carry it with them or keep it stashed away in their car. Each hammock comes with tree straps and carabiners for easy setup, with no need for any additional equipment. It comes in over 10 colors so that you can choose their favorite. It’s 9 feet long and 4.5 feet wide, with a 400-pound weight limit, which should be suitable for just about any user. You can even grab a two-person hammock (weighing only 5 ounces more) if they tend to go camping with a partner or friend.

Best for grad parties in the backyard or backcountry: Ultimate Ears WONDERBOOM 3

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

No graduation gift guide would be complete without some great speakers. If your recent grad is always on the go—heading out for day hikes, camping trips, beach hangouts, long bike rides, and more—you can’t go wrong gifting them a portable Bluetooth speaker. No matter where they are or what they are doing, a smartphone and a compact speaker will provide the perfect soundtrack for any outdoor activity. The Ultimate Ears WONDERBOOM 3 is an excellent option, weighing under 1 pound and equipped with a flexible handle that can easily attach to a backpack, bike basket, or belt loop. It’s only 4 inches tall, but the small, compact design doesn’t mean you sacrifice anything when it comes to sound. The portable speaker can reach up to 87 decibels (equivalent to standing next to a loud blender or vacuum) and produces full 360-degree sound coverage. This powerful Bluetooth speaker can also withstand the elements and is one of our favorite waterproof speakers for a good reason; it has an IP67 rating, which means it can survive being dropped into a body of water up to a meter deep for half an hour, plus it’s dirt/dust-resistant. In addition, the battery lasts a full 13 hours, so your grad can jam outside all day long. And, if they want to be a party-goer and a party-thrower, you can up the energy with a portable party speaker.

Best for hikers: Smartwool Hiking Crew Socks  

Smartwool

SEE IT

A hiker is only as good as their socks are strong, so give a grad who loves to ramble amongst the rocks a pair that will last. While socks may seem like a simple gift, a quality pair or two is one of those hiking gifts that can go a long way. You’ll be taking care of an essential need any avid hiker has and investing in their overall outdoor experiences. Take it from us: nothing ruins a hike faster than angry blisters and constant friction. Smartwool hiking socks come in various colors and sizes, both men’s and women’s. From a tried and true brand, these socks are designed for rugged day hikes and moderate backpacking. An elasticized arch brace provides extra support, medium cushioning absorbs impact, and a flat-toe seam keeps things comfortable. Made from Merino wool and nylon, these socks will keep their feet warm even during cold winter hikes. If your loved one likes to embark on a variety of adventures, you can check out Smartwool’s other socks specifically designed for activities like running, cycling, skiing, and more. There’s a reason we listed them as our favorite wool socks.

Best for interval training to interviews: Garmin epix Pro and Garmin fēnix 7 Pro

Garmin

SEE IT

Whether your grad is thinking more about the backcountry or the boardroom, they could use a smartwatch that helps them get where they need to be when they need to be there. And when it comes to multi-band GPS smartwatches, Garmin makes the best adventure accessories out there. Endurance athletes to purposeful wanderers can benefit from the rugged, sensor-embedded case, metrics-rich displays, and accurate navigation resources found in Garmin’s newest Pro editions of the company’s multisport timepieces—available in multiple sizes and colors with different types of scratch-resistant/solar-charging glass.

Best for your grad’s new apartment: Fuzzy Ink Wilderness Print

Fuzzy Ink

SEE IT

The perfect grad gifts for outdoor lovers aren’t always the ones they’ll bring on their adventures—they can be ones they’ll appreciate before and after an excursion. A woodsy print or poster is a great present for a graduate who needs a little help decorating their new apartment. At this point, they might have all the gear they need, but what they probably don’t have are elegant pieces that express their personality but also provide a sense of maturity for an adult abode. This print from Fuzzy Ink is an artistic way for your grad to stay inspired. It measures 18 inches by 24 inches and is printed on coated paper with a matte finish, so they won’t have any trouble finding a great spot to display it. This print quietly depicts the beauty and awe that many outdoor enthusiasts find so mesmerizing about being in nature. From the crackling campfire to the expansive display of fir trees, this piece will surely bring joy to a grad who longs to roam around the forest.

Best for outdoor athletes: CamelBak Octane Dart Hydration Pack

CamelBak

SEE IT

Any outdoor lover knows how important it is to stay hydrated. Whether hiking, cycling, or running, drinking water is key to preventing heat stroke, dehydration, fatigue, and other issues. Of course, a water bottle is the first thing we think of when it comes to H2O on the go; however, bottles can be bulky and cumbersome. So, if you want to get your grad a great outdoor gift that prioritizes function and efficiency, we recommend a CamelBak Hydration Pack. This multisport hydration backpack can hold 50 ounces of water and easily straps to your back with a long drinking tube and trap management to make hydrating hands-free. All they need to do is bite down and suck to get as much water as necessary—no need to stop during a long run or bike ride to grab a water bottle. The 3D vent mesh provides lightweight comfort and airflow, while front harness pockets can hold snacks, sunscreen, and other essentials. Reflectivity strips are added for extra safety during early morning or nighttime exercise. Your grad will be able to get a run in anytime, anywhere, and stay hydrated all the while. If you’re looking for more options, consider our list of the best hydration packs.

Best personalized gift: Engraved Compass

Etsy

SEE IT

A personalized gift is always a good idea, especially when you’re celebrating a significant achievement. Giving a gift designed specifically for them—something special that only they will have—will let your grad know how much you care for and support them. If you want to give a personalized gift suited for the outdoors, check out these engraved compasses. You can choose from existing mountainscapes or upload your own favorite photos and illustrations to be perfectly recreated on the compass’s cover. Practically any part of the compass can include etching, so you won’t have to choose between a picture or a message. You can even ask for your own handwriting to be impressed on the metal so your graduate can take a piece of you with them no matter where they travel.

A useful graduation gift for the outdoors: Victorinox Swiss Army One-Hand Trekker Knife

Victorinox

SEE IT

Outdoor enthusiasts know that it’s essential to prioritize gear that is lightweight, portable, and multipurpose. You will rarely find a seasoned camper lugging around a toolbox, though the need for various utensils and instruments is frequent. From quick repairs to food preparation, a survival tool or multipurpose knife is a helpful gift for anyone who spends a lot of time outside (they can also be pretty practical for indoor use). A Swiss Army knife is practical, classic, and cool. A household name when it comes to compact knives, the Trekker lives up to the hype. Its attached tools include a wood saw, large blade, 3-millimeter and 5-millimeter screwdrivers, wire stripper, can opener, tweezers, toothpick, and more. It’s one of those camping gifts that offer pretty much everything you need to make it through the trek without any issues. A knife like this is a thoughtful graduation gift that they are guaranteed to use for years to come.

Best thoughtful: Paddywax Candles Parks Collection

Paddywax Candles

SEE IT

A candle is a fantastic gift for any graduate, signifying new beginnings and ordaining their adult apartment, or childhood bedroom, with sophisticated, balanced scents to keep them calm as they figure out their next steps. We’re a fan of scented gifts in general. But if your recent grad pines for the outdoors but doesn’t have time to travel just yet, a candle that brings nature to them is even more highly recommended. Paddywax has created a National Park Service-inspired collection that features the complex aromas of our country’s natural wonders. “Yellowstone” has hints of sagebrush and fir, the “Great Smoky Mountains” features Maplewood and moss, “Acadia” has seagrass and driftwood, while the “Grand Canyon” smells like cactus flowers and fern. Each candle is 11 ounces and has a burn time between 50 and 60 hours. When they’ve used up every drop of wax the candle has to offer, grads can upcycle the jars and repurpose them as plant pots, beauty tool holders, catch-alls, and more. Best of all, Paddywax donates a minimum of $25,000 per year to the National Parks Foundation, so your gift will not only go to your graduate but support the beautiful natural landmarks they love so much.

Best for day trips: YETI Packable Lunch Bag

YETI

SEE IT

There is only one thing better than a day outdoors, and that is a day outdoors with snacks. Whether they plan on packing a lunch for a mountaintop picnic or bringing a few celebratory drinks to a grad party on the beach, beverages, and munchies are a must-have for your graduate’s next outside hang. A cooler is the best way to keep their tasty treats fresh all day long, so they never have to worry about their food heating up in the sun while they hike or swim. This YETI lunch bag is the perfect gift for grads to take food outside or pack a tasty lunch for their new job. Available in two sizes, a standard box or larger bag, and a variety of colorways, this pack uses Coldcell Flex insulation” technology and a “thermosnap” closure to keep food at the correct temperature, hot or cold. The adjustable grid means you can set the size by simply closing the top hook into any one of the available hoops. That way, the lunch bag can easily fit under a desk or be stuffed with snacks and drinks using all of its available 15.75 inches. This bag will pair well with just about any outdoor excursion, so your grad will be able to pack all the necessities and then some.

Best wearable: Outdoor Life Tee

540Brands

SEE IT

If you want to get sweet, versatile graduation gifts guaranteed to make them smile, go with cute graphic tees like this one from Outdoor Life. Available in both men’s and women’s sizes, the “Go Play Outside” slogan is a fun way for you to tell everyone you see where your priorities lie. Made from 100-percent cotton and available in five colorways, this T-shirt will complement any hunter, angler, hiker, camper, surfer, sailor—just about any outdoor enthusiast you could think of. The soft material makes these tees particularly great for lounging around a campfire, though we recommend sizing up for maximum coziness—your grad will thank you.

Best for dirty hiking clothes: STNKY Bag Pro Wash Bag

STNKY

SEE IT

STNKY’s Bag Pro Wash Bag is the simple gift our adventurous grad didn’t know they needed. The zip-up laundry bag can hold all of their dirty clothes during multi-day camping and hiking trips to prevent unwanted odors and bacteria from getting onto their clean ones. When it’s time to wash their clothes, the STNKY bag can be unzipped and turned inside out, at which point the clothes will fall into the washing machine without being touched. The bag itself is also machine washable, which is a nice bonus. Anyone who struggles to stay organized and sanitary during their next outdoor trip will love this gift.

Best portable firepit: Colsen Tabletop Portable Fire Pit

Colsen

SEE IT

Sometimes setting up a big outdoor fire pit isn’t feasible or reasonable, but that doesn’t mean giving up s’mores for the night. Colsen’s Tabletop Portable Fire Pit runs on the company’s odorless liquid fuel, can be set up and ignited within a few minutes, and produces flame up to one foot tall for roughly 45 minutes. This is the ideal gift for someone who’s into glamping or wants a fire pit they can use indoors and out at any point during the year. The fact that you don’t need firewood to ignite it is particularly important because rainy weather can make dry fuel hard to find. And if you happen to have a grad living somewhere with a sizeable backyard/patio, you can give them a tasteful taste of the campfire life at home with a Solo Stove Bonfire firepit.

Best firestarter: Pull Start Firestarter

Pull Start Fire

SEE IT

On the other hand, if you’re shopping for someone who spends days upon days out in the woods, they’re going to need Pull Start Firestarter. The fire starter is literally ignited by pulling a string built into its small box. Smoke will begin to billow from the box, indicating that the fire starter will be fully ignited within three seconds. It lasts up to 30 minutes once fully ignited. Beyond the convenience of not having to strike a match, keeping a pack of these around can be helpful during an emergency. It’s very difficult to light wet wood with a match, but prolonged exposure to a fire starter can do the trick. Whether they’re trying to save time or their own life, your grad will appreciate having a three-pack of Pull Start Firestarter in their pack.

Best hard cooler: RTIC Ultra-Light 55 Quart Hard Cooler

RTIC

SEE IT

No campsite or boat is complete without a cooler that can reliably keep foods and beverages cold for hours—or days—at a time. If you’re shopping for a grad who’s planning a big summer trip, there’s a good chance Ultra-Light 55 Quart Hard Cooler is the perfect gift. The high-capacity cooler has three inches of insulation to maintain a consistent temperature inside, but it was engineered to be nearly a third lighter than the competition. This means it’ll be easier to carry when filled with ice, food, and dozens of cans. A cooler is one of the few gifts that may actually last your grad a lifetime, so it’s important to make the right choice. If you know they tend to pack extra light, RTIC also offers a 32-Quart model of this same cooler. Want more options? Check out more of the best coolers for camping.

Best for post-trail drinks: Hydro Flask 25 oz Ceramic Reusable Wine Bottle

Hydro Flask

SEE IT

Enjoying a bottle of wine on a mountain sounds like a dream—but wine bottles and hiking don’t exactly mix. Give your grad the gift of sneaky boozing with this ceramic reusable wine bottle from Hydro Flask, which fits one 750 mL bottle of wine. It’s dishwasher-safe for easy cleaning and BPA-free for peace of mind. TempShield double-wall vacuum insulation keeps whites chilled and reds at room temp, and a ceramic-lined interior prevents flavor transfer. Although it’s advertised for wine, we think it’s also perfect for any spirit: Our favorite nature-inspired aqua vitae is Tin Cup Whiskey, cut with water from the Rocky Mountains and named after the tin cups miners used to drink. Need a more traditionally shaped option? Check out our favorite insulated water bottles.

Best unbreakable glasses: Silipint Silicone Pint Glasses

Silipint

SEE IT

We’ve included the Silipint in our best camping gifts guide, but we think it makes a great gift especially for someone who may be too transient for real drinkware. These shatterproof “glasses” are made of 100% food-grade silicone, meaning you don’t have to deal with dangerous broken glass. Plus, they’re a fun, bright way to reduce the amount of plastic your grad may use between graduation and their very first job.

Best for ski lodge lounging: Chaco Ramble Puff Ankle Boot

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Chaco is known for its rugged and arch-supporting sandals, but we think their covered shoe offerings deserve some praise. The Ramble Puff Ankle Boot feels like a down parka for your feet, and they’re perfect for throwing on after a day of skiing or hiking. And, water-resistant rip-stop nylon means they’re not just indoor shoes—they can hold up in the great outdoors. If you’re looking for something that slips on, the Ramble Puff also comes in a clog style just as comfy and dreamy as its boot brethren. Our staff writer lives in both the clog and boot for women—don’t ask her to pick her favorite. Speaking of puffy stuff …

Best for camp comfort: Therm-a-Rest Honcho Poncho Down

ThermaRest

SEE IT

We all know the importance of having appropriate layers for hiking—but what if you want to stay warm without having to wear the same jacket you’ve worn all day. The Honcho Poncho from Therm-a-Rest (also makers of excellent sleeping pads) combines the lightweight, warm properties of 650-Fill Nikwax Hydrophobic Down with a water-resistant 100% recycled polyester shell for a wearable sleeping bag. You can wear it around the campsite or campfire or lay it out in your tent and use it as a blanket. Its front pocket doubles as a stuff sack to make it easy to stow away back into your pack (or to use it as a lite pillow).

Best for camp chefs: Opinel Nomad Camping Kitchen Utensil Kit

Opinel

SEE IT

These knives are great for a grad who trying to step up their outdoor cooking game. The kit comes with a serrated folding knife, a folding corkscrew knife, a pocket peeler, a beechwood cutting board, and a microfiber cleaning cloth that doubles as a travel pouch. A Virobloc safety ring is attached to all knives/peelers to make it safer to open and transport the kit. Your grad never has to struggle to cut a piece of campfire-cook beef or a hunk of crusty bread again.

Best hiking boot: Vasque Breeze Waterproof Hiking Boot

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Your grad deserves a new pair of hiking boots for successfully climbing the mountain that is college. This one from Vasque is comfortable—our assistant managing editor (his ankles and dog shown above) says, “Lightweight, breathable, and comfortable to … boot … the Vasque Breeze immediately impressed me by requiring zero break-in, then continued to impress me with its stability and traction.” This means grads can climb the highly-graded mountain of post-grad life and worry more about their rent than getting blisters. They’re waterproof and made of sustainable, durable materials for years and years of adventures.

Best headlamp: BioLite 800 Pro

BioLite

SEE IT

Grad gifts are all about shiny new things, and this new headlamp from BioLite should excite your night crawler. It packs 800 powerful, bright Lumens to illuminate any dark trails … or the way to the bathroom at night. Your grad will get 150 hours of power on low; seven hours on high; and 8 hours on reserve. It recharges using a micro USB port, and includes a Constant Mode for full illumination without auto-dimming. Plus, 3D SlimFit tech gives you bounceless, slipless, and near-weightless wear. Being comfortable and able to see where you’re stepping? Sounds like a win.

Best solar generator: Jackery Portable Power Station Explorer 300

Jackery

SEE IT

Jackery topped our list of the best solar generators, and we love the company’s small-but-mighty portable power station that can be charged by a wall outlet, car outlet, and the sun (!!!). The solar panel isn’t included, but you can get this bundle that solves the lack of solar panel upon purchase. It’s easy to carry at 7.1 pounds and can charge up to six devices while your grad is on outdoor adventures. Your grad may go outdoors to unplug, but you’ll get peace of mind that their phone or other powered essentials won’t die out in the wilderness.

Things to consider when picking gifts for folks who love the outdoors

From lite hiking gifts to entertaining accessories to full-on camping gifts, you can help recent graduates prepare for whatever their next exploration entails. Or, for graduates moving to a new city or starting a new job and unsure they’ll get out much in those early post-grad days, give graduation gifts that remind them of what they love, from naturally scented candles to beautiful nature prints. The key is determining their favorite outdoor activities, skills, comfort level, and existing accouterments, allowing you to match the grad with the gift.

Final thoughts on the best graduation gifts for outdoors enthusiasts

We hope this graduation gift guide for grads who love the outdoors has filled you with ideas and inspiration for the perfect present. Whether you’re celebrating a trekking champion, kayaking aficionado, or dedicated camper, you’ll find grad gifts for outdoor lovers that fit their specific interests. After all, a graduation gift, whether it’s hiking gifts or camping gifts, or apartment decor, is about celebrating their accomplishments and encouraging them to follow their dreams while holding onto their passions. 


PopSci wants to help you find the most useful shopping recommendations for the best gifts regardless of occasion or preoccupation. Searching for more unique gifts? Check out our additional expert gift guides, including Best Gifts for Travelers, Sustainable Gifts, Gifts to Turn Any Kitchen Into a Café, New Gear for those New Year New You Resolutions, and Science Toys for Kids.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post A graduation gift guide for grads who love the outdoors: From practical tools to personalized accessories appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Garmin’s newest smartwatches are even more adventure-ready https://www.popsci.com/gear/garmin-epix-pro-fenix-7-pro-news/ Wed, 31 May 2023 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=544842
Garmin fēnix 7 Pro on a wrist with the flashlight illuminated
Garmin

The new epix Pro and fēnix 7 Pro high-performance GPS adventure watches offer more advanced features for serious endurance athletes and outdoor enthusiasts.

The post Garmin’s newest smartwatches are even more adventure-ready appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Garmin fēnix 7 Pro on a wrist with the flashlight illuminated
Garmin

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Garmin is well known for its expansive list of rugged fitness watches, with multiple lines specifically tailored to different activity types. And now, the options for adventurers and serious endurance athletes are even more extensive with the announcement of updated Pro versions of the epix and fēnix 7 watches. 

Most of the updates to these premium next-gen. multisport watches are incremental software changes, such as more activity types and new fitness measurement tools. But there are also a few notable hardware and build upgrades, including a new size option and AMOLED display for the epix Pro and an LED flashlight in all three sizes of both the epix Pro and fēnix 7 Pro. Both watches will also benefit from trickle-down features from the new Forerunners.

Garmin epix Pro details

Garmin just debuted its epix 2 line of watches last year. Despite how new the series is, the company is rolling out some worthwhile updates to make it even better in a new Pro version. With vibrant metrics-rich watch faces and extensive sensors/navigation features in a sleek body, the epix Pro remains a great choice for boardroom-to-backcountry adventures and weekend warriors, from climbers and mountaineers to ultra-marathon trail runners. 

Garmin

SEE IT

epix Pro and build changes

The epix came in two sizes—42mm and 47mm—while the Pro version adds a 52mm option for those who really want a statement piece on their wrist. The larger size offers more than just a dramatic look, however. Garmin packed extra battery into the 52mm version, which promises up to 31 days of battery life in smartwatch mode. The 42mm and 47mm both should provide 10 and 16 days of battery life, respectively. 

Like the epix Gen. 2, the Garmin epix Pro will be available in Standard Edition, which features Corning Gorilla Glass and stainless steel case, or the Sapphire Edition, which uses a more durable Sapphire lens and titanium case. And all three sizes get an even brighter upgraded AMOLED display for a colorful, detail-packed watch face. 

All three sizes will offer an LED flashlight, which can vary in intensity and features a strobe mode. We were glad to see the flashlight included even on the smallest watch since it is a potentially game-changing feature. It can illuminate your path while trail running or hiking in the dark and help others see you, which is invaluable if exercising near a road. 

The epix Pro also gets an updated and optimized heart rate sensor. Garmin didn’t provide any information on what exactly that means, but it says these changes will provide “enhanced multisport performance tracking.”

Fitness tracking features

Garmin watches are already robust in their fitness tracking abilities, but the company is not one to just let things be. The epix Pro will offer new activities, which include team sports such as soccer, basketball, and racquet sports, as well as horseback riding and more.

Beyond new tracking modes, Garmin also created new training features. Hill Score gives you a better idea of how your training impacts your ability to run uphill. Uphill segments are automatically detected and analyzed, and that information is combined with other physiological metrics to provide a score from one to 100. It even breaks the score down into Hill Endurance and Hill Strength, which reflect short, fast efforts versus long, sustained climbs. And it offers feedback to improve your training over time. 

The second new feature—Endurance score—looks beyond your VO2 Max, giving a more personalized look at your fitness. It analyzes both short-term and long-term endurance training and takes into account all types of activity, not just running or cycling. And, like Hill Score, it provides training feedback to help you understand your score.

Three new display types on the Garmin epix Pro smartwatch
The epix Pro will offer new terrain maps, a Red Shift Mode for night use, and weather overlays. Garmin

Additional new features

The Garmin epix Pro will provide a unique Red Shift Mode, which changes the display to shares of red. This lessens the impact on your vision when looking at your watch in the dark and reduces any sleep cycle disturbance you might get from the standard display. You can manually turn on this display mode or schedule it to automatically turn on and off based on sunset and sunrise time. And you can even select certain activities that automatically use Red Shift Mode.

Up Ahead mode will allow you to view running points of interest, such as checkpoints and aid stations, right on the map. This allows you to better understand what’s in front of you and plan accordingly on your race or activity. 

The last feature those navigating the backcountry will especially appreciate is the new weather map overlays and relief shading on topographic maps. The weather overlays can display temperature, precipitation, and cloud cover, to help you make more informed decisions on the go. And relief shading will assist in navigation. You can also opt into Outdoor Maps+ for even more map content, including satellite imagery and more detailed maps.  

Garmin epix Pro pricing & availability

The epix Pro is available for purchase as of today, starting at $899.99.

Garmin

SEE IT

Garmin fēnix 7 Pro details

Like the epix Pro, most changes to the fēnix 7 Pro are smaller software additions. The fēnix 7 Pro still comes in 42mm, 47mm, or 51mm sizes, though you no longer have the option of a version without solar charging. You can, however, choose between Standard Solar or Sapphire Solar, depending on how robust you want your watch face. 

Like many of Garmin’s new watches lately, including the Instinct 2X, the fēnix 7 Pro will feature an LED flashlight in all sizes. It offers a broad pattern, variable intensities, red safety light, and strobe mode. 

New training features

The fēnix 7 Pro also gets a new heart rate sensor. Garmin says this next-gen sensor utilizes “more spatially diverse optical sensors and sport-specific algorithms.” It should provide even better performance tracking for more activities, giving you even more accurate insight into your training. 

Like the epix Pro, the fēnix 7 Pro will also get the new Endurance Score and Hill Score for better endurance training insight. It also gets its share of new activities, including white water rafting, motocross, overlanding, and dozens more. And the watch will provide access to the weather map overlays, new relief shading, and Up Ahead mode.

Garmin fēnix 7 Pro pricing and availability

All versions of the fēnix 7 Pro are available for purchase at a starting price of $799.99.

The post Garmin’s newest smartwatches are even more adventure-ready appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Memorial Day fitness deals let you jump into summer activities and save https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-memorial-day-amazon-fitness-deals-2023/ Fri, 26 May 2023 12:19:03 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=543181
Save big on gear with these Memorial Day fitness deals.

Break a sweat without breaking the bank with these deals, like 20% on an inflatable kayak.

The post The best Memorial Day fitness deals let you jump into summer activities and save appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Save big on gear with these Memorial Day fitness deals.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The unofficial kickoff to summer is a great time to get active, indoors or out. The warmer weather invites barbecues and relaxation. So whether you’re training for a race, looking to get out on the water for the first time, or improving your putt, these Memorial Day fitness deals will help you prepare, have fun, and save money while you’re doing it.

Aquaglide Deschutes Inflatable Kayak $543.89 (was $679.99)

Inflatable kayaks are appealing because they’re generally much easier to transport than traditional models. But you shouldn’t have to sacrifice performance for portability. Aquaglide’s Deschutes Inflatable Kayak provides a solution: It’s both a cinch to toss into your car and includes features that paddlers are looking for. Plus, it’s currently available at its lowest price in months—just in time for the weather and waters to warm up.

This single-person kayak weighs just 18 pounds and fits into an included duffle bag. You’ll need a 12-volt air pump to inflate the three chambers of this open cockpit model, which is not included. Once inflated, this 11-foot kayak is designed with handles for carrying, a cushioned, quick-release seat, and adjustable footrests for a comfortable ride. The package also includes a quick-release fin, cockpit drain, and repair kit should you encounter rough waters. 

More outdoor fitness deals

Best home gym equipment deals

Best smartwatch and wearable deals

Best fitness accessories

The post The best Memorial Day fitness deals let you jump into summer activities and save appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
These discounted massagers can help you loosen up after your Zelda marathon https://www.popsci.com/gear/percussion-massager-spring-amazon-deal/ Fri, 12 May 2023 14:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=540814
Theragun Pro with attachments and Fit Kind compression boots on a blue background for Amazon's sale
Imagine using both at the same time. Stan Horaczek

There's even a hand massager for maximum gaming performance.

The post These discounted massagers can help you loosen up after your Zelda marathon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Theragun Pro with attachments and Fit Kind compression boots on a blue background for Amazon's sale
Imagine using both at the same time. Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Summer is full of sore muscles. Whether from endless hours of yard work, rigorous outdoor activities, or too many hours spent curled up with an OLED Nintendo Switch playing the new Zelda game, your body could use some help with recovery. Right now, Amazon has personal massagers of just about every type on sale for the lowest prices we have seen in a while. The products range from serious therapeutic equipment to casual devices designed to give you a pleasant foot rub, so there’s something for everybody (and every body).

TheraGun Pro percussion massager $260 (Was $599)

TheraBody

SEE IT

This is the previous generation of TheraGun’s pro-grade percussion massagers, and it’s roughly half the price of the current version while offering almost all of the same features. My gym has had one of these in the mobility area for quite some time now, and it still works flawlessly despite hard use. The unique triangular shape provides options for holding it so you can dig into your traps without giving yourself a tricep cramp. A full battery charge provides up to five hours of operation, which is more than enough. In fact, it’s too much. Five hours with this thing and your body would be goo. It offers five speeds, six included attachments to pinpoint the percussion, and an onboard display to keep tabs on battery life and intensity.

This is a serious piece of equipment, and you’ll become hopelessly addicted to it if you frequently get sore muscles.

FIT KING Leg Compression Boots Massager for Foot and Calf Recovery $199 (Was $289)

Fit King

SEE IT

I know, these look a little ridiculous, but compression boots are phenomenal for recovery. These boots have three independent air bladders inside that inflate and deflate to strategically apply pressure to your feet and various parts of your calves. They offer three pressure settings and three timed treatment routines to match your specific tolerance and level of soreness. If you’ve never used these before, I highly recommend them as a person with impossibly tight and often very sore lower legs. It almost feels good enough to wash away the trauma of running for any amount of time or distance. Almost.

More massager and recovery deals:

The post These discounted massagers can help you loosen up after your Zelda marathon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get the Fitbit Versa 2 for its lowest price ever on Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/fitbit-versa-2-amazon-deal/ Thu, 11 May 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=540452
Fitbit Versa 2
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Help yourself get in tip-top shape without tripping over your budget.

The post Get the Fitbit Versa 2 for its lowest price ever on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Fitbit Versa 2
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Fitbit has the most recognizable—and some of the most highly regarded—fitness bands on the market. And, right now, Fitbit has marked down many of its most popular models on Amazon. The Google-owned company’s sterling reputation is based on the quality of its hardware and software—all of the health data your wearable collects is automatically synced with your Fitbit account so that you can measure your progress over time. Fitbit has also introduced more advanced sensors over the years, which can more accurately gauge certain aspects of your health. So, if you’re clinging onto an ancient fitness tracker, it’s likely time for an upgrade. A Fitbit won’t guarantee a healthier lifestyle, but it’ll give you the information you need to make exercise decisions.

Fitbit Versa 2, $101.93 (Was $149.95)

Fitbit

SEE IT

Several Fitbits are on sale, but we’re particularly pleased with the $48 discount on its Versa 2 smartwatch because the discount brings it down to its lowest price ever. This wearable can record your steps taken, calories burned, heart rate, and sleep cycles. It’s even waterproof, so you can wear it while swimming. There’s even a smart wake feature, which will monitor your REM cycle while you’re sleeping to wake you up at the optimal time. Many of these health tracking features are available on less sophisticated Fitbit models, but its smartwatch capabilities set the Versa 2 apart, making it a solid Apple Watch alternative.

You can use the Versa 2 to make contactless payments using Fitbit Pay or control your smart home accessories using Amazon’s Alexa, which is built into the watch. When notifications come to the watch from your phone, they’ll be easier to read, so you can decide whether it’s worth pausing your workout to address them. The Versa 2 can even run apps like Spotify, so you can switch tracks or start a playlist directly from the smartwatch. This is a lot of functionality from a Fitbit that’ll only set you back about $100 on sale.

Fitbit’s deals aren’t tied to a larger sale and can end anytime. Some models have even sold out already, and we wouldn’t be surprised if the Versa 2 is the next one to go. If you’ve been looking for an inexpensive but fully-featured smartwatch, this is the one to get.

Here are more Fitbit deals to get your heart pumping:

And here are other great deals that are ongoing:

The post Get the Fitbit Versa 2 for its lowest price ever on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best headphones for working out in 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-headphones-for-working-out/ Fri, 17 Mar 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=519976
A lineup of the best headphones for working out on a white background
Amanda Reed

Throw on some of these high-performance audio accessories and load up your perfect soundtrack to take workouts to the next level.

The post The best headphones for working out in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best headphones for working out on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Beats fit pro amazon deal earbuds Apple Beats Fit Pro
SEE IT

A snug fit, balanced sound, and seamless iOS connectivity make these easy to add to any workout routine.

Best battery life A pair of Jabra Elite 7 active in-ear headphones on a blue and white background Jabra Elite 7 Active
SEE IT

These earbuds are highly resistant to dust and water and feature a great combination of ANC performance and battery life.

Best budget A pair of Anker Sport headphones on a blue and white background soundcore by Anker Sport X10
SEE IT

The soundcore by Anker Sport X10 headphones are great for runners on a budget.

Using headphones for working out can transform your frame of reference and put you in the mood to grind like nothing else. Of course, exercise can be strenuous and involve tons of movement, so it’s essential to find a pair of headphones or earbuds that leave you unencumbered by wires and fit securely enough that they won’t be flung to the ground every time you move your head. In this list, we’ll break down the best headphones for working out and optimizing your circuit(s) with your favorite music and podcasts.

How we chose the best headphones for working out

The best headphones for working out are wireless, and Bluetooth requires power. We picked headphones that offer at least five hours of single-charge battery life, and all of the earbuds include charging cases. Considering the battery life of your headphones is extremely important for keeping the flow going—you wouldn’t want the music to stop mid-workout. All of the headphones on our list fit securely around the head or in the ear to ensure that they move very little or not at all during workouts. Everyday headphones made for walking or when you’re stationary aren’t typically designed with extreme movement in mind.

Sound quality was also a big factor in considering headphones for this list, and many of the earbuds we picked either come with a full and balanced sound profile or offer the option to adjust their sound via an app. Staying aware of the activity around you is always important while wearing headphones, especially if you’re on the go. For our list, we picked headphones that either feature a transparency mode or are completely open-ear.

The best headphones for working out: Reviews & Recommendations

Prepping for a workout is all about getting your mind and body in the right place, and apart from stretching and putting on the right clothes, pumping up the jams properly can pump you up for a regular training run. One of our choices is sure to put a spring in your step the next time you go for a jog or lift weights.

Best overall: Apple Beats Fit Pro

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Apple Beats Fit Pro features a snug fit, balanced sound, and seamless iOS connectivity that make them easy to add to any workout routine.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.2 ounces/earbud; 2.3 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IPX4 (splash-resistant)
  • Battery life: 6 hours single-charge; 24 hours with case

Pros

  • High-performance active noise canceling in a compact earbud design
  • Secure design stays in ear when running or working out
  • Compatible with dynamic head tracking on iOS devices
  • Includes pocket-sized travel case and three eartip options

Cons

  • No wireless charging
  • iOS device required for full functionality
  • Not protected against water immersion
  • No multipoint pairing

We’ve thoroughly reviewed the Apple Beats Fit Pro, and they take the best overall award on this list thanks to their sound quality, workout-friendly design, and fantastic iOS compatibility. They contain the same proprietary H1 chip found in Apple’s AirPods, which enables near-instantaneous pairing and steady, reliable connections to iOS devices along with battery life optimization. Like AirPods, the Beats Fit Pro earbuds are also fully compatible with iOS head-tracking and spatial audio features for simulated surround sound and immersive media listening. Their inclusion of active noise cancellation (ANC) and transparency modes make them equally useful on the road and at the gym. We also love the range of colors these buds come in, particularly their unique skin tone range.

The Beats Fit Pro earbuds are designed to sit securely in your ears using small rubber wings that rest comfortably against your outer ear along with three sets of variously sized ear tips. A quick optional setup step uses the earbuds’ onboard microphones to test your fit for sound leaks. Once your optimal fit is achieved, the Beats Fit Pro can endure almost every exercise imaginable—from running to rowing—without budging. The earbuds’ conveniently pocked-sized charging case brings their total battery life to around 24 hours. While it would be nice to see wireless charging in a product with this price tag, we appreciate that the case is chargeable via USB-C rather than Apple’s proprietary Lightning connector.

While the Beats Fit Pro earbuds are unmistakably great for iPhone users, it’s unfortunate that the instant pairing and steady connectivity of the earbuds’ H1 chip aren’t extended to Android users. For their price, it would also be nice to see features like multipoint pairing and more robust weatherproofing rather than the same IPX4 rating found in standard AirPods. Still, if you work out regularly and are an iPhone user, you’d be seriously hard-pressed to find a better in-ear option. If you’re sold on the Beats features but are looking for an option with earhooks, the Powerbeats Pro earbuds are also a solid choice.

Best over-ear: JBL Live 660NC

JBL

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The JBL Live 660NC boasts full bass, and balanced sound with a 50-hour battery life, making them perfect for spur-of-the-moment workouts.

Specs

  • Weight: 9.3 ounces
  • IP rating: N/A
  • Battery life: 50 hours

Pros

  • Long-lasting 50-hour battery life
  • Quick charge gives 4 hours operation in 10 minutes
  • JBL app offers EQ and other advanced features

Cons

  • Variable fit affects noise cancellation performance
  • Integrated voice assistant button is easy to press accidentally
  • Multi-button design is complicated to use and set up
  • No IP rating

If you prefer the fit and look of over-ear headphones for working out, the JBL Live 660NC’s are worth considering, thanks to their snug fit and battery life. They offer up to 50 hours of operation on a single charge and a burst charge for four hours of operation in 10 minutes, so they’re almost always ready to go on a moment’s notice. The 660NC’s also feature noise canceling and ambient-aware modes, making them equally suitable for use in noisy gyms and on busy streets. We had inconsistent results with their noise-canceling abilities due to the earcups sealing differently on different peoples’ heads, so if the best noise-canceling is an absolute must in your book, you’ll want to consider noise-canceling earbuds instead of over-ears.

Thanks to their 40-millimeter drivers, the sound of the JBL 660NC is balanced and neutral with a slightly pronounced bass response that makes them great for listening to pop, dance, and other beat-heavy music while working out. The JBL headphones app offers further sculpting of the 660NC’s’ sound with EQ and ambient-aware level adjustments as well as access to battery life indicators and more. The headphones also feature their own onboard suite of control buttons. Still, they require a bit of studying to master, and the voice assistant button that covers the entirety of the left earcup is easy to press accidentally.

Lastly, the 660NCs have no official IP rating, and while we didn’t experience any technical issues from getting them a little sweaty, you’ll still want to be mindful of using them in heavy rain or other settings where they might get doused. If you absolutely need to work out with waterproof over-ear headphones, the Jabra 85h is a satisfactory alternative that features great ANC but has a slightly less secure fit.

Best for CrossFit: Dóttir Freedom Sport Earbuds

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Dóttir Freedom Sport Earbuds simply won’t budge during high-intensity workouts thanks to their substantial ear hooks and wide range of silicone ear tips.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.33 ounces/earbud; 9.5 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IPX7 (waterproof for 30 minutes, not dustproof)
  • Battery life: 12 hours single-charge; 72 hours with case

Pros

  • Incredibly secure fit
  • Built-in touch controls
  • Long single-charge battery life, extended further with case

Cons

  • ANC performance is spotty
  • On the bulkier and heavier side for earbuds
  • Max volume is lower than comparable earbuds

CrossFit enthusiasts and others who perform more strenuous exercises will like the impossibly secure fit and high sweatproof rating of the Dóttir Freedom Sport Earbuds, an easy-to-use pair of true wireless headphones with a design similar to the Apple Powerbeats Pro that cost around $100 less. Coming from Icelandic CrossFit legends Katrin Davidsdottir and Annie Thorisdottir, who have a lot of experience with sets in the box (both exercises and audio gear), these earbuds come with a whopping 12 pairs of eartip options to ensure the absolute best fit for your ear canal. In addition, they feature a substantially long earhook, so they’re not going anywhere once they’re in place. An intuitive combination of buttons and on-earbud touch controls grant access to volume adjustments and music controls, allowing you to put your phone away and focus on your workout. To accommodate their overall design philosophy and long 12-hour single-charge battery life, the Freedom Sport Earbuds are a bit bulkier than compact earbud options like the Bose Sport Earbuds and Beats Fit Pro. However, they weigh around 0.6 ounces less per bud than the Apple Powerbeats Pro. When paired with the USB-C charging case, their total battery life jumps to about 72 hours.

While the Dóttir Freedom are advertised as active noise cancelation earbuds, their ANC performance isn’t able to filter out nearly as much background noise as some other brands that specialize in noise-canceling earbuds—the official spec is 35 dB of reduction. Some chatter, traffic, and other ambient noise may come through in normal workout settings. This isn’t a huge dealbreaker, considering that it’s good to have some measure of situational awareness anytime you’re working out. Still, if you need near-silent levels of ANC performance from your earbuds, you might look elsewhere. We also noticed that the Dóttir Freedom sounded a bit quieter than the Beats Fit Pro and other earbuds on this list at max volume, but we didn’t have the equipment necessary to test their max SPL, and it’s unfortunately not published. We were always able to feel the bass so we could keep the pace, however, and did like the performance for the price. And, with an IPX7 rating, the Dóttir Freedom won’t break a sweat no matter how hard you do.

Best bone-conduction: SHOKZ OpenRun

SHOKZ

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The unique design of the SHOKZ OpenRun keeps your ears fully open, so you can stay aware of your surroundings while running and cycling.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.92 ounces
  • IP rating: IP67 (dustproof, waterproof for 30 minutes)
  • Battery life: 8 hours

Pros

  • Fully sweatproof and weatherproof for high-impact workouts
  • Open-ear bone conduction design for improved situational awareness
  • Long battery life with quick charge function

Cons

  • Lacks bass response
  • Proprietary magnetic charger isn’t interchangeable
  • Not silent—others can hear what you’re listening to

The SHOKZ OpenRun is one of the best bone-conduction headphones on the market, boasting a unique open-ear design that allows you to listen to music and podcasts while maintaining full situational awareness. Unlike traditional headphone designs, bone conduction headphones employ a clever hack of human anatomy to transfer sounds directly to the inner ear by gently vibrating your facial bones from the outside in, leaving the entire ear canal unobstructed. The drawbacks to this design include that they provide no passive or active noise cancellation, and the vibrations can be audible to others, so they’re not the best choice for quiet environments or taking public transit. Bone conduction headphones also produce markedly less bass frequencies than traditional designs, making them less ideal for immersive music listening.

On the functionality side of things, the SHOKZ OpenRun packs about eight hours of battery life on a single charge and boasts a substantial IP67 rating, making them completely impervious to dust ingress and fully waterproof for up to 30 minutes. They have a comfy and lightweight headband design with easy-to-use control buttons that makes them particularly suited for running and cycling on roads and trails. While there’s no way to adjust the headband’s fit, the OpenRun does come in two different sizes. Another minor design gripe is that the OpenRun uses a proprietary magnetic charger instead of USB-C, making it more of a hassle to replace if it breaks or goes missing.

Best for a custom fit: Ultimate Ears FITS

Abigail Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These earbuds include tips that mold to your ears when first using them, creating a custom and comfortable fit. Plus, they provide up to eight hours of continuous playback. 

Specs

  • Earpiece weight: 0.4 ounces
  • Bluetooth version: Bluetooth 5.0
  • IP rating: IPX3
  • Battery life: 8 hours on the earbuds, 20 hours with the case

Pros

  • Tips are molded to your ear shape
  • They stay put even during exercise
  • Lengthy battery life
  • Built-in mic lets you take calls

Cons

  • Switching between Bluetooth devices can be a bit finicky
  • No active noise cancelation

Ultimate Ears FITS, otherwise known as UE FITS, are unique earbuds due to the custom fitting process. When you first get your pair (or a new set of tips), the app guides you through the molding process. This involves the photopolymer gel tips heating up with the use of light-forming LEDs. It’s a strange sensation but nothing uncomfortable by any means. The entire process takes just 60 seconds to let you get your earbuds and reps in almost immediately.

Once the tips are molded to your ears, they should offer more comfort and stability than other earbuds. I must have sensitive, small ears as I tend to get pain from most earbuds almost immediately, but I can wear my UE FITS for a few hours just fine. They also stay put in my ears better than anything I’ve ever used. While I don’t do any HIIT workouts, they don’t budge at all during my runs or weight training sessions (even during side planks).

Beyond fit, the UE FITS also sound good. They are slightly lacking in bass by default, but you can customize EQ settings to your liking in the easy-to-use app. Unfortunately, there is no active noise cancellation, but thanks to the snug fit, they provide a nice amount of noise isolation. And the earbuds offer eight hours of battery life on their own, with 20 hours of battery life for the case. 

Less athletically inclined but still like the idea of custom-fit earbud comfort for running errands (or the occasional power walk)? UE offers the DROPS, which have a more involved, more handcrafted process resulting in bespoke acrylic housings tailored to your personal specifications and aesthetic.

Best for Spotify: Bose Sport Earbuds

Bose

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Take your entire music library for a spin with these small-but-mighty workout earbuds that boast Bose’s signature balanced sound quality.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.24 ounces/earbud; 2.15 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IPX4 (splash-resistant)
  • Battery life: 5 hours single-charge; 15 hours with case

Pros

  • Comfortable and secure fit with interchangeable ear tips
  • Well-rounded sound profile with full-bodied bass and present mids
  • Easy-to-use capacitive touch controls on each bud

Cons

  • Smartphone app required
  • Relatively short single-charge battery life
  • No active noise canceling

If you’re a stickler for sound quality, the Bose Sport Earbuds deliver a fantastic music listening experience in a compact, workout-friendly package that makes it enjoyable to dive into your music collection anywhere you go. They feature a very balanced and well-rounded sound profile with full, clear bass and detailed midrange frequency performance that’s suitable for a wide range of music styles and podcasts alike. Like any good pair of workout headphones, the Bose Sport Earbuds are IPX4 splash-resistant and feature a super secure fit aided by three sets of interchangeable ear tips. Their battery life isn’t as great as some of their competitors, clocking in at up to about five hours of use on a single charge, but this is mitigated somewhat by the 10 extra hours stored in their charging case.

Controlling the Bose Sport Earbuds is fairly straightforward thanks to their built-in capacitive touch controls, allowing users to swipe and tap their way through their music libraries, take calls, and more. Setting up the earbuds is a little less elegant, however, and relies heavily upon the Bose Connect app for everything, including device pairing and volume adjustments. Despite being a bit of a hoop to jump through, once set up, the app does offer access to EQ adjustment features and over-the-air firmware updates. One additional feature we’d like to see added is active noise cancellation, but that would likely drain the battery even quicker, and the Sport Earbuds perform reasonably well in the passive canceling department.

Best battery life: Jabra Elite 7 Active

Andrew Waite

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Jabra Elite 7 Active earbuds are highly resistant to dust and water and feature the best combination of ANC performance and battery life we’ve encountered in a pair of workout headphones.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.19 ounces/earbud; 1.9 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IP57 (dust-resistant, waterproof up to 1 meter)
  • Battery life: 8 hours single-charge; 30 hours with case

Pros

  • Very long battery life for frequent use without charging
  • Snug and secure fit with three eartip sizes
  • Balanced sound profile with customizable EQ via app
  • Multipoint pairing

Cons

  • Case can be tough to open
  • Low-frequency noise cancellation could be improved
  • Hit-and-miss phone call quality in loud environments

If you often find yourself in situations where you forget to charge your headphones—maybe you’re an endurance athlete, parent, or every overworked person in the modern world—the Jabra Elite 7 Active is a great-sounding and reliable option to add to your workout routine. At first glance, the low-profile design of the Elite 7 Active is reminiscent of a slightly less rugged Jaybird Vista 2 (which we’ve also reviewed in the past) with better battery life; despite weighing only 0.19 ounces per bud, the Elite 7 Active can run for eight hours on a single charge and up to 30 hours when used with their charging case, making them great for infrequent charging and ideal for stowing in a gym bag or glove compartment.

The Elite 7 Active’s noise cancellation performance is also very good in the midrange and high-frequency ranges where human conversation and music from speakers live. However, we found that they performed a little worse when dealing with car engines, noise from inside an airplane, and other very loud low-frequency information. This can be mitigated somewhat by selecting the best-fitting ear tips from the three pairs included with the buds. Still, if you’re using them for a workout, or to listen to podcasts while your kid burns through some energy (as shown above), you’ll probably want to stay aware of your surroundings and use the earbuds’ HearThrough mode anyway.

Music sounds great on the Elite 7 Active earbuds thanks to their flat and balanced sound profile, which you can sculpt further using the EQ settings in the Jabra Sound+ app. The app also offers battery life indicators, pairing options, and firmware updates, and we find it to be more user-friendly overall than the Bose Connect app. Call quality through the buds is fairly decent, although their built-in mics sometimes struggle to discern your own voice from ambient chatter when taking public transit or in other loud environments. The sleek charging case is also a great size and shape for keeping in a pocket during your workouts, but if you’ve worked up a sweat, its shape and smooth finish can make it difficult to open.

Best budget: soundcore by Anker Sport X10

Jen McCaffery

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Anker Soundcore Sport X10 offers an incredibly secure fit and long battery life for runners on a budget.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.2 ounces/earbud; 1.9 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IPX7 (waterproof for 30 minutes, not dustproof)
  • Battery life: 8 hours single-charge; 32 hours with case

Pros

  • Very secure swiveling ear hook design
  • Controls customizable via a smartphone app
  • Transparency mode enhances situational awareness

Cons

  • No multipoint connection
  • ANC performance is lacking in loud environments
  • Multi-press controls are confusing and uncomfortable

If you’re less concerned about noise cancellation performance, the Anker Soundcore Sport X10s are a great budget option for working out thanks to their secure fit and long battery life. They have a unique swiveling ear hook design that folds into a compact shape for storage in their charging case and unfolds to loop securely around the front of your earlobe, keeping them snug during even the most vigorous exercise routines. The Sport X10s also features a six-microphone array that provides relatively good phone call quality and an effective transparency mode. Still, their ANC performance falls short of quieting most common midrange sounds like speech, engines, and other urban noise.

The Sport X10’s sound profile is a bit muddy and heavy in the low-mids, but this can be adjusted using the EQ settings within the Soundcore app, which includes several presets to choose from. The app also allows you to rebind custom functions to the earbuds’ onboard control buttons, which are clicky and provide some nice feedback but tend to shift the earbud around with minor discomfort. You also don’t get multipoint pairing with the Sport X10, but at their price point, that’s understandable.

What to consider before buying the best headphones for working out

You could take the best headphones to the gym, but you would probably have very sweaty ears and potentially ruin your precious investment. Heck, even some of the best Bluetooth earbuds might not be suited for more than a brisk stroll. So here is what to think about before clicking “add to cart” on the best headphones for working out and going all in on that next set:

Sweat level

Sweating is a normal part of any workout, but if you tend to sweat more than the average person while you exercise, you should consider a pair of headphones with an Ingress Protection rating of at least IPX7. Most of the headphones on our list are designed with that level of waterproofing, including the Jabra Elite 7 Active, Dóttir Freedom Sport Earbuds, and SHOKZ OpenRun. If you sweat a lot, you’ll probably also want to steer clear of over-ear designs, which can heat up your ears and exacerbate the problem.

Workout intensity

If you do CrossFit or other forms of intense workouts, choose earbuds that use an ear hook or another type of external fastener to ensure that they don’t go flying. We like the Dóttir Freedom Sport Earbuds for heavy exertion, while the Powerbeats Pro earbuds are a good alternative with a similar design.

Charging capacity

If you use your headphones frequently, have limited access to charging capabilities, or just find yourself constantly running devices on low battery, picking a set of headphones with a high battery capacity can increase the likelihood that they’ll be ready come workout time. The 8-hour single charge and 30-hour charging case with the Jabra Elite 7 Active are the best we’ve tested in the battery life department, though our budget pick, the Soundcore by Anker Sport X10, also performs well.

Situational awareness

If you spend lots of time exercising near traffic or in busy locations, it’s important to maintain a good level of situational awareness for your own safety. Many headphones include a transparency mode that allows you to hear your surroundings in addition to your music, including the Apple Beats Fit Pro and the Jabra Elite 7 Active. For maximum situational awareness, nothing beats the open-ear design of bone-conduction headphones, and we prefer the SHOKZ OpenRun.

FAQs

Q: How much do headphones for working out cost?

Headphones for working out cost between $70 and $200, depending on features.

Q: Is it OK to sweat with headphones?

It’s generally OK to sweat with headphones as long as they were designed with some measure of waterproofing. The easiest way to tell if your headphones are waterproof is by looking for an IP rating in their specs—anything above IPX4 should be just fine for everyday workouts. If you sweat a bit more than average, it might be safer to choose something around IPX7 or higher. All of the picks on our list, except for the JBL 660NC, are officially waterproof.

Q: Are bone-conduction headphones good for working out?

Bone conduction headphones are very good for working out thanks to their open-ear design that keeps you fully in touch with your surroundings. Runners and cyclists are particularly good candidates for using bone-conduction headphones due to their proximity to road traffic, though anyone can benefit from the increased situational awareness that these designs provide.

Q: Do noise-canceling headphones work in the gym?

Noise-canceling headphones work in the gym to an extent, but not every pair of ANC headphones is created equal. The best headphones for canceling out human conversation and ambient music that we’ve tested include the Apple Beats Fit Pro and the Jabra Elite Active 7, both of which are aided by their secure earplug designs to deliver passive and active noise canceling at the same time.

Final thoughts on the best headphones for working out

The best headphones for working out will fit securely in your ears or on your head while delivering great sound and a good level of situational awareness. We love the Apple Beats Fit Pro for its overall sound quality and secure fit, as well as the elevated audiophile performance of the similarly designed Bose Sport Earbuds. If you need the longest and most reliable battery performance, the Jabra Elite 7 Active and JBL 660NC are the best earbuds and over-ears for working out, respectively. The Ultimate Ears Fits mold to the shape of your ear canal for a secure fit. For high-impact workouts, the secure fit of the Dóttir Freedom Sport Earbuds is fantastic. And if you want the best situational awareness possible while cycling and running, the SHOKZ OpenRun bone conduction headphones have our vote.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best headphones for working out in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best kids water bottles of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-kids-water-bottles/ Fri, 15 Jul 2022 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=455955
Best kids water bottles sliced header
Stan Horaczek

H2-Oh kids, and parents, will love these water bottles.

The post The best kids water bottles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best kids water bottles sliced header
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Hydro Flask’s stainless steel water bottle offers great durability for little adventurers. Hydro Flask 12-ounce Kids Wide Mouth
SEE IT

Hydro Flask’s stainless steel water bottle offers great durability for little adventurers.

Best stainless steel The Yeti Rambler Jr. will quench your thirst in the great outdoors. Yeti Rambler Jr.
SEE IT

The Yeti Rambler Jr. will quench your thirst in the great outdoors.

Best insulated The vacuum insulation of the CamelBak Eddy+ will keep your water icy cold for hours and hours. CamelBak Eddy+ Kids 12-ounce Bottle
SEE IT

The vacuum insulation of the CamelBak Eddy+ will keep your water icy cold for hours and hours.

Drinking water is a cornerstone to healthy living, so a kids water bottle is an essential piece of every child’s day bag. The tricky part is finding one that kids will actually want to use. While we can’t guarantee our picks will get them excited to drink water, per se, they’ll help reinforce positive lifelong habits as we push our kids to stay active, get plenty of rest, eat a well-balanced diet, and stay hydrated. These are the best kids water bottles we’ve found to date.

How we chose the best kids water bottles

I’ve been writing about gear and gadgets for over 10 years and, during that time, my byline has appeared on CNN Underscored, Gear Patrol, and TechnoBuffalo. At Popular Science, I’ve covered everything from the best 55-inch TVs to the best carbon monoxide detectors, so I write about a wide range of products. 

To make our selections, I researched dozens of water bottles for kids and spoke to parents I know with young kids. I also did hours of general research on water bottles and their construction. Lastly, I considered recommendations for water bottles from parenting-focused publications. As a new dad, I took a particular interest in this topic because I’ll eventually need a good water bottle for my child.

The best kids water bottles: Reviews & Recommendations

Water bottles for kids are a dime a dozen but there’s a lot of nuance in their designs if you look closely. Once you find something that meets the proper criteria, one final thing to remember: Make sure your kid likes what you buy.

Best overall: Hydro Flask 12-ounce Kids Wide Mouth

Hydro Flask

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Hydro Flask 12 oz. Kids Wide Mouth features tough stainless steel construction and double-wall vacuum insulation to keep drinks icy cold all day long.

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Capacity: 12 oz
  • Height: 6.8 inches
  • Weight: 0.6 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Solid construction
  • Double-wall insulation
  • Perforated flex boot for extra protection

Cons

  • Expensive

Hydro Flask’s 12-ounce Kids Wide Mouth bottle is made of durable stainless steel and features double-wall vacuum insulation, so drinks stay icy cold for up to 24 hours. This is particularly great during the hot summer when dehydration is particularly dangerous.

The Hydro Flask bottle features a straw lid that’s easy for kids of all ages to use. It’s made of solid plastic that curious kids won’t be able to chew through. Like all straw lids, it can be tough to keep clean without a small brush handy, but it’s also the easiest drinking apparatus for small kids. It also features a convenient loop handle and a perforated flex boot, adding extra protection and grip when placed on a surface.

Best of all, the Hydro Flask is dishwasher safe, so you can throw it in with the rest of your dishes and get on with your day. Plus, it comes in many colors and is highly customizable with alternate lids and a name tag so your kid doesn’t lose it at school. 

The Hydro Flask is a bit pricier than our other picks but its durable construction should withstand regular bumps and bruises while keeping water cold.

Best stainless steel: Yeti Rambler Jr.

YETI

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a durable design and easy-to-use straw cap, the Rambler Jr. from Yeti is a great option for adventurous kids.

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Capacity: 12 oz
  • Height: 8.4 inches
  • Weight: 1 pound
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Customizable
  • Durable for the outdoors
  • Vacuum insulated

Cons

  • Taller and heavier than our other picks

The Yeti Rambler Jr. is a heavy-duty kids water bottle. It comes with a leak-resistant straw cap and features a double-wall vacuum insulated design. We like straw caps because they’re easy for kids to use and give them more control over the flow of water into their mouths. The straw cap with the Rambler Jr. is also ultra-durable to withstand a few bumps and bruises on the trail. Yeti’s setup is dishwasher-safe and is available in various bright colors. For adventurous kids, the Rambler Jr. can be customized with premade graphics and text. You can also upload a custom design on Yeti’s website for a truly personalized water bottle.

Best insulated: CamelBak Eddy+ Kids 12-ounce Bottle

CamelBak

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a durable design and vacuum insulation, the CamelBak Eddy+ is a great option for long days away from home.

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Capacity: 12 oz
  • Height: 6.8 inches
  • Weight: 0.6 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Vacuum insulation keeps water icy cold for hours
  • Fun, playful designs
  • Soft bite valve helps prevent leaks

Cons

  • Straw can be tough to clean

Featuring a variety of adorable designs and durable stainless steel construction, the CamelBak Eddy+ 12oz bottle reimagines the company’s unique bottle design for kids. Vacuum insulation keeps water cold for several hours to keep kids hydrated during a busy day of school, a day at the playground, or little league practice. (There’s also a carry handle for easy transportation.) The bottle features a powder coat finish, giving it a grippy texture that doesn’t wash out in the dishwasher. 

The lid features Camelbak’s signature bite valve where kids bite softly on the plastic straw to make water come out. It’s intuitive and fun for kids, plus it makes the bottle spillproof and leakproof. The valve may be a slight annoyance for parents, as it’s a separate, removable piece, that takes a little extra effort to clean thoroughly. It’s definitely worth the extra effort if the valve gets your kid drinking, though.

The 12oz Eddy+ is also available in plastic if you want something lighter and more affordable.

Best leakproof: Thermos Funtainer Stainless Steel Water Bottle

Thermos

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Thermos Funtainer is available in a variety of fun designs and features a simple leakproof, spillproof design.

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Capacity: 12 oz
  • Height: 7 inches
  • Weight: 0.4 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Lid covers straw from dirt and grime
  • Insulation keeps drinks cold
  • Lid handle makes it easy to carry

Cons

  • Flip-top lid might be complicated for young kids
  • Features multiple pieces

The Thermos Funtainer features a simple design and is available in various colors and graphics (including Batman). We love the Funtainer’s spillproof, leakproof design. Instead of a flip-up straw, it features a flip-top lid with a silicone straw underneath. The design helps prevent spills and leaks and keeps the straw protected from dirt and grime, making this option a more hygienic choice. 

While the design helps protect against germs and leaks, it might be more complicated for younger kids because you have to press a button to open the lid. The lid also features a handle that makes the Funtainer easy to carry and the insulated design keeps drinks cold for up to 12 hours. Like other picks on our list, this bottle is dishwasher safe, though Thermos recommends handwashing.

Best travel: Takeya Kids Insulated Water Bottle

Takeya

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Takeya Kids Insulated Water Bottle can carry more liquid than our other picks, comes in a variety of fun colors, and offers a convenient loop handle for easy carrying.

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Capacity: 14 oz
  • Height: 8.11 inches
  • Weight: 0.61 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Loop handle for carrying
  • Insulation keeps drinks cold
  • Flip-up straw

Cons

  • Larger size might be heavy for younger kids

Featuring a 14 oz vessel and flip-up straw lid, Takeya’s insulated water bottle for kids is a great companion for travel. It holds slightly more water than other options on our list and its double-wall vacuum insulation keeps liquids cool for up to 24 hours. Meanwhile, the lid features a loop handle for carrying or attaching to a backpack, so it’s easy to take to school, practice, and wherever else. Takeya’s kids water bottle is available in a variety of cool colors and comes with a soft-touch boot for improved durability. If you want to carry even more water, Takeya’s insulated water bottle for kids is also available in 16 oz.

Best budget: Nalgene Kids Grip-N-Gulp

Nalgene

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Nalgene’s Grip-N-Gulp features delightful designs and a sippy cup lid, making it a great option for little kids.

Specs

  • Material: Plastic
  • Capacity: 12 oz
  • Height: 7.25 inches
  • Weight: 0.2 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Fun, colorful designs
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Not insulated

The Kids Grip-N-Gulp from Nalgene features a spill-proof sippy cup lid and is available in various colors. Each color offers a fun graphic, from sea turtles to space to a volcano. They’re quirky and fun, making the Grip-N-Gulp an excellent choice for toddlers. Nalgene claims its bottle is 100 percent leak-proof and supports different lids, including a wide-mouth loop top for older kids. The plastic design is robust, dishwasher safe, and BPA and BPS-free. This option isn’t insulated, so it won’t keep water cold for very long, but its straightforward, durable design and support for multiple lids make it an excellent budget pick.

What to look for when picking the best kids water bottle

Choosing the right water bottle isn’t as straightforward as you think. In 2022, they’re made from many different materials, come in different shapes and sizes, and some feature accessories like different lids and slings for easier carrying. With a water bottle for a child, you should also pay close attention to how it works and how it breaks down when you need to clean it. A kid’s water bottle should be very durable, easy to fill, easy to clean, and preferably come in a size and shape that appeals to your child.

Material

Water bottles are generally made from either thick, durable plastic or stainless steel. Occasionally, you may find water bottles made with shatter-resistant glass but they are rare and realistically too fragile for children.

Stainless steel water bottles are our preferred choice. They are very durable, and often feature vacuum insulation, which features a small air gap between two layers of metal in the bottle walls to reduce conduction to keep liquids hot or cold for several hours.

The best stainless steel water bottles we researched were all made from 18/8 stainless steel. The numbers “18/8” represent its composition—18% Chromium and 8% Nickel. It’s a food-grade material that’s resistant to corrosion and oxidation. 

Plastic water bottles are more affordable but don’t generally offer much insulation, especially in kids’ sizes. However, we like them for kids because they are light so they are easy to carry. The best plastic water bottles are made from a plastic called Tritan, which is incredibly durable and also BPA-free. BPA, or bisphenol A, is an industrial chemical that has been used to make plastics since the 1950s. Studies have shown that, when used in food or drink containers, BPA can seep into liquids, and may be harmful. Though the FDA deemed BPA safe for food-grade use in 2014, manufacturers generally avoid using it, and we recommend avoiding manufacturers that do.

Easy to use

Small children won’t drink out of a water bottle with an obtuse design. We looked for options that are intuitive and easy to understand, so kids can easily use them without an adult’s help. We also looked for bottles that are very light and compact: No kid wants to slog around a water bottle that’s big, bulky, and heavy. Finally, we considered bottles that support multiple lid types, from straw spouts to sports caps. Each kid will have their preference, so it’s nice to be able to switch things up without buying multiple bottles.

Easy to clean

Parents are busy, so the easier a water bottle is to clean, the better. Most of the water bottles we considered are rated dishwasher safe, including our stainless steel picks. This allows parents to throw their water bottles into the dishwasher and focus on other things. That said, we also looked for water bottles with comparatively few pieces and no tricky crevices to scrub, in case you wind up having to wash them by hand.

Durability

Kids aren’t delicate with their stuff. Above all else, any water bottle you buy for a child has to be able to withstand getting dropped, scuffed, scraped, thrown, sat on, rolled, and banged against tables all day, every day. Premium plastic bottles resist cosmetic dents and scratches better than stainless steel but erode quicker over the long term. That said, both kinds should last for many years if properly cleaned and cared for. And if they aren’t, many water bottles for kids offer replacement parts when something gets damaged.

Design

In addition to searching for water bottles that are easy to use and clean, we also wanted options in various sizes and colors that support a wide range of accessories. Kids can be picky, so giving them options will allow them to choose the water bottle they love. You want your kids to be excited about the bottle they’re carrying around like it’s part of their ensemble. 

Of course, we also made sure the water bottles we researched don’t have parts that could become a choking hazard.

FAQs

Q: How much does a kids water bottle cost?

A kids water bottle—depending on size and material—will run you between $16-$30.

Q: Are glass water bottles safe for kids?

Glass is considered one of the safest materials to avoid chemical buildup but it’s hard to argue that giving a glass water bottle to a small child is a good idea. Many manufacturers make shatter-resistant glass bottles but they can still crack and break, which can get dangerous very quickly. Realistically, the very real fear of a kid smashing a glass bottle and cutting themselves outweighs the hypothetical possibility of non-toxic materials getting into their water over time.

Q: How often should kids’ water bottles be cleaned?

Kids can play hard and attract all kinds of germs and grime, so you should clean their (and yours) water bottle at least once a day. Cleaning it this often might seem like a lot of work for busy parents, but reusable water bottles can harbor bacteria that can grow if not cleaned regularly. A simple rinse with soap and warm water will do in a pinch but for a more thorough cleaning, you will need a bottle brush, straw brush, and looped detail-cleaning brush, like this kit from OXO. Using the right tools will ensure you get into all the nooks and crannies and clean off any buildup.

Q: How big should a kids’ water bottle be?

A kids’ water bottle should be a comfortable size for them to carry all day. Most reusable water bottles for kids are 12 ounces. It’s a good size for kids to hold on their own, even at full capacity. Some companies offer 20 oz. options for older children but at that size you may be better off buying a standard water bottle for adults. These sizes should be manageable at full capacity and shouldn’t become burdensome over extended periods.

Q: Can you put other drinks in a kid’s water bottle?

Most manufacturers advise against putting liquids other than water in a kids’ water bottle. Hydro Flask, for example, says not to put carbonated or pulpy beverages in its stainless steel water bottles because the acidity of certain sodas and juices can erode the inner wall over extended periods. The same rules apply to plastic water bottles. None of our picks is 100% leakproof, so we strongly advise against hot liquids in your kid’s water bottles to avoid accidents.

Final thoughts on the best kids water bottles

Between school, sports, and other extracurriculars, kids these days are busier than ever. They have enough to worry about, but drinking water shouldn’t be one of them. As you send them off to tackle their day, equipping them with a reusable water bottle is an excellent way to ensure they stay hydrated. And while you’re at it, grab one of the best gallon water bottles for yourself and stay refreshed running them from activity to activity.

The post The best kids water bottles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best elliptical machines of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-elliptical/ Mon, 26 Jul 2021 21:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=378823
A foot of a person wearing sports sneakers who is pedaling on a black and white fitness machine.
Pixabay

Sprint through our best elliptical machine selects, and get pumped for the at-home cardio workouts you crave.

The post The best elliptical machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A foot of a person wearing sports sneakers who is pedaling on a black and white fitness machine.
Pixabay

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best elliptical overall The Schwinn 420 is our pick for best elliptical overall. Schwinn 430 Elliptical Machine
SEE IT

With a Bluetooth connected app, 29 workout programs, and 25 levels of resistance, this pick is the perfect addition to any home gym.

Best foldable ellipitical machine The NordicTrack Spacesaver Trainer is the best elliptical that's foldable. NordicTrack Spacesaver SE9i Elliptical Trainer
SEE IT

The vertical and folding space-saving design allows you to store your exercise equipment just about anywhere.

Best budget elliptical trainer The Horizon Fitness EX-59 is the best elliptical if you’re on a budget. Horizon Fitness EX-59 Elliptical
SEE IT

With Bluetooth connectivity and a variety of speed and incline controls, this budget pick can give you an at-home workout without breaking the bank.

If building out your home gym with low-impact cardio workout machinery has been on your to-do list but you just didn’t know where to start, consider the elliptical machine. An at-home workout on an elliptical trainer provides numerous health benefits. Like any good cardio exercise, it builds stamina and endurance by strengthening your heart, muscles, and lungs. This device trains both your lower and upper body and burns body fat if you approach it the right way. Plus, it puts way less stress on your joints in comparison to running. So, if you’re all warmed up and ready to race in place, here are some of the best elliptical machines on the market now to give you a headstart on your at-home workouts.

Best elliptical machines: Reviews & Recommendations

It can feel overwhelming choosing the right elliptical for your home gym, but deciding which features are most important to you—from LCD display screens to foldable designs to workout programs—will help to limit the scope.

Best overall: Schwinn 430 Elliptical Machine

Schwinn

SEE IT

With the 10-degree motorized ramp offering the option of adjustable incline and Precision Path technology, the Schwinn 430 Elliptical Machine provides a great workout. Choose from the twenty-five levels of resistance for a range of intensity and 22 workout programs that make this elliptical tough to beat.

Best splurge: Sole Fitness E25 Elliptical Machine

SOLE

SEE IT

For ultra-smooth performance and a guaranteed full-body workout every time, the Sole Fitness E25 Elliptical Machine features a 19-pound flywheel and a high-gear ratio. To target different muscle groups, you can change the incline from flat level to 30 degrees with the push of a button. Track your workout metrics—time, distance, calories, pulse, and resistance—with the 6.25-inch blue LCD display. For switching up your workouts, the elliptical offers a number of workout programs, including nine automatic and one customizable option. Built-in speakers, a water bottle holder, and cooling fans are just the icing on the cake.

Best foldable: NordicTrack Spacesaver SE9i Elliptical Trainer

NordicTrack

SEE IT

With the purchase of the NordicTrack Spacesaver SE9i Elliptical Trainer, not only are you getting a fantastic machine with SMR Silent Magnetic Resistance for a quiet workout and built-in fans. Connect via Bluetooth from your phone or tablet to the 7-inch display, the app (available in Google Play and the App Store) to gain access to interactive studio classes and global workouts. Plus, the iFit trainer will automatically adjust your resistance from the 24 available levels, so you can focus on your workout. Finally, you can easily track your workout metrics on the LCD display to watch yourself improve session after session.

Best hybrid: ProForm Hybrid Trainer

ProForm

SEE IT

If you love cycling and elliptical training, then the ProForm Hybrid Trainer is worth a serious look. Perfect for multiple users and those who like to switch up their exercise routine, this trainer offers an adjustable seat and pedals with a unique design so that you can choose between a recumbent bike or a rear-drive elliptical (or both!), giving you two cardio machines in one. The grip sensors keep you informed of your heart rate, while the LCD display tracks your distance, cadence, and estimated calorie burn. The Silent Magnetic Resistance and Inertia-Enhanced Flywheel keeps your ride smooth from start to finish. Plus, with 16 levels of resistance, you can vary the intensity of your workout. Purchase includes a free 30-day iFit trial membership for access to interactive training and on-demand studio classes (auto-renews without cancellation). 

Best budget: Horizon Fitness EX-59 Elliptical

Horizon Fitness

SEE IT

For just under $650, you can enjoy a great workout on the Horizon elliptical from the comfort of your own home. The Horizon Fitness EX-59 Elliptical’s Ergonomic Six-Star Frame encourages ideal body position and movement so you can enjoy a more comfortable and efficient workout without any wear and tear. Plus, the tighter Q factor (i.e. distance between pedals) reduces stress on the hips and back. In order to better focus on your workout, one-touch keys allow you to easily switch up your resistance and speed. Plus, with a device holder and a rapid-charge USB port, you won’t have to worry about running out of battery mid-workout. If you prefer an elliptical with a LCD display, this isn’t it; however, you can easily use your phone or tablet.

What to look for when shopping for the best elliptical

A spec sheet with lots of bells and whistles can be hard to resist. But, you’ll want to make sure that the features offered to match your needs and your budgetary constraints. If you want something basic, paying extra for connectivity can be counterproductive. That’s especially true if you have to pay for a monthly app subscription to get the most out of your machine. Those programs work great for some, but add needless extra cost for others.

Will there be multiple users?

Exercise equipment typically doesn’t embrace the one-size-fits-all mindset. Different bodies require different setups. Opting for an adjustable elliptical machine will make it much more versatile, especially if multiple people will use it to work out. This allows you, roommates, and/or family to get the best use out of the machine. If you’re using an app like iFit, it’s a great idea to create multiple profiles in order to avoid confusion with workout metrics and preferences. That way, everyone can track their progress individually without having to rely on outside apps like Strava.

Do you have space to spare?

If you have lots of room in your home for an at-home gym or workout nook, then you will have few limitations on which elliptical is best suited for your home. However, if space is tight, you might want to consider an elliptical that folds so you can store it when you’re not using it to optimize the space that you do have. Even if the machine’s footprint will fit into your space, you want to make sure you have some extra room around it. Working out is a dynamic process and you don’t want to feel boxed in or bang your elbow against the wall during an intense interval. Extra space will also improve air flow so you’re not roasting in your own sweat as you churn away at your workout.

How important is workout variety to you?

Versatility when it comes to working out is key, not only for health reasons but to keep your exercise routine fun and exciting. A hybrid elliptical machine is a great way to make sure you have options. To keep your mind and body active, you can jog on the elliptical one day and cycle on the recumbent bike the next day. It’s almost like a two-for-one deal. There are trade-offs, though. Hybrids typically include more moving parts, which can wear out over time. Versatility typically comes with a cost.

Do you prefer manual or automatic workouts?

While some people like to create their own workout routine, others prefer to follow workout programs. If you’re in the former group, then you might not need an elliptical that offers multiple workout programs—although having the option is nice. If you fall into the latter category, then an elliptical that offers automatic and customizable options would be a better fit for you. Some brands, like NordicTrack tie into a full-on workout system like iFit. In addition to suggested workouts, you can get pre-programmed sessions that guide you over the course of multiple days. For some users, this kind of consistency makes a huge difference.

What’s your budget?

There are plenty of ellipticals that offer great workouts without breaking the bank. While the more affordable options may not have an LCD display screen, they will still track your workout metrics. Plus, many have Bluetooth connectivity so you can sync your phone or tablet to follow along with workouts, listen to music, or watch TV.

Do you want to connect your phone or tablet?

To enhance your workout, you probably want to listen to music or catch up on your favorite TV shows, so bluetooth connectivity is key. When your phone or tablet is synced to the elliptical speakers, you’ll be able to enjoy entertainment options  with great sound quality.

FAQs

Q: Do elliptical trainers help lose belly fat?

In short, they can if you integrate them into a healthy overall lifestyle. Since you’re working both your lower and upper body, using more muscles at once, you burn more calories. In fact, you can burn ample calories. Ramping up your intensity as well as incorporating speed and interval training will help you burn more calories and in turn, lose belly fat. It’s important to note that you can’t out work a bad diet and you shouldn’t try.

Q: Is an elliptical machine better than walking?

Using an elliptical machine will likely burn more calories than walking through sheer intensity. Plus, it can be easier on your joints due to its no-impact nature. If you’ve got sensitive joints or arthritis, you’re better off using an elliptical trainer or elliptical bike. However, walking may provide a better workout for hamstrings, calves, and small muscles in the ankle. All of these muscle groups are important for balance. 

Q: How much should I spend on an elliptical machine?

On average, a good elliptical trainer with all the bells and whistles will cost somewhere between $1000 and $2000. Depending on your budget and if there are certain features you’re willing to do without, you can find good elliptical machines in the mid-hundreds. 

The final word on shopping for the best elliptical

The best elliptical for at-home use will be easy to set up (hopefully!), a breeze to use, and will track your workout metrics so you can keep an eye on your improvement or focus on certain target areas. Plus, with a wide range of resistance and speed levels, you can decide how intense you want your workout to be that day. If you want a piece of exercise equipment that strengthens your heart, lungs, and muscles, builds stamina and endurance, and burns fat whilst putting less pressure on your joints, then an elliptical machine will provide a good at-home cardio workout for you.

The post The best elliptical machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
You can save $60 on the best Android smartwatch at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/samsung-galaxy-watch-5-amazon-sale/ Thu, 27 Apr 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=537216
SAMSUNG Galaxy Watch 5 40mm
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Take advantage of limited-time savings on Samsung's svelte Galaxy Watch 5 and collect more metrics for less money.

The post You can save $60 on the best Android smartwatch at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
SAMSUNG Galaxy Watch 5 40mm
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

There aren’t many smartwatches that can stand toe-to-toe with the Apple Watch, but Samsung’s Galaxy Watch 5 is one of those exceptions. The sleek-looking digital timepiece can also display notifications and continuously record key health metrics without intervention, bringing the kind of integration that iOS users are used to over to the Android ecosystem. The best part is that you can snag this smartwatch for $219—its lowest price ever—if you shop at Amazon right now.

SAMSUNG Galaxy Watch 5 (40mm), $219 (Was $279.99)

Amazon

SEE IT

One of the Galaxy Watch 5’s greatest strengths is that it doesn’t look like a piece of tech at first glance. Watches are fashion accessories regardless of functionality, and subtlety works in Samsung’s favor. This smartwatch’s 1.2-inch color display is large enough that you should be able to easily read text without feeling like you’re carrying a boat on your wrist. The screen is made of scratch-resistant sapphire crystal glass, so it shouldn’t chip if you accidentally bump your wrist against a desk or dumbbell. You can change its watch faces and bands to suit your mood or the occasion, too.

Aesthetics are important, but the Galaxy Watch 5’s tech features help it stand out the most. Samsung says its sensors can analyze your sleep and recommend changes to help you get more rest. Additional sensors can track your heart rate, BMI, body water level, basal metabolic rate, blood pressure, and more. If you’re exercising, the Galaxy Watch 5 can automatically assess how you’re working out and accurately track how many calories you’ve burned based on the activity.

If you’re trying to improve your health or want to know what time it is without pulling out your phone, Samsung’s Galaxy Watch 5 is an excellent option at this price. Just be mindful that it can only be paired with Android devices, which means it’s incompatible with the iPhone.

If you’re already happy with what’s on your wrist, here are some more deals to accessorize your home:

The post You can save $60 on the best Android smartwatch at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Garmin smartwatches for 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-garmin-smartwatch/ Sat, 29 May 2021 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=368581
Best Garmin smartwatches sliced header
Tony Ware

Garmin smartwatches include sleep tracking, GPS, wellness monitoring, step trackers, and so much more. Here's how to pick the best features and fashions for you.

The post The best Garmin smartwatches for 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Garmin smartwatches sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Shokz OpenRun Pro bone-conduction headphones are placed against a white background with a gray gradient. Shokz OpenRun Pro
SEE IT

Impressive battery life, water resistance, and reliable connectivity make these the best pair of bone-conduction headphones around.

Best for kids A pair of pink bone conduction headphones with a unicorn pattern on a blue and white background N/0 Kids Bone Conduction Headphones
SEE IT

Give your kids a pair of headphones that will provide safe entertainment while they stay active.

Best waterproof A pair of blue bone conduction headphones on a blue and white background Shokz OpenSwim
SEE IT

A pair of open-ear headphones that’s waterproof, the OpenSwim suit doing laps in the pool swimmingly.

Garmin is one of the most popular smartwatch makers in the world, largely due to the multinational GPS-enabled technology company’s focus on hyper-accurate fitness tracking. While Apple still holds 30% of the global market (and over 50% of its revenue), according to a February 2023 Counterpoint Research report, Garmin has achieved a position of prominence on people’s wrists from the boardroom to the backcountry. When it comes to premium multisport wearables, Garmin is the endurance athlete’s top choice because of the depth of activities supported and battery life that can outlast almost any adventure. We’ve pulled together several of the company’s most popular products to help you find the best Garmin smartwatch to fit your lifestyle, sense of style, and budget.   

How we chose the best Garmin smartwatches

All Garmin smartwatches provide a degree of wellness metering; they measure steps, monitor your heart rate, and generally check to make sure you’re still alive. But if you take your training seriously, the best smartwatches feature activity tracking, pulse oximeters to measure the oxygen in your blood, stress metering, energy-level monitoring, sleep trackers, customizable training regiments, and challenges designed to help you improve in your favorite sports. The Garmin Connect app syncs to your iOS and Android phones, providing access to customizable coaching and a community of athletes to compete with. If you’re serious about training, durability should also trump style. You don’t want it falling apart the first time you bang the watch against a machine at the gym, or you take a hit on the playing field. And if you’re a swimmer, your watch has to be waterproof, too. We took all these factors, and more, into consideration.

The best Garmin smartwatches for 2023: Reviews & Recommendations

Once you’ve considered your specific needs, it’s time to dig into the Garmin lineup. With multiple models in different lines—including sports & fitness, outdoor recreation, swimming, fashion, luxury, and more—there are plenty of options. Here are our top picks from several categories:

Best overall: Garmin fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you want metrics that tell you if you’re in the weeds and guidance that helps you get out of the woods, the fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar can keep up with whatever you’re up to.

Specs

  • Display: 1.3-inch sunlight-visible, transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP)
  • Touchscreen: Yes
  • Battery life with GPS: Up to 57 hours/73 hours with solar (GPS only mode)
  • Weight: 2.68 ounces

Pros

  • The battery life, which can stretch from many days to several months depending on usage and solar energy conditions
  • Touchscreen and button navigation/controls
  • The visibility in sunlight
  • The durability of the titanium body and sapphire crystal

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Bulky

The Garmin fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar is perfect for gym rats, anyone who plays a wide variety of sports, and especially people who believe new terrain equals new gains. It tracks more activities than other watches and includes advanced training features like PacePro for grade-adjusted pace guidance throughout an activity. Plus, the heart monitor works underwater. Adventurous athletes will appreciate the preloaded TopoActive maps (updateable via Wi-Fi), ski maps for more than 2,000 ski resorts, and a multiband global navigation satellite system. Whether it’s jet lag or running laps, the sensor-packed smartwatch gives you insight into your body’s battery (tracking everything from heart rate and blood oxygen to respiration and sleep to stress and hydration). The downside: It’s predictably expensive and chunky. The upsides, though …

Watches need to be charged. Most of Garmin’s smartwatches plug into a wall via a proprietary multi-pin USB cable (don’t lose it!) that attaches to the back of the case. At the higher end of the product line, these watches run for about 26 hours under a constantly tracking GPS load or 173 days in battery-saver mode. However, if you’re someone who spends a lot of time outdoors—whether hiking, gardening, or running, for instance—Garmin’s solar watches can extend that time, well, almost indefinitely. Garmin uses what the company calls “Power Glass,” which is integrated behind tough Corning Gorilla Glass 3 in the standard Solar edition or Power Sapphire in the upgraded flagship (shown catching sunlight on a crisp January hike above), to turn a few hours of direct light into days of use. As a bonus, the Power Glass doesn’t take up real estate on the watch’s face, leaving ample room for all the other information Garmin’s watches provide. 

As its name suggests, the Garmin Solar watches can be powered by the sun; three hours of direct light is enough to keep one running. It’s a boon for outdoor enthusiasts, especially athletic ones who will appreciate the robust set of activity trackers, personal coaching, and other wellness features. It’s a great fitness watch, but the fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar isn’t the prettiest of Garmin’s premium products because it lacks the advanced AMOLED touchscreen found on the Garmin epix (Gen. 2)—though that vivid display (shown below on the same winter day in a bit of shade for comparison) means the epix can’t match the fēnix 7 in battery life even though it’s otherwise as full-featured. Though a week or two, depending on mode, ain’t bad and more than enough if most of your training and traveling centers around convenient recharging stations.  

Garmin epix (Gen. 2) on a wrist while hiking in the shade
Tony Ware

Best running watch: Forerunner 955 Solar

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Forerunner 955 Solar offers excellent battery life with a seemingly endless list of features and capabilities, from training and safety tools to full smartwatch abilities and countless customization options. 

Specs

  • Display: 1.3-inch transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP)
  • Touchscreen: Yes
  • Battery life with GPS: Up to 42 hours/49 hours with solar (GPS only mode)
  • Weight: 1.86 ounces

Pros

  • Long-lasting battery life
  • A plethora of sensors for lots of data
  • Full smartwatch capabilities
  • Touchscreen

Cons

  • Solar charging doesn’t add much to battery life

If you are serious about improvising your fitness and performance, a watch with many sensors is a must. There’s no such thing as too much data for such athletes. That’s where the Forerunner 955 Solar comes in. It’s jam-packed with just about every sensor you could imagine so that you can measure everything from heart rate to stride length and even REM sleep.

Garmin then uses all that data to provide training suggestions and status updates via the watch and the Garmin Connect app. It helps prevent overtraining, offers a rough guide for improving your performance, and suggests workout ideas to keep your training fresh (as we found out in our full review). Your Forerunner 955 can even give predictions on race times for different distances. It’s essentially like having a coach right there on your wrist (or in your pocket).

Beyond fitness tracking, the watch also pairs with your phone for full smartwatch capabilities. It will give you notifications for calls, texts, and all your apps and even let you send some preformatted responses right from the watch. And you’ll have access to important safety features for runners so that they can track your progress on an activity (LiveTrack), and you can quickly request help (Assistance).

Best for hiking: Instinct 2 Solar and Instinct 2S Solar

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Instinct 2 Solar provides truly impressive battery life and rugged design for those who seek out long adventures.

Specs

  • Display: 0.79 x 0.79-inch or 0.9 x 0.9-inch monochrome, sunlight-visible, transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP)
  • Touchscreen: No
  • Battery life with GPS: Up to 30 hours/48 hours with solar
  • Weight: 1.52 ounces or 1.86 ounces

Pros

  • Ridiculous battery life
  • Available in two sizes
  • Robust fitness tracking and health features
  • Garmin Pay compatible

Cons

  • Black and white display 
  • Detailed maps and graphs don’t show up well

Hiking—especially long hikes and backpacking—requires more from a watch than many other activities. Battery life, in particular, is critical. Recording with GPS for long periods can eat through battery life, and having your hike recording disappear because of a dead battery is extremely frustrating. The Instinct 2 Solar attempts to solve this with its absurdly long battery life. For example, in Expedition mode, you can get up to 105 days of battery with the right solar conditions.

Part of the long battery life is thanks to the rather simple monochrome display. It’s not a fancy color touchscreen like some of the more premium Garmin watches, but it’s easily visible even in bright sunlight and fits the rugged design of the watch. Additionally, the Instinct Solar 2 comes in two case sizes: 40mm or 45mm. That’s especially ideal for those with tiny wrists who don’t want a giant watch (like me, for instance). And a newer Instinct 2X Solar has been released with a larger bezel for those who prefer a larger display and longer battery life, so now there are three size options within the family.

The watch comes with more basic sensors, including heart rate, barometric altimeter, accelerometer, thermometer, pulse ox monitor, compass, and a few GPS modes. Even though it doesn’t have as many sensors as the more expensive watches, it still provides training details, statuses, and suggestions to improve your fitness without thinking much about it. 

Best for diving: Garmin Descent G1 Solar

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The solar capabilities of the Descent G1 Solar prolong the battery life, allowing you to stay out longer while recording your dives. Plus, it offers a full suite of freediver-friendly features to keep you safe and help you improve your apnea performance. 

Specs

  • Display: 0.9 x 0.9-inch monochrome, sunlight-visible, transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP)
  • Touchscreen: No
  • Battery life with GPS: Up to 26 hours/39 hours with solar
  • Weight: 2.32 ounes

Pros

  • Excellent battery life and fast charging
  • Dive features are intuitive and easy to use
  • Very customizable
  • Pairs with other Garmin fitness devices like heart rate monitors and power meters

Cons

  • Monochrome screen
  • Not as sleek as the more premium Garmin dive watch

While most forms of exercise overlap with what you would want from a watch, diving presents a unique situation. Environmental conditions such as tide and weather are even more critical when diving, and different data types are useful to stay safe. The Garmin Descent G1 Solar is a robust and rugged dive computer and exercise watch that is water-rated to 100 meters. It’s the ideal tool for those who dive but don’t want a separate device for exercise on land.

This watch can keep you updated on the current tide, surf, and weather conditions, provides GPS coordinates of your surface entry and exit points, and can pair with the Garmin InReach communication device. All these features will help keep you safe even if you are in a remote location. Plus, you’ll get up to 25 hours of battery life in dive mode, so you won’t have to worry about your watch dying mid-dive session.

The Descent G1 Solar comes loaded with multiple types of diving, including single and multiple gas dives (including nitrox and trimix), gauge, apnea, apnea hunt, and closed-circuit rebreather. But it’s also ready for just about any other type of activity, from running to cycling and even hunting and yoga. My husband has been using this watch for six months and said it is a fantastic partner to have with you in the field (or in the water) on long days.

Best fashion wearable: Garmin Venu 2 

Amazon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Display: 1.3-inch AMOLED optional always-on mode
  • Touchscreen: No
  • Battery life with GPS: Up to 22 hours (GPS without music); 11 days as just a smartwatch
  • Weight: 1.73 ounces

Sometimes you want a smartwatch that is less focused on your workouts but can keep you up on work while you’re out. While keeping track of your steps, etc., is valuable, sometimes you want to control your watch and control your life. The Garmin Connect app allows the company’s watches to sync to iOS and Android phones via a robust Bluetooth connection. This opens up advanced wellness features and biometric tracking, as well as a way to further customize the watch’s features. But what I really love is how syncing the two lets me subtly check my messages and calendar alerts by simply glancing at my wrist. I can also control my music, navigate through a new city, and many other things I’d normally use my phone for—all while keeping my hands free. Now, reaching into my back pocket for anything other than answering a call seems like a waste, even when not working out.

The Venu 2 features a colorful, touch-sensitive AMOLED display that’s as easy to read as it is to navigate. This is great because the smartwatch is loaded with features, including activity tracking, a powerful GPS, onboard storage for up to 650 songs, and seamless integration with your smartphone via the Garmin Connect app. This is a watch you can wear all day, in any setting, and it’ll never look out of place (and you can read more about the experience in our full review).

Best budget watch for beginners: Garmin Vivoactive 4

Garmin

SEE IT

Specs

  • Display: 1.3-inch sunlight-visible, transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP)
  • Touchscreen: No
  • Battery life with GPS: Up to 18 hours (GPS without music)
  • Weight: 1.78 ounces

Pay attention to your budget when choosing a smartwatch. If you don’t need advanced features, like solar power, and AMOLED screens, then don’t pay extra for them. If you’re looking for a basic fitness tracker and something that syncs with your phone, many of Garmin’s entry-level watches will suit you just fine. 

They still offer basic sports apps, GPS, and access to apps and widgets from the Garmin Connect store, and they’ll integrate with iOS and Android phones. While future-proofing yourself might seem smart, smartwatch technology develops quickly and by the time you’re ready for more advanced features, watches featuring them might drop in price. Only pay for what you’ll use. 

Garmin’s Vivoactive 3 GPS smartwatch features built-in sports apps, a contactless payment system, and the ability to sync with compatible smartphones. It comes housed in a classy package that looks great in the gym and out and about, and the watch face can be personalized by visiting Garmin’s Connect IQ store.

What to consider when choosing a Garmin smartwatch

After holding the pandemic at bay with packaged cookies and streaming TV, people have been reintroducing regular exercise and movement into their lives in living rooms, gyms, trails, and beyond. And achieving goals is easier if you can accurately track them. However, if you’re not a hardcore athlete, you don’t need the same features someone training to hit specific benchmarks would. When choosing the best Garmin watch, focus on finding the health monitoring features you want without paying extra money for those you’ll never use. Here are some things to think about when choosing the best Garmin activity tracker:

Features

Are you looking for a simple workout tracker, or do you need advanced metrics? Will it be closely monitoring your health? How important is the sleep tracker function? Do you prefer a fitness watch that allows you to organize your life by providing access to your phone’s messages and calendars? Will you pay for things by tapping your watch? Download and play music, or control the music player on your phone? How important are GPS features? Different watches offer different combinations of these features and more. There’s a big difference between something like the $199 Garmin Forerunner 55 (reviewed here) or the $169 Garmin Forerunner 35, which are dedicated Garmin running watches, and something like the $399 Garmin Venu 2, which is more of a well-rounded smartwatch you’ll wear all the time.

Style

Many of Garmin’s best sports watches aren’t exactly elegant to look at. Think about when and where you plan on wearing your watch. Do you like the bulky aesthetic of classic sports watches, like the Garmin Instinct Solar, or do you want a watch you can wear all day—maybe even going straight to work from the gym? Don’t forget to look at the different color options available to each watch model, and keep in mind that watch bands are often customizable.  

Battery life

Do you spend a lot of time camping? Do you go weeks without seeing an outlet? Or are you home each night with access to a charging station? Make sure the watch you purchase won’t let you down by running out of juice. This doesn’t necessarily mean larger batteries—Garmin makes solar versions of most watch series that can last for weeks if exposed to enough direct sunlight. For other watches, battery life can come down to usage. The Venu 2, for instance, can last up to 11 days in battery-saver mode, but it will die in just 7 hours if you’re playing music and using GPS. 

FAQs

Q: Is Garmin better than Apple Watch?

Everyone’s definition of “better” will differ. In the end, choosing the best smartwatch comes down to the features you want, your budget, and whether you’re already part of the Apple ecosystem. While Apple far and away controls the largest market share for smartwatches, Garmin has a solid chunk by offering a variety of GPS and sports watches geared toward different users’ needs. There is undoubtedly no easier experience than pairing an Apple Watch with an iPhone for seamless connectivity and maximum productivity. And the Apple Watch Ultra has ratcheted up the brand’s durability for endurance athletes. But if you’re looking for a serious training tool, however, something like the Garmin epix (Gen. 2) could offer some handy training features that the Apple Watch can’t.

Q: What is the best value Garmin watch?

Again, it comes down to what you want your watch to do and how much you can afford to spend. The Venu SQ 2 starts at just $249. While it lacks some of the high-end bells and whistles found on the $399 Venu 2, the Venu SQ 2 still offers an impressive set of features for the price, including a blood oxygen monitor and sleep tracking. If you don’t need full smartwatch capabilities and you specifically want to track your runs, then Forerunner 45 is only $150 and gets you tons of fitness tracking muscle without the stuff you may not use. 

If you want a full feature set without such a bulky frame, the Garmin Vivoactive 4S is a solid balance of value and performance. At $349, it’s cheaper than the flagship models but more expensive than the entry-level offerings.

Q: Are Garmin watches worth it?

If you’re looking for a convenient way to track your activities and monitor your health, and you like the idea of a more subtle way to control your phone and receive messages and alerts, then I absolutely think Garmin watches are worth it. The best Garmin smartwatches offer top-tier tools for training and fitness, sleep trackers are the like, and the Garmin Connect app for iOS and Android opens up a host of features that push the watch in powerful directions. If you’re already in the Apple ecosystem, an Apple watch is definitely worth investigating; Apple products have a way of seamlessly integrating that makes them a delight to use. However, even if you’ve got an iPhone, and especially if you’re using an Android phone, Garmins are strong contenders in the smartwatch field. 

Final thoughts on the best Garmin smartwatches

It’s no mystery why Garmin has become a top smartwatch company. Instead of taking a one-size-fits-all approach to watch design, Garmin has offered up options focusing on health and fitness, all-day wear, and high-tech gadgetry designed to fit individual users’ lifestyles. Sometimes the differences aren’t obvious, and shopping for a Garmin watch can feel daunting. But by identifying your needs first and consulting this guide, you’ll be able to zero in on the smartwatch that’s best for you. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Garmin smartwatches for 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best percussion massagers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-percussion-massagers/ Wed, 19 Jan 2022 00:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=420593
A lineup of the best percussion massagers on a white background
Amanda Reed

Apply some portable percussion after a hard workout or long day at work for some therapeutic relief.

The post The best percussion massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best percussion massagers on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best budget Fitness Gear photo Sportneer Elite D9
SEE IT

Get up to six hours on a charge.

Best overall Theragun Pro Percussion Massager Theragun Pro
SEE IT

It offers lots of options and plenty of power.

Best for athletes hypervolt 2 pro percussion massager Hypervolt 2 Pro
SEE IT

It connects to a companion app.

Buying a percussion massager can seem intimidating at first. “A percussive massage gun is a type of handheld portable massager that uses vibration therapy massage on a sore muscle,” says Dr. Allen Conrad of the Montgomery County Chiropractic Center in North Wales, Penn. “The goal of a percussion massage gun is to help relieve pain and soreness of a muscle from an injury or a repetitive motion activity that causes muscle soreness.“

Conrad explains that the best percussion massagers are helpful for large body muscles. “These include the trapezius, quads, and hamstring muscles on the back of your legs,” he says. “Large muscle groups work well with a massage gun, as the treatment helps alleviate delayed onset muscle soreness (DOMS), which is the accumulation of lactic acid and inflammation in the muscles after a strong muscle workout.” In fact, Conrad says a percussive massage gun can provide 5 specific benefits: improved range of motion, better flexibility, decreased spasms, augmented sports performance, and reduced recovery time. That all sounds great to us. Here’s what we found in our search for the best percussion massagers on the market.

How we chose the best percussion massagers

As a freelance journalist for over 10 years, I’ve reviewed technology for publications including CNN Underscored, Popular Mechanics, Tom’s Guide, The Daily Beast, Architectural Digest, Apartment Therapy, The Spruce, and Bob Vila. In addition to conducting extensive research, I’ve tested over a dozen of the best percussion massagers—including those on this list—and also considered recommendations from colleagues and reviews from other users.

The best percussion massagers: Reviews & Recommendations

The best percussion massagers are easy to hold and won’t make your hand feel like it will vibrate into another dimension. Plus, they should ease your weary muscles after a long run, hard workout, or the occasional yoga snafu where you’re ready for bridge pose but your body disagrees. Including them with other mobility tools can help you recover and hit the ground running (literally). One of these should loosen your apprehension about using a percussion massager.

Best overall: Theragun Pro 4th Gen

Theragun

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It’s expensive, but the Theragun Pro 4th Generation is smart, has a long battery life, and includes an OLED screen. It can even charge wirelessly.

Specs

  • Weight: 2.9 pounds
  • Battery life: 5 hours (2 swappable batteries)
  • Noise level: 60 decibels
  • PPM: up to 2400

Pros

  • Can charge wirelessly
  • OLED screen
  • Long battery life
  • 4 unique arm positions

Cons

  • Expensive

The Theragun Pro is the most expensive item on our list, but we think it’s the best percussion massager. Dr. Allen Conrad also considers the Pro and the simplified Theragun Prime the best on the market. It has a professional-grade motor that works quietly yet effectively. With four unique arm positions, it’s easy to go underneath and around to reach wherever you need to, and the ergonomic handle means your hands and wrists won’t get tired.

The Theragun Pro also has five speeds between 1,750 and 2,400 ppm. Two swappable batteries each last up to 150 minutes and can charge wirelessly. The device includes six attachments: supersoft, dampener, standard ball, wedge, thumb, and cone. The included carrying case makes it simple to lug the whole kit on a trip or to the gym.

Best for professionals: HoMedics Therapist Select Plus

Homedics

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The reasonably priced HoMedics Therapist Select Plus is the lightest device on the list but delivers a powerful punch.

Specs

  • Weight: 1 pound
  • Battery life: 4 hours
  • Noise level: not available
  • PPM: up to 2,900

Pros

  • Great price
  • 6 adjustable speeds
  • 4-hour battery life

Cons

  • Lacks 4 arm positions of the Theragun Pro

If you want to get the best professional percussion massager for home without spending an arm and a leg on a percussive massage gun, consider the HoMedics Therapist Select Plus. It’s lightweight (only 1 pound) and portable, with six adjustable speeds up to 3,000 ppm. The ergonomic handle makes it easy to grasp, and the LCD touch screen makes it easy to choose the desired intensity level. In addition, the rechargeable battery lasts for 4 hours.

The six interchangeable heads include flat with acupressure, u-shape, trigger point, large round, small round, and wedge. There’s also a convenient storage case to keep everything in.

Best for athletes: Hypervolt 2 Pro

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Hypervolt 2 Pro includes customized options and recommendations based on individual fitness levels.

Specs

  • Weight: 2.6 pounds
  • Battery life: 3 hours
  • Noise level: 55-65 decibels
  • PPM: up to 2,700

Pros

  • Pressure sensor technology
  • Connects via Bluetooth to app
  • Quiet
  • Professional motor

Cons

  • Doesn’t include a carrying case

The Hypervolt 2 Pro is the best percussion massager for athletes (and one of our favorite back massagers) for several reasons. It has a pressure sensor to let you know how hard you push into your muscles. The percussive massage gun also connects to the company’s Hyperice App, which allows users to select their current level of activity to get personalized massage programs. It can also suggest certain regimens to target specific parts of your body. In addition, it also scores your progress, based on how often you use the massage gun.

The app includes guided routines and exclusive content from professional athletes, trainers, and physiotherapists. The massage gun’s battery has a 3-hour life, and it includes five speeds. There are also five head attachments: fork, ball, cushion, flat, and bullet. A pouch contains the attachments, but there’s no case included for the gun itself.

Best for travel: Hydragun Atom Mini Massage Gun

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This sleek massage gun is fast-charging and powerful but also small enough to tuck into a carry-on or gym bag easily.

Specs

  • Weight: 1.2 pounds
  • Battery life: 5 hours
  • Noise level: 50-55 decibels
  • PPM: Three speeds: 1,800; 2,400; 3,200

Pros

  • Small and lightweight
  • Powerful
  • Comes with three speeds

Cons

  • Not adjustable


If you’re looking for power in a small package, Hydragun’s Atom Mini Massage Gun is a great choice. The sleek aluminum device weighs just 1.2 pounds, making it easy to toss into a suitcase or gym bag. Choose from three speeds—1,800; 2,400; and 3,200 ppm—and alternate between three heads (bullet, flat, and ball) to customize your recovery. The motor’s 15.4 pounds of output force is impressive and can help relieve lower back pain. The Atom is also self-standing and designed to work as a desktop companion to help ease muscle tension during long days at your desk. It comes with a USB-C cord for charging and its battery life of 5 hours (30 sessions) is in line with competitors.

Best mini: Theragun Mini Gen 4

Theragun

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Percussive massage guns can sometimes be tiring to use, but the Theragun Mini is just the right size for those who want a smaller option.

Specs

  • Weight: 1.4 pounds
  • Battery life: 2.5 hours
  • Noise level: 50 decibels
  • PPM: up to 2,400

Pros

  • Quiet
  • Lightweight
  • 3 speeds

Cons

  • Only one ball attachment

As the best mini percussion massager, this compact Theragun Mini is great for small hands or for people who don’t want to be bothered with a heavier percussive massage gun. This also makes it easier to transport, and the ergonomic grip makes it easy to handle. The massage gun has three speeds and, like the Theragun Pro, it also includes the company’s QuietForce technology so that it won’t be irritating to your ears or anyone else close by.

It’s not only smaller, but it also has a shorter battery life; still, 2.5 hours is probably enough for the average person looking for a more compact model. In addition, it only has one standard ball attachment, compared to the numerous head attachments you’ll find with other models. The percussive massage gun also comes in a soft case.

Best quiet: Hypervolt GO 

Hypevolt

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It’s not cheap, but the Hypervolt GO is also not cheaply made, and it uses quiet glide technology to deliver quiet results.

Specs

  • Weight: 1.5 pounds
  • Battery life: 2.5 hours
  • Noise level: 45 – 65 decibels
  • PPM: up to 3,200

Pros

  • Quiet
  • Lightweight
  • 3 speeds

Cons

  • Only 2 head attachments

It’s the second least expensive and the second quietest but, all things considered, the Hypervolt GO’s combination of price and quietness makes it the best value. It has a percussion range that can go up to 3,200 ppm and only weighs 1.5 pounds. The quiet glide technology significantly suppresses any noise.

The Hypervolt GO is small enough to be considered lightweight and easy to use. However, it is substantial enough to work better than a typical minigun, and the battery can last up to 2.5 hours. The device also has three speeds. However, it only includes two head attachments (flat and bullet), which reduces flexibility.

Best budget: Sportneer Deep Tissue Massage Gun

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: In addition to the longest-lasting battery, the Sportneer also has numerous massage heads and speeds.

Specs

  • Weight: 2.3 pounds
  • Battery life: Up to 6 hours
  • Noise level: 30-45 (40 on average) decibels
  • PPM: up to 3,200

Pros

  • Outstanding battery life
  • 6 massage heads
  • 6 speeds

Cons

  • May not be intense enough for some

The Sportneer Elite D9 Deep Tissue Percussive Massage Gun proves that you don’t have to bust your budget to get a quality device. Not only does it have a great price (often available near the $100 mark), but it also has the longest battery life of all the items on the list, making it the best budget percussion massager. Depending on the intensity level, it can last from 2 to 6 hours on a single charge. The device has six intensity levels, so you can choose the best frequency to meet your needs at any given moment. The Sportneer also has six speed levels and six attachment heads: spherical, bullet, fork, flat, metal ball, and metal flat. And, if you’re looking to save a little more and willing to drop down to only five speeds, the Sportneer K1 is another excellent choice with a long-lasting battery, available for under $100. 

What to consider when buying the best percussion massagers

Let’s deconstruct some of the most common features you’ll find on the best percussion massagers. 

Noise

The quieter, the better to ensure you can use this device on areas like your neck and shoulders that can be quite loud for your ears,” says Dr. Sapna Sriram, a chiropractor and injury expert at Integra Health Centre in Toronto.

Weight

Since you’ll be using one hand a lot, Sriram advises getting a percussion massager that is easy to use and position on different body parts.

Attachments

“Most guns should come with different attachments that can target different parts of your body and multiple muscle groups with targeted pressure,” Sriram says. The best percussion massagers come with an assortment of attachments to choose from, and Dr. Allen Conrad of the Montgomery County Chiropractic Center in North Wales, Penn., says he’s noticed that which ones are more desirable is usually a matter of personal preference.

Speed settings

Sriram recommends guns that have a few speed settings. “This allows you to customize the number of percussions per minute, which is helpful to ensure the intensity benefits different muscle groups,” Sriram explains.

Battery length

“Massage guns battery lengths vary greatly, with some lasting an hour and others lasting up to 6 hours before they need charging,” Conrad says. The length may be particularly important if you use it at the gym or when traveling. “Another factor to keep in mind is whether it comes with a charging station and a travel bag, as all models do not.”

FAQs

Q: Are percussive massage guns safe to use?

Percussive massage guns are generally safe to use. However, Conrad warns that they are not recommended to use on all body parts—or even by all people. “Anyone who suffers from hypertension, Rheumatoid Arthritis, bone fractures, swelling, varicose veins, or any autoimmune or muscular disorder should consult with their doctor before using a massage gun,” he says. “For example, if you use it on an area that is swollen, it can make the injury worse.”

Q: Can children use percussive massage guns?

Conrad says a percussive massage gun is not a toy and should not be used by children. “It is a helpful method of reducing muscle soreness in the comfort of your own home, but it is also important that it is not within reach of a child, which may injure itself,” he says.

Q: How should you use a percussive massage gun?

Before you start using a percussive massage gun, Sriram recommends that you first confirm with your healthcare professional that it’s safe for you to use one. “Also, I would advise you to avoid using the gun over bony areas of your body,” she says. “Try the softer attachment heads first to ensure your body can tolerate the pressure.” She recommends you start using it with a muscle group for 30 seconds on the lighter setting. “Slowly increase up to 60 seconds, and vary the intensity once your body is used to the device.”

Final thoughts on the best percussion massagers

The best percussion massagers can help you relieve sore muscles and recover faster. The right one for you could be based on several factors, including how much it weighs, how much noise it makes, how many pounds per minute (PPM) it delivers, and, of course, price. The 4th-generation Theragun Pro is expensive, but it’s also a smart device with an OLED screen and four distinct arm positions to help you reach muscles in awkward places. But if you don’t want to pay that much, the other percussive massage guns on the list are also among the best on the market.

Best overall: Theragun Pro   
Best for professionals: HoMedics Therapist Select Plus
Best for athletes: Hypervolt 2 Pro
Best for travel: Hydragun Atom Mini Massage Gun
Best mini: Theragun Mini  
Best quiet: Hypervolt GO 
Best budget: Sportneer Deep Tissue Percussive Massage Gun  

The post The best percussion massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Amazfit Band 7 fitness & health tracker review: Back to basics https://www.popsci.com/gear/amazfit-band-7-fitness-health-tracker-review/ Mon, 17 Apr 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=534514
The Amazfit Band 7 is a minimal yet capable fitness watch.
The running stats displayed on the Band 7 help keep me and my pup, Athena, on target for our workouts. Abby Ferguson

The Amazfit Band 7 is a simple and budget-friendly fitness tracker that still offers plenty of health insights.

The post Amazfit Band 7 fitness & health tracker review: Back to basics appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Amazfit Band 7 is a minimal yet capable fitness watch.
The running stats displayed on the Band 7 help keep me and my pup, Athena, on target for our workouts. Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The rise of smartwatches has made health and fitness tracking seem inherently more expensive. Even fairly straightforward watches containing only the most basic sensors tend to be pricey. There used to be many budget options when “Fitbit” was synonymous with fitness tracker, but many seem to have disappeared as convergence devices have increased. Enter Amazfit. The company is relatively new (established in 2015) but already has a robust lineup of budget-friendly activity accessories. And with the Amazfit Band 7, the brand has a bracelet-style tracker that takes a step back from pricier smartwatches so you can track your steps (and other performance metrics) as you move toward your fitness goals. Let’s take a close look at the conveniences and compromises that accompany a $50 fitness watch.

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

The Amazfit Band 7’s design

While all of Amazfit’s watches are more affordable than most options, the Band 7 falls in Amazfit’s Essential Series lineup, which, as you might guess, is its lowest tier. The Band 7 follows in the footsteps of the Band 5 (there was no Band 6) but presents a larger, more rectangular display, better battery life, and some general software upgrades. There’s no built-in GPS, and there are minor usability issues, but the compromises are minimal and, for most, insignificant. The watch is surprisingly capable for such a low price, with a good amount of health data and tracking opportunities. What it is not, however, is flashy.

Minimal is the best word to use when describing the design of the Amazfit Band 7. It is a simple rectangular shape with no buttons or design flourishes whatsoever. The band is one seamless piece that secures the watch face, with no special design or color inserts. The stock models are available in beige, pink, or black (the color I received to review). Should you want something else, you can also buy $10 replacement straps in green, blue, pink, or orange. 

The watch strap connects with a snap button-type design. That makes it easier to put on, but I also had issues with the edge catching on things resulting in the band unsnapping and the watch coming loose on my wrist. The band is also fairly large. I have small wrists, yes, but I used the second to last hole. Amazfit lists the minimum wrist size as 6.5 inches. So if you have smaller wrists than that, you’ll likely want to stay away from the Band 7 unless you don’t mind wearing it higher on your arm. 

Although the band may be a bit long, the watch itself is really slim. It only measures 1.7 x 1 x 0.5 inches, so it looks great, even on my miniature wrists. And it’s low-profile enough that the watch face doesn’t get caught on long sleeves. 

The lack of buttons is either really great or really annoying, depending on your preferences. It was a bit of both for me. I like the sleek look of a button-free design. But there were definitely times when having a button would have been nice. For example, if the watch turns off—either because I turn it off or it goes to sleep after not being worn for a few days—you have to connect the watch to a charger to turn it back on because there’s no power button. I found this very annoying, especially if I wanted to pop out for a run or walk. 

Amazfit Band 7 smartwach
The snap-style band closure tends to catch on things and come undone.

Display

Despite the budget price, the watch features a rather nice display. It’s a 1.47-inch HD ​​AMOLED display with a resolution of 198×368, 282ppi, and very minimal bezels. I really like the narrow rectangular design, as it provides enough screen real estate to see things easily but doesn’t take up my entire wrist to do so. It just looks really nice to me. 

It’s a colorful display and is easy to see in most situations. You have to adjust brightness manually, though, which is tricky if the brightness is turned down and you are out in the sun. You can adjust that setting in the app, but that’s a bit of a pain if you are on a run, for example. The screen is topped with tempered glass and an anti-fingerprint coating. Tempered glass isn’t as durable as other options, such as Gorilla Glass. Yet I haven’t managed to scratch the Band 7 display despite scratching my more expensive, Gorilla Glass-topped Garmin Forerunner 955

As you may expect, since there are no buttons, the display is a touchscreen, so you can swipe and tap through menus and settings. It is plenty responsive; in fact, I had issues with it being too responsive. When I crossed my arms, there was enough pressure to activate the touchscreen and enter the menu to change the watch face. It got quite irritating. 

Sensors

Amazfit fitted the Band 7 with its ​​BioTracker 3.0 PPG biometric sensor. Put simply, PPG sensors use low infrared light to measure how much light is absorbed by blood vessels. This provides a constant measurement of heart rate and blood oxygen levels (SpO2). It can also use that data to calculate and track VO2 Max, stress levels, and sleep. You will have to turn on settings to automatically track SpO2, as it defaults to only manual measurement.

The watch also utilizes a geomagnetic sensor and a three-axis acceleration sensor. It connects to your smartphone via Bluetooth 5.2 BLE, and that’s the extent of its sensors and connectivity. 

One of the aforementioned compromises due to the budget price is the lack of GPS connectivity in the watch itself. Instead, it relies on tethered GPS, meaning you’ll need your phone for all GPS data. That leads to some accuracy issues compared to watches with built-in GPS, especially multi-band GPS like the Garmin Instinct 2S Solar. If you want your route tracked or need distance data, you must have your phone along. And even with your phone, distance and route information won’t be as accurate as watches with GPS. 

Setting up the Amazfit Band 7

Setting up the Amazfit Band 7 is mostly straightforward, albeit a bit tedious. Most of the setup process is done on your phone in the Zepp app (Amazfit is powered by Zepp Health’s health management platform). The initial pairing process with my Samsung Galaxy S22 was very easy, with a simple scan of a QR code on the watch using the app. 

From there, however, things get a little bit complicated and a lot annoying. You have to grant a lot of permissions, more than any other watch platform I’ve used before. It seemed to go on forever. I also had a really hard time finding some of the menus for permissions that the Zepp app specified. It mentioned menus that simply do not exist on my phone, even though it says it’s specific to the phone manufacturer. Then, if you want to get notifications on your watch, you have to go through each individual app that you want notifications from. Which, again, was a bit tedious. 

The Amazfit Band 7’s features

As a budget device, you’d expect the Band 7 to be extremely limited in functionality and abilities. And while it certainly doesn’t have as robust a feature set as a $500 watch, the watch is surprisingly feature-rich for $50. It won’t be a replacement for serious athletes that need highly accurate information and robust tools, but it’s more than capable for most people. 

Battery life

The battery life on the Band 7 is quite surprising, given the low price of the watch. The watch offers a 232 mAh rated capacity, and Amazfit promises up to 18 days of battery life with typical usage. It says heavy usage will result in up to 12 days of battery life. Of course, all this depends on your watch settings as well, as the always-on display and certain settings like stress measuring will eat away at battery life. 

In my testing, I got an average of 16 days of battery life. I typically do one dedicated workout (either a run or strength training session) a day with anywhere between 30 minutes to an hour of duration. And I generally track a few short walks per day on top of that because of my dog. I did not have the always-on display running because I wanted to save the battery more, which greatly affected how much battery life I could get.

When the battery did run out, I was able to charge the watch quickly. Amazfit claims that the theoretical charging duration is two hours, and I found that to be accurate. If I needed a quick top-off before a workout, 15 minutes of charging would give me enough juice to record an hour-long session. The charger uses a magnetic design. In line with the watch’s design, it’s a tiny charger, making it easier to bring along on trips than other watches I’ve used. 

Amazfit Band 7
The Band 7 is capable of tracking plenty of different workout types. Abby Ferguson

Activity tracking

The Amazfit Band 7 can track 120 different types of activities. That includes the basics like outdoor and indoor running, hiking, and cycling. But it also can track badminton, belly and square dancing, jumping rope, jiu-jitsu, and even kite-flying or swinging. Essentially, if there’s an activity you want to do, chances are there’s a unique profile for it on the Amazfit Band 7. 

Tracking is easy, though, by default, the workout widget (where all the activities are) is quite low in the list, so you’ll need to scroll a bit. I thought that was an odd default placement since that’s one of the main reasons to get a watch like this. But you can customize that placement in the Zepp app. Then, you simply tap on Workout and choose the type of workout you want. 

Before you start tracking, you can also adjust settings by tapping the ellipses above the “Go” button. For example, for outdoor running, you can set a workout goal (miles, time, or calories). You can set workout alerts for different metrics like high heart rate or minimum pace. And you can even set the watch up for interval training, which is a nice feature. 

Data collection and insights

The Band 7 is fairly limited in sensors, but it offers the most important ones for basic insights: a  PPG biometric sensor, a geomagnetic sensor, and a three-axis acceleration sensor. It uses these three sensors to collect and calculate heart rate, SpO2, VO2 Max, and stress levels. 

The watch can also track your sleep, breaking it down to give you insights into how long you slept, REM sleep, and how often you were awake during the night. While it doesn’t apply this information to your training, and it isn’t highly accurate, it can at least give you a rough idea of your sleep.

Your training information and data provide a few key insights: PAI and Training Status. PAI, or Personal Activity Intelligence, uses a simple 100-point scale to reflect how active you are, with the goal of keeping it at or above 100 to reduce your risk of disease. It is based on an algorithm that assesses your age, gender, resting heart rate, maximum heart rate, and accumulated heart rate over seven days. Because an algorithm powers it, it’s dynamic and based on you as an individual instead of using generalizations.

While Training Status and PAI are enough for most users, The Band 7 and Zepp app won’t provide the in-depth data and insights serious athletes want or need. For example, Garmin (what I’m most familiar with) provides training stats such as the training effect of each individual workout, power curves, race predictions, training readiness, and heart rate variability (HRV) information. Most of that isn’t relevant to those simply trying to stay active and healthy, but if you want focused training for performance reasons, the Amazfit Band 7 and companion app likely won’t cut it. 

Smartwatch features

On top of all the fitness tracking, the Band 7 provides some smartwatch functionality. It doesn’t provide cellular connectivity, and there is no microphone, which limits its capabilities, though that’s to be expected at this price point. But you can get notifications on the watch from your smartphone from just about any app you use. You can’t interact with those notifications in any way, but you can at least see them to know if it’s something important enough to pick up your phone.

Beyond notifications, the watch also provides access to weather information. And if you are playing music on your phone, you can control it from the watch. I really liked that feature while in the gym working out. If a song started in my UE Fits earbuds that I didn’t want, I could just hit next right on my wrist instead of needing to pick up my phone and sweatily navigate to Spotify. 

Zepp app

The Zepp app is clean and clutter-free, with three primary tabs containing settings and data that you may need. The Homepage of the app features data cards to give you snapshots of what you most want to keep track of. For example, it can show steps, sleep, workout history, exercise status, and more. You can customize this, both in terms of which cards are shown and their order, which is nice. 

The Health tab is also customizable, though with far fewer options. It primarily shows you a breakdown of your workouts and your target goals (which you can edit). Since all of this can be found on the Homepage, it’s a bit confusing that a separate tab is needed.

The third tab is your Profile, which gives you access to settings, goals, connected accounts, and more. It’s also where you access your devices to change device-specific settings.

The app runs very smoothly on my Samsung Galaxy, and it’s quick to sync the watch when I make changes via the app as well. It doesn’t provide as in-depth insights as the Garmin app and doesn’t offer the social component Garmin does, but Zepp works well and provides basic and necessary information. 

Garmin Forerunner 955 and Amazfit Band 7 watches
The distance data from the Band 7 isn’t very accurate since it relies on a connected phone’s GPS. Here you can see it compared to the Garmin Forerunner 955, which has multi-band GPS. Abby Ferguson

The Amazfit Band 7’s usability and accuracy 

Overall, the Amazfit Band 7 is straightforward to use. It has its quirks—such as a lack of buttons for input—that make getting used to it a little tricky at first. But most of the controls are intuitive and easy to figure out. The sensitive touchscreen can be a bit annoying but is small in the grand scheme of things. 

One aspect that I really love about the Amazfit Band 7 is that it provides help text on the watch itself for certain data sets and features. For example, under Workout Status, if you tap the “i” at the bottom of the screen, a rather thorough explanation of EPOC pops up. Since the budget-friendly watch is largely geared toward those who aren’t exercise experts, these terms may be completely new. Explaining what they mean and why they are important right on the watch is extremely helpful and valuable. 

I found the watch’s heart rate monitor to be very accurate, even compared to a dedicated heart rate monitor, which is typically more precise. Likewise, the calculated VO2 Max was in the range it should be for me, though I plan on getting a lab test done for a truly accurate comparison. 

I rarely find sleep tracking very accurate, and that was the case with the Amazfit Band 7. There were nights it seemed spot on, but most of the time, it seemed at least slightly off, and nights it was completely incorrect as well. It also tends to think I’m taking a nap if I take the watch off for more than a few minutes.

How the Amazfit Band 7 stacks up against the competition

There’s no shortage of fitness watches available, with even Amazfit’s own line of devices quite lengthy. I’ve also been using Amazfit’s T-Rex 2. At $200, the T-Rex 2 is still quite a bargain compared to the likes of a Garmin, though it’s four times more expensive than the Band 7. And in most ways, the price difference is noticeable. The T-Rex 2 is decidedly more aggressive looking and significantly larger. It’s much more rugged, having passed 15 Military-Standards Tests (MIL-STD-810G) to withstand harsh conditions. And it comes with more health data and built-in dual-band positioning. You get a lot more watch in the T-Rex 2, albeit in a very different style that isn’t for everyone.

Garmin’s fitness watches tend to be one of the gold standard options for athletes, and the prices certainly match that. The company has done a fantastic job of managing health and fitness data to provide useful and accurate information for training purposes. Amazfit does a nice job of providing useful insights, but it isn’t as thorough as Garmin, especially in the minimal Band 7 watch. Garmin’s watches offer more robust feature sets and data tracking than the Band 7, yet still offer battery life that’s nearly as much as the simpler Band 7.

Amazfit Band 7 and Amazfit T-Rex 2 watches on a wrist
The Band 7 is much more minimal than Amazfit’s dual-band positioning higher-end T-Rex 2. Abby Ferguson

So, who should buy the Amazfit Band 7?

I must admit that I was pleasantly surprised by the Amazfit Band 7. After exclusively using fairly expensive fitness watches for the past 10 years, I assumed that such a budget-level watch would be lacking and less impressive. But that was not the case. 

The Band 7 has some big wins, no matter what price point you are looking at. It sports a sleek design, lengthy battery life, accurate heart rate measurement, music controls, plenty of fitness-focused features, and a wide array of activity types. Of course, with the low price comes some disadvantages: No built-in GPS, a finicky touchscreen, and a cheap band enclosure design. It also doesn’t provide as in-depth training insights or data compared to more expensive watches. As a result, it isn’t great for serious, focused athletes looking for specific performance improvements. But it offers much more than the $50 price would lead you to believe. 

So who’s the Band 7 ideal for? It’s a fantastic choice for those looking for a simple device that can help encourage them to be more active. Not everyone needs access to race predictions and hyper-accurate pace and stride information. But the Amazfit Band 7 can help you learn more about exercise terms and support you in keeping tabs on your activity levels to work toward a healthier, more active lifestyle. And it can do this while functioning as a general smartwatch, making it even more well-rounded. 

The post Amazfit Band 7 fitness & health tracker review: Back to basics appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Garmin announces an even more rugged Instinct smartwatch https://www.popsci.com/gear/garmin-instinct-2x-solar-news/ Wed, 12 Apr 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=533494
Garmin Instinct 2X Solar family
The new Instinct 2X Solar is available in four colors. Garmin

The newest Garmin fitness watch is built for extended adventures.

The post Garmin announces an even more rugged Instinct smartwatch appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Garmin Instinct 2X Solar family
The new Instinct 2X Solar is available in four colors. Garmin

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Garmin is keeping the ball rolling, and you running, this year with exciting releases. The company released two vibrant new watches in its Forerunner series in March. And now, Garmin has announced the newest product in its rugged, adventure-focused Instinct line: the Instinct 2X Solar and the Instinct 2X Solar Tactical Edition (shown below). The new smartwatches get many improvements and exciting editions compared to the Instinct 2 Solar, including even better solar charging and a more rugged, durable design. It’s also the first Instinct to feature a built-in flashlight and the Obstacle Course Racing activity type. We really enjoyed the Instinct 2 Solar, and this adventure watch looks even better. 

Garmin

SEE IT

Garmin Instinct training features

In keeping with Garmin’s wearables, the 2X series has robust training features and tools. It offers 24/7 health and wellness tracking, including wrist-based heart rate, sleep monitoring, respiration tracking, heart rate variability, Pulse Ox, and more. 

There’s a vast range of sports and activity types, so you can track whatever you like to do to stay active. New in the Instinct line is the Obstacle Course Racing activity. This new activity mode lets you manually record obstacle splits and automatically track them after your first lap. The data from the activity will include the number of runs on a course, times, the number of obstacles, time spent on each obstacle, basic run metrics, and more. If you’re a fan of Tough Mudders, Spartan Race, or the new military-inspired obstacle competitions, this watch will be a big help. 

You’ll also have access to Garmin’s Training Readiness and Morning Report features. These help you plan and maximize your training and maximize to ensure healthy, well-balanced progress. And the multi-band GNSS provides highly accurate positioning to give you price route information and even navigation tools.

Garmin Instinct 2X Solar details

The Instinct 2X Solar gets some very exciting upgrades from the Instinct 2 Solar. It is even more rugged and built to U.S. military standards (MIL-STD-810). The 50mm polymer case—10mm larger than the Instinct 2 Solar—will withstand just about anything you throw at it.

One of my complaints with the Instinct 2 Solar was that the solar charging didn’t give all that much of a benefit. But Garmin says that the Power Glass lens on the Instinct 2X Solar (both the standard and Tactical Edition) will produce 50% more energy than the Instinct 2 Solar. It requires three hours of direct sunlight, but that’s a significant improvement and should mean that solar charging actually results in a real addition to battery life.

This watch’s other exciting new feature is the built-in LED flashlight (shown below). It even offers variable intensities and strobe modes. It could be a significant asset for hiking or any sort of activity in the backcountry, especially in emergency situations. 

Instinct 2X Solar flashlight shining into a backpack—Garmin lifestyle photography cropped
Garmin

Garmin Instinct 2X Solar Tactical Edition details

The Tactical Edition of the Instinct 2X Solar gets the same training features, sensors, and build qualities as the standard edition. But on top of that, Garmin says it is also “packed with features specific to tactical operations, including Jumpmaster and tactical preloaded activities.” It features a Stealth Mode, which prevents GPS location sharing and disables wireless communication. And the built-in multi-LED flashlight can be set to either white or dedicated green, resulting in natural vision at night.

Garmin Instinct 2X Solar pricing & availability

The Instinct 2X Solar is available in four colors: Flame Red, Graphite, Moss, and Whitestone. It’s available for purchase now for $449.99. The Instinct 2X Solar Tactical Edition is also available now for $499.99 in two colors: Black or Coyote Tan. 

The post Garmin announces an even more rugged Instinct smartwatch appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best percussion massager is 50% off at Amazon right now https://www.popsci.com/gear/theragun-pro-massager-amazon-deal/ Tue, 11 Apr 2023 17:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=533284
A Theragun percussion massager on a blue background
Amanda Reed

Pummel away your post-squat blues with one of TheraGun's best-in-class percussion massagers, half-off on Amazon for a limited time.

The post The best percussion massager is 50% off at Amazon right now appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Theragun percussion massager on a blue background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The weather is warming up, meaning it’s time to throw on some running shoes and work on that mile time. If the winter has disrupted your training routine, the first few runs might leave you a little sore the next day. Recover with the TheraGun Pro, which is 50% off on Amazon.

TheraGun Pro (4th Generation) $300 (Was $599)

Theragun

SEE IT

The TheraGun (4th Generation)—one of our favorite percussion massagers—is among the best on the market. Its professional-grade motor is quiet, and four arm positions make it easy to reach almost any sore spot on your body. The TheraGun has five speeds between 1,750 and 2,400 percussions per minute (PPM), and it has a five-hour battery life if your body needs to be mashed like a potato. Six attachments—supersoft, dampener, standard ball, wedge, thumb, and cone—help you unfurl those pesky knots. An OLED screen, carrying case, and wireless charging round out the high-quality features that add convenience. If you don’t need the latest model‘s quieter motor and crisper screen, save major cash by snagging the previous (and just as formidable) generation.

If you want to feel like you’ve put your body through a pasta machine, consider the BestMassage Zero Gravity Electric Shiatsu Massage Chair, on sale for $599 (down from $999.99), plus take an extra $100 off with clickable coupon. The company’s recliner chair is our best budget pick for the best massage chairs, and we think the foot rollers, built-in heat therapy, and easy remote controls are a bonus. If you’re looking for all-over relief, you need (knead?) a massage accessory like this.

The more you work out, the less sore you should feel naturally—but one of these great massagers can help the transition. And the longer you wait to hit “add to cart,” the less chance you’ll have to get a best-in-class percussion massager for a steal—and you’ll feel a different kind of sore if you miss out on this deal.

Here are other massager deals we’re feeling out:

The post The best percussion massager is 50% off at Amazon right now appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best NordicTrack treadmills for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-nordictrack-treadmills/ Thu, 30 Mar 2023 22:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=524131
Two NordicTrack treadmills next to each other on a plain background.
Stan Horaczek

NordicTrack offers treadmills for just about every type of runner (except for Blade Runner). Here are our top picks for every style, space, and budget.

The post The best NordicTrack treadmills for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Two NordicTrack treadmills next to each other on a plain background.
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for group training NordicTrack Commercial 2450 treadmill on a plain background NordicTrack Commercial 2450
SEE IT

A massive 22-inch screen makes group classes feel more immersive and exciting.

Best overall NordicTrack Commercial 1250 treadmill NordicTrack Commercial 1250
SEE IT

This is the right mix of features and price for most people looking to workout at home.

Best budget NordicTrack 7i treadmill on a plain background NordicTrack EXP 7i
SEE IT

You can spend roughly half the cost of a high-end model and still maintain most of the features.

When you hear “NordicTrack,” treadmills may not be the first thing that comes to mind. After all, the company started in the 1970s making quirky but effective ski machines. Now, however, the name NordicTrack is attached to one of the biggest and most popular manufacturers of treadmills, many of which now offer integration with the iFit connected fitness platform. While the NordicTrack lineup isn’t vast, it does offer a full range to address various technical requirements and budgets. Here’s a breakdown of the best NordicTrack treadmills for different types of runners—from total beginners to veteran pavement pounders.

How we chose the best NordicTrack treadmills

I am not an elite runner, but I have been involved in the fitness world for decades, and I’ve covered various fitness equipment for outlets like Men’s Journal, Popular Science, and the New York Post. I also consulted with some high-level runners on background, as their sponsorship status precludes them from appearing named in this article. 

NordicTrack offers a robust line of treadmills, but the most recent additions make up most of this list. The company has a very solid track record for durability and performance, so we focused on selecting the features that meet specific user needs. Ultimately, this list results from research based on personal experience, spec comparisons, user reviews, and editorial opinions. 

The best NordicTrack treadmills: Reviews & Recommendations

While we make specific recommendations for certain types of users, there’s always overlap. So, check out all the picks before making your decision. 

Best overall: NordicTrack Commercial 1250

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Deck size: 20” x 60”
  • Screen size: 10”
  • Incline range: -3% to 12%
  • Speed range: Up to 12 mph
  • Max weight: 300 pounds
  • Fans: Yes

Pros

  • Solid mix of features for the price
  • iFit connectivity
  • Quiet incline and decline
  • Relatively compact

Cons

  • Screen feels a little small

This isn’t NordicTrack’s flagship treadmill, but it offers a solid mix of features for a price that more people can afford. As part of the Commercial line, this treadmill is built for regular use. The rollers under the belt are machined and balanced to make running on the surface feel steady and secure. 

Like most of the newer NordicTrack models, this treadmill integrates with the iFit connected workout platform. It offers pre-recorded and live workouts that automatically adjust the incline and the speed as you go. I’ve used the iFit platform quite a bit on other connected fitness gear and I’ve really enjoyed it, so it’s a great addition here. 

The 10-inch screen isn’t massive, but I find the giant screens can feel like overkill and really drive the price of a treadmill up. While the screen isn’t huge, it does rotate, so you can make it easily visible when you’re doing exercises off of the treadmill itself. Many of the iFit workouts involved hopping off the treadmill and doing movements on solid ground, so rotating is pretty essential. 

Overall, this is the best balance of features and price when it comes to NordicTrack treadmills for most people. 

Best for group training: NordicTrack Commercial 2450

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Deck size: 20” x 60”
  • Screen size: 22”
  • Incline range: -3% to 12%
  • Speed range: Up to 12 mph
  • Max weight: 300 pounds
  • Fans: Yes

Pros

  • Huge touchscreen is great for immersion and off-treadmill exercises
  • Folds up when not in use
  • iFit integration
  • Quit for its size

Cons

  • Expensive

If you’re really determined to dive into connected fitness classes, then you want the biggest possible screen. This pro-grade treadmill offers an impressive 22-inch touchscreen display that rotates for off-treadmill exercises. The treadmill has a number of dedicated workouts built-in and can sync up with Google Maps data for virtual location runs. Once you add the iFit program into the equation, it opens up access to live and recorded classes for just about every level of experience. 

Beyond the connected features, this treadmill offers the typical bells and whistles you’d expect from a high-end model. It’s surprisingly quiet, considering how powerful it is. Plus, it folds up easily once you’re done with it so that it won’t take up as much space in your home (and we’re a big fan of folding treadmills). 

If you’re thinking about this upgrade, you’re mostly paying for the larger screen, but it also has a slightly more powerful motor compared to the Commercial 1250 that took home the best overall award. 

Best for pros: NordicTrack Commercial X22i

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Deck size: 22” x 60”
  • Screen size: 22”
  • Incline range: -6% to 40%
  • Speed range: Up to 12 mph 
  • Max weight: 300 pounds
  • Fans: Yes

Pros

  • Unmatched incline settings
  • Powerful motor
  • Spacious running tread
  • Giant screen

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

If you want to pretend you’re in “Stranger Things” and go running up that hill, you won’t find a more capable treadmill than NordicTrack’s Commercial X22i. It offers incline settings between -6% and a semi-ridiculous 40%. Most of the other models on this list top out around 12% incline. At its highest setting, you’ll have to do serious work just to keep up with a slow speed. If you’ve been looking for a way to punish your quads and hamstrings, this is it.

Beyond the tilting tread, you get a few extra niceties for your cash. The running tread is two inches wider than most other models, which is good if you’re not the most stable and consistent runner. It also has the most powerful motor, which can get loud at times, but it won’t have any trouble supporting even heavier runners. 

Like the rest of the treadmills on this list, the X22i supports iFit integration, which makes the 22-inch screen very appealing. You can see those coaches looking great in their Spandex as large as possible. 

Best for small spaces: NordicTrack EXP 10i

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Deck size: 20” x 55”
  • Screen size: 10”
  • Incline range: 0-12%
  • Speed range: Up to 10 mph
  • Max weight: 300 pounds
  • Fans: Yes

Pros

  • Compact footprint makes it fit in smaller spaces
  • 10-inch color touchscreen
  • Quiet motor
  • Built-in fans for air circulation

Cons

  • Maxes out at 10 mph

This is a slightly upgraded version of the EXP 7i, which we’ve awarded the best budget title. As the name suggests, this model offers a 10-inch full-color touchscreen for connected workouts and other media. Despite its bigger screen, it maintains a 70.8” L x 34.9” W x 59.7” H footprint. That footprint shrinks even more once you raise the deck for storage mode. In fact, it gets more than a foot shorter with the deck in the raised position. 

When it comes to power, the motor fits right in the middle of the lineup, so it’s strong enough to keep up with hard workouts, but it’s not overly loud. That’s important if you live in an apartment or with a lot of other people. 

Plus, if you want to move the entire treadmill, the whole thing weighs just 230 pounds. While that’s not light enough to pick up and move, you can easily slide it out of the way in a pinch. With some of the other high-end models weighing in at more than 400 pounds, they’re not as simple to move. 

Best budget: NordicTrack EXP 7i

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Deck size: 20” x 55”
  • Screen size: 7:
  • Incline range: 0 – 12%
  • Speed range: Up to 10 mph
  • Max weight: 300 pounds
  • Fans: No

Pros

  • Affordable compared to other models
  • Still maintains iFit compatibility despite price
  • Folds up when not in use
  • Supports users up to 300 pounds

Cons

  • Belt is more narrow than others
  • Screen doesn’t rotate, only tilts

While many high-end treadmills on this list break the $2,000 mark, this relatively compact model sometimes checks in under $1,000 if you catch it on sale. Despite its lower price, it offers a full suite of connected features via its iFit integration. Live instructors or recorded workouts can automatically control the speed up to 10 mph or the incline up to 12 degrees.

It doesn’t have the most powerful motor, but as a result, it often runs quieter than some of the bigger, more robust treadmills. The tread is still 20 inches wide, as you’d find with similar models, but it’s 5 inches shorter at 55 total inches. While that’s slightly less room to run, it also makes the whole thing take up less space. The tread is light and easy to raise without a lot of effort. That’s important when you’re totally blasted from a hard workout and don’t want to use more muscle power than you need to.

What to look for when shopping for the best NordicTrack treadmills

If you want to strike out on your own to compare NordicTrack treadmill models, here are some things to consider before making your decision: 

Do you want iFit connected workouts?

Like Peleton and other connected workout devices, NordicTrack treadmills require a service to access live and pre-recorded classes. NordicTrack relies on iFit to provide those services, a paid subscription. The single plan costs $15 per month (or $180 annually), while the family plan costs $39 per month (or $396 annually). You don’t have to have a subscription to use the machine. You can still access many features, including regular workouts and things like the Google Maps integration, without paying for the monthly subscription. I have used iFit in the past, though, and recommend signing up if you get one of these treadmills. The live workouts are fun, and it offers tons of variety.

The iFit workouts can automatically change the speed and incline on the treadmills to match the intended level of effort. That comes in very handy if you don’t want to change it all the time manually. 

Tread size

Typical treads measure 20” x 60”, but you will find some model variability. The higher-end models sometimes add two inches to the width, which can be very helpful for an unsteady walker building strength or someone who does particularly gnarly workouts that push them near exhaustion. Some more compact models offer a 5-inch shorter deck to make them more efficient in space. 

Speed range

The motor inside of a treadmill typically determines how fast it’s capable of going. The lower-end models on this list top out at 10 mph, which should be more than enough for most people. If you’re a serious athlete or just really feel like pushing yourself, the higher-end models go all the way up to 12 mph. That’s a five-minute mile pace, which is extremely fast. 

Incline range

Walking on an incline has gained a ton of popularity as a relatively low-impact fat-burning workout in recent years. Most of the treadmills on this list top out at a 12% incline, which is fairly steep. It’s enough to make even slow speeds feel rigorous. If you upgrade to the Commercial X22i, you can get a whopping 40% incline, which is seriously taxing on your lower body. Unless you want a very hard challenge, the 12% should suit you just fine. 

FAQs

Q: Will treadmill exercise burn my calories and fat?

Your body burns calories all the time so that you can live. But walking and running obviously burn more calories than static activities like laying on the couch or sitting at your computer writing an article about treadmills for several hours. If you’re buying a treadmill expecting it to melt fat off of your body, then you’re going to be disappointed. Go over your exercise and nutrition goals with a trained professional so you can approach things from a safe and effective place.

Q: How long do NordicTrack treadmills last on average?

You’ll get a couple of years’ worth of exercise out of a treadmill if you keep it maintained. If you let it sit for too long or you abuse the heck out of it, that will seriously degrade your chances of a long-lasting device. NordicTrack offers a variable warranty that covers labor for one year, parts for two years, and the frame for a full decade. If you take care of these machines, they should last quite a while. 

Q: How long should I run on a treadmill?

This is entirely up to you and your health professionals. Some people get too gung ho at the beginning of a new exercise initiative and burn themselves out. That kind of ambition can cause serious problems with your knees and other body parts if you try to do too much too quickly. The iFit platform offers some beginner classes that help people get started without putting too much strain on the body. Still, we recommend talking to a trained professional to ensure you do the right thing for yourself.

Q: Are treadmills better than walking outside?

Treadmills offer a few advantages over walking outside. First, you can do it all year round, even if the weather outside is frightful. If you’re still building strength in your legs, the steady, consistent surface may help reduce your chances of a fall. You can also do more in-depth connected exercise routines with the built-in screen on these treadmills. On the other hand, walking outside is good for getting fresh air, and your legs will benefit from all the stabilization work they must do when navigating uneven terrain. 

Final thoughts on the best NordicTrack treadmills

Putting a treadmill in your home is a great way to stay motivated and moving, even when the weather is terrible outside. With access to iFit’s library of live and pre-recorded workouts, these machines offer much more than simple running workouts. The best NordicTrack treadmills offer a full-on exercise regimen that won’t require you to hang out with the various characters you’ll find in the locker room at your local gym or wait in line dripping sweat to refill your water bottle.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best NordicTrack treadmills for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Apple Watch alternatives in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-apple-watch-alternatives/ Fri, 24 Dec 2021 01:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=382954
Best Apple Watch alternatives sliced header
Tony Ware

These fitness trackers and smartwatches offer sharp looks and deep sensor integration for Android users and anyone else interested in premium wearables outside Apple's ecosystem.

The post The best Apple Watch alternatives in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Apple Watch alternatives sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Galaxy Watch 5 smartwatch Galaxy Watch 5
SEE IT

Slick styling, optional cellphone connectivity, and lots of health tracking features put this watch on top.

Best dedicated fitness tracker The Fitbit Sense 2 is a dedicated fitness tracker and smartwatch. Fitbit Sense 2
SEE IT

The Fitbit Sense 2 is lightweight and slim but still offers lots of sensors and good battery life.

Best stylish smartwatch The Skagen Jorn is a stylish hybrid smartwatch Skagen Jorn Gen 6 Smartwatch
SEE IT

The Skagen Jorn is a unique hybrid watch, featuring traditional watch hands with full smartwatch capabilities.

The Apple Watch was not the first connected watch. Thanks to Dick Tracy, people have been dreaming of wrist-worn communicators since the 1940s, and companies have actually produced usable companion devices since the early 2000s. But since “Apple’s most personal device ever” launched in 2015, it’s come to dominate the smartwatch market by sheer volume. However, the best wearable for everyone, especially Android users, isn’t necessarily Apple’s. Many Apple Watch alternatives provide various tech that can match and even top the Series 8 experience. Really, the phrase “Apple Watch alternative” sometimes does these gadgets a disservice. Apple’s offering is great, but other top smartwatches and fitness trackers deserve recognition for their own forms and features. The best Apple Watch alternatives satisfy all kinds of purposes: collecting health metrics, delivering notifications, tracking outdoor adventures, and much more fantastic functionality without committing to watchOS/iOS. 

How we chose the best Apple Watch alternatives

When selecting the recommendations included in this list, we evaluated a range of features, specs, and tools that make smartwatches useful and desirable. To function as an Apple Watch alternative, phone connectivity in some capacity was an absolute must. The selected watches also needed a robust array of sensors to capture important health and activity data. We aimed to choose watches with different styles since style is such a subjective topic. And lastly, we assessed important specs such as battery life, display quality, and durability. Combining this research with peer recommendations, critical reviews, and plenty of hands-on experience, we narrowed down our selection to the best Apple Watch alternatives.

The best Apple Watch alternatives: Reviews & Recommendations

The best Apple Watch alternatives are delightfully varied, and you’re sure to find one that strikes your fancy. So let’s look at the non-Apple products that can keep your phone in your pocket but your life connected.

Best overall: Galaxy Watch 5

Samsung

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1.2 ounces (44mm), 1 ounce (40mm)
  • Case size: 1.7 x 1.74 x 0.38 inches (44mm), 1.54 x 1.59 x 0.38 inches (40mm)
  • Display resolution: 450×450 pixels (44mm), 396×396 pixels (40mm) 
  • Battery life: Up to 50 hours
  • Waterproof rating: IP68
  • Connectivity: BT 5.2, Wi-Fi 2.4GHz & 5GHz, NFC, LTE
  • Sensors: Accelerometer, gyroscope, barometer, ambient light, compass, GPS, BioActive sensor (Bioelectrical Impedance Analysis sensor, Electrical Heart sensor (ECG), and Optical Heart Rate sensor), mic/speaker
  • App support: Android

Pros

  • Attractive design, with swappable straps
  • Optional 4G LTE version
  • Available in two sizes
  • Plenty of health-tracking features
  • Excellent third-party app support

Cons

  • Battery life is lacking
  • Some features only work with Samsung phones

The Galaxy Watch is one of the most direct competitors to the Apple Watch. That’s partly because it is one of the few watches that offer an eSIM for cellular connectivity. The eSim and built-in mic and speakers mean you can take calls and receive and respond to text messages via the watch. You don’t need your phone on you all the time to take advantage of the smart features, which is a nice option to have. The combination of Wear OS and an Android 8.0 or above phone, however, allows for Google Maps navigation, interaction with Google Assistant, and more.

The Galaxy Watch5 has a sleek, minimal design. It’s available in two sizes—40mm and 44mm—and comes in four colors. At only 1.2 ounces for the larger watch (44mm), it’s lightweight, making it more comfortable to wear. It is packed with useful sensors, including Samsung’s BioActive sensor array, responsible for sleep tracking, heart rate, blood oxygen monitoring, ECG, and body composition analysis. It will provide lots of health and fitness insights. It even automatically detects exercise, which is helpful if you tend to forget to start tracking as I do.

The downside of this watch is the battery life. The 40mm watch utilizes a 284mAh battery, while the 44mm features a 410mAh battery. If you use the device for any exercise tracking at all, you’ll need to charge it daily. Nighttime is the most logical time to charge it for most, but that means you’ll miss out on sleep tracking, which is a selling point of the watch. (A titanium-cased Galaxy Watch5 Pro version increases the durability, wellness sensors, and battery life.)

Best dedicated fitness tracker: Fitbit Sense 2

Fitbit

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 0.8 ounces
  • Case size: 1.5 by 1.5 by 0.45 inches
  • Display resolution: 336 x 336 pixels
  • Battery life: Up to 6 days
  • Waterproof rating: Water resistant to 164 feet
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, NFC
  • Sensors: GPS/GLONASS, heart rate, altimeter, skin temperature, gyroscope, accelerometer, ambient light, SpO2, cEDA, mic/speaker
  • App support: Android and iOS

Pros

  • Very slim and lightweight
  • Lots of sensors
  • Good battery life
  • Easy to use

Cons

  • No music support
  • Subscription required to take full advantage of its features

The Fitbit Sense 2 is the company’s best and brightest smartwatch. It packs plenty of sensors, including onboard GPS to track your runs and bike rides. It also features a skin temperature sensor and Fitbit’s cEDA (continuous ElectroDermal Activity) sensor to help track stress. And it promises a six-day battery life (depending on usage), which is very strong.

At less than an ounce, this is one of the lightest smartwatches available, especially for one with such a robust set of sensors. It’s sleek and minimal, fitting nicely even on small wrists. And you can choose between three colorways. In addition, the Sense 2 gets an added physical button compared to the first version, making navigation easier.

Unfortunately, Fitbit removed third-party app support from the Sense 2. That means it isn’t as much of a smartwatch as other options. For example, there’s no Spotify app or music support, so you’ll have to rely on your phone. But there is a built-in speaker and microphone, so you can take calls on your wrist, as long as your phone is nearby. 

Best smartwatch for Android users: Ticwatch Pro 3

Ticwatch

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1.5 ounces
  • Case size: 1.8 x 1.9 x 0.5 inches
  • Display resolution: 454 x 454 pixels
  • Battery life: Up to 72 hours (Smart Mode) or 45 days (Essential Mode)
  • Water rating: IP68
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth 5.0, Wi-Fi
  • Sensors: GPS/Beidou/Glonass/Galileo/QZSS, accelerometer, gyroscope, PPG heart rate, ambient light, barometer, mic/speaker
  • App support: Android and iOS

Pros

  • Good battery life
  • Dual display helps save battery life
  • Fast and responsive
  • IP68 waterproof rating

Cons

  • Somewhat pricey
  • A bit bulky

With a Snapdragon 4100 processor, the TicWatch Pro 3 is among the fastest Apple Watch alternatives on the market. It has all the usual high-end smartwatch features, including onboard GPS and NFC for payments. There’s a whole host of sensors and data tracking features, including a heart rate monitor, barometer, sleep tracking, and SpO2 monitoring.

It also has one very clever feature: a lower-power LCD screen right on top of its regular AMOLED display. That allows you to switch over for up to 45 days of battery life in “essential mode.” And there is an ambient light sensor in the watch, so it can automatically adjust the brightness of the AMOLED display.

The Ticwatch features a rugged design that will hold up to whatever activities you participate in. It’s a waterproof smartwatch with an IP68 rating, so you can even swim in it. That said, even though it is 28 percent lighter than the previous version of this watch, it is still fairly large and chunky. It may not be best for the small of wrist.

Best smartwatch for the triathlete in training: Garmin Forerunner 955

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1.8 ounces
  • Case size: 1.8 x 1.8 x 0.5 inches
  • Display resolution: 260 x 260 pixels
  • Battery life: Up to 15 days (smartwatch mode)
  • Water rating: 5 ATM water resistance
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, ANT+, Wi-Fi
  • Sensors: Heart rate, GPS/Glonass/Galileo, thermometer, pulse oximeter, accelerometer, gyroscope, compass, barometric altimeter
  • App support: Android and iOS

Pros

  • Long battery life
  • Highly customizable
  • Collects loads of data
  • Useful training assistance

Cons

  • Pricey

Garmin specializes in super-advanced fitness and outdoor tech gear, making its gear one of the best Apple Watch alternatives for serious athletes. The Forerunner 955 is specifically focused on running, though it can track about any kind of workout you can think of, including ones specific to triathlon training. It includes a dizzying array of sensors to ensure you improve. It calculates elevation changes, measures your pace against an average for your fitness level, calculates VO2 Max, and can even measure stuff like ground contact time and stride length. In addition, the watch provides plenty of training help, such as suggested workouts and training load insights, to help you maximize your fitness. 

Despite all the data it collects, the battery life is fantastic. And You can easily customize battery consumption to get what you need out of the watch in a given situation. In smartwatch mode, Garmin promises 15 days of battery life. And when using the All Systems GNSS plus Multi-Band mode (the most accurate location tracking), Garmin specifies up to 20 hours. Should you want a little extra juice, Garmin also makes a solar version of this watch. Of course, battery life depends on your usage, but I was easily able to get the promised numbers when using the Solar version of this watch, even without getting the minimum sun exposure. 

There is no microphone on the watch or optional cellphone connectivity, so you will need your phone to take advantage of the notifications and safety features (unless you opt for the older Forerunner 945 LTE). But you can send pre-formatted responses to calls and texts and interact with notifications from certain apps. And it is surprisingly sleek for all the sensors that are onboard, even on small wrists. Of course, if you’re more of a weekend warrior and don’t mind charging more often in exchange for the most vivid visual experience, the Garmin epix 2 has an AMOLED touchscreen display that brings it near parity with an Apple Watch presentation.

Best stylish smartwatch: Skagen Jorn 38MM Gen 6 Hybrid Smartwatch

Skagen

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: Not provided
  • Case size: 1.5-inch diameter, 0.5 inches thick
  • Display resolution: 240 x 240 pixels
  • Battery life: Up to 14 days
  • Water rating: 3 ATM water resistance
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth 5.0 LE
  • Sensors: Accelerometer, microphone, PPG heart rate
  • App support: Android and iOS

Pros

  • Sleek, attractive styling
  • Unique hybrid design
  • Good app support
  • Built-in microphone

Cons

  • Fitness tracking isn’t great
  • Lacks a speaker

Skagen, the Danish-design-inspired imprint of Fossil, has a line of hybrid smartwatches called Jorn, which have uniformly been extremely good-looking watches. The hybrid design may not be for everyone, but it is a unique combination of classic watch looks with smartwatch features. The watch hands cleverly move out of the way so that you can easily read the E Ink display, and it still offers plenty of customization options. And it comes in 38mm or 42mm sizes with different color and band options. 

The Jorn features a built-in microphone as well as Amazon Alexa support. You can use voice control to set timers, reminders, and ask questions. Unfortunately, it lacks a speaker, so responses are displayed on the watch instead of spoken back to you, and you can’t take calls. But it does add a layer of functionality that some may appreciate. And it’s Android and iPhone compatible, so you can use it’s companion app with just about any phone.

The sensors in the Jorn watch are somewhat minimal but include an accelerometer and PPG heart rate monitor for basic exercise and health stats. These will track your steps, sleep, heart rate, and SpO2. Unfortunately, there’s no built-in GPS, so the watch relies on tethered GPS, which requires your phone. If you are looking for a serious fitness watch, this isn’t the best option, but we think it’s the most stylish Apple Watch alternative available. 

Best for health data: Polar Ignite 3

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1.2 ounces
  • Case size: 1.7 x 1.7 x 0.4 inches
  • Display resolution: 416 × 416 pixels
  • Battery life: Up to 30 hours (training mode)
  • Water rating: Water resistant to 98 feet
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth 5.1
  • Sensors: GPS/Beidou/Glonass/Galileo/QZSS, accelerometer, heart rate 
  • App support: Android and iOS

Pros

  • Attractive styling 
  • Really slim on the wrist
  • Lots of smart health and training features
  • Vibrant display

Cons

  • GPS is inaccurate 

Polar has long been a staple in the fitness and health world, investing heavily in research and offering a range of watches and sensors. The third iteration of the Ignite is the sleekest yet, with attractive yet minimal design features. It’s available in four colorways, some of which (such as the Greige Sand) hardly look like fitness watches. It features an extremely slim profile, barely sticking up from my wrist.

The watch offers fairly minimal sensors, but it still collects plenty of data for excellent health and fitness insights. It provides the Polar Precision Prime sensor for highly accurate heart rate data. Unfortunately, despite the multi-band GPS, the location data is disappointing and inaccurate. This won’t matter for some, but if precise location tracking is essential to you, this watch won’t be your best choice. 

Where the Ignite 3 does shine is the health data it collects and the insights it provides. It provides accurate sleep-tracking information and uses that to help guide daily workout suggestions. It even provides secondary workout suggestions, such as stretching activities to keep you healthy. And Polar’s FitSpark suggests different types of exercise to keep your training well-rounded. It can provide a lot of information to help you stay on top of your training and health in general.

Best battery life: Garmin Instinct 2S Solar

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1.8 ounces (45mm), 1.5 ounces (40mm)
  • Case size: 1.8 x 1.8 x 0.6 inches (45mm), 1.6 x 1.6 x 0.5 inches (40mm)
  • Display resolution: 176 x 176 pixels (45mm) 156 x 156 pixels (40mm)
  • Battery life: Up to 28 days, unlimited with solar (smartwatch mode)
  • Water rating: Waterproof to 328 feet
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth and ANT+
  • Sensors: Heart rate, GPS/Glonass/Galileo, thermometer, pulse oximeter, accelerometer, compass, barometric altimeter
  • App support: Android and iOS

Pros

  • Outstanding battery life
  • Two sizes available
  • Lots of training tools
  • Highly accurate data collection

Cons

  • Rugged, old-school design isn’t for everyone

Garmin’s Instinct 2S Solar has a lot going for it, but its battery life is certainly the main highlight. In smartwatch mode, Garmin says it offers unlimited battery life if you get three hours of 50,000 lux sunlight conditions a day. Of course, when you use the various GPS modes and tracking exercises, that goes down. But I got about a week of life from my 40mm version while doing some activity once a day, even without getting the required sun exposure per day for the solar benefits.

The watch also gets a robust set of sensors and tracking features, in line with most of Garmin’s products. It can suggest workouts and keep track of your training status to ensure you are getting the most out of your activities and advancing your fitness. You can even use it to navigate should you need help getting back to your starting point. Overall it’s a fantastic training partner.

The Instinct 2 Solar is a vastly different Apple Watch alternative in its styling. It has a rather rugged, old-school watch styling, which some may not like. The display is also a simple monochrome transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP) display, so don’t expect fancy color graphics or touchscreen functionality. But it connects to your phone and provides notifications on the watch. There is no microphone or speaker, so you can’t take calls on the watch, but you can use it to reject or accept a call that you then take on your phone. And like the Forerunner 955, you can send prewritten responses to texts or calls directly from the watch, which is handy if you are in the middle of something. 

Best budget smartwatch: Amazfit GTS 4

Amazfit

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1 ounce
  • Case size: 1.7 x 1.4 x 0.4 inches (without heart rate base)
  • Display resolution: 390 x 450 pixels
  • Battery life: Up to 8 days (typical use)
  • Water rating: 5 ATM water resistance
  • Connectivity: WLAN 2.4GHz, Bluetooth 5.0, and BLE
  • Sensors: Geomagnetic, accelerometer, barometric altimeter, gyroscope, ambient light sensor, dual-band & 6 satellite positioning systems, BioTracker™ 4.0 PPG biometric sensor, mic/speaker
  • App support: Android 7.0 and above, iOS 12.0 and above

Pros

  • Sleek and comfortable design
  • Lots of sport modes
  • Good battery life

Cons

  • Data collection isn’t the most accurate

Amazfit is a well-established maker of budget smartwatches, and the GTS 4 is a great one. It provides an eight-day battery life (depending on usage), which is surprising for a watch of this price. That can even be extended to 16 days in battery saver mode. It also has lots of sensors to measure your heart rate, steps, blood oxygen levels, stress, sleep, location, and more. 

As a smartwatch, the GTS 4 pairs with your phone and delivers notifications right to your wrist. And it can sync with apps like Strava and Google Fit. It features a built-in mic and speaker, so you can receive and make calls from the watch if your phone is near. It has a strikingly Apple Watch-like design, which is sleek and minimal.

Of course, as a somewhat inexpensive watch, there are some downsides. The companion app (called Zepp) is a bit clunky, with some settings difficult to find. And the data collection tends to be a bit inaccurate, especially the sleep data and the automatic stand suggestions. And you’ll lose some features like third-party app compatibility. But it still has a lot to offer as long as you aren’t relying on the data for precise training.

What to consider when looking for the best Apple Watch alternatives

Non-Apple Watch smartwatches are available running all kinds of different software platforms. And many of them will work with both Android and iOS, in case you ever switch phones. Apple Watch alternatives come in a few different flavors. There’s the direct competition, which would be Google’s Wear platform and the Samsung Galaxy Watch. And there are also more fitness-centric offerings, both for casual workouts and intense outdoors lovers, plus a whole crop of budget-friendly smartwatches that provide health tracking and notifications.

What’s the difference between a smartwatch and a fitness tracker?

In general, the phrase “fitness tracker” is used to differentiate these models from a smartwatch in a few ways. Fitness trackers are typically smaller. They often look more like a bracelet with a small screen than a big, fancy watch. They are, as their name suggests, focused on fitness: a good fitness tracker should have not just a step tracker, but also a heart rate monitor and sleep tracking tech. Many high-end fitness watches can also integrate with more robust devices like chest strap heart rate monitors. 

That said, the line between fitness tracker and smartwatch has blurred. Modern fitness trackers have some features we’re more likely to associate with smartwatches They may have the ability to deliver notifications of texts and emails from your phone, might have a speaker so you can activate Amazon Alexa or Google Assistant. Some even sport similar faces and design elements.

But if you plan on wearing your wristpiece all the time, it’s fair to want something less like a fitness tracker and more like a full-featured smartwatch: you want it to have a bigger screen, because you’ll be looking at it more, and to have non-fitness-focused features too.

What watch features and sensors do I need?

A brief comparison of smartwatches will reveal a wide array of features and sensors. Of course, many companies have their proprietary names for traditional sensors, making matters more complicated. What sensors and features you need in a watch depends on how you intend to use it. 

If you mainly want a smartwatch for notification and call purposes, make sure you prioritize a watch with a microphone, speaker, and potentially cellular connectivity as well. Suppose you are more interested in highly accurate fitness information. In that case, you’ll want a multisport watch with a whole suite of features such as multi-band GPS, accelerometer, barometer, gyroscope, heart rate monitor, and more. 

Do I have to spend hundreds of dollars on a smartwatch?

The current generation of Apple Watch, the Series 8, starts at a whopping $399 (and goes up to $799 if you decide the Apple Watch Ultra is the right one for you). If you don’t necessarily need all the bells and whistles, just something that’ll track your health metrics and stick that data into a fitness app, plus maybe deliver some alerts, you don’t need to spend that much. In fact, you can spend barely a tenth of that price and get something surprisingly great.

The biggest use cases for smartwatches, according to Statista, are notifications and fitness tracking—and you can snag a budget smartwatch or fitness bracelet that can do that for you, acting as your everyday connected wearable at a fraction of the price of full-featured smartwatches.

What’s the most stylish smartwatch?

Smartwatches and fitness trackers aren’t known for being the most stylish accessories. They have some fundamental requirements that make being stylish difficult. For example, they have to be big enough to contain a touchscreen, a heart rate monitor, and a battery, which means that even the smallest tend to be on the bulky side.

For those who take wristwatches seriously, even the Apple Watch can be underwhelming from an aesthetic perspective. It’s a basic square made of glass and aluminum. Most Apple Watch alternatives are the same way: either a slim bracelet-style fitness tracker or a square or circular smartwatch. These tend to look just fine at the gym or when out for a run, but in more formal settings can look out of place.

Luckily, a few companies are getting on board with different designs. For example, the Amazfit T-Rex 2 leans into retro-style chunkiness, while hybrid smartwatches like the Skagen Jorn or Garmin vivomove 3 offer traditional analog watch hands with smartwatch features.

FAQs

Q: What are the disadvantages of the Apple Watch?

Apple’s smartwatch may be popular, but it definitely has disadvantages. Most importantly, it’s not compatible with Android phones. That means that 73% of the global smartphone market is out of luck. It’s also only available in the one square style, which may not be to everyone’s taste.

Q: What is the best and cheapest smartwatch?

While “the best” is absolutely subjective, if you’re looking for the best combination of features at the cheapest price, we like fitness trackers. They’ll include the most popular uses for smartwatches (fitness tracking and notifications) without all the other stuff so that you can save money. Amazfit has various options for a super low price, while Fitbit has some of the best software combinations and cheaper options.

Q: Is there a smartwatch as good as the Apple Watch?

We think the best non-Apple smartwatch will vary depending on what you’re looking for. If you’re just wanting to track your fitness and exercise, we like the Fitbit Sense 2; if you have a Samsung phone and want a full smartwatch experience, the Samsung Galaxy Watch 5 is a great option; and if you want something to help on your running journey, look at Garmin’s offerings.

Final thoughts on the best Apple Watch alternatives

There’s truly no shortage of wearables these days, with most smartphone makers offering watch choices and fitness trackers increasingly becoming more like smartwatches. Thus, choosing the best Apple Watch alternative can be overwhelming. The good news is that whether you are looking for a hyper-focused fitness watch, a stylish smartwatch, or a simple blend between the two, there is an efficiency-boosting accessory for you among the choices we’ve compiled so you can complement your look and lifestyle.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Apple Watch alternatives in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best smart home gyms of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-smart-home-gyms/ Mon, 20 Mar 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=520816
Smart Home photo

Home fitness has never been so tech-savvy.

The post The best smart home gyms of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Smart Home photo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best smart home treadmill The NridcTrack Treadmill T Series are some of the top equipment for a smart home gym. NordicTrack T Series
SEE IT

The equipment itself is outstanding and the connected program offers a superior experience.

Best smart home bike A Peloton bike is a great choice for the best smart home gym. Peloton
SEE IT

Quality equipment with great program options, Peloton is the standard-bearer for a reason.

Best for strength training The Tempo Studio is a great addition to the best smart home gym. Tempo Studio
SEE IT

Quality AI-powered personal training with a full free-weight setup.

Increasingly, home gyms ain’t like the setup your grandpa used. Modern equipment isn’t just about assembling an exercise circuit; it’s connected by all kinds of high-performance circuitry. It’s providing you with access to digital tools and training that are capable of refining your workout routine and truly pushing it to the next level. Below you’ll find our picks for the best smart home gyms from various realms—from treadmills to stationary bikes, plus much more. Depending on your fitness goals, any of these will deliver an outstanding experience. Pair two together, however—say by mixing a cardio machine with a weightlifting or full-body workout machine—and you’ll essentially bring home a complete gym that can deliver you everything from remote trainers to detailed metrics. To that end, here’s equipment for the best smart home gyms so that you can get your state-of-the-art sweat on.

How we chose equipment for the best smart home gyms

The options for working out at home are better than ever. Whether you prefer sparring, running, yoga, rowing, or putting in miles on the treadmill, the best smart home gyms include equipment designed with virtual trainers and tracking to help you maximize your sweat sessions. For our list, we considered all types of activities and accessories so you can achieve the most interactive experience as you maximize your investment and output.

The best smart home gyms: Reviews & Recommendations

These days home workout equipment is getting smart. Sure, the classic versions of fitness equipment will still get the job done. Still, the best smart home gym equipment provides innovative opportunities to maximize your fitness progress and get more results in minimal time. It’s also really cool. Here are our top picks across multiple categories.

Best smart home treadmill: NordicTrack T Series

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: ‎78.5 inches L x 35.5 inches W x 59 inches H
  • Power: Corded
  • Features: Interactive touchscreen, 12% incline

Pros

  • Quiet, cushioned, smooth motion for a pleasant, safe experience
  • Folds easily to save space
  • Immersive touchscreen with a wide range of program options

Cons

  • Must purchase a monthly membership for program access

NordicTrack has been the standard-bearer for treadmills for decades, and that’s still the case. The T Series offers pretty much everything you could want from a connected treadmill, and it does so at a surprisingly affordable price. 

Available in a range of specific model packages to suit a variety of accessories needs, the most basic option provides a solid all-around treadmill with a 5-inch screen and a compact 20-inch by 50-inch deck for just shy of $700, while the top-tier includes an immersive 14-inch screen and an expansive 20-inch by 60-inch deck—and there are several other options in between. Whatever package you choose, it boasts automatic incline and speed adjustments to suit your workout program. The deck itself provides a smooth, cushioned running surface, while the motor is quiet and self-cooling. The deck can also fold to save space.

The iFIT program offers a wide range of live streams, on-demand workouts, and studio classes, and it comes with a 30-day free membership. You will have to purchase a membership after that, though the treadmill provides all its basic functions without access to classes and programs. It is recommended that you buy the expert assembly package for a hundred bucks because putting the thing together is no small task.

Best smart home bike: Peloton

Specs

  • Dimensions: 59 inches D x 23 inches W x 53 inches H
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Features: Touchscreen, camera, stereo speaker system

Pros

  • Sturdy, comfortable equipment provides an enjoyable experience 
  • Superior program selection for quality workouts 
  • Wide, immersive screen makes location courses a pleasure

Cons

  • Must purchase a monthly membership for program access

There are a lot of stationary bikes on the market, and there are a few solid smart bike options, but there’s only one Peloton. It’s become so synonymous with stationary bikes that it’s almost become cliche, but the thing is, they’re really, really high quality. 

First of all, the overall craftsmanship is outstanding. There are no worries about rocking back and forth like with many other bikes—Pelotons stand rock solid. Their seats are comfortable enough for long classes, the setup can be easily adjusted to suit your body size, and the pedal action is smooth. It also has a relatively compact footprint, making it a decent option for small spaces. 

The Peloton programs are fantastic. Viewed via an expansive touchscreen, membership provides access to thousands of wide-ranging classes, games, location courses, and more. It even offers fitness and wellness programs beyond cycling, such as yoga, strength training, boxing, and so on. You do need a membership to get the most out of it, however. Without one, the equipment will still function as a basic stationary bike, but the classes vastly boost the experience.

Best for strength training: Tempo Studio

Tempo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 72 inches H x 26 inches W x 16 inches D
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Features: AI creates digital personal trainer, range of packages

Pros

  • Expansive screen delivers quality programming and real-time form adjustments
  • Free weights, unlike most dubious home cable weight setups
  • All-in-one setup boasting all the essentials

Cons

  • Not for really heavy lifters

There’s no shortage of smart weightlifting options on the market, but Tempo Studio stands out because it provides real-time form adjustments. While most connected strength trainers are essentially videos you follow, Tempo boasts an AI-driven element that analyzes your form and provides adjustment recommendations. It’s essentially a digital personal trainer. 

Another difference: While many similar products come with cheap feeling gear, the weights and bars included with Tempo offer gym-level quality. Tempo Studio comes with three packages. Starter is limited to the screen and a pair of dumbbells. Plus, steps up to include a barbell and bench. Pro goes full package, with a folding bench, squat rack, kettlebell setup, and 215 pounds of weights. Most of the gear stores nicely in the screen platform while the benches fold flat, so the whole thing has a small footprint and eats up very little space. 

The really experienced lifters out there might say that that’s not a lot of weight, and they would be somewhat right. That’s way more than the average lifter will ever need, but the top-tier bodybuilders out there will be left wanting. For typical and even somewhat advanced users, however, Tempo offers more than enough.

Best budget: MAXPRO Fitness Cable Home Gym

Maxpro

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: Less than 9 pounds 
  • Power: Battery-powered
  • Features: Digital coaching for weightlifting, sensors track your stats

Pros

  • (Relatively) affordable package option
  • Full-body workout with minimal equipment
  • Extremely space efficient

Cons

  • Doesn’t quite compare to a typical gym experience
  • Some users report difficulty achieving coordinated movements

There aren’t a lot of affordable smart home gym setups on the market, at least not ones emphasizing strength training. MAXPRO, however, offers a solid full-body workout fused with digital coaching for significantly less than the competition. 

The MAXPRO achieves this via a cable pulley system capable of producing between 5 and 300 pounds of resistance. The basic package comes with a pulley base that can be attached to a bench, door, or other fixed point, and then you use handles and ankle straps to exercise various muscle groups. Sensors monitor your workout, collect data to monitor your progress, and provide coaching suggestions. The whole setup weighs less than nine pounds and takes up almost no room, so it’s easy to store or pack along while traveling. 

Some users report that it does take some getting used to and that it can be difficult to achieve coordinated movements between both sides of your body. But while it’s not a total replacement for a real gym, it does allow you to bring home a solid workout.

Best connected boxing trainer: FightCamp

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 67 inches H x 24 inches W
  • Power: N/A
  • Features: Punching bag, punch trackers, range of classes

Pros

  • Fun fusion of cardio and strength training
  • Classes are comprehensive and well instructed
  • Equipment is of better quality than competitors

Cons

  • Heavy hitters might experience some punching bag creep

When it comes to home boxing trainers, nothing beats FightCamp, period. Not only does it offer a fun and effective fusion of cardio and strength training, but the gear looks great in your living space while taking up very little room.

FightCamp uses a set of punch trackers to collect data on your punching performance, which it gathers as you train to different fighting programs designed to teach basics, footwork, punching styles, and even kickboxing. You then use the data to improve speed and beat your own performance—or compete with other users—which delivers surprisingly solid results in terms of performance improvement. 

The equipment—which includes gloves, punch trackers, and a free-standing bag—is of much better quality than other similar products. The classes are well delivered, and the experience is flat-out fun. The really heavy hitters out there might find that the punching bag creeps a bit if the base is filled with water rather than sand, but other than that, there are few faults with the system. It also comes in two fairly affordable package sizes, which makes it a great option if you’re looking for fitness gifts.

Best connected rower: Hydrow Wave Rowing Machine

Jen McCaffery

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 80 inches D x 19 inches W x 43 inches H
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Features: Touchscreen, access to more than 4,000 classes with membership

Pros

  • Great full body, low impact cardio, and strength workout
  • Sturdy, stable craftsmanship for comfort and durability 
  • Enjoyable, effective workout programs
  • Easy to assemble and store

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Subscription required to track basic data

Rowers can provide an outstanding combination of cardio and strength exercise, but models intended for home use are often wobbly and unstable. Not so with the Hydrow Rower, which is as stable and sturdy as they come, delivering a solid combination of cardio and strength training that is low impact on your joints. 

The Hydrow Rower offers thousands of workout programs to choose from to suit any fitness goal, all of which are followed via an expansive 16-inch touchscreen. The screen is bright and colorful, making the location programs that allow you to row digitally through water sites around the world visually pop. It’s also easy to assemble and folds for convenient storage. 

Memberships are offered in two package tiers, with the one negative being that you must purchase a membership to track even the most basic of data like distance, calories burned, and so on. But if you’re in it for the classes anyways, this rower is unsurpassed.

Best fitness watch: Garmin Venu 2 Plus

Garmin

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 1.3-inch screen
  • Power: Lithium polymer battery (included) 
  • Features: ECG, GPS, bright AMOLED display

Pros

  • Wide variety of fitness activity tracking options
  • Full range of smartwatch functions for managing calls, emails, notifications, etc.
  • Extremely long battery life
  • Looks great by every metric

Cons

  • Wireless charging would be nice

A solid fitness tracker is a great tool for supporting home fitness—or fitness in any context really. And while we’ve got recommendations for the best Fitbits, when it comes to wearing a fitness watch that will truly track any and all activities, the Garmin Venu 2 Plus is as good as they get. 

The Venu 2 Plus tracks almost every fitness activity imaginable, even swimming. And while tracking fitness metrics should sometimes be taken somewhat with a grain of salt—so far, there is no single device that tracks everything with total accuracy—the Garmin has been pretty extensively tested and proven to track with reasonable accuracy factors like calories burned, heart rate, SpO2 (oxygen level), skin temperature, stress, sleep, and more. Its GPS tracking for running and hiking is as accurate as can be. And it responds well as you progress through different stages of an interval training session. 

On top of all that, it delivers a pretty comprehensive range of smartwatch functions, like receiving calls and notifications, listening to and controlling music, accessing your phone’s voice assistant, and a lot more. And it looks great, with a bright face that can be endlessly customized. For these and other reasons, Garmin definitely ranks highly among our best Apple Watch alternatives.

The bottom line is that few accessories can support your fitness routine in as many ways, big and small.

What to consider when choosing gear for the best smart home gyms

As you’ve probably realized while reading our recommendations, home fitness equipment comes in an extremely wide range of formats, meaning there are many factors to consider when selecting the right one for you. Here are some of the most important things to keep in mind.

Your fitness goals

What are you looking to get out of your fitness routine? Cardio? Strength training? Classes? Or individual workouts? Some mix of them all? You need to choose the equipment or combination of equipment that will best address your individual goals. A treadmill won’t do much for your fitness training, for example, and a strength trainer isn’t likely your best option for cardio.

Living space requirements

A home gym can be demanding in terms of your living space. Some products require more space than others, but you want something that will look good in your home long after you buy it. Choose a piece that will have a reasonable footprint relative to the available room and suit your aesthetic tastes.

Enjoyment

One of the basic tenets of fitness is that if you can’t enjoy an activity, you won’t stick to it. Choose a home gym you’ll have fun using in the long run. Some people love the repetition of lifting weights, while others need the variety and engagement of classes. Consider what’s right for your personality.

FAQs

Q: Is smart home gym equipment better than regular equipment?

That depends on you more than the equipment. For some people, old-school luddite gear will get the job done fine. But many beginners often prefer to have digital guidance, and even experienced fitness buffs can benefit from having some outside expertise. Data tracking can also be invaluable for maximizing the effectiveness of your efforts.

Q: Do all smart home gyms require a subscription?

In most cases, the smart home gym experience will be vastly expanded with a subscription. Many machines will allow you to use and track basic functions and data without it, but a key benefit to getting a piece of smart gear in the first place is that you can access the many programs and tools it offers.

Q: Can I get a good workout with a smart home gym?

That depends on the gym and on how dedicated you are to using it. Each product we’ve suggested above is 100% capable of providing an outstanding workout—if you’re willing to put in the time and effort necessary.

Q: What makes a piece of fitness equipment “smart”?

It’s kind of a vague term, but typically speaking, if a piece of equipment can be connected to the internet to access classes, live training, or other virtual fitness tools, it can wear the “smart” moniker.

Q: What do I need to have in my home before purchasing a smart gym system?

Generally speaking, just the space a particular piece of equipment requires and a somewhat stable internet connection (perhaps making it a great time to consider upgrading your Wi-Fi router). Some products will ideally require some wall space, but even that can use a stand mount if necessary.

Q: Is a smart home gym worth it?

That’s up to you. No equipment’s “smart” enough to force you to use it. You have to do that yourself. But assuming that you’re putting in the time and effort, smart gyms can offer a range of benefits to help you learn a new fitness routine or improve upon an existing one.

Final thoughts on the best smart home gyms

Whatever your favorite way to work out, smart equipment can enhance the experience. Whether it’s letting you train with rowers from beautiful spots around the world or setting up a sparring session or interactive yoga session, the best smart home gym equipment can help you track your progress, reach your goals, and have fun while you’re doing it.

Why trust us

Popular Science has spent 150 years helping readers learn more about technology and the products they buy, while writer Nick Hilden is a dedicated gym rat and all-around fitness enthusiast. In addition to reviewing products and writing about fitness for Popular Science, he has done the same for Men’s Health, Runner’s World, the Los Angeles Times, the Manual, and more.

The post The best smart home gyms of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best posture correctors of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-posture-corrector/ Fri, 06 Aug 2021 20:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=387173
People wearing posture correctors on a white background.
Amanda Reed

Relieve your muscles and ease your pain without breaking the bank—or your back.

The post The best posture correctors of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
People wearing posture correctors on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Upright GO 2 Posture Corrector is the best overall device. Upright GO 2
SEE IT

This smart pick nudges you when you start slouching.

Best for back The BetterBack Posture Corrector is the best for your back. BetterBack Posture Corrector
SEE IT

Made with memory foam and removable hot and cold packs.

Best budget The ComfyBrace Posture Corrector is the best budget pick. Comfy Brace Posture Corrector
SEE IT

An affordable and comfortable option.

Spending hours sitting at your desk can affect your posture and cause back, neck, or shoulder pain. Great posture is not only key for standing or sitting upright but also for your well-being. While maintaining awareness and incorporating some exercises into your daily routine will improve your posture, there are other things you can do as well. Enter the posture corrector, typically a brace-like garment that holds your back upright and encourages good posture by pulling your muscles into proper alignment while conditioning them to stay that way. The best posture support helps retrain your muscles while relieving pain and offering comfort. So time to get things straightened out and read through the best posture correctors below. 

How we chose the best posture correctors

Many of us work from home—and face related posture problems due to hunching over like an owl at our computer desks. To find the best posture correctors, we looked at real-world reviews and peer recommendations, then did our own (much-needed) testing that we combined with our research—all while sitting up properly.

The best posture correctors: Reviews & Recommendations

The best posture corrector will support your back and neck and offer comfort and pain relief. Once you have a better understanding of where you need the most support, the type of brace you’d like to wear, and where you’ll be wearing it most, you’ll be one step closer to better posture.

Best overall: Upright GO 2 Posture Corrector

Upright GO

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: N/A
  • Rigidity control: N/A
  • Kind of back support: Lower
  • Recommended wear time: Daily

Pros

  • Helps you build healthy habits
  • Easy to use
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Has to be placed in between the shoulder blades to work well

If you want a device that will alert you when you need to stand up straight, then the Upright GO 2 Posture Corrector is for you. The lightweight device, which connects to the Upright app (iOS- and Android-compatible) on your phone, has a water-resistant sticky gel pad to place on your back easily. You can also attach it to a necklace that’s sold separately. The app instructs you how to calibrate the device so it can sense what your upright posture should be. After that, it will vibrate every time it senses you slouching. Plus, through the app, you can monitor your daily posture stats and keep track of your progress. The Upright allows you to build healthy habits naturally instead of using forced support, and the vibrations create cognitive awareness that encourages behavior change. 

Best for rounded shoulders: Evoke Pro Back Posture Corrector

Evoke Pro

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Regular (24-40 inches); XL (40-58 inches)
  • Rigidity control: No
  • Kind of back support: Upper back
  • Recommended wear time: Daily

Pros

  • Free bonus resistance band included
  • Can be worn over or under clothing
  • Breathable

Cons

  • Reviews note that it’s a bit uncomfortable under the arms

Just because you want better posture doesn’t mean you must sacrifice comfort. The Evoke Pro Back Posture Corrector is a sleek and lightweight brace that helps realign your shoulders and spine. The ergonomic design molds to your body for extra comfort. It can be worn over or under clothing, and with additional armpit padding, you won’t have to worry about chafing or bruising. Made with breathable fabric, the brace is flexible enough that you can move around yet also firm enough to provide reliable support. This cervical and neck corrector also helps with slouching.

Best for back: BetterBack Posture Corrector

BetterBack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Two: Up to a 36-inch waist and up to a 55-inch waist
  • Rigidity control: Yes
  • Kind of back support: Lumbar support
  • Recommended wear time: At least 15 minutes a day

Pros

  • Lets you sit ergonomically in any chair
  • Multiple sizes
  • Can be taken on-the-go

Cons

  • Not for upper back support

Designed with memory foam and a removable hot and cold pack, the BetterBack forms to your back to provide support and ease the pain. This model works as a posture corrector trainer that allows you to sit ergonomically in any chair, providing relief during long office hours. For a better fit, you can pick from two sizes: up to a 36-inch waist and up to a 55-inch waist. Plus, you can take this device on the go, as it can easily be folded up and placed in your bag.

Best for neck: FlexGuard Posture Corrector

FlexGuard Support

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Extra small, medium, large, extra large
  • Rigidity control:
  • Kind of back support: Full back support
  • Recommended wear time: Daily

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Full back support
  • Helps with spinal alignment

Cons

  • Might show under clothes

If you experience alignment-related neck pain, slumped shoulders, or have herniated disks, the FlexGuard Posture Corrector can help. The lightweight and breathable posture corrector pulls back your shoulders to help your spinal alignment. This brace will also help you sit straighter and provide support for people with scoliosis or kyphosis. Over time, it will improve your overall posture. To best understand how to use your brace, read the posture guide that includes tips and tricks from professionals on spinal care. For your correct size, measure your waist and height and follow the size chart.

Best budget: ComfyBrace Posture Corrector

ComfyBrace

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: One size
  • Rigidity control: Yes
  • Kind of back support: Mid, upper back support
  • Recommended wear time: At least 5-10 minutes a day

Pros

  • Lifetime warranty
  • Made of durable and flexible materials
  • Won’t irritate skin

Cons

  • Runs small

For just under $20, the Comfy Brace Posture Corrector was developed to help correct your posture, taking pressure off of and alleviating pain from your shoulders, back, neck, and clavicle. Made from durable and flexible materials like neoprene, this device will a) last and b) won’t irritate your skin. Plus, with a lifetime warranty, you really can’t go wrong.

What to consider when buying the best posture correctors

When looking for the best posture corrector, there are a few key factors to consider. First and foremost, it’s important to understand where you need the most support—is it for your neck, shoulders, or back? Once you sort that out, you’ll have a better idea of the type of device you need. Also, where do you plan to wear yours? At home or at work? If the latter is the case, you’ll probably want a brace that’s a bit more discreet so you can wear it under your clothing. Experts also recommend wearing them for a few hours a day max, and adopting them in conjunction with posture straightening exercises.

What areas of your back need the most attention?

The area you need the most relief or attention will determine the type of corrector you need. Some braces have more of a focus on the lower back due to how you put them on. Some are designed specifically for slouching, while others also provide pain relief. 

Will you wear your brace at work?

If you plan on wearing your posture support brace at the office, you will probably want one of the more discreet options. Look for options designed to fit comfortably under your clothing and are made with top-notch materials to avoid irritating your skin. Another option is a corrector that makes every chair ergonomic so that you can sit comfortably straight throughout the day.

Will the posture corrector be shared with roommates or family members?

If your entire household wants in on posture support, then consider posture correctors with adjustable straps. Some braces come in multiple sizes, but if you’re roughly the same size, you will most likely be able to share.

Do you want to go digital?

Today, everything is digital, so why not have a device that connects to an app on your phone? While it isn’t the traditional brace, a smart model provides constant reminders to sit up straight, raising your awareness so you can make adjustments and strengthen your muscles. 

Are you sitting or standing most of the day?

If you are wearing your corrector while you sit at your desk or run errands throughout the day, then you have numerous options to choose from. If your focus is posture support to help while you sit and work, you might want to consider one specifically built for use while sitting, making almost any office chair ergonomic. If you work at a standing desk, check out one that works double duty.

FAQs

Q: How much does a posture corrector cost?

Depending on what you’re looking for, a posture corrector can run you between $20-$60.

Q: Can you correct years of bad posture?

While it may seem like, at a certain point, your bad posture is set in stone, the good news is that you can make improvements! According to Heathline, with consistency, awareness, and dedication, you can achieve improvements in as little as 30 days. By incorporating yoga poses exercises like cat/cow, child’s pose, and exercises that focus on core strength into your daily routine, you can improve your postural strength. 

Q: Should you sleep with a posture corrector?

It is not suggested to sleep with a posture corrector; however, there are things you can do to maintain good posture while you sleep. One of those recommendations is sleeping on your back, as it keeps your back straight while allowing the mattress to support the natural curvature of your spine.

Q: How long should you wear a posture corrector per day?

When first using your posture corrector, start with 15 to 30 minutes a day to avoid any pain or fatigue. As you get acquainted with using it, you can wear it up to a few hours a day with breaks (30 minutes one, one hour off) while also incorporating exercises to strengthen the muscles that support your spine. 

Final thoughts on the best posture correctors

The best posture correctors can assist in making huge improvements in sitting and standing straight. These devices help strengthen your back muscles by preventing your shoulders from slouching forward, better supporting your spine. Maintaining the correct posture can reduce neck and back pain, as well as headaches. When paired with posture-specific workouts and wearing your corrector daily (the specific amount of time will vary), you’ll stand taller in no time.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio, to video games, to cameras, and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best posture correctors of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Garmin’s latest running watches pair vivid visuals with your vitals https://www.popsci.com/gear/garmin-forerunner-265-965-news/ Thu, 02 Mar 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=516638
Garmin new Forerunner 265 and Forerunner 965 models
Garmin's two newest Forerunners are comprehensively colorful thanks to the AMOLED displays and the fun case and band combinations. Garmin

The AMOLED displays will offer brighter and richer colors and better visibility in different lighting conditions.

The post Garmin’s latest running watches pair vivid visuals with your vitals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Garmin new Forerunner 265 and Forerunner 965 models
Garmin's two newest Forerunners are comprehensively colorful thanks to the AMOLED displays and the fun case and band combinations. Garmin

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Garmin already has an extensive lineup of advanced running watches in its Forerunner series, but it just got even larger. The wearable tech company has announced two new smartwatches: the Forerunner 265 and 965. The highlight of the release is their vibrant AMOLED displays, a first for Garmin GPS running smartwatches. Each will offer an optional always-on, full-color touchscreen (though you can lock the display during activity and rely on Garmin’s classic five-button navigation system). We loved the Garmin Forerunner 955, and its fundamentals form the basis of the new models, so we have high expectations for these new additions to the Forerunner family.

Training features of the Garmin Forerunner 265 and 965

Garmin’s watches traditionally offer an impressive suite of sensors and performance tracking/analyzing features. As a result, they make great Apple Watch alternatives, especially for athletes. And this all holds even more true with the two new offerings. Like existing Forerunners (and other Garmin watches), they will calculate VO2 max, performance condition, training effect, and more. And all of that data is used to calculate a training readiness score to help you plan your rest better.

Sleep is a key component of performance, which Garmin clearly understands. Its watches can track your sleep, in part by evaluating heart rate variability, providing a more complete wellness and training picture. And, provided you sleep wearing the watch, a Morning Report summarizes your sleep, your day’s training outlook, and the environmental conditions you can expect. 

These watches will also offer daily suggested workouts, which adapt after every run to help you improve your running performance and prevent overtraining. The race widget, along with Garmin Coach and PacePro, will provide training tips and predictions for race performance based on specific course details, weather, and performance. They can even measure running power and running dynamics without any additional accessories. Now, however, shall of these metrics will be more visible and vivid indoors and out, thanks to the upgrade from memory-in-pixel displays.

Forerunner 965 AMOLED display lit up on a wrist at dusk
The fancy new Forerunner AMOLED display is a beacon of metrics and motivation. Garmin

Garmin Forerunner 265 details

The Forerunner 265, priced at $449.99, sits right between the Forerunner 255 Music and 955. It gets the full set of sensors found in Garmin’s advanced fitness smartwatches, including the wrist-based Pulse Ox sensor. The 265 also offers Garmin’s safety features, such as incident detection and LiveTrack.

As a smartwatch, it easily connects to your phone for smart notifications and allows you to download music from Spotify, Deezer, or Amazon Music to the watch for phone-free Bluetooth listening. And you can use Garmin Pay for contactless payments. 

The Forerunner 265 will be available in two sizes, each offering different battery life. The 42mm Forerunner 265S promises 24 hours of battery life in GPS mode and up to 15 days in smartwatch mode. The larger Forerunner 265, with a 46mm case, should provide up to 20 hours of battery life in GPS mode and up to 13 days in smartwatch mode. 

Garmin Forerunner 965 details

Garmin designed the Forerunner 965 for seriously dedicated athletes. It’s at the top of the Forerunner lineup, priced at $599.99. As a result, it will feature all the same things mentioned above and more. Garmin says it adds “additional performance metrics, built-in mapping, and the ability to store more songs right on the watch” compared to the 265. 

The 965 also offers a new feature, called load ratio, to “track short-term to mid-term load ratio” to stay healthy while training. Stamina insights will also help track exertion levels for a well-rounded picture of your training. And ClimbPro shows real-time information on climbs during a run, including gradient, distance, and elevation gain. There are also full-color built-in maps for route planning and navigation.

The 965 will feature a 47mm case with a lightweight titanium bezel. The AMOLED display is Garmin’s largest yet at 1.4 inches (the epix Gen. 2), Garmin’s first AMOLED-equipped watch, has a 1.3-inch screen). Garmin says it will provide up to 31 hours of battery life in GPS mode and up to 23 days in smartwatch mode.

Pricing & availability

The Garmin Forerunner 265 will cost you $449.99 for either the 42mm or 46mm versions. It is available for purchase now. The Garmin Forerunner 965 will run you $599.99 and won’t ship until late March/early April, but can be pre-ordered now.

The post Garmin’s latest running watches pair vivid visuals with your vitals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get a gift before you lift with Amazon’s Beats Fit Pro deal https://www.popsci.com/gear/beats-earbuds-amazon-gift-card-deal/ Fri, 24 Feb 2023 17:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=515135
A pair of Beats headphones on a periwinkle background.
Amanda Reed

Who doesn't love free money? Get a $25 Amazon gift card and a pair of fabulous fitness earbuds with this Beats Fit Pro-motion.

The post Get a gift before you lift with Amazon’s Beats Fit Pro deal appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A pair of Beats headphones on a periwinkle background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The music at the gym is … not the best, nicely put. And that’s even if music is playing—I’ve personally seen televisions getting commandeered to play soap opera re-runs or whatever is happening on the sports channel. Neither have been proven to get you pumped up. Tune out the uninspirational with a pair of noise-canceling Beats Fit Pro earbuds, which come with a free $25 Amazon Gift Card. That’s free money!

Beats Fit Pro with $25 Amazon Gift Card $199.95 (Worth $224.95)

Beats

SEE IT

These earbuds are one of our favorites for the gym, thanks to their active noise cancellation (ANC), powerful battery life, and comfortable fit. They offer Apple’s H1 chip for quick Bluetooth pairing with an iPhone or Apple Watch, and provide Adaptive EQ and true spatial audio like the AirPods 3 and AirPods Pro 2. In addition, they have an IPX4 rating, so sweat doesn’t wreck your workout. Our senior gear editor liked their discrete size and secure fit so much that he re-bought them after losing the first pair. Even better, you get a $25 Amazon gift card to use for a protective cover for the Fit Pro’s clamshell case, or whatever your heart desires (like a rechargeable dish scrubber or a birthday hat for your cat).

This deal won’t last forever, so snag it before it ends—unlike the Days of Our Lives marathon running every time you’ve gone to the gym.

Here are more earbud deals that will keep you moving:

The post Get a gift before you lift with Amazon’s Beats Fit Pro deal appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best folding treadmills of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-folding-treadmills/ Wed, 22 Feb 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=514082
The best foldable treadmills help you sweat and save space.

Break a sweat without sacrificing too much floor space.

The post The best folding treadmills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best foldable treadmills help you sweat and save space.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The NordicTrack T 8.5 S is the best folding treadmill overall. NordicTrack T 8.5 S Treadmill
SEE IT

The T 8.5 S comes with an interactive display, access to workouts from around the world, and extra cushioning to reduce the impact on the joints.

Best for small spaces The Echelon Stride is the best folding treadmill for small spaces. Echelon Stride
SEE IT

The Stride folds down flat, provides access to virtual classes, is Bluetooth-compatible and comes with a USB port for charging devices.

Best budget The XTERRA Fitness TR is the best folding treadmill for a budget-friendly price. XTERRA Fitness TR Folding Treadmill
SEE IT

The Fitness TR provides the basics in a treadmill at an affordable price.

If you’re looking to get more steps in or training for a race but don’t have much space to spare in your home, a folding treadmill could be the solution. These devices range from high-end models that stream thousands of classes to simpler options whose main feature is they can fold easily under a bed. Whatever your fitness goals are (and wherever you can store gear), one of the best folding treadmills can help you get there.

How we chose the best folding treadmills

As a recreational runner, I’ve tried a range of treadmills in gyms over the years. I’ve appreciated how feature-heavy models that let you tune into classes or watch movies to help break the monotony. I’ve also seen with the number of runners pounding away on these treadmills how often there is an “Out of Order” sign on these machines. 

If you prefer to work out at home, folding treadmills are ideal for people who live in smaller places or don’t want a big piece of exercise equipment in the middle of their living room. There are compact options available for runners putting in miles to train for races as well as choices for walking. Fold-up treadmills take up less floor space, while slimmer models can be tucked under a bed or couch. We vetted the options from top brands such as NordicTrack, ProForm, and XTerra to make our recommendations.

The best folding treadmills: Reviews & Recommendations

Selecting which folding treadmill is best for you depends on your fitness goals and space. Are you on a training plan that calls for running most days per week at increasing intensity? Or are you looking to walk in the morning and get feedback from a virtual trainer? And will you store the machine in the basement next to the washing machine and Ping Pong table, or do you want to stash it under your bed? Whatever your needs, there’s an option for you.

Best overall: NordicTrack T 8.5 S Treadmill

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max speed: 12 mph
  • Dimensions: 78.9 inches D x 35.5 inches W x 59.4 inches H
  • Weight capacity: 300 pounds
  • Max incline: 12 percent

Pros

  • Full-size treadmill
  • Interactive display
  • Access to workouts from around the world with the iFit membership

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Large for a folding treadmill

Looking for a treadmill that folds but still comes with premium features? Consider the NordicTrack T 8.5 S Treadmill. Its smart-response motor is designed to handle speed and endurance training. It can reach a maximum speed of 12 miles per hour and an incline of up to 12 percent. The tread belt of 20 inches by 60 inches is wider and longer than that of many foldable treadmills and it’s designed with extra cushioning to reduce impact on the joints.

Designed with an interactive LCD touchscreen, this treadmill lets you choose workouts from an on-demand library, making this one of the best folding treadmills for classes. You’ll also get to work with a virtual iFit coach who will customize your workouts every day and can adjust the incline. (The package comes with a 30-day membership). And when you’re done, the T 8.5 S’s deck folds up easily for a smaller footprint. 

Best for small spaces: Echelon Stride

Echelon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max speed: 12 mph
  • Dimensions: 69.3 inches H  x 31 inches D x 49.2 inches W
  • Weight capacity: 300 pounds
  • Max incline: 10 percent

Pros

  • Access to more than 3,000 classes
  • Smaller footprint
  • USB charging port

Cons

  • Pricey

The Echelon Stride provides a comprehensive fitness experience in one machine. With the associated Echelon Fit app, users can access over 3,000 live and on-demand classes in rowing, running, HIIT, Pilates, yoga, and more. And the iFIt membership will support up to five users, making this machine an ideal pick for families.

The run belt is 20 inches by 55 inches and operates at a maximum speed of 12 miles per hour and up to a 10-percent incline. The Stride’s handlebars have sensors that track your heart rate and allow it to be displayed during classes. It’s Bluetooth-compatible and comes with a USB port for charging and a slot that can hold a tablet. The Stride is also designed with two water bottle holders, wheels for easy mobility, and an auto-folding feature. For more recommendations, check out our guide to health fitness apps.

Best for runners: ProForm Pro-9000 Treadmill

ProForm

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max speed: 12 mph
  • Dimensions: 77.16 inches D x 39.15 inches W x 70 inches H
  • Weight capacity: 300 pounds
  • Max incline: 15 percent 

Pros

  • Powerful motor
  • 10-inch full-color touchscreen.
  • EKG monitoring

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

Treadmill users looking for an all-around experience from a fitness machine will appreciate the ProForm Pro-9000 Treadmill. Designed with a powerful 4.25 continuous horsepower motor, the Pro-9000 has a wide belt of 22 inches and can support up to 300 pounds. If you’re serious about a foldable treadmill with incline, the Pro-9000 fits the bill, allowing for a 15-percent incline (and -3 percent decline) and speeds up to 12 miles per hour. 

The Pro-9000 also comes with a 10-inch color touchscreen that lets you stream thousands of workouts on demand and get personalized training with an iFit membership that supports up to five users. What sets the Pro-9000 apart is that it comes with an EKG heart monitor and a wireless chest strap to keep tabs on your health metrics. And at the end of the workout, the treadmill’s easy-lift assistance lets you quickly fold the deck up. For more ideas, check out our roundup of the best gifts for runners.

Best for beginners: Horizon Fitness T101

Horizon Fitness

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max speed: 10 mph
  • Dimensions: 34 inches D x 57 inches W x 71 inches H
  • Weight capacity: 300 pounds
  • Max incline: ‎10

Pros

  • Bluetooth connectivity to support streaming and speakers
  • Less expensive than other models
  • Easy setup

Cons

  • Doesn’t stream classes

If you’re just getting started and aren’t looking to spend a lot, Horizon Fitness 101 is a good place to start. This compact treadmill is significantly less expensive than premium models while providing the fundamentals and some additional smart features to boot. Set up should take about 30 minutes, and the hydraulic system allows it to fold down in one step, making it an excellent small treadmill for home. 

The deck is designed with Horizon’s cushioning for extra support, though the maximum weight capacity of 300 pounds is lower than some other models. So, too, is the maximum of 10 miles per hour, but that speed is plenty fast for walkers and most runners. You can adjust the speed and incline up to 10 percent with a simple dial. 

While the Fitness 101 doesn’t have a touchscreen, it’s equipped with a USB port and a device holder that lets you stream the classes you want from a tablet. Music and podcast lovers will appreciate the audio jack and the Bluetooth speakers, and the water bottle holder and fan will help make the miles easier. To track your progress, check out our guide to the best fitness trackers.

Best budget: XTERRA Fitness TR Folding Treadmill

XTERRA

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max speed: 10 mph
  • Dimensions: 63.4 inches D x 28.75 inches W x 51.4 inches H
  • Weight capacity: 250 pounds 
  • Max incline: 10

Pros

  • Great price
  • Covers the basics
  • Easy to fold up and store

Cons

  • Very few features
  • Supports less weight than other models

Just looking for a small treadmill that’s not expensive? The XTERRA Fitness TR Folding Treadmill is a solid choice. At 97 pounds, it’s a lightweight treadmill, and the deck folds up flat with the help of a pull knob. The LCD screen doesn’t stream classes but tracks your speed and calories burned and comes with 12 preset workouts and three inclines. At 16 inches wide and 50 inches long, the track is smaller than others and supports less weight (up to 250 pounds). Unfortunately, it doesn’t have a device holder, but if the price is your primary concern, the XTERRA Fitness TR provides the basics at a more affordable price. If you prefer to walk while you work, check out our guide to the best treadmill desks.

Things to consider when selecting the best folding treadmills

Folding treadmills range significantly regarding features, speed, size, and price. These factors are important to remember when deciding on the best folding treadmill for you.

Speed

Foldable treadmills accommodate a range of maximum speeds. The higher-end models, such as the ProForm Pro-9000 Treadmill, allow for speeds up to 12 miles per hour, while other treadmills top out at 10 miles per hour. Twelve miles per hour translates to a five-minute mile, which is the province of elite runners and sprinters and an important consideration in a treadmill if you’re in that category. Recreational runners and walkers should find a treadmill with a maximum speed of 10 miles per hour (a pace of 6 minutes per mile) more than suits their needs.

Size

“Foldable” comes in many forms. A heavy treadmill that folds up may have a smaller footprint but may also not come with wheels for easy mobility and may be too large to stow under a bed or in a closet. A portable treadmill, such as the Echelon Stride, comes with wheels and folds down flat, making them ideal for small spaces. When considering models, look at the dimensions and weight of the model.

Weight capacity

The weight a treadmill can support typically depends on the size of the treadmill itself. Some higher-end models, such as the NordicTrack T 8.5 S Treadmill, can accommodate up to 300 pounds, while the lighter XTERRA Fitness TR Folding Treadmill supports up to 250 pounds. If weight capacity is a concern, or you just want to go easier on your joints, you also may want to consider treadmills with a track that provides extra cushioning, such as the NordicTrack T 8.5 S and the Horizon Fitness T101.

Belt size

You’ll want to ensure that any treadmill you purchase can accommodate your stride length and be wide enough to allow you to run safely on the machine. A full-sized tread belt is at least 22 inches wide and 50 inches long. That said, folding treadmills are generally smaller than traditional models and, depending on what option you choose, may have a smaller belt size. Also, if you plan to have several family members use the treadmill, it’s wise to choose a model with a belt size that will accommodate the largest person.

Incline

Most of the treadmills on this list allow for an incline of up to 10 percent. Companies like NordicTrack also make treadmills that allow for inclines of up to 40 percent, which might appeal to runners preparing for an endurance race. Ramping up the incline increases endurance and calorie burning. If you do that type of training on a folding treadmill, the ProForm Pro-9000 Treadmill is designed with a maximum incline of 15 percent and decline of -3 percent. But if you’re just looking for a compact treadmill with an incline, the other options on this list will work well.

FAQs

Q: How much do folding treadmills cost?

Folding treadmills can range from just over $400 to more than $2,000, depending on their size, features, and how they’re made.

Q: How long do folding treadmills last on average?

Just like traditional treadmills, folding treadmills can take a pounding when they’re used over time. Because treadmills can break down because of the pounding over time, you may want to consider options with a warranty. Different models have warranties that last from a year to a lifetime, but you should read the fine print before purchasing.

Q: Are folding treadmills as effective as the regular ones?

Yes, folding treadmills can be as effective as regular ones. They come with most of the same features, including streaming fitness classes with a membership and heart rate tracking. That said, some folding treadmills are designed specifically to be easy to transport and fold away and don’t have features such as a maximum incline of 40 percent that some higher-end treadmills do.

Q: How do I maintain my folding treadmill?

It’s a good idea to maintain your folding treadmill like any other piece of equipment. You can wipe down the console and the belt with a damp cloth after workouts and keep the area around your treadmill clean by dusting and vacuuming. Depending on the model, it can also be a good idea to lubricate the running deck every six months with a silicone-based spray to keep it in good working condition. Consult your user’s manual to get the specifics for your model.

Final thoughts on the best folding treadmills

Folding treadmills are a smart way to make sure you can get some exercise in at home when, say, there’s a major storm or you don’t have the time or inclination to go to a gym. They’re often less expensive than traditional models while giving you access to many of the same premium features—all with a smaller footprint.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best folding treadmills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save more than $200 with these Presidents Day fitness deals https://www.popsci.com/gear/presidents-day-fitness-deals-2023/ Sat, 18 Feb 2023 12:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=513016
Fitness Gear photo

Give your muscles a workout while your wallet takes a break thanks to these fitness deals.

The post Save more than $200 with these Presidents Day fitness deals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Fitness Gear photo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Spring is on the horizon, which means that it’s a great time to find some extra motivation to break a sweat indoors to tide yourself over until the warmer months. When it comes to sticking with a fitness routine, what separates some is their ability to do the same routine, over and over again, according to James Atlas, the author of Atomic Habits. “At some point it comes down to who can handle the boredom of training every day,” he writes.

Fortunately, there’s plenty of fitness equipment that’s designed to help you stay engaged, whether that’s through classes, the ability to stream, or curated setlists. And you can find steep discounts on some of this gear this Presidents Day weekend. Banish the boredom with some of our favorites:

Bowflex Treadmill 22 $2,499 (Was $2,699)

Bowflex

SEE IT

If you’re eminently distractable, the Bowflex Treadmill 22 can go a long way in keeping you looking forward to getting your miles in. It’s designed with a 22-inch immersive console with an adjustable touchscreen that lets you tap into your favorite streaming shows, voice-coached workouts, custom playlists, and more than 200 virtual destinations throughout the world. All are available through the JRNY membership, which is free for the first year. 

This treadmill is also designed for serious training, allowing for an incline of 20 percent down to minus 5 percent. Runners can tally up to 12 miles per hour on the cushioned deck. An included armband works with Bluetooth to keep tabs on your heart rate, while hand grips let you make sure you’re training within the optimum zone. And when you’re done, the Treadmill 22 folds down to conserve space.

More Presidents Day fitness deals:

More Presidents Day deals

Best Buy deals

Furniture deals

Computer deals

TV and home theater deals

The post Save more than $200 with these Presidents Day fitness deals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Take time to get more steps in with discounted Fitbits on Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/fitbit-fitness-watch-amazon-deal/ Wed, 15 Feb 2023 18:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=512575
Two smartwatches on a periwinkle background
Amanda Reed

Log more miles and save more cash with 20% off Fitbits plus other wearables that come in handy when you're talking a beautiful spring stroll.

The post Take time to get more steps in with discounted Fitbits on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Two smartwatches on a periwinkle background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Spring is drawing nearer with each passing day, and the promise of warmer weather gives you the chance to break out those new running shoes and take a leisurely stroll around the neighborhood. No offense to your treadmill, but there’s something especially lovely about feeling the sun on your face and the breeze in your hair. Track how many steps you take—along with distance walked—with Fitbits on sale for up to 20% off on Amazon.

Fitbit Luxe $98.95 (Was $129.95)

Fitbit

SEE IT

The Fitbit Luxe (which is just one of our favorite Fitbits) has a slimmer face compared to other touchscreen fitness watches. This watch, however, has a stainless steel case for added durability. 24/7 heart rate tracking gives you more accurate numbers, and a gentle, affirming buzz lets you know when you’ve reached your target heart rate while exercising. Five days’ worth of battery on a single charge means you can spend more time using the watch’s stress management tools and less time hooking it up to a charger. And, get real-time pace and distance tracking when you connect it to your phone’s GPS. It’s perfect for someone who is looking for a smartwatch that blends fashion with function.

If you’re looking for something that looks and feels like an analog watch with health features, the Garmin vivomove Sport is on sale for $149.99, down from its original $179.99 pricing. It has a traditional watch face and real hands with a touchscreen display that shows your daily step count, smartphone notifications, and more.

And if a smartwatch isn’t your jam at all, we love plenty of timeless timepieces under $500 including this Timex Unisex Weekender Chronograph watch, which comes with a leather and nylon strap to match practically any outfit in your closet.

These deals will fly away like a bird after it drops below 30 degrees, so take advantage of them before it’s too late.

Here are some other fitness watches we want to get our hands on:

The post Take time to get more steps in with discounted Fitbits on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The Apple Watch Ultra is $50 off right now at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/apple-watch-ultra-deal/ Mon, 13 Feb 2023 16:40:23 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=511673
Apple Watch Ultra with a red nighttime face against a black background
The Apple Watch Ultra is $50 off right now. Stan Horaczek

This surprise deal knocks the smartwatch down to its lowest price since Black Friday.

The post The Apple Watch Ultra is $50 off right now at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Apple Watch Ultra with a red nighttime face against a black background
The Apple Watch Ultra is $50 off right now. Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Smartwatch enthusiasts should take note of this surprise deal on the Apple Watch Ultra, which brings its price down to $750 at multiple retailers. The $50 discount is just $10 shy of the Watch Ultra’s lowest price ever and the best price we’ve seen for this accomplished multisport wearable in months. Best Buy, which is honoring this deal, is also offering an open box model in excellent condition for $704, which is nearly $100 off the Ultra’s list price.

Apple

SEE IT

The Apple Watch Ultra is Apple’s most premium smartwatch yet. The durable titanium watch body features a bigger screen (49mm), a brighter display (up to 2,000 nits), longer battery life (up to 36 hours during typical use and 60 hours in low power mode), and a physical function button that can be customized to a specific action. For instance, you can set the button press to start a workout or a timer, so you don’t have to swipe on its screen.

In addition to IP6X dust protection, the smartwatch is swim-proof to 40 meters and water-resistant down to 100 meters. A depth gauge and water temperature sensor can give you vital stats about your dive at a glance while you’re underwater. These advanced features are exclusive to the Apple Watch Ultra, but this model also supports Apple’s improvements to its entire smartwatch line.

The Watch Ultra’s High-g accelerometer and gyroscope enable crash detection, which sends a distress signal to the police and specified contact if it believes you’re in a car crash. The Emergency SOS feature allows the smartwatch to connect to satellites in rural regions in case something goes wrong and you can’t get voice service but need to send an alert. You can also use the watch to drop points on your hike and follow them back to civilization using a map on the Apple Watch if you get lost.

There’s also the standard assortment of health features, like heart rate tracking, sleep tracking, taking an EKG, and alerts if an Apple Watch detects an irregular heartbeat. Apple brought menstrual cycle tracking and temperature tracking to the Apple Watch this year, and that data will be encrypted and stored in Apple’s health app.

Apple doesn’t discount its hardware, and this is the best Apple Watch Ultra deal we’ve seen in months—especially if you pick up a refurbished model. If you’re been curious about the Watch Ultra or want to upgrade from an older model to the most luxe edition yet, this is a great time. If you’re not sure about which Apple Watch suits you best, check out our Apple Watch comparison.

The post The Apple Watch Ultra is $50 off right now at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
A watch is a timeless gift—snag one from Garmin for up to $400 off https://www.popsci.com/gear/garmin-valentines-day-sale/ Fri, 10 Feb 2023 16:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=511079
A lineup of garmin watches on a pink heart background
Amanda Reed

Give your special someone a timely gift (in more ways than one) during Garmin's Valentine's Day fitness watch sale.

The post A watch is a timeless gift—snag one from Garmin for up to $400 off appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of garmin watches on a pink heart background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Nowadays, watches today don’t just tell time—they can track your steps, play music, and even tell you your pulse. If you’re shopping for someone who raises your heart rate, Garmin has you covered with its fitness watches on sale just in time for Valentine’s Day.

Garmin fenix 6 Pro Solar $399.99 (Was $499.99)

Garmin

SEE IT

The biggest deal we saw in this sweet Garmin deal was on the fenix 6 Pro Solar Edition, which is $400 off from its OG $799.99 price.

Don’t discount it for being “last year’s model”—this watch still holds up to its adventure watch competition, thanks to its 16-day battery life and support for multiple global navigation systems like GPS, GLONASS, and Galileo. Combined with preloaded TOPO maps, barometric altimeter, and dedicated activity profiles for different sports, you have a watch made for adventure with your favorite buddy, platonic or romantic.

If you’re looking to gift something that blends into everyday life, consider the Lily or vívomove models. The Lily—on sale for $149.99, down from $199.99—complements your look with stylish leather or silicon bands. However, this watch isn’t just a pretty face, thanks to a built-in pulse oximeter, hydration tracker, and connected sports apps. The vívomove—also on sale for $149.99—is for those who want a less pronounced face like the Lily, but are looking for something with a wider band. It also features an analog look with smart features, like sleep monitoring, stress tracking, and activity profiles.

These are Valentine’s-exclusive deals, meaning they’ll disappear once Cupid has packed his bags and goes back to the heart-shaped arrow factory to prep for next year, so act fast.

Here are other Garmin fitness watch deals that move us:

The post A watch is a timeless gift—snag one from Garmin for up to $400 off appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best treadmill desks of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-treadmill-desks/ Tue, 27 Jul 2021 21:56:58 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=382371
Women using the best treadmill desks on a white background
Amanda Reed

With the best treadmill desks, you can burn calories and burn through your inbox.

The post The best treadmill desks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Women using the best treadmill desks on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The GoYouth 2 in 1 Under Desk Electric Treadmill is the best overall treadmill desk. GoYouth 2-in-1 Under Desk Electric Treadmill
SEE IT

Whether you’re walking while working from home or going for a morning jog, this sleek pick can suit your stride of choice.

Best walking pad The Walking Pad A1 Pro Folding Treadmill is our pick for best treadmill desk/walking pad. WalkingPad A1 Pro Folding Treadmill
SEE IT

This slim design can fit under most standing desks, so you can easily add it to your home office.

Best folding The GoPlus 2 in 1 Folding Treadmill is our pick for best treadmill desk. GoPlus 2-in-1 Folding Treadmill
SEE IT

Roll, fold, and run on this versatile treadmill that can be used at a desk or alone for a more serious burn.

If you’ve ever wanted to switch things up at work and add a bit more activity into your mostly sedentary day, consider a desk treadmill. Slide one under your desk and you can get work done while moving your body. While walking on a treadmill desk doesn’t replace other forms of exercise, it is a great way to form healthier habits, as moving certainly beats sitting still. You’d be surprised how many steps you can rack up while walking on an under-desk treadmill during a meeting. The best treadmills are quiet, so you don’t have to worry about disturbing roommates, and streamlined enough they can be folded up to either fit under your desk or store away. Here are our picks for the best treadmill desks so you can stroll through deciding on one and then through your workdays to follow.

How we chose the best treadmill desks

Working from home is easy once you know how to make the most of it. A treadmill desk can help break up the day and get your steps in at the same time. To find the best treadmill desk, we looked at reviews, recommendations, results from user testing, and conducted heavy research to differentiate between the ones that walk the walk and those that are simply all talk. We considered important features like built-in desk capabilities, whether there is an included remote control, maximum speed, weight, and size in our judging.

The best treadmill desks: Reviews & Recommendations

Choosing the best treadmill desk is both exciting and overwhelming. Deciding which features are important to you, from speed range to Bluetooth connectivity, will help you narrow down to the best option for your workstation. 

Best overall: GoYouth 2-in-1 Under Desk Electric Treadmill

GOYOUTH

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: You can take a quick run or walk during a meeting with this treadmill’s range of speeds.

Specs

  • Weight: 50.7 pounds
  • Max speed: 6 mph
  • Dimensions: 50.59 x 5.51 x 22.44 inches
  • Remote controlled: Yes

Pros

  • Plenty of programs to choose from
  • Bluetooth connection
  • Shock-absorbing and non-slip

Cons

  • On the heavy side, but manageable

With speeds ranging from 0.5 mph to 6 mph, you can move your legs during your workday and then take a jog after work with the GoYouth 2-in-1 Under Desk Electric Treadmill. Designed with a durable steel frame, a multi-layer shield design, a powerful yet quiet motor, and shock-absorbing and non-slip properties, your workout will be quiet, safe, and comfortable. The LED display shows your progress in real-time—plus you can connect your phone through Bluetooth to listen to your favorite music. To make the process easier, use the included remote control to adjust your speed safely. And with 12 exercise programs to choose from, you’ll have plenty of variety and can focus on the areas you want to improve upon. To store the treadmill when it’s not in use, or rearrange your desk, this model comes with built-in wheels for easy transport.

Best walking pad: WalkingPad A1 Pro Folding Treadmill

WALKINGPAD

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Control this slim treadmill with a remote or let it adjust simply by your own pace.

Specs

  • Weight: 60 pounds
  • Max speed: 3.72 mph
  • Dimensions: 56.5 x 21.5 x 5 inches
  • Remote controlled: Yes

Pros

  • De-noising technology
  • App capabilities
  • Easy to move around

Cons

  • Only two modes

The WalkingPad A1 Pro Smart Walk Folding Treadmill is sleek and smart and features two sports modes. In “M” mode (recommended for beginners), you can manually operate the treadmill with a small remote or use KS Fit App, to switch up acceleration, time, walking speed, and calories burned. In “A” mode (recommended for more experienced walkers), the treadmill speed adjusts according to how quickly you’re walking. And at 2.2 inches high and 32.3 inches long with transport wheels, it can be stored anywhere. Plus, if you’re concerned about disturbing your neighbors, this walking pad has de-noising technology so your coworkers won’t even notice. 

Best splurge: Rhythm Fun Treadmill

RHYTHM FUN

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you’re dedicated to the walk-while-you-work life, this desk is a great step-up thanks to its integrated Bluetooth speakers.

Specs

  • Weight: 97 pounds
  • Max speed: 7.5 mph
  • Dimensions: 61 x 30 x 8 inches
  • Remote controlled: Yes

Pros

  • No assembly required
  • Bluetooth capabilities
  • Large range of speeds

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

While the Rhythm Fun Treadmill is an investment, coming in at just under $700, this machine has all the benefits of a premium pick. The max speed is 3.7 mph, perfect for an under-desk treadmill, but when adjusted with the handrail up, the treadmill can reach 7.5 mph. You can control the treadmill in three different ways: the home button on the handrail, the workout app (you can also track your workout metrics here), and the remote control. In order to protect your knees and feet from any injury or pain, this treadmill comes equipped with a seven-level elastic running platform, made with a silicon structure, honeycomb running board, flexible belt, and aluminum alloy for added protection. Perhaps the most appealing part of this treadmill is that there’s no assembly required—just take it out of the package and hop on.

Best foldable: GoPlus 2-in-1 Folding Treadmill

Goplus

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A 3 MPH max speed makes this treadmill perfect for dedicated walkers, with an easy-to-fold design to store when not in use.

Specs

  • Weight: 74.5 pounds
  • Max speed: 3 mph
  • Dimensions: 27 x 49 x 42 inches
  • Remote controlled: Yes

Pros

  • LED display
  • Phone holder
  • Emergency stop measures in place

Cons

  • Small size might be too small for taller people

The Goplus 2 in 1 Folding Treadmill has a powerful and quiet 2.25HP motor, allowing you to move while you work or go for a full run without disturbing those around you. The multilayer shield design is shock-absorbing and noise-reducing so your walk, jog, or run is safe and comfortable. Plus the five-layer non-slip texture of the running belt offers protection for your feet and knees. The LED display screen shows your time, speed, distance, and calories burned while the Bluetooth speaker and phone holder allow you to listen to your favorite music. To go from walking to running mode, all you need to do is collapse the handrail. If you need to move and store, the built-in transport wheels make the process seamless.

Best budget: Sunny Health and Fitness Walkstation

Sunny Health & Fitness

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: You don’t have to spend much to incorporate more healthy habits in your day-to-day.

Specs

  • Weight: 55.1 pounds
  • Max speed: 3.75 mph
  • Dimensions: 50 x 21.5 x 6.5 inches
  • Remote controlled: Yes

Pros

  • Budget-friendly
  • Shock absorbers for protection
  • Auto power-saving mode

Cons

  • Belt is a bit narrow

Sold at just under $370, the Sunny Health and Fitness Walkstation is easy to use and a great way to get your legs moving while you work, watch TV, or read a book. All you have to do is jump on and use the remote to adjust the speed to your liking (goes up to 3.75 for a fast-paced walk). The built-in shock absorbers will ensure your feet, joints, and knees stay protected and you can keep track of your workout metrics in real-time with the LCD display screen. The active-use detection will also turn off the treadmill after five seconds if it doesn’t sense movement for added safety. Plus, this energy-saver goes into power-saving mode if the machine has been idle for more than 10 minutes.

What to look for when buying the best treadmill desks

When looking for the best treadmill desk, consider your space limitations, how much you want to spend, and how you plan on using it. What level of activity does your desk treadmill need to support? Do you need to purchase a standing desk to best multitask while using it? It’s not realistic to jog or run while you answer emails and talk on the phone, so you’ll probably only need a machine that goes up to 3.7 mph. However, if you want to be able to take a jog after work hours, consider a treadmill desk that offers a 2-in-1 foldable design.

Usage

If you only plan to walk while you work, then a walking pad that has a low max speed will get the job done. If you want a bit more versatility with your exercise routine, consider a treadmill desk that offers two sports modes—walking and running—so you have the option of a slow-paced workout or an exercise session that allows you to really get that heart rate up.  

If you’re new to the treadmill desk trend, it may take some time to get used to the movement, especially if you have nothing to hold on to. If this sounds like you, start out with a treadmill desk that has a low-speed range. Additionally, to protect your feet and joints, scope out under desk treadmills that have a multi-layer shield design, anti-slip, and shock-absorbing properties.

Storage

The great thing about treadmill desks is that typically they are very easy to store as many models fold up and you can lay them flat. If you plan on moving your treadmill desk around to different locations, such as your home office, your home gym, or your living room, look for a model that is sleek in design and has built-in transport wheels.

Price

If you’re on a budget, there’s no need to stress. There are plenty of options for treadmill desks for people who don’t want to spend a lot. If walking is all you want to do, you’ll find more affordable options than treadmills that do it all—running and walking.

Connectivity

If you want the full experience of an at-home workout (and we don’t blame you), you’ll probably want to connect your phone via Bluetooth. Check the fine print to see if your treadmill is equipped to blast your favorite tunes.

Manual v. automatic

Most treadmills include a remote that you can use to operate the machine, which is super helpful for beginners. Some offer the option of automatic settings, which adjust the speed based on your movement. If you prefer using a guided exercise program when you work out, look for that option as well.

FAQs

Q: How much does a treadmill desk cost?

Treadmill desks generally range from over $300 for budget models up to nearly $600 for more premium picks with additional features. Fitness equipment often goes on sale on major shopping holidays, such as Black Friday and Prime Day, so it’s very possible to get a deal on a treadmill desk.

Q: Are under-desk treadmills worth it?

Exercising on a treadmill desk raises your resting heart rate throughout the day and allows you to burn an extra 100 to 130 calories per hour.  If you want to be more active while working at your desk, then this is a good way to do so. However, under-desk treadmills alone do not compensate for sitting at a desk all day, and should not replace other forms of exercise.

Q: Do treadmill desks really work?

Starting slow will help you get the hang of the movement and once you feel more comfortable, you can increase the speed and likewise, calories burned. Again, this movement shouldn’t replace other forms of exercise but is certainly better than sitting sedentary throughout the workday.

Q: Can you run on a desk treadmill?

Most treadmill desks only go up to 4 mph, so it’s more for a swift walk than a jog or run. That said, there are some 2-in-1 models that are equipped for both walking and running. So if you want the option, this type would suit you.

Final thoughts on the best treadmill desks

The best treadmill desks will add movement to your workday and promote a healthier lifestyle. They will be easy to set up (no assembly is a great perk) and hopefully even easier to use, once you get the hang of it. The biggest decision to make is if the desk treadmill will be solely for under the desk or if you want to be able to use it after-work hours where you can safely run with a handrail. Once you’ve sorted that out, all of the other features will fall into place so you can get moving.

The post The best treadmill desks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar running watch review: The power to persevere https://www.popsci.com/gear/garmin-forerunner-955-solar-running-watch-review/ Thu, 12 Jan 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=504951
Garmin Forerunner 955 running watch morning message on a dog walk
The Forerunner 955 Solar is a motivating accountability partner when used to its full potential. Abby Ferguson

With loads of activity-specific features, Garmin’s flagship running watch can aid performance and productivity with deeper data, tailored training, and bigger battery life.

The post Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar running watch review: The power to persevere appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Garmin Forerunner 955 running watch morning message on a dog walk
The Forerunner 955 Solar is a motivating accountability partner when used to its full potential. Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

There is no shortage of general fitness and multisport smartwatches these days, but fewer catering hyper-specifically to runners, particularly the way the Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar does. This wearable sits at the top of Garmin’s Forerunner line and is jam-packed with helpful training tools, no shortage of smartwatch features, and impressive battery life. Garmin, a multinational specializing in GPS-enabled technology, designed it with endurance athletes in mind, though it still provides many benefits for casual enthusiasts. Following in the footsteps—or is that stride—of the Forerunner 945 (released in 2019), the Forerunner 955 offers several incremental, not necessarily essential updates, as well as a couple of marquee additions. I’ve tested the Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar for six months, giving me plenty of time to learn about the watch and whether it’s a worthy upgrade for most people.

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

The Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar’s design

The changes between the Forerunner 945 and Forerunner 955 are subtle, carrying over most of the design language from the previous iteration. This may explain why the launch price of $599.99 is the same between both models. But there are a few things that stand out on the newer iteration. For starters, the transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP) display has been upgraded. The 955 uses a 1.3-inch display with a resolution of 260 x 260 pixels, while the older 945 is 1.2 inches with a resolution of 240 x 240 pixels. It’s not a huge difference, but you will get a slightly larger display with the 955, which is nice for quick glances at your numbers while working out. 

The most notable change is that the 955 now features touchscreen capabilities, which the 945 did not. I appreciated the touchscreen functionality, which is one of the main reasons I have stuck with the 955 over my Forerunner 745 or the Instinct 2S Solar. I’ve found that it makes scrolling through widgets and (sub-sub-sub)menu items much easier than repeatedly pushing buttons. And I enjoy tapping the screen to enter a menu or view a notification more. If you are prone to accidentally swiping, you can turn touch off completely or choose which specific activities have touch functionality turned on (it defaults to off for all activities).

Garmin Forerunner 955 running watch widgets on screen
Nearly everything on the watch is customizable, but I like a widget with a summary of my notifications near the top of the widget list. Abby Ferguson

As with the 945, the newest Forerunner features a full-color display. You may expect that it would be more difficult to read in sunny conditions compared to traditional exercise watches’ high-contrast, monochrome display. But that is not the case. I found it as easy to see and read, even at a glance when in direct sun, as my Instinct 2S Solar. And, with the customization options, you can even choose color schemes that are easier to read for you.

Unfortunately, the case and included band are only available in white (technically named “Whitestone,” the version I’ve used) and black instead of a range of colors like other Garmin watches. I was a bit worried about the white staying white. I have been pleasantly surprised by its resilience, however, even while working on a car engine and getting quite greasy. 

The band and large watch case tend to trap water, though, so if you shower or swim in the watch, you will want to take it off to dry things off more thoroughly. I wore my Forerunner 955 for a handful of weeks nonstop and ended up with a bit of a reaction where the sensors are. It was minor and cleared up with some time sans watch, but it’s something to be aware of. 

While the Forerunner is still decidedly a fitness watch in design, it still has rather sleek looks. And considering all the tech that is packed inside, it’s impressively thin (14.4mm). The 46.5 x 46.5mm watch face still looks giant on my wrist, but that’s the trade-off when you want to take advantage of a large screen size on child-sized wrists. 

Materials

The bezel of the watch is made of fiber-reinforced polymer, which seems to be incredibly durable. I have hit this thing on hard surfaces far too many times, and the perimeter doesn’t have a scratch. One of the benefits of the all-plastic design is that it helps cut down on weight. The all-polymer, 46.5mm Forerunner 955 only weighs 1.86 ounces. For comparison, the 47mm fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar features a titanium bezel and fiber-reinforced polymer with a titanium rear cover, weighing 2.57 ounces. That may seem like a tiny amount, but for serious endurance athletes, every fraction of an ounce adds up, making the Forerunner the better choice for those individuals.

Topping the display is rugged Corning Gorilla Glass DX. I managed to scratch mine somehow, so it isn’t impenetrable, but I haven’t exactly babied it either. It would have been nice to get the more durable Power Sapphire glass that tops the fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar or the Sapphire edition of the Garmin epix (Gen 2).

Garmin Forerunner 955 running watch catching the light on its crystal
You can see two scratches on the left side of the watch face, despite the scratch-resistant Corning Gorilla Glass DX. Abby Ferguson

Lastly, the band of the watch is made of silicone. The silicone is a bit thick and, as mentioned, tends to trap moisture, so may not be for everyone. Luckily, it is Garmin QuickFit compatible in the 22mm size so you can purchase bands made of nylon, leather, metal, or titanium instead, should you wish. 

Setting up the Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar

Garmin consistently does a fantastic job of making its products easy to set up and use and remains consistent with the Forerunner 955. This is especially true if you are already a Garmin user. The watch comes with a partial charge so that you can get started right away. You’ll need to download the Garmin Connect app, but the watch walks you through all the necessary steps, making setup clear and confusion-free. It’s a fast process if you do the bare minimum for setup.

Where things get a bit more complicated is all of the personalization available on the watch. While you certainly don’t need to mess with most settings just to get started, there are seemingly endless options—with more added semi-regularly. I appreciate Garmin’s Auto Update—it saves me from having to remember to check for OS updates, which I usually forget—and I feel like I am regularly discovering new things in menus or in the post-workout display, which is always fun. 

The watch face can be fully adjusted, as can any of the visible widgets when you scroll down and the layout of each workout screen. You can even adjust things as nitty-gritty as accent and background colors. If you want to really fine-tune your watch, it could take a while. In fact, I’ve had this watch for around six months and I’m still tweaking things.

The Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar’s features

The Forerunner 955 Solar is so packed with features that I could easily write an entire book describing everything. It seems that the capabilities of this watch are nearly endless. As such, I’ll be focusing on the items that I used most frequently and those that are the most widely helpful. 

Garmin Forerunner 955 side view on wrist
Though they are tiny and a little hard to see, the icons on the Garmin Forerunner 955 buttons can help with navigation. Abby Ferguson

Usability 

Navigating the watch is pretty straightforward, especially if you’ve used a Garmin watch. There are tiny (and hard to see) labels on the bezel and the buttons themselves to point you in the right direction for the most common things you’ll need to access. But, for specific menu items, you’ll likely need to spend some time digging around or reading the manual.

My biggest complaint about the Forerunner 955 is how you turn it off and on. My other Garmin watches have simply involved going to the Power Off menu item, and that was that. But the Forerunner 955 asks you to take the extra step of confirming that you want to turn it off. Given that you have to go into a menu within a menu to get to this, it seems unlikely that you would accidentally turn it off. The extra step is subtle but annoying. 

Additionally, startup time is much slower. Sure, more tech is involved in the Forerunner 955, but it takes just over 20 seconds to turn on fully. It’s nit-picky, sure, but if I’m powering up to get going on a run, it’s a bit annoying to wait for that, especially when that hasn’t been the case on other watches I’ve used.

Data collection and insights

Being at the top of Garmin’s running watch line, the Forerunner 955 comes with just about every possible sensor packed inside. It features the Garmin Elevate Gen4 optical heart rate sensor, barometric altimeter, compass, gyroscope, accelerometer, thermometer, and pulse ox blood oxygen saturation monitor. Those sensors are, of course, used when recording an activity, but many are constantly recording data. For example, you can always check your heart rate and steps. And you can take a pulse ox reading on-demand or while sleeping.

All of those sensor readings are used to provide insights such as Training Status, Training Readiness, stress level, sleep data, and Body Battery. It also provides hyper-specific stats such as run cadence, stride length, vertical ratio, ground contact time, and more. The information is there to help guide your training to maximize your fitness and potentially even assess form issues.

Garmin Forerunner 955 suggesting you take a breath
When the watch detects abnormally high stress levels, it suggests a guided breathing exercise to calm down.  Abby Ferguson

The data collected also helps manage general health with features such as Abnormal Heart Rate alerts. For example, if your heart rate is abnormally high, the watch will suggest breathing exercises to reduce stress and help you calm down. I’ve found this to be a helpful tool in high-stress situations, as it reminds me to reset and mentally take a step back from the thing causing the stress.

GPS

For location tracking and mapping, the Forerunner 955 provides access to three Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS)—GPS, GLONASS, and Galileo. There are four settings to choose from—GPS only, All Systems, All Systems + Multi-Band, and Ultratrac—which differ in accuracy and impact on battery life. Ultratrac is the mode for multiday excursions as it provides the best battery life but the worst accuracy. The watch defaults to All + Multi-Band GPS for the most accurate results.

The watch also comes equipped with Garmin’s SatIQ, which determines the optimal GPS mode based on your environment. And new to the 955 is the dual-frequency GPS. This combines the All Systems option but then also connects to two satellites at once for exceptional accuracy, even when in canyons or a city. It does use much more battery, however. 

I only used the watch in pretty wide open spaces but found it to be very accurate with no issues. I compared it to data from a simultaneously worn Instinct 2S Solar (a watch I’ve written extensively about), and they were the same as far as my naked eye could tell. 

Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar and Instinct 2S Solar side by side on a wrist
The Forerunner 955 Solar (left) provides a much more vibrant, easier-to-see-at-a-glance display compared to the Instinct 2S Solar. And it can pack more metrics in one place thanks to the larger screen size. Abby Ferguson

Smartwatch features

Beyond that obvious fitness tracking, the Forerunner 955 is also a robust productivity partner. It can connect to your phone, allowing you to receive messages and notifications. You can even select pre-formatted quick replies to text messages to respond right from your watch. 

The watch lacks a cellular connection and a microphone, however, so you cannot take calls like on an Apple Watch 8, etc. But you can at least see who is calling to determine if you want to bother getting your phone out. And you can reject and respond to calls with pre-formatted messages as well. 

Beyond the basics, you’ll also get access to Garmin Pay, which allows you to save cards to your account and pay with your watch. This is great, in theory, but my bank (USAA) isn’t participating in Garmin Pay, so I have been unable to use the watch for payment. Additionally, you can connect music providers, such as Spotify, to save music or podcasts directly to your device when you don’t want to have your phone on you. Again, this is great in theory, but I ran into nothing but issues when trying to set up music and never was able to get more than a handful of songs to sync. So I haven’t really been able to test that feature successfully.

Safety features

As someone who mostly runs alone, the safety features of the Forerunner 955 are extremely appreciated. And, in line with the rest of the watch, there’s no shortage of them, either. It’s important to note right off the bat that you will need to have your connected phone with service on you to take advantage of these features. And all of these features need to be set up within the app in order to be used. 

The most basic feature enables the basic safety tenet of outdoor recreation: Make sure people know where you are and when you expect to be done. When you begin an activity with GPS (weightlifting, for example, is not included), the watch connects to LiveTrack. This emails a real-time view of your location to your preselected contacts. Or you can share a link (accessed via the app on your phone) with anyone you’d like so they can follow along and ensure you are progressing as anticipated.

Additionally, there are some bigger safety features for even more peace of mind. One enables you to quickly call for assistance directly from the watch with the press of a few buttons. By entering the menu accessed with the top left button, you can navigate to “Assistance.” Once there, there are three options: “It’s an emergency. Please get help,” “Not an emergency, but please pick me up,” and “I need help. Follow my location to find me.” 

Garmin Forerunner 955 running watch safety alerts screenshot
These messages were sent to my husband when I tested the Assistance feature. [The blurred-out sections are my GPS coordinates.] Abby Ferguson

I tested the “Not an emergency” option with my husband to see what would happen, and Garmin sent him a message with the pre-formatted text along with my coordinates. It sent him multiple messages until I selected that I no longer needed assistance, which triggered a follow-up message to him to let him know I was okay. While you do need your phone to take advantage of this feature, it makes it much faster and easier to get help than getting out your phone and texting or calling someone. 

The last safety feature you’ll have access to is incident detection. If your Forerunner 955 detects an incident, it will display a notification on the watch. If that isn’t dismissed promptly, it automatically sends a message with your name and location to your emergency contacts. Unfortunately, Garmin doesn’t provide any information on what this exactly means or how it detects an incident, but in theory, this is an excellent feature to have. It’s worth noting that, unlike the Apple Watch Ultra, the Forerunner 955 cannot notify emergency services for you since it doesn’t include a cellular connection like the Apple Watch. 

Garmin app

When you set up the watch, you must pair it to the Garmin Connect app. The app allows you to see your data in more detail. Of course, you can access most of your insights on the watch itself, but it is a bit easier to digest and sift through via the app, especially if you really want to dive into the data.

Where the app really comes in especially handy is with customization. Just about every setting can also be changed within the app once you select “Forerunner 955” from the Connected Devices list. Changing settings and customizing things via the app is a bit easier to do than on the watch. That’s especially true of the message and workout data screen settings. And some things, such as Garmin Pay, can only be set up in the app.

Battery life

The battery life of this watch is certainly one area where the Forerunner 955 shines. As with anything, the extent of the battery life depends on how you are using the watch but, no matter what, it is impressive. Of course, it’s worth pointing out that any solar battery life estimates mentioned by Garmin are based on “all-day wear with 3 hours per day outside in 50,000 lux conditions.” For someone like me, who works inside and is lucky to get outside for an hour or two, that means I’m not really getting any advantage from solar charging on an average day.

Garmin Forerunner 955 solar intensity screen
You can easily see how much solar intensity your watch is getting. Most of my day was spent inside and, thus, not getting the sun required for solar battery charging.  Abby Ferguson

Garmin promises 15 days of battery life in smartwatch mode or 20 days with solar. During those times that I wasn’t able to exercise much and was using the watch as, well, a watch, I was absolutely getting the promised battery life. As mentioned, I’m not meeting the full required conditions for solar charging, but I did get some boosts that resulted in a few extra days. 

With the watch set to All Systems GNSS mode plus Multi-Band and without music, Garmin says you’ll get up to 20 hours, or 22 hours with solar. Since I didn’t complete any lengthy (more than a few hours) events while testing this watch, I didn’t fully push this to the limits. But, even with using the most accurate GPS setting, I was able to get a 30-minute to an hour-or-so-long workout in daily and still have my watch battery last a full week.

The thing that drained the battery most was fiddling with the settings and downloading music to the watch. I went from 80% battery to just 1% while trying to get a single small playlist to sync fully over the course of a few hours. So, if you aren’t in a situation where you can charge your watch, it’s best to save the settings adjustments and music syncing for another time. 

While the long battery life is certainly appreciated, the thing I most love about my Forerunner 955 is how quickly it charges. I’m guilty of forgetting to charge it up when needed on a far too regular basis. But I can plug it in as I get ready for a run and have it at 50% battery (depending on how low it was to begin with) in just 10 minutes or so. It’s crazy speedy.

The Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar’s activity & fitness tracking experience

As expected, since this is a running watch, the activity tracking options are robust. The 955 comes preloaded with the basic types of workouts—such as running, swimming, and cycling—but you can quickly add just about anything you can think of, including Ultra Run, eMTB, Backcountry Ski, and more. You can even create custom workouts or import workouts from third parties like TrainingPeaks.

Garmin Forerunner 955 running watch recording strength training
Though it’s a running watch, the Forerunner 955 can track just about any type of activity. It even automatically detects sets and reps during strength training workouts. Abby Ferguson

Recording workouts is incredibly easy. It’s done by simply pressing the top right button, selecting the type of workout, and then pushing start. Where things can get complicated, as mentioned, is all the customization you can do. You can choose to adjust what fields are displayed on the watch during your workout, customize notifications and audio cues, along with many different options specific to different types of workouts.

Training status and readiness

As you complete activities and wear your watch throughout the day (and night), Garmin collects data to offer insights into your training. The Training Status feature shows whether you are actively getting fitter (productive), holding steady, or even detraining (the worst). It can even tell you what types of activities you should add more of to maximize your training. For example, mine frequently tells me that I have a low aerobic shortage and need to work in easier runs.

Training Readiness is another helpful tool. As the name implies, it helps you assess how ready you are for your training. It may suggest that you back off and give yourself more time to recover or that you are prepared to dive right into a serious workout. It simply helps to keep you from overtraining and gives you a more clear picture of your training load. 

Both are very nice, but you can’t take full advantage of them if you aren’t wearing your watch 24/7. For example, to collect heart rate variability (HRV) data, you’ll need to wear the watch while you sleep. I’m not a fan of sleeping in a watch, so I don’t get highly accurate data for some of these fields as a result.

Garmin Forerunner 955 suggested workout screen
Your first activity of the day will show a suggested workout based on data the watch has collected recently. Abby Ferguson

Suggested workouts

One feature I love about Garmin watches is the “Suggested Workouts” for running or cycling. These can be accessed in the Morning Report or when you start a workout. When providing these suggestions, Garmin factors in the above items, plus your Training Load & Load Focus, VO2 Max, and more. The result is that they are customized to you. It then suggests a workout to improve your fitness based on all that data. It’s great for days when you don’t want to think about what you should do or if you want something different but don’t want to pay for a coach.

Of course, these features should be taken with a grain of salt. Garmin doesn’t know if you are getting over an illness, dealing with stress at work, or managing an injury. It can infer some things based on the data it collects, but it won’t be perfect. There have been many times that my watch suggested a sprint, VO2 Max, or long run when my body could not handle that at the time. Your best bet is to use it all as a guide, listen to your body, and, if you really want results, hire a coach.

So, who should buy the Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar?

As the watch’s name suggests, the Forerunner is truly a running watch. Sure, it offers all the basic—and not-so-basic—watch functions to make it suitable for anyone wanting a smartwatch. But if you aren’t an exercise enthusiast, you’ll be paying for many features and tech that you won’t actually be using.

And the extensive list of training features makes the watch more suitable for avid, focused runners looking to improve performance. It’s especially useful for runners competing in races. That said, as someone who is currently more of a casual runner than anything else, I found it rather motivational and aspirational. I’m not currently training for any races or even pushing the limits hard (thanks to some nagging injuries), so while I don’t necessarily care about things like the Race Prediction widget, it is fun to see those numbers changing when I’m consistent with my working out. At the same time, the Forerunner 255 can provide many of the same training and health features for an average of $258 less.

And, in terms of the Solar capabilities, which come at a $100 surcharge, they don’t seem to provide a substantial enough boost over the basic battery version for most. But if you’re one of the runners who can benefit from the lengthy list of features packed into this watch, particularly the touchscreen, the Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar will be a fantastic training partner.

The post Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar running watch review: The power to persevere appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Gear to help us (and you) keep those New Year’s resolutions https://www.popsci.com/gear/new-years-resolutions-ideas/ Sun, 01 Jan 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=502404
New Year's Resolution Gear
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

These are the gadgets we're picking up to help keep us accountable in 2023.

The post Gear to help us (and you) keep those New Year’s resolutions appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
New Year's Resolution Gear
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

We’ve made it to 2023, which means the PopSci commerce and gear team has decided what our resolutions will be and what we’ll need to achieve them. It’s okay to be a New Year’s resolution skeptic—there are plenty of potential pitfalls in trying to make literal life-changing decisions overnight—but we’re taking a different approach. Our goals can be accomplished little by little over the course of the year, the gear we’re using won’t take up too much space, and we’re not afraid of facing some setbacks every little while. After all, it’s only self-care if it doesn’t cost you mental health. If you’re scrambling to figure out how to make your New Year’s resolutions happen, we hope our gear suggestions can provide a little clarity (and encouragement).

Vitamix FoodCycler FC-50

Jen McCaffery

SEE IT

An estimated 30 to 40 percent of the food supply in the United States is wasted, according to the USDA. If you’re looking to cut down on the amount of food waste you send to the landfill in 2023, Vitamix’s FoodCycler FC-50 can help. Just toss your vegetable peelings, egg shells, coffee grounds, and even chicken bones into the 2-liter container and press the on button. About four hours later, your scraps are turned into nutrient-rich soil you can use for your houseplants or in your garden. — Jen McCaffery, Director of Commerce

Kindle Paperwhite

Amazon

SEE IT

Too many times in 2022, I found myself laying in bed at 2 a.m., basking in the hypnotizing glow of TikTok. The lure of people arguing with belligerent neighbors or endless strings of air fryer chicken thigh recipes is just too strong. This year, I’m determined to replace those hours spent mindlessly swiping with reading, and I’m counting on Amazon’s Kindle Paperwhite to help me pull it off. The 6.8-inch touchscreen offers soft, warm light that won’t mess with my sleep after a marathon session spent reading Brandon Sanderson. Plus, the latest version charges via USB-C, so it’ll help my other resolution of getting rid of all the MicroUSB cables hanging around my house. — Stanley Horaczek, Executive Editor

Mr. Coffee Iced Coffee machine

Mr. Coffee

SEE IT

The iced coffee I like at a well-known chain has recently risen to nearly $6. Not even a raging caffeine addiction can justify that cost. This super-simple machine doesn’t rely on wasteful coffee pods and comes with an insulated cup, even though it works with pretty much any other cold up. It simply brews hot coffee over iced cubes, which is sure to make your coffee snob pals bristle, but it’s still better (and even cheaper) than the gas station swill I’ve been known to drink in the past. Plus, all that saved money leaves room in the coffee budget for fancy syrups to spruce up the wallet-friendly brew. — Stanley Horaczek, Executive Editor

Kindle Scribe

Amazon

SEE IT

I’m trying to (finally) complete The Artist’s Way, Julia Cameron’s crash course in kickstarting your creativity after about two years of stopping halfway. Part of the journey includes journaling three pages every morning—simply called “morning pages.” If you do the math, that’s a lot of pages and trees. I’m hoping the Kindle Scribe—with its paperwhite display and pen that won’t leave ink marks on my hands first thing in the morning—will help protect the environment and be the fancy, shiny, neat thing that gives me enough dopamine to organize my morning pages and complete the separate chapter prompts in one convenient, digital place. Spiritual and creative clarity, here I come. — Amanda Reed, Commerce Updates Writer

Garmin Forerunner 955

Garmin

SEE IT

Setting a fitness goal is one thing, but having a way to track your progress and keep you motivated is another beast entirely. Garmin’s Forerunner 955 is sleek and attractive, so you won’t mind wearing it all day, but it has a nearly endless list of features and tricks. Though it’s geared toward runners, it can track a long list of activities. It also connects to your phone for full smartwatch capabilities and provides workout suggestions when you are stumped on how to move on a given day. Plus, it makes it easy to see how your training is going and how you are progressing toward your goals, giving you specific insight on how you can improve when needed. — Abigail Ferguson, Associate Editor PopPhoto

Nest Hub Max Smart Display

Nest

SEE IT

Eating out (and ordering in) has always been pricier than cooking at home, but that is more true than ever right now. It’s hard fighting the temptation just to tap a few buttons and have food magically show up ready to eat at your door but, for me, having an easy way to follow recipes helps. I’m a recent Nest Hub enthusiast but have loved the larger screen that always stays on as I work through the steps of a recipe. And it makes it easy to store recipes I like in one place. But the biggest bonus is the ability to play music on something other than my phone, so I can jam out while I cook. It does wonders for making me not mind being in the kitchen even after a long day of work. — Abigail Ferguson, Associate Editor PopPhoto

Ring Fit Adventure

Nintendo

SEE IT

I will be making a concerted effort to be more active after years of COVID-inflicted lethargy, but my tool of choice may seem a little strange: a video game. Ring Fit Adventure is a game for the Nintendo Switch that comes with a Pilates ring and leg strap with slots for the system’s Joy-Con controllers. Accelerometers and gyroscopes in the Joy-Con can track your movement, which correlates to actions happening in the game. Instead of passively choosing an attack, you defeat enemies by doing squats, curls, and other exercises. As an avid gamer, I hope Ring Fit Adventure can slot into my lifestyle more easily than a set of barbells. — Brandt Ranj, Commerce Reporter

iFixit Pro Tech Toolkit

iFixit

SEE IT

Repairing technology can feel daunting, especially when many companies make documentation and spare parts difficult (if not impossible) to get, but that will not deter me next year. I have a great deal of respect for iFixit, a site that offers step-by-step instructions on how to disassemble and reassemble gadgets along with links to parts when possible. The site offers a tool kit with bits, spudgers, tweezers, and everything else you’ll need to get into your gear safely and easily. This kit is notable for featuring pentalobe screws, which are proprietary and designed by Apple. If you plan on joining the DIY movement next year, this kit deserves a spot in your workspace. — Brandt Ranj, Commerce Reporter

Bowers & Wilkins Px7 S2

Bowers & Wilkins

SEE IT

I’m ashamed to say I have a huge music backlog, but I plan to listen to one new (to me) album from front to back every day in 2023. I reserve the right to listen to one disc of a two-CD (or LP) record because I make the rules. While I love speakers, my tool of choice this time will be Bowers & Wilkins Px7 S2s, which are infinitely more portable. These Bluetooth headphones are the closest I’ve come to taking my at-home audio system—which consists of wired headphones, a tube amp, and a DAC—with me everywhere I go. Music sounds superb, the headphones are very comfortable, and their active noise cancellation is always top-notch. This is the resolution I’m most excited about, if for no other reason than spending dozens of hours with the Px7 S2s on my head. Maybe, if I’m feeling extra committed, I’ll even upgrade to the B&W Px8, the brand’s flagship wireless headphones that further refine the physical build and sonic profile. — Brandt Ranj, Commerce Reporter

Brava Oven Starter Set

Brava

SEE IT

Cooking at home more often is my final resolution of 2023, and the Brava Oven is the key to making it happen. The 10-in-1 oven supports multi-zone heating and makes a whole dinner faster than a conventional oven or stovetop. The oven can be operated using an app or its built-in touch screen, and Brava is continually updating its recipe library with new dishes to fit any dietary restrictions. Yes, it’s luxe, but cutting out one takeout order per week using the Brava will allow the machine to pay for itself. — Brandt Ranj, Commerce Reporter

OTOTO Gracula Garlic Crusher

OTOTO

SEE IT

I love garlic and plan on cooking more. This Gracula garlic crusher takes knife work out of the equation when presentation isn’t important and helps you get close to a minced consistency in a fraction of the time. On top of saving prep time, a way to work more fresh garlic into meals has the benefits of being a natural antibacterial/detoxifier, aiding blood circulation/lowered blood pressure, while also repelling vampires. Plus, it just tastes good. — Billy Cadden, Director of Commerce

AQUAFIT One Gallon Water Bottle

AQUAFIT

SEE IT

I wish this fit into my Aarke seltzer maker, but I guess good old-fashioned flat water will do. While attempting to cook more garlic-rich meals and use my Tempo daily, I decided to snag a gallon water bottle to keep me hydrated. Or at least try to convince me to stay hydrated. I bet you $10 it sits on my bedside table with the same water for weeks. — Billy Cadden, Director of Commerce

Arc’teryx Kyanite AR Hoodie and Pearl iZUMi Prospect Barrier Jacket

Arc’Teryx/Pearl iZUMi

SEE IT

In 2023, I want to get outdoors more. Hiking. Biking. Though I love reporting on tech, I need to get away from it more, even if for only a few hours. Just because I’m coming out of my virtual (and real) shell doesn’t mean I won’t need a protective layer or two, however. The Arc’teryx Kyanite AR Hoodie is a multisport midlayer that’s far from middle of the road. A worthwhile investment, it’s light, soft, stretchy, and, most importantly, surprisingly warm when traveling on the trail. Did I say I’m coming out of my shell? That doesn’t mean I won’t need some wind and water resistance if I’m in the saddle in the city, so I’m also hanging the Pearl iZUMi Prospect Barrier Jacket in my closet when I need something to cut a brisk breeze and absorb a bit of light rain and road spray. — Tony Ware, Associate Managing Editor, Commerce

Vasque Men’s Breeze Waterproof Hiking Boots

Tony Ware

SEE IT

If I’m going to maintain my getting-outdoors-more resolution throughout 2023, I need accessories that can also go the distance. And one of the most important is trusty mid-range footwear. Lightweight, breathable, and comfortable to … boot … the Vasque Breeze immediately impressed me by requiring zero break-in, then continued to impress me with its stability and traction. While I haven’t submerged my feet to test the proprietary VasqueDry waterproofing fully, I’ve had no complaints following some light but sustained drizzles. And, with each component of the boot’s construction being made from 25%, 60%, and sometimes 100% recycled materials, I can feel better for the Earth as I explore it. — Tony Ware, Associate Managing Editor, Commerce

The post Gear to help us (and you) keep those New Year’s resolutions appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE review: A fitness watch that won’t leave you stranded https://www.popsci.com/reviews/garmin-forerunner-945-lte-review/ Mon, 15 Nov 2021 23:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=378989
Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE on a table
The screen has plenty of room for information. Brian Stillman

The Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE doesn’t require a phone to keep you on track, or to help if things go sideways.

The post Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE review: A fitness watch that won’t leave you stranded appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE on a table
The screen has plenty of room for information. Brian Stillman

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Smartphones are annoying to tote along on a run, but they can come in very handy. A friend of mine once had a medical emergency while jogging and was able to call 911. My wife sometimes receives uncomfortable attention from strangers while training for races, so she likes the reassurance that comes from being able to call me or a friend if she ever feels unsafe. But both have told me that, all things being equal, they don’t enjoy strapping a phone to an arm or finding a way to secure one in small pockets. That’s where the new Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE sports watch comes in. As its name suggests, the company built LTE technology into one of its popular fitness tracker watches, the Forerunner 945 first released in 2019, so that it now provides powerful safety alerts in addition to advanced athletics tracking in a sophisticated wearable. 

However, the Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE can’t break fully from a connected device. You’ll still need your smartphone if you want to stream music from Spotify, get and respond to text messages, make calls, or receive Twitter updates or photos, etc. Replacing your phone isn’t Garmin’s goal. Instead, the company has packed an already feature-rich running watch with a number of reassuring wireless tools. So read on to find out if the latest iteration of the Forerunner 945—and the added cost of its LTE—are right for you. 

Brian Stillman

SEE IT

The Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE’s design

This Forerunner is a surprisingly classy athletic watch. It’s not as chunky as the company’s Instinct Solar [check out our hands-on review]. And, while nowhere near as sleek as the Venu 2 [see our thoughts on that model], the understated design looked good when I met some coworkers for dinner. At 44.4 mm in diameter, 13.9 mm thick, and only 49 grams, it’s comfortable, too. Like many of Garmin’s sports watches, the Forerunner dons a familiar array of five control buttons, which I had no problem finding by touch while working out. 

The watch’s lens is made from strong Corning Gorilla Glass DX (similar to the material used on various smartphones) and it’s set into a fiber-reinforced polymer bezel. This watch can take some abuse. The included silicone watchband feels fine, but it traps sweat and I’d prefer something that breathes more. Thankfully, Garmin and third-party providers offer dozens of replacement bands. Finding the right look and feel requires only a quick Internet search. 

The bright, color display provides ample information at a glance, and it’s easy to read in full sunlight. Backlighting helps when it gets darker. Garmin preloaded the Forerunner 945 LTE with a number of watch face options. You can download more from the GarminConnect store or third parties. From there, it’s easy to tweak what information is displayed and how it’s laid out. You can also adjust the colors. Personally, I prefer a simple watch face with the time and date. I included message alerts for a while, but I get so many during the day that I can’t keep up, and seeing an icon with the number 75 next to it was just embarrassing. Three clicks of a button and, unlike all those unanswered message alerts, it was gone.

Setting up the Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE

Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE on a wrist
It’s a chunky bit of gear, but it’s packed full of features. Brian Stillman

My watch arrived 92-percent charged out of the box. I still topped it off by plugging it into a USB power source (you’ll need to supply your own adapter). In typical Garmin fashion, it charges via a proprietary multipin cable. Some companies, like Apple, have opted for wireless magnetic charging, but using a cable is definitely faster. 

Garmin reports that the battery lasts up to two weeks in smartwatch mode and up to seven hours in GPS mode with music and LTE LiveTrack activated. In my tests, I was able to go a little more than 13 days before the watch died on me. However, in GPS mode, it did last the reported seven hours, though not much more. 

Once charged, the watch guided me through its setup using helpful prompts that started by linking to my phone through Bluetooth to take advantage of the downloadable Garmin Connect app (available for both iOS and Android). From there, I established my baseline for health tracking, including weight, height, and sleep patterns, as well as other biometrics. I was also able to link the watch’s Spotify app to my account in order to stream music through my device or play music I downloaded to the Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE itself. The app then provided a quick-start guide to the watch’s top-level navigation and functions. You can also activate some of the community features, like challenges.

This is also where you set up your LTE plan. I was thrilled to discover I didn’t need to contact my cellphone service provider to activate a second line. In fact, you don’t need to sign up for a plan with any of the phone providers. The watch uses Garmin’s own cellular service. You’ll have to pay $5.99 per month with an annual subscription ($6.99 a month without). You’ll have to decide for yourself whether that fits your budget, but I found the price more than reasonable for what this watch provides. 

LTE connectivity

I was excited by the prospect of the Forerunner’s new LTE connectivity. I dreamed of owning Dick Tracy’s communicator watch when I was a kid, so the lure of having a wearable that wasn’t tethered to my iPhone was impossible to ignore. But that’s not exactly what Garmin had in mind when they designed this sports watch. 

The Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE, which costs $50 more than the base model, uses its over-the-air functionality to add helpful tracking features for both performance metrics and well-being, such as real-time progress sharing, crash detection, and emergency response team assistance request.

The Assistance tool is the one you hope you never have to use. It sends a message to your emergency contacts if you’re feeling unsafe or you’re lost, and it includes location data so they can find you. Assistance Plus takes this a step further by sending your name and location to the Garmin IERCC, which is a professional emergency response coordination center that then contacts emergency services to get you out of trouble. This is the same technology Garmin uses on its navigation tools to help rescue people at sea, when mountain climbing, and in other extreme situations. For extreme runners, backcountry skiers, wilderness hikers, people who like to swim in the open ocean, this safety tool is a no-brainer.

Taking it for a test run

Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE fitness mode
Big, clear graphics make it easy to see during a workout. Brian Stillman

I tested out LiveTrack, a tool that lets friends and family follow your location in real-time, on a jog through my new neighborhood. My friend, back in his apartment, followed my route without any trouble through an invite-only web portal. Of course, it also showed him how long I chilled out in the park halfway through my run. The tool was accurate enough that he could even figure out which bench I sat on. Busted!  

Spectator Messaging is a fun tool that lets friends, family, coaches, or teammates add some extra motivation during a race by delivering audio and text messages.

Finally, Live Event Sharing automatically sends race updates to your friends so they can stay up-to-date on your pace, location, and time. No need to press a button or do anything else that might break your concentration or interrupt your stride.

The rest of the specs

The Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE puts a lot of information on your wrist, but the lack of touchscreen technology means navigating what to me often felt like a maze of submenus. Expect a learning curve.

That said, hot-buttons take you to convenient widgets that provide snapshots of such biometric data as heart rate, step count, run details, and pulse ox. Some widgets report the weather, provide calendar alerts, notifications, and similar information. This is just surface-level information; dive deeper via the watch or the Garmin Connect app.

Thankfully, dedicated buttons access the music player and stopwatch, two features that I hate hunting for in the middle of a workout.

While navigating the watch is sometimes trickier than I’d like, Garmin does an excellent job of conveying information clearly and concisely through the smart use of icons, colors, and easy-to-read text. I only needed to glance at my wrist to read my lap time and heart rate.

Keep track of your movement and activities

The Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE tracks all sorts of preloaded activities—like biking, paddling, hiking, walking, snowboarding, and rafting. You can easily add new ones. With its focus on running, it’s no surprise this GPS fitness watch provides different running options, including outdoor, indoor track, and trail. You can also get real-time feedback on your form, including cadence, vertical oscillation, ground contact time, stride length, and more by pairing it with a running dynamics accessory. 

The watch suggests times for heat and altitude acclimation, lactate threshold, predicted race times, and training load and focus. It even provides daily suggested workouts. It tracks sleep data and then combines it with other information to help compute body battery, a measurement of energy levels. This, in turn, cycles back into the data set that helps the watch set up workout plans. 

Garmin has a long history of making excellent navigation tools, and the Forerunner 945 LTE includes full-color mapping of streets and trails, plus you can create your own courses in the Garmin Connect app. ClimbPro ascent planner displays real-time information including gradient, distance, and elevation gain. The Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE also includes turn-by-turn navigation and round-trip routing. 

Pay as you play

I like to keep my wallet secured in my locker when working out at the gym. The Garmin Pay feature lets me use my watch to pay for things like juice or a light snack in the same way that I might use my phone and Apple Pay. Just add a credit or debit card to the Garmin Pay wallet and you’re all set. It’s also handy for anyone who worries about losing their credit cards when running, or who spends a lot of time in the water. No one likes a wad of soggy cash.

So, who should buy the Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE?

The Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE is an upgrade to the original Forerunner 945, but it’s not an upgrade everyone needs. It provides peace of mind and fun features for fitness trackers, especially racers, but if you spend most of your workout time in the gym or running on a local track or in a safe neighborhood, you could save some money by considering running watches like the original Forerunner 945 or the Instinct line. They cost less but have nearly the same tracking, measurement, and training capabilities. 

Related: Apple Watch comparison

The post Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE review: A fitness watch that won’t leave you stranded appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds review: Made for active listening https://www.popsci.com/reviews/jbl-live-free-review/ Tue, 24 Aug 2021 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=391369
JBL Live Free with case on a weight
With the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds, you can press the tempo as you push plate. Andrew Waite

With the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds and a playlist on repeat, you're ready for one more rep.

The post JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds review: Made for active listening appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
JBL Live Free with case on a weight
With the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds, you can press the tempo as you push plate. Andrew Waite

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Sometimes a song can sneak up on you. A slow, dynamic swell, Sara Bareilles’ “City” is one of those tracks where, as the percussion amplifies and the range expands, I am involuntarily swept up in it. It’s just me, a suburban dad walking the dog, actively resisting the urge to sing out loud as he longs for the “deep city lights” and to “get lost tonight” on an otherwise peaceful tree-lined street. Another thing that snuck up on me is helping me get caught up in the moment: the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds, which pack rich audio heritage into an unassuming pair of active noise-cancelling true wireless earbuds.

Andrew Waite

SEE IT

With almost a century in speaker development and live sound reinforcement, JBL has a reputation for vibrant sound that plays out in the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds as I belt out the chorus. Thankfully, only the dog was around to hear me. Let’s take a look at the technology that surrounded me with sound.

What are the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds? 

Sweatproof and lightweight, the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS are earbuds for active listeners. Whether it’s a humid summer night singalong or leg day, the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS ‘buds match your energy. The IPX7 waterproof rating means sweat won’t bother them—nor will submersion up to 1 meter deep for 30 minutes. And the wireless earbuds shouldn’t bother your ears during workouts due to a slim weight of 6.8 grams per ’bud, held securely in place with various sizes of eartips and/or gel-sleeves that I found provided a comfortable fit. Meanwhile, an abundant, detailed sound, assisted by adjustable active noise-cancelling (ANC) and smart technology that changes the EQ mix to keep your podcasts and playlists sounding consistent, will do enough to satisfy most of us, even when we’re listening really closely.

The JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds’ design

The JBL Live Free NC+ TWS has a compact, bulbous body with a flat outward-facing side emblazoned with JBL’s logo. However, this surface is for more than advertising, as it includes touch-sensitive controls. Insert the earbuds under your ear’s tragus and a tight seal forms to mute the world even without the optional ANC engaged. And the rubber fins on the buds’ body help lock the earpieces solidly in place under your antihelix. This body type is similar to the Live Free’s slightly more expensive brother, the JBL Tour PRO+ TWS earbuds (which, with a lower IP rating, adaptive ANC, and hands-free voice control, are intended more for work than working out). They’re among the most comfortable earbuds I’ve used. But enough anatomy lessons. Let’s look at how the best wireless earbuds can fit physically, functionally, and sonically. 

They keep running so you can, too

The JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds offer 7 hours of playtime with ANC off, 6 hours with ANC on, and an additional 14 hours of wireless charging from the included case (which supports Qi-compatible wireless charging and shows battery level via four LED lights). They take about 2 hours to fully recharge. The JBL Tour PRO+ TWS, in comparison, offers a slightly boosted 8 hours of playtime with ANC off, 6 hours with ANC on, and can deliver 32 total hours of battery life when you include the case. Those numbers are similar to other earbuds at the price point. For instance, the $130 Skullcandy Indy ANC earbuds (reviewed here) play for 9 hours without ANC, 5 hours with it, and can reach 23 hours of playtime from the case. 

Accountability buddy

Equipped with four microphones per earbud, the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds let you engage in phone calls or connect easily with your chosen virtual assistant. While chatting, my voice was clear but a little thin. I also connected to Alexa—you can connect to Google Assistant—and the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds had no issue connecting, but it required setting the touch controls to access this option. (The JBL Tour PRO+ TWS can have Alexa perk up just by uttering her name, aided by beamforming microphones and other sensors to mitigate wind, etc.) 

Wear wherever 

Designed for go time, these trim true wireless earbuds have technology that creates beautiful sound for moving moments and moments of constant moving. At 6.8 grams apiece, these earbuds are very lightweight and, as detailed above, I found them to fit so securely they were practically undetectable. That included when I wore them during long runs in the 90-degree humid heat, during several stints on the rowing machine, and even while getting a few hours of work done in the living room while my daughter and wife baked muffins in the nearby kitchen.

The IPX7 waterproof rating is also a huge bonus. While not the IP68 of the practically bulletproof 6.7 gram-per-’bud Jaybird Vista 2 (which we reviewed here), the IPX7 rating means sweat or downpours won’t put a damper on their use. To compare, a pair like the Sennheiser CX True Wireless (see our full thoughts here) lean more toward an audiophile rather than purely energetic sound. Still, they had limited use for workouts for me because the IPX4 just didn’t give me enough confidence that they could stand up to the way I sweat.  

JBL Live Free NC+ TWS in ear
Gel sleeves plus a rounded body ensure the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds nestle into your concha securely. Andrew Waite

Setting up the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds 

Initially, setting up the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS takes virtually no thinking. Remove the earbuds from the charging case, find them on your phone settings list of discoverable Bluetooth devices, and start listening. The Bluetooth 5.1 support handles standard SBC and higher-quality AAC connections (primarily for iOS devices) and helps ensure a stable connection.

However, getting a handle on the controls is more of a head-scratcher. For me, understanding how to set and use the tap system really required the app. Within the app, you can assign different groups of controls to the left and right earbuds. One group lets you change the volume—a single tap to raise the volume, two taps to lower it. Another group lets you control playback—a tap to pause, two to advance tracks, three to go back. A third group lets you access your voice assistant. A fourth group gives you ambient sound control. 

A single tap toggles between ANC and “Ambient Aware” modes, which acts as the inverse of ANC and amplifies your surroundings (helpful when jogging in traffic, walking on a trail where you want an immersive nature experience, etc.). Meanwhile, a double-tap switches to TalkThru mode, which lowers the volume considerably and disengages ANC so you can talk to your wife or neighbor without removing the earbuds—though they can operate with only one in. Call control is included within every grouping. Double-tap to answer a call or hang up an active call, tap and hold to reject an incoming call, or mute your microphone during a call.

If all of that sounds confusing, you’re right. As I said, it took me some time to master. And the other bummer is that you have to choose what group you can control. That means if you want to be able to use your ’buds to pause the music and switch off ANC, you won’t be able to use the ’buds to change the volume. That’s a definite miss.   

OK, but how do they sound?

I’ve already gushed about the fullness of the sound, so here are the specs behind the effect. The 6.8mm drivers—comparable to the 6mm driver found in the compact and capable Jaybird Vista 2 earbuds or the Sony WF-1000XM4, which we reviewed here—have a dynamic frequency response range of 20Hz to 20kHz with a sensitivity of 96 decibels at 1kHz/1mW. The result is a completeness that makes you feel like you are in the room with the artist. I noticed this most when listening to a relatively unknown Boston-based group called Ryan Montbleau Band. Details like the howl of individual crowd members and the scratchiness of the microphone made me feel like I was in the bar where the show had been recorded.

The JBL Live Free NC+ TWS has a neutral baseline sound profile. Bass is accurate, punchy, though it doesn’t have the most rumble. Mids are clear and accurate, while treble is present without treading into any unpleasant sizzle. Overall, the sound is warm with just enough high-end energy to motivate without fatigue.  

Did you catch the band’s set(tings)?

Part of what contributes to the sound is the JBL wireless earbuds app’s advanced sound controls. Those sound controls begin with the ANC. While the JBL Tour PRO+ TWS earbuds offer adaptive noise cancellation that will automatically adjust to the sounds around you, the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds let you slide a bar on the app to your desired level. Even at the top, however, it wasn’t the most effective ANC I’ve encountered. Meanwhile, JBL’s Ambient Aware mode, which amplifies rather than mutes noises around you, is probably the most impressive of such modes I’ve tested. I live in a fairly quiet neighborhood, and yet the few vehicles puttering by sounded like they had full-throated engines gunning it on a racecourse. A Nissan Pathfinder has never sounded so throaty.

The JBL app also offers EQ customization, with three modes preloaded. Vocal brings out the bass, and Piano stays relatively level across all frequencies—but amplifies the bass some, drops the middle, and boosts the higher end. And Jazz dips the bottom end and spikes the volume of middle frequencies. The “Smart Audio” modes include an Audio option that optimizes the sound to best match your quality and type of wireless connection. There’s a Video setting that lowers latency, so you won’t encounter lipsync issues. You can also create your custom sound by selecting various points on a parametric EQ. Still, there is no option to generate a personalized EQ based on how well you hear certain frequencies (an option on the Jaybird Vista 2, for example).      

JBL Live Free NC+ TWS on a dumbbell
Able to pump as hard as you can, the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS can be your arms-day bae. Andrew Waite

So, who should buy the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds? 

If you’re looking for a pair of true wireless earbuds that’ll deliver a full sound as you complete your next workout, definitely consider the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds. The earbuds are light and comfortable and deliver a powerful audio performance that definitely punches above their weight. Plus, IPX7 offers protection against sweat that’s almost a match for the Jaybird Vista 2 (though that pair has a stronger ANC/customized EQ component).

If you’re more business than play, the JBL Tour PRO+ TWS earbuds add handy features like hands-free virtual assistant access and adaptive noise-cancelling for $50 more than the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds. For a pair of earbuds with features as deep as its sound, though a considerably higher price tag, consider the Sony WF-1000XM4. Meanwhile, the Sennheiser CX True Wireless offers excellent, customizable audio quality at a comparable price to the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS. Still, they have a bulky fit that’s not ideal for exercise.

An alternative route for perfectly good wireless earbuds could lead you to the Skullcandy Dime earbuds—an option so, so cheap (less than $25) you could just replace a set if you sweat through them. Honestly, there are so many flagship ANC and budget earbuds on the market now that some pair is perfect for everyone. Yet even with all of the best earbuds options, if you want wireless noise-cancelling earbuds that can withstand many sets of pushups, box jumps, and burpees, and can push the limits of affordable sound, the JBL Live Free NC + TWS earbuds can help you live the way you want.

The post JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds review: Made for active listening appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save $100 on percussion massagers and other workout recovery tools https://www.popsci.com/gear/percussion-massager-workout-recovery-deals/ Tue, 29 Nov 2022 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=492805
Hyper Ice Hypervolt 2 Pro
HyperIce's Hypervolt 2 Pro is on sale as a post Cyber Monday deal. Hyperice

Recovery is just as important as adding extra reps. And if you want to save money while saving yourself from soreness, check out these massage guns & more.

The post Save $100 on percussion massagers and other workout recovery tools appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Hyper Ice Hypervolt 2 Pro
HyperIce's Hypervolt 2 Pro is on sale as a post Cyber Monday deal. Hyperice

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Thanksgiving is delicious, but the temptation to overindulge is real. And, once the third round of leftovers is done, some folks might feel the need to overcompensate by hitting the gym double-hard. Well, putting your body under constant pressure is a mistake many people make when taking exercise seriously. Whether you’re a runner, boxer, dancer, cyclist, or weightlifter, it’s important to prepare your muscles before exercise, let your body rest, and address soreness afterward. A massage gun may seem superfluous, but it’s actually an invaluable tool for loosening fascia, increasing range of motion and flexibility, and decreasing soreness and stiffness, and something you should always keep in your gym bag or at home—or get two at these prices.

Hyperice Hypervolt 2 Pro, $299 (Was $399)

Hyperice

SEE IT

Cyber Monday may be over, but you can save $100 today on Hyperice’s Hypervolt 2 Pro, a handheld massage gun with five tips to massage different muscles properly. The massager has three intensity settings and can guide you through recovery regimens developed by professional athletes if you sync it to your phone over Bluetooth and use Hyperice’s app. The company even includes four adapters, which allow you to take the Hypervolt 2 Pro to different countries if you work out at hotel gyms. If you plan to get into better shape in 2023, this is one post-Cyber Monday deal you’re not going to want to miss.

More percussion massager & workout recovery deals

The post Save $100 on percussion massagers and other workout recovery tools appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Cyber Monday connected fitness deals: Save $300 off a Peloton bike and more https://www.popsci.com/gear/peloton-fitness-deal-cyber-monday-2022/ Mon, 28 Nov 2022 19:37:44 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=491966
A Peloton bike that's $300-off for Cyber Monday on a blue gradient background
Amanda Reed

Get in shape—and save some money while doing it—with these Cyber Monday connected fitness deals.

The post Cyber Monday connected fitness deals: Save $300 off a Peloton bike and more appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Peloton bike that's $300-off for Cyber Monday on a blue gradient background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The winter chill makes it harder to exercise outside, especially if you’re a cyclist—you can’t swerve and pedal when there’s a thin coat of ice on the sidewalk and road. It’s also sick and twisted that working out is good for your mental health, and winter makes it sometimes feel impossible to do so. Thankfully, Peloton has its eponymous bike on sale for a rare $300 off during Cyber Monday.

BUY IT

The bike that started it all—the indoor cycling craze during the pandemic, the proliferation of on-demand workout classes, your aunt’s parasocial relationship with Cody Rigsby—hit Amazon in September 2022. Today, however, is a golden opportunity to take advantage of $300 in savings. A compact, 4-by-2 foot footprint—smaller than your average yoga mat—means you can cycle without getting in the way of the tree you just set up after Thanksgiving. Plus, an adjustable seat, handlebar, and tilt-able screen mean it can accommodate the smalls and talls in your household. Clip into the bike’s delta-compatible pedals and turn up the resistance knob for manual control, and get a good look at your sweaty flesh prison in the 5-megapixel front-facing camera. Other notable features include a 2-channel rear-facing stereo speaker system with 16 watts of total power, 10-point multitouch touchscreen, USB, 3.5 mm headphone jack, Bluetooth 4.0 connectivity, built-in microphone, and up and down volume buttons—all things that help you ride off into the healthy sunset.

Cyber Monday is one day only, so grab this Peloton before this deal gets stored in the closet and is only pulled out next year.

Here are some proper fit fitness deals we’re watching this Cyber Monday:

More of the best Cyber Monday deals:

The post Cyber Monday connected fitness deals: Save $300 off a Peloton bike and more appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get sweaty with these 40+ Black Friday fitness deals https://www.popsci.com/gear/fitness-deals-black-friday-2022/ Fri, 25 Nov 2022 23:08:57 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=491612
Save on smartwatches, home gym equipment and more during Black Friday fitness deals in 2022.

Trick out your home gym or get a new fitness tracker with these Black Friday deals

The post Get sweaty with these 40+ Black Friday fitness deals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Save on smartwatches, home gym equipment and more during Black Friday fitness deals in 2022.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Fitness gear can make working out more effective and a whole lot more fun. Want a watch that can meticulously track all that wonderful suffering you do at the gym? There’s a Black Friday deal for that. Or maybe you want some free weights or a treadmill for your home so it can feel more like the gym. Black Friday can help with that as well. We’ve combed through tons of fitness deals to find the ones worth buying and we didn’t even break a sweat. OK, we did sweat a little, but it has been a long Black Friday. Cut us some slack.

The best Black Friday smartwatch and wearables deals

Garmin fenix 6S Pro, Premium Multisport GPS Watch $339.47 (was $599.99)

If you’ve got a serious skier or a mountain climber on your list, the Garmin fenix 6S Pro is an excellent choice. This rugged smartwatch comes with maps for more than 2,000 ski resorts around the world, plus sophisticated GPS, global satellite tracking, a gyroscope, and barometric altimeter. The watch will also keep tabs on critical health metrics at high altitudes, such as heart rate and oxygen levels. The battery lasts anywhere from 9 to 34 days, and its display is always-on in the sun and comes in stainless steel, titanium, or with a carbon coating that’s as hard as a diamond.

The best Black Friday fitness equipment & home gym deals

Bowflex Treadmill 22 $2,499.00 (was $3,599.00)

Putting in some serious miles on the treadmill is a lot more pleasant when you have something fun to watch. The Bowflex Treadmill 22 lets you stream Netflix, Hulu, Amazon Prime, Disney+, and more from its HD touchscreen. You can also virtually globetrot on 50 routes around the world. A Bluetooth wireless armband and speakers complete the experience. And you can crank up the resistance up to 20 percent or run up to 12 mph.

The best Black Friday fitness accessory deals

Bose Sport Wireless Earbuds $129.00 (was $149.00)

Listening to music or a riveting podcast can help the miles pass by easier—unless you’re constantly fumbling with your headphones. Bose’s Sport Wireless Earbuds solve this problem with three sizes of earbuds for a custom fit. With an IXP4 rating, they’re also water- and sweat-resistant. These earbuds are designed with Bose’s signature high-quality audio and touch controls that make answering calls or adjusting volume a cinch. Plus, these earbuds have a long battery life of up to 5 hours if you’re up for the challenge. 

More of the best Black Friday deals

The post Get sweaty with these 40+ Black Friday fitness deals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Black Friday fitness deals: 40+ wearables, cardio machines, and more https://www.popsci.com/gear/black-friday-fitness-deals-2022/ Fri, 25 Nov 2022 11:25:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=490983
Save on smartwatches, home gym equipment and more during Black Friday fitness deals in 2022.

Short on cash but not motivation? No sweat with these great deals on smartwatches, home gym equipment, and more.

The post Black Friday fitness deals: 40+ wearables, cardio machines, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Save on smartwatches, home gym equipment and more during Black Friday fitness deals in 2022.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Fitness equipment can be an expensive investment if you’re looking for a tricked-out treadmill or the latest smartwatch. Fortunately, some of the best equipment around is steeply discounted for Black Friday. You can save more than $1,000 on a treadmill, or hundreds on a seriously rugged smartwatch. At these prices, this inventory is sure to go fast, so check out a few highlights alongside our curated selection of the best Black Friday fitness deals below and make sure to take advantage of them while you can.

The best Black Friday smartwatch and wearables deals

Garmin fenix 6S Pro, Premium Multisport GPS Watch $339.47 (was $599.99)

If you’ve got a serious skier or a mountain climber on your list, the Garmin fenix 6S Pro is an excellent choice. This rugged smartwatch comes with maps for more than 2,000 ski resorts around the world, plus sophisticated GPS, global satellite tracking, a gyroscope, and barometric altimeter. The watch will also keep tabs on critical health metrics at high altitudes, such as heart rate and oxygen levels. The battery lasts anywhere from 9 to 34 days, and its display is always-on in the sun and comes in stainless steel, titanium, or with a carbon coating that’s as hard as a diamond.

The best Black Friday fitness equipment & home gym deals

Bowflex Treadmill 22 $2,499.00 (was $3,599.00)

Putting in some serious miles on the treadmill is a lot more pleasant when you have something fun to watch. The Bowflex Treadmill 22 lets you stream Netflix, Hulu, Amazon Prime, Disney+, and more from its HD touchscreen. You can also virtually globetrot on 50 routes around the world. A Bluetooth wireless armband and speakers complete the experience. And you can crank up the resistance up to 20 percent or run up to 12 mph.

The best Black Friday fitness accessory deals

Bose Sport Wireless Earbuds $129.00 (was $149.00)

Listening to music or a riveting podcast can help the miles pass by easier—unless you’re constantly fumbling with your headphones. Bose’s Sport Wireless Earbuds solve this problem with three sizes of earbuds for a custom fit. With an IXP4 rating, they’re also water- and sweat-resistant. These earbuds are designed with Bose’s signature high-quality audio and touch controls that make answering calls or adjusting volume a cinch. Plus, these earbuds have a long battery life of up to 5 hours if you’re up for the challenge. 

More of the best Black Friday deals

The post Black Friday fitness deals: 40+ wearables, cardio machines, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best 60 Walmart Black Friday deals https://www.popsci.com/gear/walmart-black-friday-deals/ Wed, 23 Nov 2022 03:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=490324
Walmart Black Friday deals
Stan Horaczek

Get a jump on the savings without having to jump through hoops thanks to early online discounts.

The post The best 60 Walmart Black Friday deals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Walmart Black Friday deals
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Black Friday is here and you can start saving on hundreds of items for your household and your loved ones with Walmart’s Black Friday deals. You can maximize your savings by getting a free 30-day trial to Walmart+ early access. That will get you free delivery from your local Walmart, free shipping, discounts on prescriptions and gas, access to stream more than 40,000 videos from Paramount, and more. We’ve highlighted some standout discounts, then listed dozens more, and we’ll keep updating this guide with new deals through Cyber Monday and beyond.

Black Friday laptop and computer deals

SAMSUNG 34″ Class Flat LED Ultra WQHD Monitor, $229.00 (was $399.99)

If you don’t want to shell out a lot for a monitor but still want an ultra-wide option with a high-quality picture, Samsung’s LED Ultra WQHD monitor is a great pick. At 34 inches across, the screen has a resolution of 3440×1440 pixels that delivers a sharp picture. A  respectable 75Hz refresh rate and AMD FreeSync technology cut down on tearing and stutter for better gaming. And the VESA-compatible mount works with both HDMI and Display Port.

Black Friday sports & outdoors deals

Hyper E-Ride Electric Bike, $398.00 (was $698.00)

Electric bikes can be pricey, but this option features quality craftsmanship at an affordable price. This eye-catching blue bike comes with an aluminum frame and premium Shimano grip shifter and rear derailleur gear system. It’s got front and rear brakes for extra safety, plus a 36-volt battery that allows for a ride time of about 20 miles—great for commuting or short rides around town.

Black Friday fitness deals

SAMSUNG Galaxy Watch 4 Classic, $149.00 (was $349.99)

Do you like the idea of smartwatches but still prefer a more classic-looking timepiece for everyday wear? The Samsung Galaxy Watch 4 Classic BT ticks both boxes. It’s got the traditional clock face with hands and stainless steel casing. Yet it will track your vital health metrics, from your oxygen levels to ECG monitoring to sleep tracking,  let you participate in group workouts, and get live coaching. Of course, you can also listen to music, take calls, and text. But hurry, at almost $200 off, this deal won’t last long.

The best Walmart Black Friday deals in 2022

Black Friday TV deals

Black Friday home theater deals

Black Friday audio deals

Black Friday gaming deals

Black Friday home deals

Black Friday kitchen deals

Black Friday deals on tools

More of the best Black Friday deals

The post The best 60 Walmart Black Friday deals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Beat pre-Black Friday tension with a percussion massager and other self-care sales on Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/sportneer-early-black-friday-deal/ Tue, 08 Nov 2022 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=484973
A lineup of self-care and exercise equipment on a white background
Amanda Reed

Treat yourself with these ahhhh-mazing deals on Amazon that will leave you blissed out before Black Friday stress.

The post Beat pre-Black Friday tension with a percussion massager and other self-care sales on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of self-care and exercise equipment on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The holidays can be … stressful, to say the least. Coordinating dinner and in-laws and travel? That’s a recipe for a headache. Get rid of that shoulder, neck, or back tension with the K1 massage gun from Sportneer, which is on sale for $59.99, down from its regular $159.99 price. That’s a $100 savings!

Sportneer

SEE IT

You can easily knock out any turkey-related tension, or limber up for some competitive shopping, thanks to six hours of battery life—and do so quietly, thanks to noise reduction technology that makes it as quiet as a library. Five-speed levels ranging from 1200-3200 RPM and six replaceable massage heads allow you to tailor your massage experience. Plus, you can take it with you when you visit extended family thanks to an included carrying case and light design.

Budget and space a little less tight? Well, your muscles will also be if you opt for the Sportneer Elite D9 percussion massager, currently $79.99, which is $50 off its typical $129.99 price. It’s a little larger and heavier than the K1, but the Elite D9 ups the battery life to 7 hours and the speed levels powering its 11mm amplitude up to six. And it still comes with six interchangeable heads so you can precisely target the area(s) of the body needing the most relief. If you’re shopping for fitness gifts for the tech enthusiast in your life, a percussion massager is a great place to start.

If you’d like to add some resistance to any post-dinner, pre-massage walks, we recommend these Sportneer Adjustable Ankle Weights, on sale for $24.99. You can adjust the weight of each band by adding or subtracting included sand packets. Got a bike in the garage gathering dust and the weather is crappy? Transform it into an exercise station with the BalanceForm trainer stand, on sale for $21.99, typically $52.

Are you an Android user looking to track all those pains and gains? Check out the Amazfit GTR 3 smartwatch, on sale for $129.99, down from $179.99. A water-resistant fitness tracker that is equally at home in the office as it is at the gym, it features an AMOLED display, Alexa, Bluetooth call & text alerts, GPS, 150 sports modes, Sp02 blood oxygen & heart rate tracker, plus more.

That’s just one of several Amazfit deals but, like the Sportneeer deals, they’re good for one day only so act now!

Here are some other self-care, recovery, and exercise items on sale:

Always have self-care essentials handy thanks to Amazon’s Stock Up & Save program. It gives Prime Members a 20% discount when they place $50 or more on items from a pre-selected list, including:

The post Beat pre-Black Friday tension with a percussion massager and other self-care sales on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best fitness gifts for your favorite tech enthusiast https://www.popsci.com/best-fitness-gifts/ Tue, 14 Dec 2021 13:48:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-fitness-gifts/
Delight the data-driven adventurer in your life with one of these tech gifts for fitness enthusiasts.

For some, the way to the heart is through the stomach. For others, it’s through the biceps.

The post The best fitness gifts for your favorite tech enthusiast appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Delight the data-driven adventurer in your life with one of these tech gifts for fitness enthusiasts.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for recovery ROLL Recovery R8 Plus product image ROLL Recovery R8 Plus Deep Tissue Massage Roller
SEE IT

Speed recovery quick and conveniently with this painstakingly engineered, adjustable FDA Registered device for myofascial release.

Best for endurance athletes The Apple Watch Ultra is the best tech gift for fitness enthusiasts. Apple Watch Ultra
SEE IT

Designed for outdoor adventurers of all kinds, this smartwatch is designed to get you home safely as well.

Best for the home gym TRX Training TRX All-in-One Body Suspension Trainer
SEE IT

No need to head to the gym for a killer workout—this set gives you a great burn from the comfort of your home.

Don’t know what to get your macro-counting, spandex-wearing, competition-winning fitness-obsessed friend? We’ve got some ideas for the best fitness gifts for the technically inclined:

Best for endurance athletes: Apple Watch Ultra

Amazon

SEE IT

Know someone who’s looking to scale mountains and dive to the depths of the sea? Consider the Apple Watch for the occasion. Designed for outdoor adventurers of all stripes, the Watch Ultra comes equipped with a titanium case that will resist corrosion, a new diving app, and water resistance up to 100 meters—plus an activity-oriented band of choice. With a battery life of up to 36 hours, the Ultra has a bigger, brighter display and tracks all the important health metrics. The watch also provides an updated compass app, enhanced GPS, and crash protection so they can make it home safe.

Best for recovery: ROLL Recovery R8 Plus Deep Tissue Massage Roller

ROLL Recovery

SEE IT

I’ve rarely seen a college soccer team get excited about much after a match besides spending their per diem on junk food—that is, I’ve rarely seen that kind of response until I introduced them to the ROLL Recovery R8 Plus. The first reaction to this heavily engineered apparatus is an intense curiosity with a hint of fear. But once the appropriate amount of force is dialed in, clamping on this FDA Registered medical device (purchasable with FSA/HSA funds) transforms terror to satisfaction as it digs into and stretches out IT-bands, quads, hamstrings, calves, shins, etc. (it’s particularly great around the knees). And once one player tried it, they all had to; I still haven’t gotten it back. Whether you’re a trail runner, cyclist, into team sports, or just someone looking to reduce inflammation and improve circulation, the R8 Plus is easy to transport and simple to self-apply. You, or the person you gift this to, can also use it to activate and elongate muscles before activity or for myofascial release before a massage to allow the therapist to really get in deep. So get the R8 Plus before that next game and take a minute after the final whistle to speed recovery … then head to the drive-thru.

Best for maximized minimalism: lululemon Studio Mirror

lululemon

SEE IT

A fitness mirror might not seem like a practical gift at first glance. But lululemon’s Studio Mirror is worth the splurge—and it’s almost half off if you use the code “LLSTUDIO700”. Unlike other home fitness equipment, this elegant brushed steel and glass mirror blends easily into any decor. The corresponding fitness platform (sold separately by subscription) provides a portal to more than 10,000 workouts from some of the top fitness instructors around without having to leave your home. And the 5-megapixel camera and high-fidelity surround-sound audio make workouts a truly immersive experience—no hiding in the back row. Adding to the practicality is that it’s also just a mirror for when you’re getting ready for work or a night out and want to admire the results of all that cardio, yoga, etc.

Best for weight lifters: SMRTFT Nüobell Adjustable Dumbbells

SMRTFT

SEE IT

Complete your home gym setup with versatile—and essential—workout equipment. These SMRTFT Nüobell Adjustable Dumbbells can transform from a lightweight 5-pound set to a 50-pound set, with increments of five pounds to give you ultimate flexibility when it comes time to lift. Whether you’re a beginner just learning how to lift or a seasoned fitness enthusiast who wants a space-saving option with plenty of range, the SMRTFT Adjustable Dumbbells are a one-size-fits-all solution to just about any workout. Simply twist the handle to adjust the weight of the steel plates, which are engineered with durability in mind to last you years to come. There are three colors and two sizes—50- and 80-pound—available on the SMRTFT site.

Best for small apartment dwellers: Tempo Move

When you’re working out at home, it’s all too easy to have poor form or get distracted and give up altogether. Not so with Tempo Move. This interactive program provides a virtual trainer who offers guidance in real-time. Tempo Move comes with a set of smart weights so they can track your reps and more than 2,000 live and on-demand classes. All you need is your smartphone and a TV or display, and it comes with a small black or white cabinet that’s perfect for tiny apartments. You have the option to rent Tempo Move for $59 a month or buy for $495 per year with a monthly subscription fee of $39. Installation is free and you also get to try it out for 30 days.

Best for tennis players: Wilson Racket

Wilson

SEE IT

Every tennis player has a different combination of strengths, and a racket should hone and enhance their abilities. Wilson will let you choose from various weights, head sizes, and lengths. You can also customize the appearance of the Wilson Racket. Choose the color of the frame and bumpers, size of the grip, and even include a personal engraving.

Best for music lovers: Jaybird Vista 2 True Wireless Sport Bluetooth Headphones

Amazon

SEE IT

Music makes working out better—except when the wires get caught on a barbell or your own arm or another person. The Jaybird Vista 2 True Wireless Sport Bluetooth Headphones are in-ear buds that are secure enough to run in. No strings attached.

Best for runners: Brooks Levitate 2

Amazon

SEE IT

Runners are picky about their sneakers. But the Brooks Levitate 2 sneakers are meant to appeal to all runners, from beginners to experts. They also sport Brooks’ highest energy-return mids yet.

Best for valuables: Sprigs Big Banjees Wrist Wallet

Amazon

SEE IT

It’s hard to go anywhere without your phone, but when you’re running it’s also hard to go anywhere with it. Running tech has come a long way, and yet most running apparel still doesn’t come with pockets large enough to fit the newest larger-than-your-hand smartphones. The Sprigs Big Banjees Wrist Wallet sits on your wrist and can fit all your important stuff.

Best for skaters: Whirly Board for Spinning Balance

Amazon

SEE IT

Boards like the Whirly Board for Spinning Balance develop the smaller muscles and tendons that keep you balanced. This gift is especially great for skaters, but any athlete can use this device for improving equilibrium.

Best for pushups: Vita Vibe – Ultra Portable Mini Wood Parallettes Set

Amazon

SEE IT

Pushups are a simple and effective strength training workout. The Vita Vibe – Ultra Portable Mini Wood Parallettes Set gives you greater range of motion and keeps you off the ground, potentially alleviating wrist pain.

Best for the home gym: TRX All-in-One Body Suspension Trainer

Amazon

SEE IT

Here’s a gift for a friend who wants to do some serious strength training but doesn’t have the room in their tiny apartment for a set of dumbbells and weights. The TRX All-in-One Body Suspension Trainer lets them get a full workout from the equipment they can store in a handy bag.

Best for cardio: Everlast Evergrip Weighted Jump Rope

Amazon

SEE IT

Your fitness-loving friend knows that jumping rope is a fantastic way to exercise their cardiovascular system and muscles. This 9-foot, weighted Everlast jump rope allows you to adjust the length.

Best for data geeks: Withings Body Cardio – Premium Wi-Fi Body Composition Smart Scale

Amazon

SEE IT

Yes, it might be a little weird to buy someone a body scale for the holidays. Proceed with extreme caution. That being said, if your loved one is a true fitness fanatic, they will have transcended the morality of the scale and see it as an important tool to track progress and improve body composition. This smart scale from Withings can do it all. In addition to measuring your weight, it also calculates your heart rate and tracks previous weigh-ins so you can monitor your progress. From your body weight, it can also calculate your body fat and water percentage, as well as your muscle and bone mass. That being said, take these last measurements with a grain of salt. To get super accurate measurements, you should visit your doctor, or arrange for a dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) scan.

Best for hydration: Gatorade Smart Gx Bottle Kit

Gatorade

SEE IT

Are you properly hydrated? You’re probably not. If you or someone you know are an athlete, that’s even more of a problem. And I won’t always be there to remind y’all (I’m not even good at reminding myself and I’m usually near me). Gatorade’s new Smart Gx Bottle Kit wants to help, however. Combining an app with a connected bottle, the system lets you track your daily hydration—and color-customizable LED lights in the squeeze bottle cap provide a visual reminder of where someone is in reaching their goals. A sweat-reactive patch helps the app determine fluid intake needs to set a baseline for the bottle, and Gx pods let you, or someone you want to gift the bottle, infuse water with classic Gatorade formulas, if desired.

The post The best fitness gifts for your favorite tech enthusiast appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The Fitbit Sense 2 is $100 off at Amazon before Black Friday https://www.popsci.com/gear/fitbit-sense-2-stock-up-and-save-amazon-deals/ Mon, 31 Oct 2022 21:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=482777
Fitbit Sense 2 smart watch on blue background
This smartwatch has advanced fitness tracking features. Fitbit

Track your progress (or lack there of) with this full-featured fitness watch.

The post The Fitbit Sense 2 is $100 off at Amazon before Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Fitbit Sense 2 smart watch on blue background
This smartwatch has advanced fitness tracking features. Fitbit

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›


Thanksgiving is coming up and a high-end fitness tracker like the Fitbit Sense 2 can really come in handy during the Turkey Day period. It can tell you just how much your heart rate jumps after you’ve consumed 3 liters of gravy. You can track the quality of your two hours of sleep before heading out to battle the crowds on Black Friday. It can even keep track of your PR time during the Turkey trot 5K run if you’re one of those ambitious people who choose to exercise on Thanksgiving.

Fitbit

SEE IT

No matter why you want a new Fitbit, Amazon currently has the high-end Fitbit Sense 2 for $199, which is a huge discount from its typical $299 price tag. The Fitbit Sense 2 is a smartwatch-style fitness tracker meant for 24/7 wear. It tracks your vitals during the day, as you workout, and even when you’re sleeping to get an overall picture of your well-being. In addition to the typical heart-rate tracking, it keeps tabs on your blood oxygen levels, ECG readings, and even your stress levels.

This sweat-resistant smartwatch can get up to six full days of battery life out of a single charge. That doesn’t leave room for gaps in your data. Plus, if you buy a smartwatch now, you can see just how much the holiday season stresses you out in the form of handy, colorful graphs.

Save with Amazon’s Stock Up & Save program

While a fitness tracker is a great way to start (or keep) prioritizing your health, it’s also important to have plenty of pre- and post-workout supplies around. And Amazon’s Stock Up & Save program currently offers Prime Members 20% off orders of select items totaling $50 or more (you can always sign up for a free 30-day trial). It includes many useful products, some of the most fitness-oriented ones we’ve gathered below (yes, we consider trail mix an essential part of a fitness regimen):

The post The Fitbit Sense 2 is $100 off at Amazon before Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best home fitness equipment of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-home-fitness-equipment/ Fri, 16 Jul 2021 20:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=379854
Stay healthy with the best home gym equipment.

Though gym memberships aren't going away, home fitness routines shouldn't be left by the wayside.

The post Best home fitness equipment of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Stay healthy with the best home gym equipment.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best free weights Amazon Basics Dumbbell Hand Weight Set is our pick for best home workout equipment. Amazon Basics Neoprene Workout Dumbbell
SEE IT

Colorful neoprene-coated weights that are durable, safe, and non-slip.

Best yoga mat Yoga mats make the best home fitness equipment Gaiam Essentials
SEE IT

Feel cushioned to prevent any injury or bruises while working out.

Best treadmill The XTERRA Fitness TR150 Folding Treadmill is the best home fitness equipment XTERRA TR150
SEE IT

Get a speed walk in before work or train for a marathon.

When gyms and fitness centers across the United States shut their doors for the foreseeable future, many of our fitness routines were thrown off balance. We had to find an alternative way to stay in shape while maintaining social distancing guidelines. Some fitness enthusiasts invested in equipment like Peloton bikes and treadmills. Others turned to YouTube for a wealth of at-home workouts they only needed a yoga mat to complete. But due to the massive swell of demand, some staple tools of best home fitness equipment like dumbbells and free weights became scarce. According to a spokesperson from NordicTrack, sales were 600 percent higher last year than in 2019.

What’s the future of at-home fitness?

Will people’s fitness regimes return to their pre-pandemic forms? According to Jefferies, traffic at gyms has rebounded to 83 percent of January 2020 levels. That’s certainly the highest attendance has been since the pandemic began. 

Though gym memberships are making a comeback, home fitness routines won’t be left by the wayside. Fitness enthusiasts have continued to frequent virtual options such as FlexIt’s virtual personal training, MYXFitness’s group cycling, and FightCamp’s virtual boxing that allow you to work with professionals and personalize your workouts from home or wherever else you may be.

And now we can finally get our hands on the fitness equipment that was in short supply for the majority of last year. Many of us have held onto the at-home fitness equipment we purchased during the pandemic. According to data collected by Xplor Technologies, 49 percent of respondents have free weights at home, 42 percent have resistance bands, and 30 percent have a treadmill. But if you weren’t lucky enough to snag at-home fitness equipment during the pandemic, those high-demand items are now much easier to find. 

You can also add at-home exercise and fitness equipment to a regular gym schedule for a hybrid approach. Having options like this can supplement those days when you don’t have time to go to the gym or want to crush a quick ab session without leaving the house. Luckily, we have a wealth of home fitness tools to keep you in shape, whether it’s a 30-minute workout during your WFH lunch break or a full-fledged sweat session in the evening. 

What are the benefits of at-home workouts?

Some of us initially dreaded ditching our gyms for at-home routines. But there are benefits to taking an adaptable approach to exercise. You can save money on sometimes pricey memberships. And your at-home setup will always be open. No more missing out on a workout because your gym is closed. Working out in the privacy of your own home can also eliminate the judgment you might feel at the gym. You can get your sweat on whether you’re wearing last night’s pajamas or your favorite workout set. Ultimately, working out at home puts you in control of your fitness and limits excuses for why you couldn’t work out that day. 

Whether you’re still on board with an entirely at-home fitness program, want to create a hybrid routine to accommodate a busy schedule, or add some new tools to your next gym session, we’ve got you covered. From fitness bands for a serious pump to free weights that suit any workout, our post-pandemic health is about to level up. Here are our picks for best home fitness equipment.

Best free weights: Amazon Basics Dumbbell Set

These colorful neoprene-coated weights are durable, safe, and non-slip, so you can work out without dropping a dumbbell. And the hexagon shape prevents them from rolling away. The set also includes a simple stand so you can easily organize your at-home fitness equipment. With a range of weights to choose from, you can outfit your home gym for both beginners and advanced levels.

Best resistance bands: Fit Simplify

With five resistance levels to choose from and a heavy-duty loop design, these resistance bands suit workout novices to pros. While most people use bands to add resistance while exercising, you can also use these bands during physical therapy. The material is a no-slip rubber, so you don’t need to stress about the bands shifting as you move. 

Best yoga mat: Gaiam Essentials

Gaiam

SEE IT

For every yoga, Pilates, or YouTube workout enthusiast, a reliable fitness mat will protect your joints while you exercise. This mat is 2/5 inches thick, so every workout will feel cushioned to prevent any injury or bruises. The included carrier strap also allows you to bring it with you anywhere, whether that be the gym or to the park for an outdoor stretch. 

Best treadmill: XTERRA TR150

XTERRA

SEE IT

Running outdoors can come with the complications of carrying your hydration supply, inclement weather, and harsh concrete. You can skip the hassle and run from home with this 16-inch by 15-inch surface that has an all-encompassing speed range of half a mile to 10 miles per hour. Whether you want to get a speed walk in before work or are training for a marathon, this versatile cardio tool is great for any home workout. 

The post Best home fitness equipment of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best home workout equipment in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-home-workout-equipment/ Thu, 26 Aug 2021 16:23:42 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=392231
The best workout equipment to make your home gym.
Jonathan Borba, Unsplash

Get into shape with the best home workout equipment.

The post Best home workout equipment in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best workout equipment to make your home gym.
Jonathan Borba, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best stationary bike The NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycle is the best home workout equipment. NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycle
SEE IT

Magnetic stationary bike features a 22-inch Smart HD touchscreen to follow along with live or on-demand classes.

Best yoga mat The Manduka PROlite Yoga Mat is one of the best home workout equipment. Manduka PROlite Yoga Mat
SEE IT

Mat is medium thickness to provide support and comfort while practicing. 

Best jump rope The Multifun jump rope is great for the best home workout equipment. multifun Jump Rope
SEE IT

Jump rope tracks time, circles, and calories burned on an HD LED display.

If you prefer to work out from the comfort of your own home, on your own schedule, then it’s time to build out your own home gym equipment. Whether you like running, spinning, rowing, or lifting, you have the option of having all the machines you need right at home. When it comes to the best home workout equipment, you should choose the types of workouts you love to do so they never get old. As long as they get your heart rate up and get you moving, you’ll be good to go. If you are loving your home workout routine, you can always add more fitness gear into the mix. So get pumped and scroll through our best home workout equipment selects. 

The best home workout equipment

The best home workout equipment gets you excited to exercise and helps you reach your health goals, but also works within the space you have for your home gym. Deciding upon the types of exercise you want to implement into your routine is the first step to building out your home gym

Best treadmill: Horizon Fitness T101 Treadmill Series

Horizon Fitness

SEE IT

Running can be tough for your joints, so the Horizon Fitness T101 Treadmill Series is designed to lessen the impact. The treadmill features three zones: the impact, transitioning, and push-off. With softer cushioning in the impact zone and firmer cushioning in the push-off zone, there is the right amount of flex and support with every stride. Ten-speed and incline keys with pre-set programs to keep your workouts varied and challenging. To tune into your own programming during a workout, there is Bluetooth connectivity, a device holder, and a rapid-charge USB port. Plus, if space is limited, this treadmill can be easily folded with the hydraulic-assisted lift, which reduces the weight of the deck when being raised and lowered. 

Best stationary bike: NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycle

NordicTrack

SEE IT

The NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycle is a great stationary bike for home workouts. With 24 levels of resistance, you can work out as hard as you choose. The purchase of this bike includes a 12-month iFit Family Membership so you have access to live, studio, and global workouts and can create up to five exercise profiles. With Bluetooth connectivity, you can pair your own headphones or tablet to listen to your favorite tunes. You also have the option of adding an arm workout with the included two three-pound dumbbells. 

Best yoga mat: Manduka PROlite Yoga Mat

Manduka

SEE IT

At 4.7mm thick, the Manduka PROlite Yoga Mat provides comfortable support for your joints on any surface. Crafted from PVC, the mat wicks away sweat and moisture during your practice. Also, this mat provides a gripped surface so you won’t have to worry about sliding around. 

Best weight set: Amazon Basics Dumbbell Hand Weight Set

Amazon Basics

SEE IT

The Amazon Basics Dumbbell Hand Weight Set is basic, in the best way, because sometimes a simple set of weights is all you need. With multiple weight set categories from two to 60 pounds and happy colors to choose from, you can select what will work best for you. These weights are coated in neoprene for durability, safety, and a non-slip grip, plus their hexagonal shape prevents rolling. A weight stand is included in the purchase to keep your home workout equipment organized. 

Best jump rope: multifun Jump Rope

multifun

SEE IT

You don’t have to empty your wallet to get a great workout with the multifun Jump Rope. For just under $16, this exercise rope can enhance your cardio endurance, stamina, and speed. This jump rope is made of steel covered by PVC, so it’s durable on any type of flooring. The length can be easily adjusted to accommodate different heights. 

What to consider when shopping for the best home workout equipment

When shopping for the best home workout equipment, there are a few things to consider like your favorite types of workouts, home much space you have to work with, and your budget constraints. Once you have an understanding of what your priorities are, you’ll get to enjoy working out from the comfort of your own home. 

What type of workouts do you want to do? 

The workout equipment you purchase will depend on what types of workouts are part of your routine. If you enjoy running, then a treadmill would be your best bet. If cycling makes your heart sing, invest in a stationary bike. If lifting is your favorite, a set of dumbbell weights fits the bill.   

Do you have any health restrictions? 

If cardio is what you want to focus on, there are lots of options to choose from. Typically, treadmills are tougher on your joints, but they provide one of the best heart-pumping cardio workouts. If you need to take it easy on your joints, consider an elliptical, stationary bike, or rowing machine—all of these provide a great workout while taking the pressure off of your knees. 

Are you on a budget? 

There’s no need to sacrifice a great home workout if you’re on a budget. There are plenty of ways to get your heart rate up. Jump ropes, yoga mats, and weights can be affordable options and when used correctly, can still burn lots of calories. If you are more interested in workout machines, you still don’t have to spend a lot. Just be sure high-quality materials are used and all safety measures are in place so you don’t end up spending more over time. 

Do you want Bluetooth connectivity?

Connecting your phone or tablet to your workout machine is certainly a nice perk. If this is a priority for you, look for machines that have Bluetooth connectivity so you can listen to your favorite music or podcasts while you exercise. 

How important is following along with live or on-demand classes? 

If you enjoy following along with live or on-demand classes from your exercise machine, then it’s important that it includes a screen to follow along with. However, if your exercise machine of choice doesn’t have a screen, then a close second is a built-in space for your phone or tablet so you can watch from an app of your choosing. 

Do you have any space limitations?

Whether you have a room dedicated to your home workout essentials or need compact options that can be stored under the bed, space is sacred. Of course, if you don’t have any limitations, you have more options to choose from, but no matter the space you’re working with, you can still get a great workout in. 

FAQs

Q: What is the best home exercise equipment to lose weight? 

The best home exercise equipment to lose weight would be any cardio-related tool that burns calories. This can include treadmills, stationary bikes, ellipticals, jump ropes, and rowing machines. Additionally, weights and resistance bands help with weight loss too. 

Q: Is a home gym worth it? 

That all depends on how you plan to use it. In order for it to be worth it, you’ll have to use your equipment three to four times a week. Also, if you prefer to work out from the comfort of your own home, then it’s already worth the investment. A home gym ensures that you won’t have to wait for machines at the gym or feel crowded at any in-person classes. If you’re on the fence about a home gym, start with one or two pieces of equipment that you know you enjoy using. If you’re loving the experience, you can always add more to the mix. 

Q: What is the best home workout equipment? 

The best home workout equipment is the ones you enjoy using—whether it’s a stationary bike or treadmill. It’s also a good idea to select pieces that your space can accommodate or at least ones that can fold up when not in use. 

The final word on shopping for the best home workout equipment

Selecting the best home workout equipment can seem overwhelming. After all, there are many types to choose from. If you consider what you’ll be happy doing day in and day out whether it’s cardio, lifting, or resistance training, you can’t go wrong. If you want to be able to do a bit of it all, consider one workout machine such as a treadmill or elliptical and then smaller workout gear like a yoga mat or set of weights. So time to gear up because your next home workout is just around the corner. 

The post Best home workout equipment in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best treadmills of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-treadmills/ Wed, 13 Oct 2021 20:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=402469
best treadmills
Billy Cadden

Get your steps in from the comfort of your own home.

The post Best treadmills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best treadmills
Billy Cadden

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall best treadmill nordictrack NordicTrack Commercial Series
SEE IT

This connected treadmill taps into the iFit ecosystem and offers live classes and gym-grade construction.

Best Folding best treadmills TR150 Folding Treadmill
SEE IT

Despite its 250-pound capacity, this treadmill folds up super small for storage.

Best for Walking The Goplus Under Desk Treadmill is the best under-desk treadmill. Goplus 2 in 1 Folding Walking Treadmill
SEE IT

This reasonably priced treadmill can get you up and moving during a time when you’d otherwise sit all day. 

Treadmills for home or office use are great investment pieces to keep your body in shape and your mental health strong. Whether you’re opting for a treadmill desk for staying active while at work, or going for a more traditional runner’s machine, we’ve researched some of the best treadmills on the market to help you reach your fitness and health goals.

The treadmill market is loaded with tons of models that vary in features and price. Some models are very expensive and may be overkill if you are looking for a more sporadic use when bad weather prevents you from running outside. Other models have tons of extra features that may be perfect for someone who is serious about running. It’s all about figuring out how you’ll use your treadmill and what your preferences are so you can get the most out of your equipment.

Methodology

While cost was a factor in deciding which treadmills to pick, it’s important to note that treadmills are definitely an investment piece. Even budget models are not exactly cheap, so it’s key to figure out how, when, and for how long you plan on using your treadmill to make an informed decision. 

Because we know you’ll largely be using it in your home or office, we looked for treadmills that had folding capabilities for space-saving and easy storage. We also wanted to make sure your treadmill would be long-lasting, durable, and high-quality so that it would be safe and reliable. We wanted to give you options on extras and frills, such as Bluetooth and WiFi capabilities for those who like to work out with a trainer, use fitness programs, and connect to music. 

We chose awards based on several different factors so that we could find the best model for varied use. That way, you won’t be spending thousands of dollars on a treadmill you plan on using solely for power walking on rainy days. 

Things to Consider Before Buying a Treadmill

Before you spend hundreds or even thousands of dollars investing in a treadmill, it’s important to understand what your needs are and how you will be using the treadmill. This way, you can get the most bang for your buck. Here are some things to consider when purchasing a treadmill:

Budget

The cost of treadmills varies widely. More budget-friendly models, which are usually smaller, traditionally used for walking instead of running, and have fewer features, can typically start around $400. The more traditional running treadmill models can go from around $1500 to $3000, depending on the features you require.

Space Saving Features

Evaluate your space. Do you have limited space, and therefore need a folding treadmill to store away when not in use? Is this treadmill going to be used in an at-home gym, where a heavier and more substantial model is a better fit?

Usage

How will you be using your treadmill? If you are looking for a treadmill desk to use while working, you will need something that either comes with a desk attached or can easily fit underneath your office desk. If you are a runner looking to condition or build speed and endurance, you’ll need a treadmill that’s built with a higher max speed, such as 12 MPH, for example.

Belt Size

This is an important feature to consider if you are tall. If you are over 6 feet, for instance, a 54” belt is ideal for running.

Max Weight Capacity

Some treadmills may not be suitable for every weight class. Our overall best, for example, can handle weight up to 350 lbs, but many models hover around 250-275 lbs.

Settings and Extras

Do you need WiFi or Bluetooth connectivity? Is incline variety important? Figure out which bells and whistles are important to you so you can find a model that serves your needs.

Best overall: NordicTrack Commercial Series

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This connected treadmill taps into the iFit ecosystem and offers live classes and gym-grade construction.

Specs:

  • Weight Capacity: 300 Pounds
  • Product Dimensions: 78.8 x 39.2 x 63 inches
  • Max Speed: 12 MPH
Pros:Cons:
  • WiFi and Bluetooth connectivity
  • Included free iFit membership requires credit card
  • Higher weight capacity than other models
  • Very expensive
  • Strong reputation
  • 50 programs
  • Fold up capabilities
  • There’s a reason why NordicTrack treadmills are considered some of the best treadmills on the market: they’re reliable, durable, long-lasting, and come with several luxe features to mirror gym-quality workouts. 

    It comes with incline controls up to 15%, a 10” Interactive HD Coaching Touchscreen, and 30 days free iFit membership, which comes with several on-demand and live workouts with automatic trainer control.

    It also easily folds up and can be stored away for more space-saving. While it’s much more expensive than other models, we believe it’s the best if you’re serious about running, want to invest in a higher-end product for the long haul, and are looking for a piece of equipment that mimics what you’d find in a high-end gym.

    Best for walking: Goplus 2 in 1 Folding Walking Treadmill

    Goplus

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This lightweight treadmill is a great option for people who just want to get blood pumping during the day.

    Specs:

    • Weight Capacity: 265 lbs
    • Product Dimensions: 49”x 27”x 42”
    • Max Speed: 3 MPH walking mode; 8 MPH running mode
    Pros:Cons:
  • 2 sport modes for walking and running
  • Not ideal for running
  • Very quiet
  • May need to lubricate before first use
  • 5-layer non-slip belt for added joint protection
  • Lightweight (70 pounds)
  • Small and good for compact spaces
  • This treadmill is great for walking, but we didn’t want you to be limited. When the riser is folded, it can be used as a walking treadmill with a max speed of about 3 MPH, but when the handrail is raised, the max speed is about 8 MPH. With that flexibility, you can vary your workouts and get the most bang for your buck.

    With Bluetooth connectivity, a phone holder, remote control to adjust speed, Smart APP control for recording exercise data, a high-performance speaker, and 5-layer non-slip texture running belt, this treadmill has all the essentials for comfortable movement. 

    If you’ll primarily be using this machine for walking, you’ll be glad to know the motor is super quiet, so you can walk for longer without having to worry about disturbing neighbors or downstairs roommates. It’s easy to place under a desk in walking mode, so you can work while walking, and built-in transport wheels make it super convenient to store when not in use.

    Best compact: Weslo Cadence G 5.9i Cadence Folding Treadmill

    Weslo

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This small, connected treadmill won’t take up a ton of space, even when it’s fully extended for running or walking.

    Specs:

    • Weight Capacity: 275 Pounds
    • Product Dimensions: 64.5 x 29 x 55.5  inches
    • Max Speed: 10 MPH
    Pros:Cons:
  • 30-Day iFIT Membership Included
  • Getting past the iFit registration wall is deceptive
  • 16” x 50”, Extra Large Tread Belt with ComfortCell Cushioning
  • Activation can be slightly inconvenient
  • Innovative, foldable SpaceSaver design
  • Louder than other models
  • 0-10 MPH QuickSpeed controls
  • Suitable for runners
  • The newest version of the Weslo Cadence folding machine includes iFit, which includes access to 16,000+ on-demand workouts. The LED screen displays terrain from all over the world, so you can work out to beautiful scenery instead of staring at a boring wall. 

    With Weslo’s innovative SpaceSaver design, you can conveniently fold your treadmill up so it’s not taking up precious space. This model is especially good for apartment dwellers or those who share space with roommates.

    A note on activation: many customers noted the frustrating iFit registration paywall in order to activate the treadmill. There are ways around the process if you look online, but it’s probably a better option for those who actually want to use the iFit platform.

    Best folding: TR150 Folding Treadmill

    XTERRA Fitness

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Despite its 250-pound capacity, this treadmill folds up super small for storage.

    Specs:

    • Weight Capacity: 250 Pounds
    • Assembled Dimensions L x W x H: 63. 4 x 28. 75 x 51. 4 in
    • Folded Dimensions L x W x H: 28. 5 x 28. 75 x 61 in
    • Max Speed: 10 MPH
    Pros:Cons:
  • Foldable design
  • Folding latch could be more secure
  • Super durable, heavy gauge steel frame
  • Noisy
  • Great value for price
  • No Bluetooth or TV screen features
  • Built-in reading rack with optimal viewing angle
  • Not ideal for very tall people
  • Easy assembly
  • This is one of the most budget-friendly foldable treadmills on the market. It is long-lasting, durable, and convenient for those in apartments or shared spaces looking to save space or store in a closet when not in use.

    Because of this smaller design with a narrow belt, this is not ideal for very tall users. The side foot rails are also quite small, which is worth mentioning if you are a sprinter who often needs to rest in between bolts. This is somewhat to be expected when purchasing a foldable treadmill.

    It comes with a powerful 2.25HP motor, cushioned deck, a 5-inch LCD display for tracking speed, incline, time, distance, calories, and pulse, and 12 preset programs, and 3 manual incline settings. Many users noted how easy the assembly was to navigate.

    FAQS:

    Q: How much does a treadmill weigh?

    A treadmill’s weight varies depending on the model, motor capability, and weight capacity. Some walking treadmills can be as light as 60 lbs, while more heavy-duty models go up to nearly 350 lbs.

    Q: How to lubricate a treadmill?

    Lubricating a treadmill is actually pretty simple! First and foremost, it’s important to keep your belt lubricated to keep it functioning at optimal use and stave off repairs. Here’s how to lubricate your treadmill:
    - Make sure it is completely off.
    Starting toward the front (motor end) of your treadmill, slide your hand underneath the belt creating separation between the deck and belt.
    Slide the lube tube as close to the center of the treadmill deck as possible.
    While gently applying controlled pressure to the squeeze bottle, slowly move the applicator from the center towards the edge of the treadmill belt. Apply approximately ½ oz (1/8 of bottle) to the underside of belt.
    Repeat steps 1-3 on the opposite side of the belt.
    Plug in the treadmill, power it on, and run the treadmill for 3-5 minutes to disperse treadmill lubricant evenly.

    Q: Is an elliptical better than a treadmill?

    Deciding whether an elliptical or treadmill is better for you is a personal choice. Studies show that ellipticals and treadmills are pretty similar in terms of energy expenditure, so you can get a great workout with either machine. 

    It’s more important to factor in what machine is more comfortable and enjoyable for you to use, so that you’ll be more motivated to stay consistent. If running is tough on your knees and joints, for instance, an elliptical might be a gentler cardiovascular workout. It all depends on your needs and preferences!

    A final word on the best treadmills for your home

    Finding the best treadmill for your needs is a game-changer when it comes to consistent workouts and conditioning. Whether you want to complete a marathon, a 5K, walk while working, or just stay in shape, these treadmills are reliable investments to reach your goals.

    The post Best treadmills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Stare into $700 in savings with lululemon’s Studio Mirror sale https://www.popsci.com/gear/lululemon-studio-mirror-sale/ Fri, 21 Oct 2022 17:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=479665
    A person working out in front of a lululemon Studio Mirror in their home
    lululemon

    You can reflect on how much you saved and how fit you'll be once you snag this majorly discounted workout mirror.

    The post Stare into $700 in savings with lululemon’s Studio Mirror sale appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A person working out in front of a lululemon Studio Mirror in their home
    lululemon

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Willing yourself out of a warm bed at 6 a.m. to visit the gym requires an immense amount of personal strength before you even flex a muscle. Bring the cardio circuit and yoga studio into the coziness of your home with the lululemon Studio’s Mirror, on sale for $795 with the code “LLSTUDIO700”. That’s a whopping $700 off its $1,495 list price.

    lululemon

    SEE IT

    Combined with lululemon Studio’s fitness platform, the interactive Studio Mirror allows you to bring the live class experience to your living room. A stylish carbon steel frame with bronze powder coating means this mirror won’t stand out like a sore thumb, which a lot of equipment can. A 5-megapixel front-facing camera lets you be seen in class and allows you to get live feedback from instructors. Have a question? The high-fidelity speaker system and omnidirectional microphone let you hear and be heard—you can even connect headphones via Bluetooth if you don’t want your workout to disturb others during your early morning ritual. The mirror’s HD display with a 178-degree viewing angle lets you follow along even when you’re deep in downward dog. Free delivery, a year-long warranty, and free returns mean you can try out the Studio Mirror sans stress.

    Recover from your lululemon Studio Mirror workout with one of the best percussion massagers or step into your own portable sauna. And, make sure you stay hydrated by taking a swig of cold water from your insulated water bottle. Here are some other fitness deals to go along with your new Studio Mirror:

    The post Stare into $700 in savings with lululemon’s Studio Mirror sale appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Save $70 on the Fitbit Sense and other wearables at Best Buy https://www.popsci.com/gear/fitbit-sense-deal-best-buy/ Fri, 14 Oct 2022 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=477952
    The Best Fitbit and fitness trackers Deal
    Brandt Ranj / Popular Science.

    This smartwatch has many of the same features as the Apple Watch but it's on sale.

    The post Save $70 on the Fitbit Sense and other wearables at Best Buy appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The Best Fitbit and fitness trackers Deal
    Brandt Ranj / Popular Science.

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Fitbit’s Sense is the fitness tracker company’s answer to the Apple Watch, and it’s deeply discounted at Best Buy right now. At its (digital) heart, the Fitbit Sense is designed to give you information about your health. It can track your steps, sleep, heart rate, temperature, blood oxygen level, and scan for irregular heart rhythms. All of this information is stored in the Fitbit app, which is available for iOS and Android. Use it to keep track of your progress and challenge fellow Fitbit owners to see who can take the most steps in a given timeframe. Don’t miss the chance to take advantage of this Fitbit Sense deal at Best Buy.

    Fitbit Sense $179.95 (Was $249.95)

    Fitbit

    SEE IT

    A big part of the Fitbit Sense’s appeal is that its health features are complemented by helpful smartwatch features. You can receive your notifications—from social media updates to text messages—on your wrist, where you can glance down and check them without touching your phone. This can prevent you from breaking your concentration while working out. You can even link the Fitbit Sense to Amazon’s Alexa or the Google Assistant to control it using your voice.

    Fitbit says the Sense’s battery can last up to six days depending on which features you use. This is very impressive given its feature set, especially when you compare it with the Apple Watch, which only lasts around 18 hours. If you’re searching for a smart watch and are primarily interested in using it to track your health, don’t skip out on this Fitbit Sense deal at Best Buy.

    The best wearable deals:

    The post Save $70 on the Fitbit Sense and other wearables at Best Buy appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Enjoy workout recovery and savings with Theragun deals during Amazon Prime Early Access https://www.popsci.com/gear/amazon-prime-early-access-recovery-deals/ Wed, 12 Oct 2022 21:26:26 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=477370
    A lineup of percussion massagers and recovery items on sale as part of Amazon Prime Early Access
    Amanda Reed

    These Amazon Prime Early Access deals on percussion massagers, rollers, and other recovery tools will leave you relaxed and ready for a solid round of reps.

    The post Enjoy workout recovery and savings with Theragun deals during Amazon Prime Early Access appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A lineup of percussion massagers and recovery items on sale as part of Amazon Prime Early Access
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Getting swole requires lots of dedication. It also requires rest—you can’t beat personal bests if your form is bad from tired muscles. Percussion massagers, foam rollers, and recovery workout mixes are important rest tools to hit the gym hard when you return. These Theragun deals—part of Amazon’s Early Access sale—are perfect for the gym rat in your life who eats scrambled eggs, chicken, and rice like it’s water. The sale lasts until midnight tonight, so snap them up before someone else does (just like with the leg press machine at the gym).

    Theragun Prime $187 (Was $299)

    Theragun

    SEE IT

    The Theragun Prime gives you a deep tissue massage in the comfort of your own home. Four attachments and five speed options give you plenty of ways to pummel your muscles into sweet relaxation. A triangle-shaped ergonomic handle prevents strain on the wrists, arms, and hands—because you don’t want to hurt another part of your body while stretching out another. And, you won’t wake up the entire neighborhood thanks to its sound insulation and design, making it ultra-quiet.

    Theragun Mini $149 (Was $199)

    Theragun

    SEE IT

    If you’re an athlete on the go, look no further than the Theragun Mini, which puts the same power as a larger percussion massager in the palm of your hand. A universal attachment with three speeds provides on-the-go relief for tired muscles—and it’s ultra-quiet, so you won’t disturb anyone in the locker room. It’s easy to grip, which means it’s less likely you’ll drop it on the locker room floor (Ew!). We named it our best mini percussion massager, which means it’s PopSci tested and approved.

    The deal gym closes at midnight, so get a quick 20-minute shopping spree in before bed. Here are some other recovery deals we’re eyeing:

    Percussion massagers

    Recovery mixes

    Foam rollers, stretching aids, and muscle massagers

    More Amazon Prime Early Access deals:

    The post Enjoy workout recovery and savings with Theragun deals during Amazon Prime Early Access appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>